Skip to main content

Full text of "Annals of Wyoming"

See other formats


,}aiUll7:' 


♦      1 


WYOMIlSfG 


!ii||e'54,  Number  1 
ini:^;'l962,    :' 


m 


J  '     tH 


m/ 


\mmm. 


''  ii'l       ,       1 


''  4.  K"lfli,„( 


THE  WYOMING  STATE  ARCHIVES,  MUSEUMS  AND  HISTORICAL  DEPARTMENT 

The  function  of  the  Wyoming  State  Archives,  Museums  and  Historical  Department 
is  to  collect  and  preserve  materials  which  tell  the  story  of  Wyoming.  It  maintains  the  state's 
historical  library  and  research  center,  the  Wyoming  State  Museum  and  branch  museums, 
the  State  Art  Gallery  and  the  State  Archives.  The  Department  solicits  original  records  such 
as  diaries,  letters,  books,  early  newspapers,  maps,  photographs  and  art  and  records  of  early 
businesses  and  organizations  as  well  as  artifacts  for  museum  display.  The  Department  asks 
for  the  assistance  of  all  Wyoming  citizens  to  secure  these  documents  and  artifacts.  Depart- 
ment facilites  are  designed  to  preserve  these  materials  from  loss  and  deterioration. 

WYOMING  STATE  LIBRARY,  ARCHIVES  AND  HISTORICAL  BOARD 
Mrs.  Suzanne  Knepper,  Buffalo,  Chairman 

Dave  Paulley,  Cheyenne 

Mrs.  Wilmot  C.  McFadden,  Rock  Springs 

Eugene  Martin,  Evanston 

Jerry  Rillahan,  Worland 

Mrs.  Mae  Urbanek,  Lusk 

Ken  Richardson,  Lander 

Frank  Bowron,  Casper 

Attorney  General  Steven  H.  Freudenthal  (e.x-officio) 


ABOUT  THE  COVER — The  hand-colored  steel  engraving  of  "Upper  Falls  of  the  Yellowstone  River,  " 
was  done  by  Thomas  Moran.  Born  in  England  in  1837,  Moran  was  a  member  of  the  Hayden  Survey 
to  the  Yellowstone  region  in  1871.  His  sketches  were  important  in  influencing  Congress  to  designate  Yellowstone 
the  first  national  park  in  the  world  in  1872.  This  steel  engraving  appeared  in  the  book,  Picturesque 
America,  published  in  1874  and  edited  by  William  Cullen  Bryant.  The  engraving  was  loaned  for  the 
cover  by  the  owner,  Phil  Roberts,  Cheyenne  historian,  attorney  and  Annals  co-editor. 


oA 


NNALS  of  WYOMING 


Volume  54,  No.  1 
Spring,  1982 


GOVERNOR  OF  WYOMING 

Ed  Herschler 

ACTING  DIRECTOR 

Julia  Yelvington 

CO-EDITORS 

William  H.  Barton 
Philip  J.  Roberts 

ASSISTANT  EDITORS 

James  R.  Laird 
Timothy  Cochrane 
Jean  Brainerd 

EDITORIAL  ASSISTANTS 

Klaudia  Stoner 
Kathy  Martinez 

PHOTOGRAPHIC 

ASSISTANTS 
Paula  West 
Carroll  Jones 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 

FROM  OLD  ENGLAND  TO  OLD  FAITHFUL: 

A  VICTORIAN  ENGLISHMAN'S  VIEW  OF  THE  WEST 2 

By  Brian  P.  Birch 

THE  FEDERAL  DISTRICT  COURT 

IN  WYOMING,   1890-1982    10 

By  Rebecca  W.  Thomson 

NOTES  ON  THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

OF  WYOMING  LIBRARIES  AND  SPECIAL  COLLECTIONS   26 

By  Emmett  D.  Chisum 

PRELUDE  TO  THE  BLACK  HILLS  GOLD  RUSH  OF  1876   36 

By  Scott  Tubbs 

JOHN  B.  KENDRICK,  COWPOKE 

TO  SENATOR,   1879-1917    51 

By  Eugene  T.  Carroll 

THE  DEMPSEY-HOCKADAY  TRAIL— AN  EXPERIENCE 

IN   HISTORY    58 

By  Robert  G.  Rosenberg 

BOOK  REVIEWS   67 

INDEX     81 

CONTRIBUTORS    84 

Annals  of  Wyoming  is  published  blannually  in  the  Spring  and  Fall.  It 
is  received  by  all  members  of  the  Wyoming  State  Historical  Society  as  the 
official  publication  of  that  organization.  Copies  of  previous  and  current  issues 
may  be  purchased  from  the  Co-Editors.  Correspondence  should  be  address- 
ed to  the  Co-Editors.  Published  articles  represent  the  views  of  the  author 
and  are  not  necessarily  those  of  the  Wyoming  State  Archives,  Museums  and 
Historical  Department  or  the  Wyoming  State  Historical  Society.  ANNALS 
OF  WYOMING  articles  are  abstracted  in  Historical  Abstracts.  America:  History 
and  Life. 


©Copyright  1982  by  the  Wyoming  State  Archives,  M 


Department. 


^  ^trtermn  ^ngltsJ 


ifrom 


®o 


Wi-U|fattl,ful: 


^tt  lirtan  f .  Igtrclj 


PHOTO  COURTESY 
OF  THE  AUTHOR 


Charles  M.  Buckle,  inveterate  traveler  and 
journal  keeper,  in  a  portrait  made  in  Italy 
two  years  before  his  Yellowstone  trip. 


In  the  final  decades  of  the  last  century,  the  American 
West  featured  strongly  in  the  itineraries  of  many  foreign 
travelers  and  the  impressions  of  their  travels  were  as 
diverse  as  the  places  that  attracted  them.  The  great  variety 
of  this  travel  literature  ranged  from  books  based  on  a  few 
months'  stay  on  some  western  frontier  to  privately- 
circulated  journals  which  recorded  railroad  excursions  to 
the  Pacific  Coast.  British  visitors  to  the  West  were  espe- 
cially prolific  in  producing  these  accounts.  The  reasons 
for  this  influx  of  British  tourists  seeing  the  West  are 
manifold.  There  were  plenty  of  British  people  in  the  late 
Victorian  era  with  the  time,  money  and  with  a  level  of 
education,  which  encouraged  them  to  seek  out  the  less 
frequented  spots  and  to  record  their  impressions  of  them. 
Many  were  experienced  tourists  by  the  time  they  chose 
to  visit  the  West.  The  development  of  faster  trans- Atlantic 
steamships  and  the  spread  of  the  rail  network  across  the 
West  made  touring  vast  areas  of  remaining  wilderness 
relatively  easy. 

British  visitors  possessed  varied  motives  for  making 
the  trip  west,  which  account  for  the  diverse  travel 
itineraries  they  chose  and  the  different  impressions  they 
gained.  There  were  young  men  from  wealthy  families, 
and  newly  out  of  public  school  or  university.  They  finished 
their  education  with  a  spell  of  hunting  in  the  West, 
sometimes  seeing  if  some  district  offered  opportunity  to 
settle  as  farmers.'  British  businessmen,  sometimes  com- 
bined a  vacation  with  a  visit  to  relatives,  but  with  one  eye 
on  investment  opportunities  in  the  West's  railroads,  ran- 
ches or  real  estate.  British  families,  returning  from  ser- 
vice in  India  or  some  other  part  of  the  Empire,  sometimes 
took  the  west-to-east  route  across  America  as  part  of  a 
round-the-world  tour.^  Journalists  and  professional 
writers,  seeing  a  ready  audience  at  home  for  entertain- 
ing and  novel  reports  on  this  last  frontier  region,  often 
made  the  trek.^  Many  retired  professional  men  believed 
that  the  novelty  of  the  West,  or  the  pitfalls  awaiting  British 
settlers  there,  warranted  placing  their  opinions  about  it 
on  record. 

A  composite  view  of  the  West  during  the  last  three 
decades  of  the  century,  was  compiled  nearly  30  years  ago 
by  R.  G.  Athearn,  who  gathered  his  information  from 
over  120  published  accounts  by  British  travelers.*  Fur- 
ther unpublished  evidence  in  letters  and  travel  journals 
is  now  coming  to  light,  and  there  is  probably  justifica- 
tion for  further  examination  of  this  topic'  Such  study  may 
well  reveal  that  British  images  of  the  West  depended  upon 
the  tourists'  backgrounds,  the  purpose  of  their  trips,  the 
routes  they  chose  and,  if  they  published  their  observations. 


nm^  ^bfe  oi  il\t 


the  readership  for  whom  they  wrote.  It  is  abundantly  clear, 
for  example,  that  when  British  travelers  started  their  tours 
from  the  East  Coast,  some  were  especially  struck  by  the 
less-settled  aspects  of  the  landscapes  further  west,  at  the 
same  time  noting  the  speed  with  which  the  wilderness  was 
being  subdued.*  Others  who  chose  the  Pacific  Coast  or 
the  Far  West  as  their  destination  seemed  less  impressed 
by  intervening  regions,  like  the  Great  Plains  or  prairies, 
than  other  travelers  who  made  a  tour  in  a  specific  part 
of  the  West.'  Furthermore,  accounts  of  Western  tours, 
not  intended  for  publication,  often  presented  a  different 
view  of  the  West  and  its  life,  simply  because  these  writers 
were  free  of  the  inhibitions  of  writing  for  an  audience. 
This  reading  public  often  expected  its  authors  to  voice  opi- 
nions of  which  they  approved  and  to  pass  over  other  sub- 
jects as  unworthy  of  attention. 

An  unpublished  travel  journal^  which  has  recently 
become  available,  relates  an  English  gentleman's  round 
trip  to  Yellowstone  Park  in  1885.  It  provides  an  interesting 
illustration  not  only  of  one  tourist's  view  of  the  West,  but 
reveals  how  the  chosen  itinerary  of  the  tour  helped  to  con- 
dition the  impressions  the  traveler  gained.  The  fact  that 
the  traveler,  Charles  Matthew  Buckle,  kept  a  full  record 
of  his  tour  as  it  progressed,  yet  with  no  intention  of 
publishing  his  journal,  also  lends  authenticity  to  an 
account.  He  was  clearly  noting  down  solely  for  his  own 
satisfaction  his  immediate  and  unalloyed  impressions  of 
the  places  he  came  across. 

Buckle  had  retired  from  the  Royal  Navy  with  the  rank 
of  rear  admiral  two  years  before  he  undertook  his  three- 
month  trip  to  the  American  West  in  1885.  He  was  57  years 
old  and  an  inveterate  traveler.  Before  his  American  tour 
he  had  already  compiled  several  journals  recording  his 
overseas  travels  during  30  years  with  the  navy.  By  the 
time  of  his  trip  west  he  was  well-practiced  in  writing  tour 
journals.^ 

Buckle  journeyed  west  entirely  by  train  from  New 
York  via  Niagara,  Chicago  and  St.  Paul  as  far  as 
Yellowstone  where,  after  a  tour  of  the  Park,  he  retraced 
his  route  eastward.  His  comments  on  the  ruraJ  landscapes, 
on  Yellowstone  Park,  on  the  developing  cities  and  railroad 
systems  usefully  reflect  a  combination  of  his  own  and  the 
commoiJy-held  views  the  British  traveler  had  of  the  West. 

Like  many  other  British  tourists  to  the  West  at  this 
time.  Buckle  found  rather  little  to  say  about  the  relative- 
ly featureless  rural  landscapes  through  which  his  route 
took  him.  In  what  comment  he  did  make  on  the  rural 
areas,  however,  he  distinguished  between  the  relative 
unattractiveness  of  the  areas  of  little  improved  wooded 


Buckle's  route  to  Yellowstone  and  return,  1885 


landscapes  to  the  east  and  the  inherent  beauty  of  the  more 
open  prairie  landscapes  further  west.'° 

In  Buckle's  mind  the  attraction  of  a  rural  landscape 
was  clearly  related  not  only  to  its  visual  quality,  but  by 
evidence  of  its  potential  to  support  further  improvements. 
Hence  on  traveling  westward  across  the  prairies  of  North 
Dakota,  Buckle  was  attracted  by  the  rolling  openness  of 
the  natural  landscape,  by  signs  of  its  fertility  and  especially 
by  the  potential  it  seemed  to  offer  for  future  settlement. 
To  him,  this  was  more  attractive  country  than  many  of 
the  already-settled  areas  to  the  east. 

The  northern  part  of  the  Territory  of  Dacota  [sic] 
through  which  the  hne  of  railroad  runs  presents  an  almost 
continuous  rolling,  undulating  prairie  almost  entirely  devoid 
of  trees,  except  in  the  neighbourhood  of  streams  where  a 
stunted  growth  may  be  found.  The  soil  appears  to  be  chiefly 
of  a  light  sandy  description  and  is  covered  with  a  grass  which, 
however,  does  not  grow  to  any  great  height.  For  the  most 
part  this  land  is  said  to  be  very  good  for  growing  wheat  and 
oats  and  barley,  and  supports  cattle  well,  the  grasses  being 
of  a  succulent  and  fattening  description.  .  .  . 

There  is  said  to  be  room  for  ten  millions  of  souls  on 
these  virgin  lands  whereon  the  foot  of  white  man  never  trod 
until  the  railroad  was  made  .  .  .  The  object  of  the  govern- 
ment is  to  get  settlers  on  the  land,  as  smallholders,  and  the 
railroad  company  has  the  same  object  in  view.  .  .  .  All  along 
the  line  of  the  Northern  Pacific  Railroad  small  towns  and 
clusters  of  habitations  have  sprung  into  existence.  In  some 
cases  the  names  given  are  those  of  the  first  settlers  on  the 
spot,  as  Steele,  Dickinson,  Richardton.  Bismarck  had 
originally  another  name  but  was  renamed  with  a  view  of 
catching  German  settlers,  so  it  is  said.  .  .  . 


In  one  brief  comment  on  the  passing  of  the  Plains 
Indians  and  the  buffalo  he  simply  notes: 

So  lately  as  seven  years  ago  all  the  lands  west  of  the 

Missouri  were  inhabited  by  Red  Indians  and  were  the  home 

of  vast  herds  of  buffalo.  Now  the  Indians  have  been  moved 

into  reservations  and  have  had  their  guns  taken  from  them. 

The  buffalo  have  been  nearly  all  killed  off  by  hunters.  English 

hunters  have  done  their  share  .  .  . 

It  is  clear  that  many  British  travelers  in  the  late  19th 
century  visited  the  American  West  because  they  were  as 
curious  about  the  ways  in  which  it  was  being  subdued  as 
about  the  varied  character  of  the  wilderness  itself. 
Accounts  in  books  and  newspapers  of  the  tide  of  frontier 
movement  across  the  West,  of  pioneering,  of  city  develop- 
ment and  railroad  expansion,  were  often  more  meaningful 
to  a  British  population  which  had  recently  experienced 
similar  changes  to  its  environment,  than  mere  descrip- 
tions of  natural  scenery,  however  magnificent. 

This  feeling  about  the  West  motivated  Buckle,  and 
is  clearly  demonstrated  in  his  record  of  the  few  days  he 
spent  in  Yellowstone  Park.  Many  of  his  comments  on  the 
slow  and  rough  travel  facilities  around  the  Park,  on  the 
poor  accommodations  and  food,  and  on  feeling  unwell 
from  the  sulfur-impregnated  water,  demonstrate  how  his 
view  of  "Wonderland,"  as  it  was  called,  was  colored  by 
the  inconveniences  he  experienced."  He  freely  admitted 
that  he  was  relieved  when  this  part  of  his  tour  was  over 
and  he  could  get  back  to  the  comfort  of  the  Northern 
Pacific  Railroad  car.  Regarding  the  details  of  the  natural 
splendors  of  Yellowstone,  the  geysers,  the  forests  and 


wildlife,  and  the  course  of  the  Yellowstone  River,  it  is 
interesting  to  note  his  supplementary  comments  on  the 
problems  of  preserving  those  features  in  the  face  of  the 
increasing  number  of  visitors  to  the  Park.  The  manage- 
ment of  the  wilderness  as  much  as  the  natural  scenery  itself 
interested  him,  just  as  the  subjugation  of  the  prairie  and 
forest  had  influenced  his  impressions  of  those  areas. 

Leaving  the  branch  line  of  the  Northern  Pacific 
Railroad  at  Cinnabar  at  the  start  of  his  tour  of  the  Park 
he  recorded  that, 

Stages  are  in  readiness  to  the  Mammoth  Hot  Springs 
Hotel,  a  distance  of  six  miles  up  a  very  steep,  dusty  and  bad 
road.  Nearly  two  hours  are  required  for  this  journey  with 
six  horses,  the  greater  part  of  the  journey  being  done  at  a 
walk.  At  seven  in  the  evening  of  the  second  day  after  leav- 
ing St.  Paul,  the  journey  ends  to  the  no  little  relief  of  the 
victims  who  have  undertaken  to  visit  "Wonderland". 

The  hotel  called  The  National  is  large  and  roomy  but 
uncomfortable  and  indifferendy  conducted.  It  is  in  an  unfur- 
nished state.  The  bedrooms  are  fairly  good  but  attendance 
bad  and  the  cuisine  execrable.  Hot  sulphur  baths  may  be 
had  and  are  a  luxury  to  the  weary  and  dirty  traveller. 

The  so  called  Mammoth  Hot  Springs  are  one  of  nature's 
wonderful  works.  They  lie  at  the  head  of  the  valley  ...  in 
a  series  of  terraces  apparently  in  great  measure  formed  by 
the  action  of  the  hot  sulphur  water  depositing  masses  of  silica, 
lime  etc.  .  .  .  Great  care  is  being  taken  of  the  region  to  pre- 
vent damage  by  visitors,  but  more  stringent  rules  are 
required  to  control  footwear  over  the  older  formations.  .  .  . 
The  superintendent  of  the  Park  informed  me  these  springs 
are  constantly  changing.  .  .  .  With  a  little  care  the  hot  water 
may  be  conducted  over  older  formations  and  the  beautiful 
deposits  reformed.  This  process  is  going  on  and  the  results 


in  many  places  are  highly  satisfactory.  The  waste  water  from 
the  springs  runs  down  the  valley  and  is  utilised  for  baths  etc. 
Drinking  water  must  be  found  elsewhere,  but  all  the  water 
is  more  or  less  impregnated  with  sulphur.  .  .  .  To  strangers 
it  produces  a  dryness  in  the  mouth  which  it  is  difficult  to 
get  over  at  first,  and  whilst  travelling  the  dusty  tracks,  called 
roads,  this  becomes  intensified. 

The  regular  stage  for  the  tour  of  the  Park  leaves  the  Hot 
Springs  Hotel  at  7  am.  The  machine  carries  five  persons 
besides  the  driver  and  requires  four  horses  to  draw  it.  It  is 
suspended  on  leather  springs  and  is  specially  constructed  for 
the  bad  roads  through  a  new  country.  On  this  occasion  there 
were  only  three  passengers  and  a  distance  of  55  miles  has 
to  be  covered  in  twelve  hours.  The  first  stage  is  to  Norris 
Geyser  Basin,  27  miles,  where  the  horses  are  changed,  and 
where  there  is  a  "camp"  erected  to  enable  passengers  to  par- 
take of  a  very  indifferent  meal.  .  .  .  The  road  in  some  parts 
is  most  execrable  and  the  jolting  such  as  to  make  it  impossi- 
ble to  keep  one's  seat  without  holding  on  .  .  .  such  a  journey 
is  more  than  enough  for  pleasure. 

Leaving  the  Hot  Springs  Valley  and  skirting  their  bases 
a  steep  ascent  brings  the  vehicle  to  the  Golden  Gate.  .  .  . 
a  gorge  carrying  a  stream  with  a  fall.  .  .  .  The  Golden  Gate 
leads  into  a  broad  open  plain  covered  with  a  luxuriant  grovrth 
of  grass  emd  having  a  bright,  clear  stream  running  through 
it.  This  plain  is  bounded  on  all  sides  by  high  mountains 
covered  with  forests  of  pine.  The  remarkable  feature  of  these 
forests  is  the  extraordinary  number  smd  extent  of  fallen  trees. 
Generally  the  fall  appears  to  be  due  to  fire.  The  trees  being 
killed  by  fire,  the  levelling  seems  to  be  due  to  wind.  The  trees 
nearly  all  fall  in  the  same  direction.  These  fires  have  been 
very  destructive,  vast  tracts  of  forest  having  suffered  under 
their  effects.  .  .  .  The  feature  is  very  extensive  as  to  destroy 
in  great  measure  the  natural  beauty  of  the  district.  It  is  said 
that  the  fires  are  due  to  the  carelessness  of  hunters  after  large 


'Uncomfortable  and  indifferently  conducted"  is  how  Buckle  described  the  hotel  at  Mamnwth  Hot  Springs  in  1885. 


game  in  the  Park.  .  .  .  Elk,  all  kinds  of  deer  and  winged 
game  are  strictly  preserved  within  the  Park.  Only  bears  and 
mountain  lions  may  be  killed.  .  .  . 

South  of  Norris  Camp  is  situated  the  first  regular  geyser 
basin  met  with.  Here  are  a  great  number  of  springs  large 
and  small.  .  .  .  They  lie  in  two  large  groups  called  the  Upper 
and  Lower  Basins  which  are  about  eight  miles  apart.  .  .  . 
All  the  most  powerful  geysers  in  the  region  are  situated  in 
the  Upper  Basin  .  .  .  Old  Faithful  goes  off  regularly  once 
every  hour.  It  is  one  of  the  finest  but  some  others  ascend 
to  a  higher  altitude.  .  .  .At  all  the  geyser  basins  the  smell 
of  the  geyser  water  is  powerful  of  sulphur.  They  all  discharge 
immense  volumes  of  steam.  .  .  . 

At  the  upper  and  lower  geyser  basins  wooden  hotels 
have  recently  been  erected  but  they  are  still  in  a  very  unfin- 
ished state.  Owing  to  the  distance  from  the  base  and  the 
badness  of  the  roads  materials  are  long  in  reaching  their 
destination.  The  innkeepers  are  civU  and  anxious  to  make 
their  guests  as  comfortable  as  circumstances  will  permit,  but 
the  food  supplied  is  very  indifferent.  In  order  to  see  the 
geysers  at  the  Upper  Basin  one  ought  to  stop  over  one  day 
at  least.  Not  being  very  well,  however,  and  fmding  bad  effects 
from  drinking  water  strongly  impregnated  with  sulphur  and 
other  minerzil  matter,  I  was  indisposed  to  remain  longer  in 
the  district  than  was  absolutely  necessary  and  accordingly 
I  took  the  stage  at  7  am  to  the  Lower  Basin  along  with  two 
other  tourists,  .  .  .  leaving  the  stage  at  the  Lower  Basin  a 
pair-horse  wagon  took  us  on.  This  is  a  drive  of  30  miles  to 
the  Falls  of  the  Yellowstone  River  involving  a  mountain  pass 
9000  feet  above  sea  level  and  a  very  rough  road.  The  journey 
is  done  in  6J4  hours.  At  the  Falls  a  camp  is  pitched  con- 
sisting of  a  number  of  tents  for  sleeping  and  feeding  in.  Plenty 
of  blankets  are  supplied.  The  temperature  in  the  tents  in  the 
morning  was  42  °F.  Outside  water  froze.  .  .  .  The 
Yellowstone  River  is  tributary  to  the  Missouri  River  and  is 
the  most  remarkable  river  on  the  American  continent.  It  rises 
south-east  of  the  Yellowstone  Lake,  7888  feet  above  sea  [and] 
enclosed  by  mountains  3000  feet  higher.  .  .  .About  15  miles 
below  the  Lake  the  Upper  Falls  make  a  descent  of  162  feet 
and  half  a  mile  lower  are  the  splendid  Lower  Falls.  .  .  .  The 


Falls  of  the  Yellowstone,  with  the  canyon  through  which  the 

river  flows,  is  one  of  the  grandest  pieces  of  mountain  scenery 

to  be  found  on  earth!  .  .  . 

Again,  Buckle  was  mainly  impressed  by  landscapes 
that  offered  potential  for  human  use,  whether  for  farm- 
ing as  on  the  prairies  or  for  tourism  as  in  the  mountains. 
He  also  displays  an  interest  in  how  that  development  was 
progressing.  Buckle  was  observing  the  West  in  a  way 
similar  to  that  of  other  British  visitors  who  found  its  wide 
open  spaces  more  understandable  in  terms  of  man's 
increasing  impact  on  them. 

Another  set  of  comments  in  his  travel  journal,  on  the 
cities  he  passed  through  and  the  railroad  facilities  which 
made  his  rapid  tour  possible,  provide  a  final  parallel  with 
the  observations  of  other  British  tourists,  several  of  whom 
often  noted  the  speed  of  city  expansion  in  the  American 
West  and  the  variable  quality  of  the  service  provided  by 
the  spreading  railroad  network.'^  Buckle  devotes  much 
attention  to  both  of  these  topics  where,  unlike  his  obser- 
vations on  the  western  landscapes,  he  could  make  more 
direct  comparisons  with  cities  and  rail  services  he  had 
experienced  in  Britain  and  elsewhere. 

Of  the  large  midwestern  cities  he  visited.  Buckle 
seemed  more  impressed  with  the  more  recendy-developing 
centers  like  Chicago,  St.  Paul  and  Minneapolis  than  those 
which  had  been  longer-established,  notably  St.  Louis  and 
Cincinnati.  In  all  cases,  he  was  struck  by  the  spjeed  of  their 


"The  so-called  Mammoth  Hot  Springs  are  one  of 
nature's  wonderful  works  .  .  .  ."  This  early  postcard 
view  included  an  insert  depiction  of  the  Mammoth  Hot 
Springs  Hotel. 

-;w  — -^^ 


The  Yellowstone  River  "is  the 
most  remarkable  river  on  the 
American  continent,  "  Buckle 
wrote.  But  he  was  most  impress- 
ed by  landscapes  that  offered  poten- 
tial for  human  use.  Note  the  billow 
of  steam  in  the  top  view 
background  that  could  have  been 
meant  to  illustrate  the  frequent 
forest  fires.  "Vast  tracts  afforest 
having  suffered  under  their  ef- 
fects, "  Buckle  noted  in  his  jour- 
nal. Both  views  are  from  postcards 
Buckle  inserted  into  his  journal. 


growth  which  caused  considerable  disturbance  to  the  exist- 
ing city  structure.  Basic  facihties,  such  as  street  paving 
and  Ughting  were  often  inadequate.  In  St.  Paul,  for 
example,  he  observed  that  "so  much  building  is  going 
on  that  the  streets  are  much  disturbed."  In  Chicago  he 
noted  of  some  street  paving  that  "wood  has  been  used 
in  many  parts,  trees  cut  up  into  lengths  of  about  a  foot 
and  placed  close  together,  the  intervals  filled  up.  This  does 
not  appear  to  have  answered  well  [so  that]  granite  is  being 
laid  down."  Some  streets  in  St.  Louis  were  well  paved 
but  others  were  "much  neglected  ...  a  mass  a  soft  slush 
in  rains."  While  he  found  the  streets  of  Chicago  were 
generally  well  lighted  he  noted  in  St.  Louis  illumination 
was  "very  indifferent .  .  .  electric  light  is  extensively  exhib- 
ited in  front  of  the  hotels  and  restaurants  but  advantage 
seems  to  be  taken  of  the  fact  to  abstain  from  lighting  the 
street  gas  lamps."  The  streets  in  Cincinnati  he  observed 
were  "badly  paved  and  worse  lighted."  In  summary,  he 
was  most  impressed  with  the  scale  and  rapidity  of  the 
growth  of  Chicago,  where  "the  population  is  said  to  be 
upwards  of  700,000  [yet]  half  a  century  ago  it  was 
prairie."   He  was  equally  impressed  with   St.    Paul, 


although  it  should  be  noted  that  in  each  case  he  saw  the 
city  in  its  best  light  since  he  was  shown  round  by  leading 
citizens  who  also  took  him  to  see  their  business 
establishments . '  ^ 

In  contrast  he  reserved  his  greatest  criticisms  for  Cin- 
cinnati, possibly  because  of  the  strongly  alien  German 
influence  he  found  there  and  perhaps  because  it  was  the 
last  midwestern  city  he  visited  toward  the  end  of  his  tour. 
He  did,  however,  compliment  the  city's  fine  site: 
...surrounded  by  hills  .  .  .  forming  a  magnificent  am- 
phitheatre from  any  of  whose  heights  a  grand  panorama  of 
the  city  below  is  seen  with  the  Ohio  winding  between.  .  . 
.  there  is  a  general  aspect  of  rowdiness  about  the  city  and 
the  streets  are  dirty  .  .  .  [At]  the  Grand  Hotel  I  had  to  pay 
five  dollars  a  day  for  worse  rooms  than  I  have  had  in  other 
hotels  for  three  and  a  half  or  four  dollars.  .  .  . 
Not  only  was  the  Ohio  River  badly  polluted  to  a  "pea- 
soup"  condition  but  he  noted  that  "there  are  some  large 
business  blocks  but  they  do  not  come  near  to  what  I  have 
seen  elsewhere."  He  admitted  that  "the  city  is  well  laid 
out  and  the  streets  fairly  wide  .  .  .  tramways  traverse  the 
streets  in  all  directions"  yet  noted  he  felt  a  stranger  in 
so  German  a  city. 


Germans  are  very  numerous,  one  portion  of  the  city 
is  almost  entirely  inhabited  by  them  where  their  trades  and 
emblems  are  all  exhibited  in  the  German  language.  .  .  . 
strangers  visiting  it  once  and  staying  two  days  as  I  did  will 
not  care  to  repeat  the  visit.  .  .  . 

As  a  tourist  by  railroad,  transferring  from  line  to  line 
in  the  principal  cities,  it  is  not  suprising  that  Buckle 
reserved  several  of  his  more  acute  observations  for  the  big- 
city  hotels  in  which  he  was  a  guest.  Here  again  he  was 
impressed  by  the  provision  generally  made  for  the  traveler 
in  a  region  of  the  country  only  recently  made  accessible 
whereas  he  was  far  more  critical  of  facilities  available  in 
the  longer-settled  east.  Apart  from  noting  the  particular 
features  of  the  principal  hotels  he  visited,  like  the  Palmer 
House  in  Chicago  which  he  described  as  "a  huge  cara- 
vanserai .  .  .  everything  that  can  possibly  be  wanted  is 
to  be  found  within  the  walls  of  this  hotel,"  it  was  the  cen- 
tral role  which  hotels  played  in  the  development  of  the 
midwestem  towns  and  cities  and  the  business  functions 
they  drew  to  them  which  intrigued  him. 

The  first  thing  considered  when  a  settlement  is  fixed 
is  the  setting  up  of  a  hotel.  As  a  rule  American  hotels  are 
well  managed  and  well  organized.  The  general  system 
observed  is  the  same  throughout  the  country.  On  the  ground 
floor  is  the  grand  hall  ...  in  this  hall  will  be  foimd  invariably 
a  book  and  a  newspaper  stall;  a  cigar  and  tobacco  stall;  a 
railway  ticket  office;  a  telegraph  department;  a  carriage  hiring 
office;  a  barber's  shop;  a  boot  shining  department.  ...  In 
addition  in  the  large  cities  where  the  hotels  are  on  a  large 


SPECIAL     EXCURSIONS 

YeIsIaOWSTONE    JMaTIONAL    pARK 

Will    lea.e    St     Paul  and    Minneapolis   on    the    tollo*ing    dates 

Lea.e    St     Paul    and     M.nneapoli,  Jul,     5th,      Retu.nnj     A..,„  j„|j   ,   ,_ 

•■      ""'■  ■  -      «"8"st    5,'. 

■    August    .511.  ..        ^^.^ 

"         y"  Septemb,,,,. 

RATE    FOR   THE    EXCURSION,  «12O.00, 


Intl 


-el, no 


D-n.nj     Ca., 


lent    Co. 


lone,.    tk,„    I 


Rail  Transportation,  Double  Be.lh  .0  Pullman  Slec 
Stage  T.anspo.tation  (o.  a  complete  tou.  o(  the  Pa.l  a 
Di,s   at    the    Hotels   and    Camps   ol    the    Yellowstone    Pa.l. 

Parties  jo.n.ng  an,  o(  IheM  o.cu.slons,  and  desinnj 
days  in  the   Pa.li.    will    have  the  opportunity  to  do  so. 

The  (ollowing  are  the  principal  points  of  interest  in  the  Pa.L,  all  of  which  w,ll 
be  visited  du.ing  the  f..e  days'  loo.,  v.z  Mammoth  Hot  Sp.mgs  Hotel.  Ga'dne.  Can 
on.  Obsidian  Mountain,  Lale  of  the  Woods,  N0..1S  Geyse.  Bas.o,  dbbon  Pa.nl  P„|,, 
Gibbon  Ri.e.,  Falls  and  Canon.  Lower  Geyser  (  Fi.e  Hole)  Basin,  Uppe.  Geyie. 
Bas.n,   G.eat    Palls  and    Grand    Canon  of    the  Yellowstone 

A  s.de  l/.p  to  the  Yellowstone  Lalre  may  be  made  at  an  additional  expense  of 
$10  00,   not   including  expense  at  the   Hotel    Camp. 

Each  excursion  will  be  personally  conducted  by  Mr  J  H  Rogers,  J.  ,  a  gentle 
man  of  large  eiperience  in  such  matters,  and  eicuriitnisis  may  feel  assured  m  ad.ance 
that    nothing   will     be    left    undone    likely   to   contribute   to   then   comfort  or   pleasure 

Pe.sons  desiring  to  secure  berths  in  Pullman  sleepers  fo.  the  outward  Alaska  tnp. 
or  for  any  of  the  special    Park   eicu.sions,  should  apply  at  an  early  day  to 

E    R    WAOSWORTH.  General  Agent.  53  Clark  Street,  Chicago. 

C    B    KINNAN.  General  Agent  Passenger  Department,  3.9  Broadway.  New  York  C.ly 

J  L.  HARRIS,  General  New  England  Agent,  306  Wa.hington  Street,  Boston.  0. 


scale  it  has  become  the  fashion  to  set  aside  a  room  where 
speculative  business  can  be  transacted  by  local  brokers.  Being 
in  telegraph  communication  with  New  York  and  Chicago, 
the  varying  prices  of  stocks,  shares  and  produce  are  in  these 
rooms  recorded  from  hour  to  hour  on  a  blackboard.  In  this 
way  the  large  hotels  in  first  class  cities  .  .  .  become  each  of 
them  business  centres  and  consequently  draw  more  custom 
within  their  walls.  .  .  .  The  ground  floor  is  generally  .  .  .an 
enormous  hall  which  in  aU  large  cities  becomes  public  pro- 
perty. Loungers  from  the  street  are  continually  passing  in 
and  out  .  .  .  They  smoke,  spit  and  chew.  They  use  the 
washing  places  and  WCs  without  having  any  status  in  the 
hotel  whatever.  .  .  . 

Most  of  his  comments  on  the  newly-developed  western 
railroads  were  also  favorable  in  terms  of  the  quality  and 
range  of  services  the  trains  offered  on  the  long  hauls.  He 
further  commended  their  speed  and  punctuality,  although 
he  experienced  more  delays  and  slower  than  average 
speeds  farther  west.  He  was,  however,  particularly 
impressed  by  the  Northern  Pacific  line  on  which  he  had 
purchased  a  round-trip  ticket  from  St.  Paul  to 
Yellowstone.'*  On  this  part  of  his  tour  he  noted, 

.  .  .  attendance  is  good.  Trains  .  .  .  lack  not  of 
employees,  the  conductor,  the  brakeman,  the  Pullman  Car 
conductor,  the  car  servant  .  .  .  Then  there  is  generally  a  ven- 
dor of  literature  and  a  fruit  seller.  The  dining  car  ...  is  very 
wefl  arranged  and  there  are  lots  of  black  waiters,  a  steward 
and  two  or  three  cooks  ...  a  great  convenience  and  the 
viands  served  are  a  vast  improvement  on  the  [railside] 
refreshment  rooms  .  .  .  The  smaU  towns  on  route  do  not 
as  yet  afford  more  than  rough  accommodation.  .  .  .  Food 
in  railroad  refreshment  rooms  is  invariably  bad  and  generally 
execrable.  Milk,  bread  and  eggs  can,  however,  always  be 
had. 

WhUe  Buckle  appreciated  the  comfort  and  security 

the   long-distance   train   offered    through   the   western 

wilderness,  he  formed  a  less  complimentary  view  of  the 

railroads  he  used  in  the  more  settled  east  in  spite  of  the 

faster  times  and  sometimes  greater  comfort  they  offered.  '* 

Railways  in  all  the  settled  states  of  the  Union  appear 

multiplied  to  a  degree  that  seems  unnecessary.  In  many  cases 

[raU]  roads  have  been  made,  not  as  would  appear  so  much 

as  in  the  interest  of  the  public  as  of  the  parties  who  have 

promoted  them.  There  is  something  decidedly  rotten  in  the 

system.  The  directors  of  a  line  are  "all  powerfiil"  and  can, 

and  do,  act  as  they  please.  .  .  .  The  system  of  sale  of  railroad 

passenger  tickets  is  remarkable  from  an  English  point  of  view. 

The  long  journey  tickets  are  scarcely  ever  sold  at  the  railroad 

stations.  Ticket  offices  are  located  in  nearly  all  large  hotels 

and  the  various  offices  in  the  city.  ...  A  large  business  is 

done  in  the  purchase  and  sale  of  return  tickets  .  .  .  This 

business  is  carried  on  by  companies  who  employ  a  number 

of  people  to  work  it  .  .  .  "Scalpers"  buy  up  return  tickets 

from  people  who  do  not  intend  to  return  within  the  limit 

of  the  ticket  and  are  therefore  willing  to  sell  at  a  loss  .  .  . 

I  bought  one  of  these  tickets  for  14  dollars;  the  proper  price 

being  18  dollars  for  the  journey  by  which  transaction  I  was 

supposed  to  have  saved  4  doUars;  but  at  the  last  coUection 

the  conductor  declined  to  accept  the  coupon  .  .  .  and  I  had 

to  pay  the  fare  for  the  last  section  again. 

Part  of  Buckle's  personal  antagonism  to  the  railroad 

companies  in  the  east  may  well  have  resulted  from  his  suf- 


fering  the  loss  of  a  few  dollars  at  the  hands  of  a  ticket 
"scalper."  His  more  favorable  impression  of  western 
railroads  was  in  part  conditioned  by  over  2400  miles  on 
an  inexpensive  and  comfortable  excursion  on  the  Northern 
Pacific  line.  But  such  relatively  minor  factors  helped  shape 
the  impressions  of  the  West  that  many  travelers  recorded 
in  their  journaJs. 


1.  A  noted  British  travel  writer  who  turned  his  attention  to  the 
scenery  and  wildhfe  of  the  American  West  with  visits  there  after 

1878  was  W.  A.  Baillie  Grohman.  His  best  known  book  was  Camps 
in  the  Rockies,  (London,  1882).  One  of  several  British  speculators 
in  western  lands  who  established  a  farm  settlement  scheme  for 
the  more  wealthy  young  Englishmen  was  W.  B.  Close.  He 
publicized  his  scheme  in  northwest  Iowa  in  The  Times  as  well  as 
with  a  guidebook.  See  J.  Van  der  Zee,  The  British  in  Iowa,  (Iowa 
City,  1922). 

2.  One  of  the  best  known  English  women  travelers  across  western 
America  at  this  time  was  Lady  Isabella  Bird  who  crossed  the  con- 
tinent from  west  to  east  on  her  way  back  to  England  from  the 
Sandwich  Islands.  See  I.  L.  Bird,  A  Lady 's  Life  in  the  Rocky  Moun- 
tains, (London,  1879). 

3.  Several  British  writers  and  journalists  visited  the  West  in  the  late 
19th  century  notably  Robert  Louis  Stevenson  who  recorded  his 

1879  transcontinental  rail  journey  in  The  Amateur  Emigrant,  (Edin- 
burgh, 1895).  Newspaper  and  magazine  correspondents  who 
reported  on  the  West  for  British  readers  included  Joseph  Hutton 
of  the  London  Standard  and  S.  Nugent  Townsend  of  the  The  Field. 

4.  R.  G.  Athearn,  Westward  the  Briton,  (New  York,  1953). 

5.  As  an  example  of  more  recent  work  on  the  British  view  of  the 
West  see  John  F.  Davis  "Constructing  the  British  view  of  the 
Great  Plains"  in  B.  W.  Blouet  and  M.  P.  Lawson,  Images  of  the 
Plains,  (Lincoln,  1975), pp.  181-5. 

6.  One  British  writer  as  early  as  the  1860s  noted  that  in  traveling 
west  he  seemed  to  pass  through  the  successive  strata  of  the  immi- 
gration era  as  the  frontier  was  approached.  See  Eklward  Dicey, 
Six  Months  in  the  Federal  States,  (London,  1863),  p.  51. 

7.  In  The  Old  World  and  the  New,  (London,  1884),  W.  Ballantine 
largely  ignored  the  middle  west  on  his  way  to  Salt  Lake  City  while 


Lady  Guest  did  the  same  on  her  journey  to  the  Pacific  Coast  in 
her  book  A  Round  Trip  to  North  America,  (London,  1895). 

8.  C.  M.  Buckle, yoarna/  of  Three  Months'  Travel  in  the  United  States 
of  America,  (Unpublished,  1885),  215  pp. 

9.  Charles  Matthew  Buckle  (1828-1914)  wrote  several  unpublished 
journals  based  on  his  naval  travels  between  1851  and  1883.  These, 
the  American  journal  and  other  famUy  papers  were  deposited  in 
the  West  Sussex  Records  Office,  Chichester,  England  in  1976. 
Details  of  the  collection  can  be  found  in  A.  E.  Readman  (editor), 
The  Buckle  Papers,  (Chichester:  West  Sussex  County  Council, 
1978). 

10.  Letters  sent  home  by  English  settlers  in  the  midwest  often  sug- 
gested that  by  the  late  century  they  appreciated  the  visual  and 
other  qualities  of  the  western  prairies  over  the  more  forested  inter- 
ior lands.  See  B.  P.  Birch,  "British  Evaluations  of  the  Forest 
Openings  and  Prairie  Edges  of  the  North-Central  States, 
1800-1850"  in  W.  W.  Savage  and  S.  I.  Thompson,  The  Frontier: 
Comparative  Studies,  Volume  2,  (Norman:  University  of  Oklahoma 
Press,  1979),  pp.  167-192.  A  divergent  view  of  the  Dakota  prairies 
can  be  found  in  F.  J.  Rowbotham,  A  Trip  to  Prairie  Land  Being 
a  Glance  at  the  Shady  Site  of  Emigration,  (London,  1885). 
Buckle's  journal  makes  it  clear  he  took  with  him  to  Yellowstone 
Park  an  article  from  a  Scottish  newspaper  which  said  visitors  "will 
frankly  confess  that  they  are  glad  when  .  .  .  they  have  escaped 
from  Wonderland."  Several  books  on  the  West  by  British  writers 
included  sections  on  Yellowstone  which  was  a  popular  tourist 
destination.  These  included  Earl  of  Dunraven,  The  Great  Divide, 
(London,  1876),  which  quoted  the  geologist  Hayden  as  did 
Buckle,  and  F.  Francis,  Saddle  and  Moccasin,  (London,  1887). 
Often  published  accounts  of  travels  to  the  Park  at  about  the  same 
period  include  W.  E.  Strong,  A  Trip  to  the  Yellowstone  National  Park 
(1875),  and  H.  Kirk,  "Sixty  Days  to  and  in  Yellowstone  Park" 
Annals  of  Wyoming  (1972),  pp.  5-23. 

Some  other  British  tourists  were  critical  of  American  railroads 
such  as  Lady  Rose  Pender,  A  Lady's  Experience  in  the  Wild  West 
in  1883,  (London,  1888). 

The  main  Chicago  businessman  Buckle  met  and  saw  round  his 
premises  was  P.  D.  Armour  whom  he  recorded  as  the  "King  of 
the  pork  trade." 

14.  This  excursion  ticket  gave  Buckle  a  nine-day  tour  nearly  2,400 
miles  from  St.  Paul  to  Yellowstone  and  back,  including  a  tour 
of  the  Park  and  accommodation  for  $120. 


11 


12 


13 


'^^T^^^:^3^^^ 


PHOTO  COURTESY  OF  THE  AUTHOR 


St.  Paul,  Minnesota,  the  departure  point  for  Buckle 's  Yellowstone  trip. 


im  ^mmML  ©DiTOD©?  mmY 


mmm(i\  wm4 


OHO) 


%  ^©[o)©©©gl  Wo  ?Gi]®Di[fl§®Dil 


p(2](s](i§  If®?  "ik®  \F®(si®m'i  ®D! 

The  United  States  District  Court  for  the  District  of  Wyo- 
ming was  established  July  10,  1890,  when  Wyoming  became 
a  state.  The  District  of  Wyoming  is  unique  in  the  federal  judicial 
system  in  that  it  is  the  only  district  which  extends  across  state 
lines.  The  jurisdiction  includes  not  only  all  of  the  state  of 
Wyoming  but  also  portions  of  Yellowstone  National  Park  which 
are  in  Montana  and  Idaho. 

At  the  time  the  federal  court  in  Wyoming  was  established 
there  were  two  federal  courts:  a  circuit  court  with  general 
jurisdiction  over  civil  cases  and  a  district  court  with  jurisdic- 
tion over  criminal  cases. 

President  Benjamin  Harrison  appointed  John  A.  Riner  the 
first  United  States  District  Judge  for  the  District  of  Wyoming. 
With  him  began  a  Wyoming  district  court  tradition  of  longevity 
in  service.  From  1890  through  1975  only  three  men  served  as 
judges  for  the  Federal  District  Court  of  Wyoming.  Judge  Riner 
served  for  31  years;  Judge  T.  Blake  Kennedy,  for  34  years; 
and,  as  of  this  date,  Judge  Ewing  T.  Kerr  has  served  for  25 
years.  Judge  Clarence  Brimmer,  the  fourth  federal  judge  in 
Wyoming,  was  appointed  in  1975. 

All  four  of  Wyoming's  judges  were  active  in  Republican 
politics  and  each  at  some  time,  served  as  Republican  Party 
chairman  for  Wyoming.  Three  of  the  four  judges  served  as 
United  States  Attorneys,  and  one  served  as  a  referee  in 
bankruptcy  before  becoming  a  federal  judge.  Three  of  the  four 
chose  to  come  to  Wyoming  to  take  advantage  of  the  frontier 
life  it  offered.  The  most  recent  judge  is  a  fourth  generation 
Wyoming  native. 

Despite  their  similar  backgrounds  each  man  has  had  an 
individual  impact  on  the  legal  history  of  the  state.  The  per- 
sonality of  each  man  was  his  own  and  the  challenges  he  faced 
on  the  bench  were  those  of  his  generation. 

John  A.  Riner 

John  A.  Riner  was  born  in  Preble,  Ohio,  in  1850.  His 
father,  a  millwright,  moved  his  famUy  to  Iowa  in  1868.  John 
worked  with  his  father  in  his  shop  whUe  attending  public 
schools.  He  attended  the  University  of  Michigan  where  he 
graduated  in  1879  with  an  LL.B.' 

The  year  he  graduated  from  college,  Riner  moved  west 
to  Wyoming  to  accept  a  position  as  counsel  for  the  Union  Pacific 
Railroad.  For  seven  years  he  represented  that  company  in 
association  with  the  firm  of  Lacey  and  Corlett.  These  contacts 
introduced  him  to  the  rich  and  powerful  men  of  Wyoming.  In 
addition  to  the  railroad,  the  firm  represented  many  of  the  large 
cattlemen  of  the  state.  His  opinions  in  later  years  generally 
reflected  a  favorable  view  of  the  interests  of  operators  of  large 
ranches. 

His  name  appears  as  the  attorney  of  record  on  many  ter- 
ritorial court  files  and  he  was  the  reporter  of  the  second  volume 
of  the  Territorial  Wyoming  Supreme  Court  decisions.  His  long- 
time friend,  client,  and  political  associate,  F.  E.  Warren, 
recalled  how  Riner  had  furnished  his  law  office  with  a  $5  pur- 
chase of  a  kitchen  table  and  two  wooden  chairs.  He  frequently 


traveled  the  territory  by  stagecoach  and  buggy  to  practice  his 
profession. 

His  friendship  with  Warren  brought  Riner  into  a  position 
of  importance  in  Republican  party  politics.  In  1881  he  was 
elected  Cheyenne's  city  attorney  and  in  1884  Riner  was 
appointed  United  States  Attorney  for  the  Territory  of  Wyo- 
ming. In  1886  he  was  elected  a  member  of  the  upper  house 
(Council)  of  the  Territorial  Legislature  Assembly  and  served 
as  President  of  the  Council  in  1888. 

Riner  was  elected  as  a  Republican  delegate  to  the  Con- 
stitutional Convention.  He  chaired  the  committee  that  wrote 
the  Wyoming  Constitution.  Credit  is  given  to  Riner  for  "sav- 
ing" the  Wyoming  Supreme  Court.  Statehood  was  a  costly 
proposition  and  several  delegates  were  in  favor  of  economiz- 
ing by  eliminating  the  Supreme  Court  as  a  separate  entity.  Pro- 
ponents of  this  measure,  including  Potter,  soon  to  become 
Justice  Potter,  wanted  to  continue  with  the  territorial  type  of 
Supreme  Court  composed  of  district  judges. 

Riner  presented  a  forceful  argument  for  a  separate  and 
independent  Supreme  Court  for  Wyoming.  He  told  the  Con- 
stitutional Convention: 

I  have  sat  here  for  two  or  three  days  and  listened  with  con- 
siderable interest  to  the  discussion  had  for  the  last  two  days 
in  regard  to  this  supreme  court.  ...  I  find  that  the  univer- 
sal sentiment  is  very  largely  in  favor  of  a  supreme  court,  and 
an  independent  supreme  court,  where  a  man  knows  when 
he  takes  his  case  into  court,  he  can  go  there  and  get  full  and 
impartial  justice.  Now  I  say  that  all  the  argument  and  the 
only  argument  that  can  be  brought  against  this  proposition 
is  the  one  of  expense.  Here  we  prophesy  that  we  are  to  be 
a  great  state,  Mr.  President,  and  yet  the  argument  used  here 
that  because  a  supreme  court  is  going  to  cost  us  $6,000  a 
year,  we  should  give  it  up.  We  expect  to  be  a  great  state, 
let  us  then  here  frame  a  constitution  which  will  put  into 
operation  full  and  complete  machinery  for  a  proper  state 
government,  and  I  believe  the  people  will  ratify  it  and  gladly 
ratify  it.  If  we  are  not  far  enough  advanced  to  do  that,  let 
us  remain  in  our  territorial  condition  until  we  are.  If  by 
statehood  we  are  not  to  better  our  condition,  let  us  remain 
as  we  are,  and  let  the  United  States  pay  for  our  judges.' 
Riner's  view  carried  the  convention.  For  his  service  on  the  Con- 
stitutional Committee,  he  was  given  a  gold  and  ivory  gavel. 
Riner  was  elected  to  the  State  Senate  in  September,  1890, 
but  turned  down  the  position  and  accepted  the  appointment 
as  Wyoming's  first  federal  district  court  judge.  Warren  helped 
accelerate  Riner's  appointment  to  assure  a  Republican  judge 
rather  than  risk  an  appointment  by  Cleveland,  the  Democrat. 
Judge  Riner  began  his  31-year  tenure  on  September  22,  1890. 
He  was  40.  The  oath  was  administered  by  Wyoming  Chief 
Justice   Willis   Van   Devanter   and   the   Bible   used   in   that 
ceremony  has  continued  to  be  used  by  every  judge  who  has 
served  on  the  federal  district  court  bench  in  Wyoming. 

Riner  had  built  a  successful  practice.  A.  C.  Campbell 
remarked,  "In  becoming  a  judge,  the  public  was  benefitted. 
From  a  material  standpoint,  his  family  was  not." 

The  salary  for  a  federal  district  judge  remained  at  the  "ter- 
ritorial rate"  of  $3,500.  The  Wyoming  statehood  biU  provided 


11 


for  its  quarterly  payment.  Riner  received  no  salary  for  the  first 
three  months  of  his  term.  In  one  of  his  first  letters  written  as 
a  judge,  Riner  unsuccessfully  attempted  to  get  his  salary  paid 
monthly.^ 

From  all  accounts  he  was  a  stern  and  dignified  judge.*  He 
demanded  exacting  management  of  the  court.  Charles 
Ohnhaus,  clerk  for  both  Judge  Riner  and  Judge  Kennedy, 
described  Judge  Riner  as  "a  man  of  the  very  highest  character. 
.  .  .  Judge  Riner  was  a  strict  master  concerning  the  dignity, 
conduct  and  ethics  of  the  court,  and  his  severity  in  that  regard 
was  at  times  criticized.  However,  ~he  carried  the  respect  of 
lawyers  and  layman  alike.  "^ 

In  his  memoirs  Judge  Kennedy  decribed  Judge  Riner's 
conduct  in  court.  The  witness  stand  was  at  the  corner  of  the 
jury  box  farthest  from  the  bench.  A  counsel  stand  was  placed 
at  the  other  end  of  the  jury  box,  near  the  bench  and  examina- 
tion of  witnesses  was  conducted  in  front  of  the  jury.  "At  one 
point  in  the  proceedings  [opposing  counsel]  presumed  to 
approach  me  in  front  of  the  jury  to  caution  me  on  certain  ques- 
tions to  be  asked,  upon  which  occasion  he  was  'bawled  out' 
by  the  judge  in  a  very  abrupt  and  stern  manner."^ 

Judge  Riner's  opinion  of  the  dignity  of  the  position  of 
federal  judge  resulted  in  a  withdrawal  from  society.  A.  C. 
Campbell  described  the  change: 

Before  becoming  a  judge  he  took  an  active  interest  in 
politics.  .  .  .  He  was  then  a  'mixer'  and  his  friends  csJled 
him  'John' — conclusive  evidence  of  persona]  popularity. 
When  he  went  upon  the  bench  he  ceased  political  activity. 
.  .  he  made  the  mistake  common  to  most  of  the  federal  judges 
of  the  last  generation,  particularly  his  mentor  and  model, 
Judge  Hallet,  in  that  he  ceased  to  mingle  freely  with  the 
members  of  the  bar  and  did"not  continue  that  social  inter- 
course with  the  community  which  he  had  previously 
observed.' 
The  effect  of  this  decision  on  his  personal  life  is  described  by 
Judge  Kennedy  in  his  memoirs: 

During  his  incumbency  as  judge  he  had  .  .  .  conceived 
the  thought  that  on  account  of  his  dignified  position  he  was 
more  or  less  circumscribed  in  maintaining  his  friendships 
with  the  citizens  of  the  town  and  state  so  that  in  reality  he 
had  lost  contact  with  a  good  many  of  his  friends  and  had 
become  a  very  lonely  man. 

In  spite  of  his  withdrawal  from  politics,  he  maintained  an 
interest  in  national,  state  and  local  affairs.  Many  have  com- 
mented on  his  patriotism  and  Campbell  said,  "His  patriotism 
was  always  virile  and  during  the  World  War  became  a  pas- 
sion." Judge  Riner  once  wrote,  concerning  a  juror  who  could 
not  qualify  because  he  lacked  citizenship:  "Suggest  to  him, 
however,  as  coming  from  me  that  I  think  he  ought  to  be 
naturalized  at  the  earliest  possible  moment  as  a  man  can  never 
fuUy  realize  what  life  is  until  he  has  been  an  American  citizen. ' '' 
Judge  Riner  once  said  that  he  understood  the  disappoint- 
ment of  the  lawyer  who  lost  in  a  case.  He  related  that  he  had 
been  a  lawyer  and  could  "feel"  for  that  lawyer  who  had  worked 
so  hard  and  believed  in  his  theory  only  to  lose  in  court.  He 
concluded  that  he  carried  no  "chip  on  his  shoulder  for  an  ill- 
considered  remark"  by  such  counsel  at  the  close  of  trial. 

His  handling  of  an  "unlawful  enclosure  of  public  lands" 
case  is  an  example  of  his  views.  Addison  A.  Spaugh  was  ch2irged 
and  found  guUty  by  a  jury  in  November,  1901,  of  illegally 
enclosing  225,000  acres  of  public  land.  Judge  Riner  delayed 


sentencing  until  January  2,  1902,  implying  leniency  cotild  be 
expected  if  the  fences  were  removed.  Spaugh  took  advantage 
of  this  and  removed  the  fences.  Judge  Riner  gave  him  a  token 
sentence  of  one  day  in  jail  and  a  $50  fine. 

He  was  generally  considered  a  fair  and  equitable  judge. 
After  his  death,  the  Denver  Post  commented  that  Judge  Riner 
was  noted  for  "the  horse  sense  he  frequently  displayed  in 
rendering  judgement. " 

Judge  Riner's  tenure  as  a  federal  judge  retained  aspects 
of  territorial  days.  He  held  court  in  rented  or  donated  quarters 
until  he  acquired  some  office  space  in  the  Commercial  Block 
on  16th  Street  in  Cheyenne.  In  1905  the  first  federal  courthouse 
in  Cheyenne  was  built  and  court  was  held  there  until  the 
mid-1960s  when  the  present  structure  was  completed. 

Early  in  his  tenure  he  traveled  the  state  to  select  appropriate 
places  to  hold  court  outside  of  Cheyenne.  He  stopped  overnight 
in  Lusk  where  he  had  to  sleep  in  a  tent.  It  was  Saturday,  the 
cowboy's  night  to  "cut  loose"  and  get  "liquored  up."  Cowboys 
zinged  bullets  through  his  tent  all  night.  He  rode  the  circuit 
thoughout  Wyoming.  He  traveled  by  buggy,  making  many 
arduous  trips  to  Rock  Springs  and  Rawlins.  His  "hardship 
duty"  did  not  pass  unnoticed.  A  whistle-stop  located  between 
Wamsutter  and  Rawlins  is  named  in  his  honor.' 

Frontier  life  is  also  evident  in  the  subjects  of  the  early 
lawsuits  tried  before  Judge  Riner.  The  first  case  on  the  docket 
is  a  type  that  appeared  frequendy  throughout  the  first  20  years 
of  Riner's  tenure — selling  liquor  to  Indians,  a  Federal  felony 
untU  1954.  Counterfeiting,  forgery  and  robbing  the  U.S.  mails 
made  frequent  appearances  in  the  docket.  The  remaining  cases 
were  an  odd  mixture  which  included  unlawful  cohabitation, 
fermenting  malt  liquor  without  a  license,  stealing  horses  from 


Judge  John  A.  Riner 


12 


an  Indian  reservation,  aiding  soldiers  to  desert,  trespassing  on 
government  timberland  and  even  mailing  obscene  letters. 

In  1894  Judge  Riner  heard  a  national  workers  movement 
case.  Populist  Jacob  S.  Coxey  started  a  movement  in  favor  of 
a  public  works  program,  calling  on  workers  to  march  to 
Washington  in  the  spring  of  1894.  Coxeyites  commandeered 
trains  in  the  West  and  came  through  Wyoming.  U.S.  Mar- 
shal Rankin,  accompanied  by  a  group  of  deputies,  recaptured 
the  train  in  Green  River  and  arrested  15  leaders  of  the  group. 
Troops  from  Fort  D.  A.  RusseU  took  charge  of  the  Coxeyites 
and  transported  them  to  Idaho.  Judge  Riner  heard  the  case 
and  sentenced  the  leaders  to  four-to-five  month  jaU  terms  in 
Cheyenne. 

One  of  the  most  interesting  cases  of  Judge  Riner' s  judicial 
career  was  the  case.  In  Re  Race  HoTseJ°  On  October  3,  1895, 
Sheriff  Ward  of  Uinta  County  arrested  a  Bannock  Indian 
named  Race  Horse  on  a  warrant  charging  him  with  "the 
unlawful  and  wanton  killing  of  seven  elk."  The  Indians  of  the 
Jackson  Hole  area  refused  to  obey  the  state  game  laws.  They 
claimed  the  Treaty  of  Fort  Bridger  gave  them  the  right  to  hunt 
in  the  area,  citing  Article  IV  of  the  Treaty  of  July  3,  1868,  which 
stated  in  part:  "...  [b]ut  they  shall  have  the  right  to  hunt  on 
the  unoccupied  lands  of  the  U.S.  so  long  as  game  may  be  found 
thereon,  and  so  long  as  peace  subsists  among  the  Whites  and 
Indians  on  the  borders  of  the  hunting  districts." 

Judge  Riner,  sitting  as  Circuit  Judge,  held  in  favor  of  Race 
Horse  on  the  question.  In  considering  the  evidence  he  noted 
that  the  elk  were  killed  on  unoccupied  land,  60  miles  from  any 
ranch  on  lands  used  by  the  Bannock  Indians  as  hunting  grounds 
for  a  "great  many  years."  Peace  had  subsisted  between  the 
Whites  and  Indians  for  many  years. 

Judge  Riner  described  his  position  as: 

...  [a]  delicate  one,  and  only  to  be  entered  upon  with 
reluctance  and  hesitation.  It  must  be  evident  to  anyone  that 
the  power  to  declare  either  a  treaty  made  by  the  general 
government  or  a  legislative  enactment  void  is  one  which  the 
court  will  shrink  from  exercising  in  any  case  where  it  can, 
with  due  regard  to  duty  and  official  oath,  decline  the  respon- 
sibility, but  the  duty  to  do  this  in  a  proper  case  the  courts 
cannot  decline.  They  have  no  discretion  in  selecting  the  sub- 
jects to  be  brought  before  them,  and  the  duty,  however 
unpleasant,  cannot  be  avoided.  .  .  . 

Judge  RLner  cited  authorities  and  concluded  that  the  "pro- 
visions of  the  state  statute  were  inconsistent  with  the  treaty, 
and  as  the  latter,  under  the  Constitution  of  the  United  States, 
was  paramount,  the  statute  could  not  be  enforced  against  the 
Indians."  Former  Wyoming  Supreme  Court  Justice  Van 
Devanter  presented  the  state's  appeal  to  the  United  States 
Supreme  Court  which  reversed  the  decision  of  the  circuit  court 
under  the  "equal  footing"  doctrine. 

From  the  turn  of  the  century  and  through  the  1920s,  the 
oil  industry  in  Wyoming  provided  litigation  for  the  federal 
court.  The  famous  Salt  Creek  field  north  of  Casper  was  opened 
and  intense  activity  under  the  mineral  location  laws  followed. 
Claim  staking  and  claim  jumping  occurred  daily  and  created 
profitable  employment  for  lawyers  hired  to  sort  out  vague  and 
overlapping  claims.  Mineral  activity  caused  concern  in  the 
conservation-oriented  Taft  administration.  In  1909  by  executive 
order.  President  Taft  withdrew  three  million  acres  of  land  in 
Wyoming  (including  Salt  Creek)  and  California  from  entry 
under  the  mineral  laws.  His  withdrawals  caused  a  controversy 


that  resulted  in  the  passage  of  the  General  Withdrawal  Act  of 
1910  (Pickett  Act).  The  act  gave  the  President  a  limited  right 
to  make  withdrawals. 

The   question   of  the   President's    inherent   or   implied 
withdrawal  power  was  also  before  Judge  Riner.  In  a  short  deci- 
sion rendered  June  17,  1913,  Judge  Riner  ruled  that,  at  the 
time  of  the  action  in  1909,  the  President  was  without  power 
to  make  such  withdrawals.  He  began  by  pinpointing  the  issue: 
.  .  .  [t]he  question  is  narrowed  to  this:  Did  the  Secretary 
of  the  Interior  of  the  President,  under  the  expressed  or 
implied  powers  conferred  upon  them  to  administer  the  land 
laws  .  .  .  have  the  power  to  make  the  withdrawal  order  of 
September  27,  1909? 

WhUe  the  question  resolves  itself  to  a  narrow  one,  it 
opened  a  broad  field  for  discussion  and  was  ably  argued  by 
counsel  on  both  sides.  ...  It  is  quite  sufficient  for  the  court 
here  to  say  that  it  has  devoted  itself  to  a  carefiil  and  painstak- 
ing examination  of  every  authority  called  to  its  attention  by 
counsel,  both  at  the  oral  argument  and  in  the  briefs,  and 
that  such  examination  and  consideration  has  led  to  the  con- 
clusion that  the  power  did  not  exist,  in  the  absence  of  con- 
gressional legislation  authorizing  it." 
The  case  was  appealed  to  the  Supreme  Court  which  avoided 
ruling  directly  on  the  President's  inherent  or  implied  right  to 
make  withdrawals.  The  Court  stated,  "[t]he  long-continued 
practice,  the  acquiescence  of  Congress,  as  well  as  the  decisions 
of  the  Court,  all  show  that  the  President  had  the  power  to  make 
the  order."  This  decision  provided* the  foundation  for  the 
government  to  retain  and  lease  oil  lands  which  eventually  led 
to  the  Teapot  Dome  scandal  and  lawsuit  in  Wyoming  during 
Judge  Kennedy's  tenure. 

In  1916  the  famous  Clarence  Darrow  from  Chicago  came 
to  Wyoming  to  try  a  murder  case  before  Judge  Riner.  During 
the  latter  part  of  Judge  Riner' s  term  he  handled  the  Union 
Pacific  Railroad  receivership.  A  massive  undertaking,  it  was 
of  tremendous  importance  to  the  state.  The  U.  P.  railroad  was 
still,  at  that  time,  considered  the  backbone  of  Wyoming's 
economy. 

With  prohibition  came  much  more  litigation  before  the 
Wyoming  federal  district  court.  A  story  about  Judge  Riner 
grows  out  of  prohibition  in  the  West.  Like  his  successors.  Judge 
Riner  often  sat  in  Denver.  Colorado  "went  dry"  before  her 
neighbor  to  the  north,  and  Wyoming  became  the  main  sup- 
plier of  liquor  to  Colorado.  In  an  attempt  to  control  this  illicit 
trade  in  "hooch,"  Colorado  placed  guards  at  the  border.  Judge 
Riner  was  on  his  way  to  Denver  in  his  new  Cadillac  when  the 
state  g^ard  ordered  him  to  stop.  Either  Riner  was  relying  on 
"judicial  immunity"  or  didn't  hear  the  command  because  he 
kept  going.  The  guards  opened  fire,  puncturing  his  new  car 
in  several  places.  Judge  Riner  was  very  angry  in  spite  of  the 
trooper's  apology  and  upon  arriving  in  Denver  he  went  to  the 
state  capitol  and  brought  his  complaint  directly  to  the  gover- 
nor, a  former  judge  and  friend  of  Riner.  He  demanded  that 
the  state  mcike  complete  repairs  and  a  full  apology.  The  State 
of  Colorado  complied  with  Judge  Riner' s  demands  and  his 
Cadillac  was  restored  to  its  former  condition.'^ 

Toward  the  end  of  his  years  on  the  bench  personal  tragedies 
weighed  on  the  judge's  mind  and  spirit.  His  wife  of  many  years 
died  and  soon  thereafter  his  son-in-law  pleaded  guilty  in  Judge 
Riner' s  court  to  a  charge  of  bank  embezzlement.  These  per- 
sonal problems,  added  to  his  self-imposed  loneliness  and  fail- 


13 


ing  health,  precipitated  his  decision  to  retire  after  31  years  on 
the  bench. 

The  judge  took  a  personal  interest  in  his  successor,  encour- 
aging T.  Blake  Kennedy,  his  referee  in  bankruptcy,  to  seek 
the  position  as  federal  district  court  judge  for  Wyoming.  Judge 
Riner,  accompanied  by  T.  Blake  Kennedy  and  Senator  War- 
ren, personally  tendered  his  resignation  to  President  Harding 
in  Washington.  Judge  Riner  had  hoped  to  continue  doing  extra 
duty  and  had  installed  himself  in  Van  Devanter's  Cheyenne 
chambers  for  this  purpose.  Judge  Kennedy  wrote  that,  he  tried 
to  do  his  part  by  appointing  Judge  Riner  to  try  several  cases, 
but  Judge  Riner's  health  continued  to  fail  and  two  years  after 
retiring.  Judge  Riner  died.  At  his  death  on  March  4,  1923, 
he  was  the  oldest  federal  judge  in  terms  of  service  in  the  United 
States. 

The  respect  he  had  been  held  in  during  his  life  was  evi- 
dent throughout  his  funeral  services.  Judge  Riner  was  the  most 
prominent  and  highest  Mason  in  Wyoming  and  his  funeral  was 
held  at  the  Masonic  Temple  in  Cheyenne.  Lawyers,  judges  and 
prominent  people  from  all  over  the  Rocky  Mountain  area  paid 
their  respects.  Judge  Kennedy  presided  over  a  memorial  ser- 
vice held  in  the  U.S.  District  Court." 


T.  Blake  Kennedy 

Judge  Riner  was  succeeded  by  T.  Blake  Kennedy  who 
served  for  34  years  as  the  sole  federal  judge  in  Wyoming. 

Thomas  Blake  Kennedy  was  born  in  1874  in  Commerce, 
Michigan.'*  His  father's  famUy  had  come  to  America  from 
Ireland  in  1793.  His  mother,  who  was  bom  in  England,  moved 
to  America  with  her  family  as  a  baby.  Kennedy  came  from  a 
family  of  eight  children  including  three  sets  of  twins.  His  father 
was  an  abolitionist  who  owned  a  farm  and  operated  a  general 
store  in  Commerce,  Michigan.  He  was  appointed  U.S.  Post- 
master by  President  Grant,  a  position  he  held  for  18  years  until 
Cleveland's  election.  He  then  served  as  justice  of  the  peace  in 
Commerce  for  many  years. 

Kennedy  attended  public  schools  in  Michigan  and,  at  age 
17,  enrolled  at  Franklin  College  (now  Muskingum  College)  in 
New  Athens,  Ohio,  where  he  received  an  A.  B.  in  1895.  He 
was  popular  in  college,  an  excellent  student,  and  his  class 
valedictorian.  At  this  early  age  he  had  already  begun  to  do  those 
things  he  enjoyed  throughout  his  life,  public  speaking  and  sing- 
ing. Judge  Kennedy's  scrapbooks  are  filled  with  programs 
where  he  was  either  "orating"  or  singing.'^ 

Judge  Kennedy  wrote  in  his  memoirs  that  upon  his  gradua- 
tion from  college  his  father  wanted  him  to  enter  the  ministry. 
By  that  time,  Kennedy  had  decided  he  wanted  to  pursue  a 
career  in  law.  When  Kennedy  informed  his  father,  he  was  told 
that  he  would  have  to  finance  his  legal  education  on  his  own. 
Undeterred,  Kennedy  read  law  in  a  law  office  and  enrolled  in 
Syracuse  University  Law  School.  While  in  school  he  financed 
his  education  with  various  part-time  jobs  such  as  clerking  in 
a  law  office,  ushering  at  an  opera  house,  and  stoking  furnaces. 
On  one  occasion  he  worked  as  a  census  enumerator.  Kennedy 
graduated  with  honors  from  law  school  in  1897  and  received 
an  A.  M.  in  1898  from  Syracuse. 

While  in  law  school,  he  met  Roderick  Matson  and  they 
formed  a  long-lasting  partnership.  They  pooled  all  that  they 
earned  and  shared  all  of  their  expenses  evenly.  W.  E.  Chaplin, 


a  friend  of  both  men  and  editor  of  the  Laramie  Republican, 
commented: 

This  partnership  was  peculiar  in  its  nature  in  that  the 
firm  made  no  division  of  its  income.  All  the  expenses  of  the 
individual  members  were  paid  out  of  the  same  pocketbook. 
If  one  smoked  a  cigar,  the  o'Ser  helped  pay  for  it  and  even 
in  the  matter  of  Mr.  Kennedy's  courting,  the  "Republican" 
understands  that  Mr.  Matson  helped  to  pay  for  the  candy 
although  he  was  not  permitted  to  share  in  the  kisses."" 
In  1899,  after  practicing  together  for  a  short  time,  Mat- 
son  and  Kennedy  considered  moving  West.  Kennedy  later 
remarked  on  this  decision,  "A  desire  to  get  into  the  rather  free 
atmosphere  of  the  great  West  which  I  had  admired  and  the  feel- 
ing that  the  West  might  offer  better  advantages  brought  me 
to  Cheyenne.""  Kennedy  and  Matson  decided  in  a  systematic 
fashion  where  to  move.  They  chose  250  cities  in  eight  western 
states  and  wrote  to  the  mayors  asking  for  information  on  the 
opportunities  in  each  city.  Of  the  75  replies  they  received,  the 
one  from  Cheyenne  was  particularly  encouraging.  Kennedy 
went  to  Cheyenne  to  check  out  the  possibilities.  He  met  with 
Mayor  Schnitger,  mounted  a  "wheel"  bicycle,  and  toured  the 
town.  Kennedy  was  introduced  to  the  governor  and  entertained 
at  the  Cheyenne  Club.  With  that  favorable  impression,  Ken- 
nedy and  Matson  moved  to  Cheyenne  in  1906.  There  was  no 
available  office  space  so  while  they  waited  Kennedy  and  Mat- 
son  read  aloud  the  Wyoming  Revised  Statutes  of  1899. 

One  of  Kennedy's  first  cases  in  Wyoming  required  him 
to  defend  a  man  who  shot  a  "colored  woman  at  a  house  of  ill 
fame."  His  client  was  found  guilty  but  the  newspaper  com- 
mented favorably:  "Mr.  Kennedy,  who  is  a  young  man  and 
a  new  beginner  in  practice,  made  his  maiden  speech  and  it  is 
conceded  by  all  who  heard  him  that  he  made  a  very  fine  effort 
and  handled  the  subject  in  a  way  worthy  of  a  veteran  practi- 
tioner." A  week  later  the  newspaper  wrote  that  Kennedy,  "a 
new  beginner  at  the  bar  but  almost  at  a  single  step  he  has  come 
to  the  front  in  our  district  court  and  has  taken  his  place  in  the 
front  rank  of  the  profession.  ...  It  may  be  predicted  that  Mr. 
Kennedy  has  a  promising  future  before  him."'° 

He  was  active  in  the  community  and  helped  to  form  several 
fraternal  organizations  that  still  thrive  in  Cheyenne.  Kennedy 
was  generous  with  his  time  and  volunteered  for  many 
charitable,  civic,  and  church-related  causes.  He  also  sang  in 
a  popular  quartet  for  25  years.  He  wrote  in  his  memoirs,  "I 
really  got  more  out  of  my  indulgence  in  this  pastime  than  in 
any  other."  It  was  singing  that  brought  him  together  with  his 
future  wife,  Anna  Lyons,  who  possessed  a  soprano  voice.  He 
also  had  a  well-developed  sense  of  humor  that  stayed  with  him 
throughout  his  life. 

The  financial  rewards  of  private  practice  developed  slowly. 
Judge  Kennedy  told  his  successor,  Judge  Ewing  T.  Kerr,  that 
the  case  that  enabled  him  to  stay  in  Cheyenne  was  that  of  the 
infamous  Tom  Horn.  Kennedy  referred  to  it  as  "one  of  the 
most  interesting  and  important  cases  in  my  entire  experi- 
ence."" 

Tom  Horn  came  to  Wyoming  as  a  stock  detective  for  the 
Wyoming  Stock  Growers  Association  with  a  reputation  that 
preceded  him.  He  was  a  professional  killer  who  had  worked 
throughout  the  West  in  various  capacities,  once  as  a  Pinker- 
ton  detective  doing  livestock  "protection"  work.  He  described 
his  vocation  in  the  following  terms,  "Killing  men  is  my  spe- 


14 


cialty,  I  look  at  it  as  a  business  proposition,  and  I  think  I  have 
a  corner  on  the  market."^" 

When  Horn  came  to  Wyoming  he  was  hired  by  John  Coble 
and  other  stockmen  to  protect  their  interests.  The  1895  murders 
of  two  Wyoming  cattlemen  were  attributed  to  Horn  and  he  was 
a  suspect  in  the  murders  of  two  suspected  rustlers  in  1900.  In 
July,  1901,  Willie  Nickell,  a  14-year-old,  was  found  shot  to 
death.  His  father  Kels  P.  Nickell  had  introduced  sheep  into 
the  Iron  Mountain  cattle  country,  the  location  of  Coble's  ranch. 
Six  months  after  the  Nickell  shooting  Horn  boasted  to  the 
U.S.  Marshal  Joe  LeFors  that  he  had  killed  Nickell.  Unknown 
to  Horn,  there  were  two  witnesses  to  this  "confession"  in  the 
next  room,  an  assistant  U.S.  marshal  and  Charles  Ohnhaus, 
court  stenographer.  Ohnhaus  was  taking  down  Horn's  state- 
ments in  shorthand.  Based  on  this  evidence,  Horn  was  arrested 
for  the  murder  of  Willie  Nickell  and  held  in  the  Laramie  County 
jail. 

Harry  P.  Hynds,  blacksmith,  gambler,  boxer  and  owner 
of  the  Plains  Hotel,  who  became  one  of  Kennedy's  closest 
friends,  recommended  that  Coble  hire  Kennedy  to  help  defend 
Horn.  As  a  result  he  became  the  first  attorney  to  interview  Horn 
after  his  arrest.  Kennedy  described  his  role  in  the  defense  of 
Horn: 

I  had  the  unique  distinction  or  notoriety  of  being  the 
first  retained  counsel  for  the  notorious  Tom.   Being  the 
youngest  of  a  brace  of  counsel,  it  became  my  duty  to  per- 
form the  greater  portion  of  the  'messenger  service'  duty  in 
formulating  the  defense  plans  and  this  involved  carrying  on 
a  large  amount  of  contact  work  with  the  client.^' 
The  other  attorneys  hired  for  Horn  included  the  most  pro- 
minent Cheyenne  lawyers:  J.  W.  Lacey,  Timothy  F.  Burke, 
Edward  Clark,  M.  A.  Kline,  Clyde  M.  Watts  and  Kennedy's 
partner,  R.  N.  Matson. 


Judge  T.  Blake  Kennedy 


Kennedy  was  given  his  first  large  retainer,  $1,000,  from 
Coble.  Kennedy  and  Matson  used  the  money  to  pay  off  the 
last  of  their  school  debts.  Kennedy  described  Horn  as: 
[T]all,  a  trifle  round  shouldered  ...  he  had  a  black, 
beady  eye  which  was  intensely  piercing.  He  had  a  marked 
degree  of  humor.  .  .  .  He  was  an  expert  both  with  a  rifle 
and  a  pistol.    .    .    .   He  was  keen  although  not  formally 
educated.  I  think  Horn  was  a  very  bright  feflow — very  apt. 
His  egotism  was  a  fraUty  and  led  him  to  be  a  bragging  man.'' 
While  conducting  the  background  research  on  the  case, 
Kennedy  was  directed  to  inspect  the  territory  where  the  murder 
had  taken  place  and  to  interview  any  witnesses.   Kennedy 
related  in  his  memoirs: 

The  next  morning  we  prepared  to  set  out  on  horseback 

across  the  mountain  range  through  the  Sybille  Country  to 

interview  witnesses.  Coble  .  .  .  brought  in  a  pair  of  chaps 

for  me  to  put  on.  I  was  not  familiar  with  cowboy  regalia  and 

started  to  put  them  on  with  the  "open  space"  in  the  front 

at  which  Coble  summoned  the  cowboys,  while  I  was  in  the 

act,  and  said,  "Look  at  the  tenderfoot."'^ 

The  tenderfoot  problems  were  not  over  for  Kennedy  for  he  still 

had  to  complete  the  long  ride  in  a  Wyoming  winter.  Kennedy 

became  so  cold  and  stiff  that  when  he  dismounted  he  fell  to 

the  ground.  He  walked  the  horse  a  long  distance  to  keep  from 

becoming  equally  chilled  a  second  time.  The  result  of  the  ride 

was  an  affidavit  from  a  cowboy.  Otto  Plaga,  stating  that  he 

saw  Horn  on  the  day  of  the  killing  at  a  spot  so  distant  from 

Nickell's  place  that  it  could  be  shown  that  Horn  could  not  have 

done  the  job.  Kennedy  remembered  his  chagrin  when  Horn 

testified  under  cross-examination  that  he  thought  "a  good  man 

on  a  good  horse"  might  have  been  able  to  travel  the  distance. 

The  trial  took  place  October  10-24,  1902.  Horn  was  found 

guilty  and  hanged  on  November  20,  1903.  Kennedy  was  the 

only  lawyer  Horn  invited  to  his  hanging,  an  honor  Kennedy 

declined.^*  Kennedy  later  remarked  that  although  he  hated  to 

lose  the  case  he  felt  the  world  was  probably  "better  off"  without 

a  man  who  took  killing  men  to  be  his  specialty. 

In  1903  Kennedy  was  appointed  referee  in  bankruptcy  by 
Judge  Riner.  He  held  the  position  for  10  years  until  1913  when 
Judge  Riner  felt  it  might  be  proper  to  appoint  another  lawyer 
to  the  position.  By  1919  Riner  asked  Kennedy  to  return  as 
referee,  but  Kennedy's  practice  had  grown  and  he  declined. 
When  Judge  Riner  assured  Kennedy  it  would  be  for  "only  a 
few  years,"  Kennedy  agreed  to  return.  He  held  the  position 
until  he  was  appointed  judge. 

Soon  after  Kennedy  had  moved  to  Cheyenne,  he  held 
many  community  positions — Secretary  of  the  Elks,  Secretary 
of  a  Chamber  of  Commerce  group,  President  of  the  Young 
Men's  Literary  Club,  an  active  Mason,  a  member  of  a  popular 
singing  quartet,  and  various  jobs  in  local  Republican  politics. 
In  1906  Kennedy  married  Anna  Lyons  of  Cheyenne,  one  of 
his  most  frequent  singing  partners. 

The  same  year  his  partnership  with  Matson  ended  when 
Matson  was  appointed  district  court  judge.  Kennedy  became 
more  active  in  the  Republican  party.  He  was  named  Laramie 
County  chairman  in  1910  and  was  a  delegate  to  the  Republican 
state  convention.  Nationally,  the  Republican  party  had  a  split 
and  the  progressives  formed  their  own  party.  In  Wyoming  the 
second  Carey-Warren  feud  was  in  full  swing,  mirroring  the 
national  split.  Judge  Carey  wanted  the  Republican  nomina- 


15 


tion  for  governor  and  threatened  to  run  independently  if  he 
didn't  get  it. 

In  some  counties  where  Carey  had  support,  two  delega- 
tions were  selected — a  group  of  mainstream  Republicans  and 
a  Carey's  group — both  went  to  the  state  convention.  Kennedy 
was  chairman  of  the  credentials  committee  when  the  fight  for 
delegate  seating  took  place.  Kennedy  recounts  in  his  memoirs 
that  his  committee  asked  for  Kennedy's  views.  Kennedy  told 
the  group  "that  it  was  very  offensive  to  me  that  Judge  Carey 
should  presume  to  declare  himself  superior  to  the  party  itself 
by  stating  in  advance  his  intention  to  run  independently  if  not 
nominated  by  the  party  .  .  .  such  insubordination  within  party 
lines  should  not  be  tolerated."  The  Warren  delegates  were  in 
the  majority  and  were  seated.  Carey  fulfilled  his  "threat,"  and 
ran  as  a  Democrat.  Carey  won  the  election  receiving  almost 
60  percent  of  the  votes.  As  a  result,  Kennedy  acquired  a  power- 
ful friend,  Warren,  and  an  equally  powerful  enemy,  Carey, 
who  refused  to  speak  to  him  untU  late  in  the  1918  gubernatorial 
campaign. ^^ 

In  1912  Kennedy  was  elected  treasurer  of  the  Wyoming 
Republican  Party.  In  1918  he  became  chairman  of  the 
Republican  State  Committee,  a  position  he  held  until  1921. 
Kennedy  was  a  delegate  to  the  Republican  National  Conven- 
tion in  1920. 

By  1918  the  party  leadership  thought  it  was  time  to  mend 
the  Carey-Warren  split.  They  developed  a  plan  of  nominating 
Warren  for  senator  and  Robert  Carey,  son  of  Joseph  Carey, 
for  governor.  The  senior  Carey  eventually  worked  actively  with 
Kennedy  for  the  election  which  resulted  in  a  Republican 
victory. 

On  October  25,  1921,  President  Harding  appointed  T. 
Blake  Kennedy  to  succeed  Judge  Riner.  Kennedy  was  47  years 
old.  The  Cheyenne  paper  wrote  of  his  appointment: 

Mr.  Kennedy  should  be  a  very  "human"  judge.  He 
is  known  and  loved  by  a  large  number  of  friends  throughout 
the  state  as  a  "regular  fellow"  -  one  with  a  knowledge  and 
tolerance  of  human  frailty  which  well  may  stand  him  in  good 
stead  during  his  service  on  the  bench.  His  knowledge  of  the 
law  and  his  ability  as  an  advocate  have  been  established  for 
years  and  to  assume  the  bench  he  abandons  one  of  the  most 
lucrative  practices  in  Wyoming.^* 

Like  his  predecessor,  Kennedy  took  a  pay  cut  when  he 
accepted  the  judicial  position.  In  the  ten  months  immediately 
prior  to  his  appointment,  he  had  earned  over  $12,500;  his  start- 
ing judicial  salary  was  $7,500  per  year.  Judge  Kennedy  wrote 
that  one  of  the  reasons  he  decided  to  become  a  judge  was  the 
thought  of  demonstrating  to  his  father,  long  since  dead,  that 
he  had  made  no  mistake  in  overruling  his  father's  desire  that 
he  become  a  minister  by  going  into  law. 

The  swearing-in  ceremony  forjudge  Kennedy  took  place 
in  the  courtroom  before  a  crowd  of  Kennedy's  friends.  The 
same  Bible  Riner  had  used  was  given  to  Kennedy.  Judge  Riner 
suggested  that  he  and  Kennedy  should  wear  judicial  robes  for 
the  occasion  and  produced  one  for  Kennedy  by  borrowing  a 
Masonic  costume.^' 

Judge  Kennedy  went  to  work  at  once: 

A  short  time  before  I  quEilified  by  taking  the  oath  of 
office,  Judge  Riner  informed  me  that  he  had  set  down  for 
final  hearing  before  me  a  case  which  had  been  pending  in 
the  court  for  some  time  and  which  he  concluded  would  give 
me  a  "fine  start"   in  my  new  position  as  judge.   If  the 


humorous  side  of  the  judge  had  been  more  developed  than 

it  actually  was  I  would  have  considered  that  he  was  pulling 

off  a  good  joke  on  his  successor  for  as  it  developed  this  was 

one  of  the  most  complicated  and  difficult  cases  that  had  ever 

appeared  on  the  docket  of  the  court. ^' 

The  case  was  Sussex  Land  and  Livestock  Company  v.  Midwest 
Refining  Company,''^  a  suit  to  recover  damages  in  excess  of 
$125,000  upon  a  claim  that  the  defendant  had  permitted  oil 
to  overflow  on  valuable  grazing  and  breeding  areas.  The  trial 
lasted  four  weeks.  Seventy-six  witnesses  testified,  and  at  the 
conclusion,  Judge  Kennedy  formulated  a  unique  method  of 
determining  damages,  a  varied  rental  value  for  the  land  in  the 
past  and  the  future. 

In  contrast  to  his  predecessor.  Judge  Kennedy  maintained 
his  friendships,  his  activity  in  fraternal  and  civic  organizations 
and  his  sense  of  humor.  His  secretary,  Katherine  Flick, 
described  Judge  Kennedy  as,  "Wonderful.  Many  of  the  attor- 
neys were  scared  of  him.  They  thought  he  was  awfully  cross. 
But  he  really  wasn't.  .  .  .  He  did  look  stern  and  could  be  stern, 
but  he  had  a  terrific  sense  of  humor. ' '  In  the  same  article  his 
secretary  noted  that  he  was  "one  of  the  most  beautifully 
groomed  men  I  have  ever  known."  He  favored  spats,  had  a 
wide  selection  of  hats  and  always  carried  his  gold-headed  cane. 

Judge  Kennedy  enjoyed  trying  civil  cases  more  than 
criminal  cases,  but  for  the  first  part  of  his  tenure  on  the  bench, 
the  most  frequent  case  before  him  was  the  violation  of  the 
Volstead  (Prohibition)  Act.'"  It  is  evident  from  Kennedy's 
memoirs  that  he  did  not  think  too  much  of  the  "noble  experi- 
ment." He  disliked  the  way  these  cases  clogged  up  his  court 
docket  and,  as  a  moderate  drinker,  he  believed  prohibition  was 
a  poor  way  to  eliminate  the  abuse  of  alcohol.  Finally,  in  Judge 
Kennedy's  opinion,  cases  brought  under  the  act  more  often 
than  not  involved  serious  violations  of  constitutional  provisions 
against  improper  search  and  seizure. 

Kennedy  developed  his  own  method  to  expedite  prohibi- 
tion cases  in  his  court.  When  dealing  with  petty  offenders  he 
would  fine  them  $200  if  they  pled  guUty.  If  they  went  to  trial 
and  lost  they  ended  up  with  a  prison  term.  For  "big-time" 
offenders  the  procedure  was  usually  the  same  but  a  larger  fine 
might  be  levied. 

In  1921  federal  officers  announced  that  in  Sweetwater 
County  they  had  completed  the  biggest  raid  of  its  kind  west 
of  the  Mississippi  River.  They  arrested  62  persons  in  the  Rock 
Springs  and  Green  River  area.  The  "Feds"  confiscated  1,400 
boxes  of  raisins,  3,000  gallons  of  "dago  red"  wine  and  1,000 
gcJlons  of  other  intoxicants.^'  The  offenders  pled  guilty  and 
were  fined  $200. 

By  1930  the  government's  prohibition  campaign  was  in 
full  operation.  Judge  Kennedy  heard  two  important  cases  that 
year.  In  the  first  case,  city  officials  in  Thermopolis,  Wyoming, 
were  indicted  on  a  conspiracy  charge  of  violating  the  Volstead 
Act.  Some  of  the  officials  pled  guilty.  They  explained  all  that 
they  had  done  was  to  collect  the  legal  license  fees  from  the  clubs 
when  they  had  knowledge  that  liquor  was  probably  being  sold. 
They  had  received  no  money  personally  as  the  fees  were  put 
into  the  city  coffers  in  the  normal  way.  They  were  fined  $250 
by  Judge  Kennedy.  Later  Judge  Kennedy  assisted  the  city  offi- 
cials in  regaining  their  citizenship  rights.'^ 

The  second  case  was  identical  but  it  involved  the  city  offi- 
cials and  bootleggers  of  Rock  Springs,  in  all  some  60  defen- 


16 


The  Laramie  law  office  of  S.   W. 

Downey  was  typical  of  those  occupied 

by  the  more  successful  attorneys  at  the 

turn  of  the  century. 


dants.  All  the  defendants  put  their  cases  before  a  jury  and  were 
acquitted. ^^ 

These  results  and  Judge  Kennedy's  method  of  handling 
prohibition  violations  led  to  an  antipathy  between  the  Prohibi- 
tion Agency  and  Judge  Kennedy.  In  February  1931 ,  the  Denver 
News  reported:  "Failure  of  the  U.S.  Judge  to  impose  'adequate 
penalties'  was  held  to  be  one  of  the  greatest  obstacles  to  the 
Wickersham  Commission  by  .  .  .  prohibition  bureau  attorney." 

On  the  civil  side  of  the  docket,  cases  arose  out  of  the 
businesses  that  dominated  Wyoming's  economy — ranching, 
energy  and  the  railroad.  These  included  the  usual  run  of  con- 
tract and  personal  injury  suits. ^*  During  World  War  II  and 
the  Korean  War,  Judge  Kennedy  had  many  conscientious 
objection  cases.  Mormons  in  Wyoming  provided  several 
"polygamy  cases"  for  the  judge  to  try. 

During  his  time  on  the  bench  he  had  several  unusual  cases 
to  hear.  One  was  a  criminal  case,  U.S  v.  Patten,  which  con- 
cerned a  female  defendant  accused  of  violating  the  National 
Motor  Vehicle  Theft  Act.  The  defendant  had  been  living  in 
Alabama  when  she  answered  the  ad  of  a  Wyoming  rancher  who 
was  looking  for  a  wife.  He  wrote  and  told  her  he  was  well-off 
and  his  ranch  had  all  the  "conveniences."  She  came  to  Wyo- 
ming to  marry  the  rancher.  When  she  arrived  at  the  ranch  she 
found  it  to  be  rundown  and  without  any  "conveniences."  The 
rancher  put  her  to  work  immediately  and  told  her  he  had  no 
intention  of  marrying  her.  One  day  she  became  desperate,  took 
the  family  car  and  drove  to  Colorado.  The  rancher  reported 
the  theft  and  she  was  captured.  Judge  Kennedy  placed  her  on 
probation  and  sent  her  home  to  Alabama  with  the  admonition 
to  be  more  careful  about  conducting  love  engagements  through 
the  press.  In  the  newspapers  she  was  styled  "the  love  captive.  "^^ 

In  another  case.  Judge  Kennedy  substituted  for  Judge 
Johnson  in  Salt  Lake  City.  While  Judge  Johnson  was  holding 
court,  a  woman  came  in  with  a  gun  and  took  several  "potshots" 
as  the  judge  attempted  to  duck  behind  the  bench  and  escape 
to  his  chambers.  The  woman's  last  shot  "winged"  him  in  his 
hip,  breaking  it.  One  of  the  cases  Kennedy  heard  was  the 
criminal  case  against  Judge  Johnson's  assailant.  It  was  the 
judge's  opinion  that  she  was  "slightly  crazy,"  but  when  he  sug- 
gested a  sanity  hearing,  her  attorney  informed  the  court  that 
she  was  insane  at  the  time  of  the  shooting  but  she  was  sane 
now.  A  jury  convicted  her  but  recommended  leniency. 

Judge  Kennedy  recorded  the  thoughts  he  had  during 
sentencing:  "While  I  sat  there  looking  at  two  big  ragged  bullet 
holes  on  the  bench  in  front  of  me  and  three  in  the  blackboard 
above  my  head,  I  decided  there  was  going  to  be  no  open  season 
on  federal  judges  if  I  could  help  it."  He  respected  the  jury's 
suggestion  and  gave  her  seven  years. '^ 

The  most  famous  case  during  Judge  Kennedy's  time  on 
the  bench  was  the  "Teapot  Dome."^'  This  case  came  before 
him  early  in  his  tenure  and  had  a  lasting  effect  on  his  judicial 
career. 

Teapot  Dome,  an  oil  bearing  geologic  formation  in  Wyo- 
ming, symbolizes  the  corruption  of  the  Harding  administra- 
tion in  the  1920s.  In  1915  President  Taft  used  the  withdrawal 
power,  approved  by  the  Supreme  Court  in  the  Midwest  case, 
to  establish  a  Navy  petroleum  reserve  in  the  Teapot  Dome  area. 
Conservationist  philosophy  was  strong  in  the  government  and 
parts  of  the  public.  The  administration  was  concerned  about 
an  adequate  supply  of  oil  for  the  U.S.  Navy.  Conservation  of 


oil  below  the  ground  was  seen  as  the  best  method  of  insuring 
a  supply  of  oil  in  case  of  a  national  emergency. 

When  Harding  became  President,  he  selected  former  New 
Mexico  Sen.  Albert  Fall  as  his  Secretary  of  the  Interior.  Fall 
was  a  longtime  resident  of  the  West  and  had  at  one  time  been 
a  New  Mexico  territorial  judge.  One  of  his  first  acts  as 
Secretary — with  the  help  of  Edwin  Denby,  Secretary  of  the 
Navy — was  to  persuade  Harding  to  transfer,  by  executive 
order,  control  of  the  Naval  oil  reserves  from  the  Navy  to  the 
Interior.  This  was  accomplished  in  1921 .  At  the  same  time  Fall 
attempted  to  get  the  National  Forests  transferred  from  the 
Agricultural  Department  to  the  Department  of  the  Interior  and 
to  gain  control  over  the  forest  resources  of  Alaska.  Protests  from 
conservationists  and  the  Agriculture  Department  prevented  Fall 
from  achieving  these  last  two  objectives. 

In  1922  it  was  discovered  that  Fall,  without  consulting  the 
Department  of  Justice  or  notifying  the  public,  entered  into  a 
lease  with  Harry  Sinclair's  Mammoth  Oil  Company,  by  which 
Naval  Reserve  No.  3  (Teapot  Dome)  would  be  opened  for  oil 
production. ^^ 

By  1924  the  Senate  had  spent  over  $32,000  in  the  investiga- 
tion. At  that  point.  President  Coolidge  appointed  two  special 
prosecutors,  Owen  Roberts,  later  Justice  of  the  Supreme  Court, 
and  Atlee  Pomerene,  later  U.S.  Senator.  On  March  11,  1924, 
the  special  prosecutors  filed  an  application  in  federal  court  in 
Cheyenne  for  an  injunction  restraining  Mammoth  Oil  from 
operating  Teapot  Dome.  By  that  time,  the  field  was  in  pro- 
duction and  the  pipeline  was  under  construction.  An  injunc- 
tion was  issued  and  on  March  13,  a  bill  in  equity  was  filed. 

The  government  sought  to  cancel  the  lease,  saying  the 
authorization  to  make  the  lease  was  doubtful  and  that  it  was 
a  result  of  fraud  and  coOusion  between  Fall  and  Sinclair.  Several 
continuances  were  granted  to  allow  the  government  to  amass 
its  evidence,  so  the  case  did  not  come  to  trial  until  March  9, 
1925.  Prominent  counsel  appeared  for  both  sides.  One  of  the 
defendant's  attorneys  was  the  old  territorial  judge,  John  W. 
Lacey. 

Judge  Kennedy  remarked  in  his  memoirs  that  when 
"called  for  trial,  the  case  proceeded  along  regular  lines  .  .  . 
very  smoothly."  Both  sets  of  counsel  were  some  of  the  best  that 
had  appeared  before  him.  Only  two  controversies  arose  dur- 
ing trial.  Both  had  to  do  with  evidence  that  would  show  the 
connection  between  Sinclair  and  Fall  in  the  matter  of  a  bribe. ^^ 

The  trial  lasted  three  weeks  and  briefs  were  filed.  Two 
months  later  Judge  Kennedy  read  his  decision  from  the  bench 
to  a  courtroom  packed  with  newspeople.  On  June  19,  1925, 
Judge  Kennedy  upheld  the  authority  of  Harding,  by  the  Act 
of  June  4,  1920,  to  transfer  the  Naval  Reserves  to  Interior  by 
his  executive  order  of  1921,  and  of  Fall's  authority  to  make 
the  lease  with  the  oil  companies.  Judge  Kennedy  dismissed  as 
unproved  the  charge  of  collusion  between  Sinclair  and  Fall.  He 
found  that  fraud  had  not  been  established  by  the  standard  the 
law  requires,  clear  and  convincing  evidence,  in  that  there  was 
a  missing  link  in  the  evidence  which  failed  to  connect  Sinclair 
with  the  Liberty  Bonds  that  came  into  the  son-in-law's 
possession. 

Kennedy's  decision  read  in  part: 

As  repeatedly  stated  by  the  courts,  fraud  cannot  be 

presumed,  but  must  be  proved,  and  in  the  manner  which 

was  heretofore  announced  throughout  our  entire  history  of 


!■■ 

fl 

«i 

i 

^             .  IP- Jill 

|--;l,     -Wl" 

■ '  ■  ■'•'^ 

i 

1          '  *'*      * 

ff 

m 

m 

^^'^IIm^'-'^ 

Mfl^ 

Myjg 

"l'». 

"li^ii^i^  "f  "^■■^s^ — ^  " 

T      ly"""^ 

^ 

7"A?  en^zVe  membership  of  the  Wyoming  State  Bar,  1915 


American  jurisprudence.  It  may  be  admitted  the  transac- 
tion arouses  suspicion,  but  further  than  this  the  court  does 
not  feel  justified  in  going  toward  a  finding  in  favor  of  plain- 
tiff, in  view  of  the  principles  of  law  announced.  This  court 
feels  it  must  be  left  to  some  higher  court  to  find  from  the 
evidence  what  seems  to  be  fatal  missing  links,  or  to  extend 
the  principles  of  law,  so  as  to  cover  a  situation  as  it  here 
apparently  exists.*" 
Judge  Kennedy  also  noted  that  public  sentiment  could  not  be 
a  factor  in  the  court's  decision. 

In  reaching  a  conclusion  in  this  case,  we  fully  realize 
the  degree  of  unpopularity  with  which  it  wUl  be  received. 
This  is  true  in  the  nature  of  things,  because  the  great  general 
public  is  reached  only  with  the  sensational  features  surround- 
ing the  transactions  involved,  and  being  largely  in  the  dark 
as  to  all  the  other  multitude  of  circumstances  with  which  the 
case  is  surrounded,  and  knowing  perhaps  less  of  the  great 
legal  principles,  which,  the  experience  of  the  ages  has  taught 
mankind,  must  control  in  dealing  with  the  rights  of  persons 
and  property.*' 

The  case  was  appealed  to  the  U.S.  Court  of  Appeals  for 
the  Eighth  Circuit.  The  opinion  in  the  case  affirmed  Kennedy 
in  part  but  reversed  his  finding  that  no  fraud  had  been  shown. 
An  appeal  was  taken  from  this  decision  to  the  Supreme  Court 
which  overruled  all  of  Judge  Kennedy's  decision.  The  Supreme 
Court  ruled  that  the  Act  of  June  4,  1920,  did  not  authorize 
the  Naval  reserves  to  be  leased,  so  the  leases  were  void  irrespec- 
tive of  fraud.  Justice  Butler,  on  the  decision,  also  wrote  that 
Sinclair's  failure  to  offer  himself  as  a  witness  required  that  the 
facts  be  construed  against  him. 


Judge  Kennedy  wrote  in  his  memoirs: 

I  have  no  feeling  of  resentment  or  desire  to  quarrel  with 
the  Supreme  Court  in  its  conclusion.  Perhaps  in  the  light 
of  subsequent  events  they  were  justified  in  reaching  the  con- 
clusion which  they  did  whether  on  the  basis  of  pure  legal 
principles  or  in  the  public  interest  where  it  is  sometimes 
known  that  well-defined  legal  principles  are  stretched  to  meet 
a  desired  conclusion. 

The  Teapot  Dome  decision  had  a  tremendous  effect  on 
Judge  Kennedy's  judicial  career.  Kennedy  was  immediately 
subjected  to  intense  personal  criticism  by  the  press  and  by  indi- 
viduals. The  judge  received  letters,  postcards,  and  telegrams 
containing  vicious  remarks.  During  this  time,  Judge  Kennedy's 
sense  of  humor  stood  him  in  good  stead.  Although  the  letters 
bothered  him  and  at  times  preyed  on  his  mind,  he  never  seemed 
to  take  these  missives  too  seriously.  He  kept  them  filed  in  what 
he  labeled  his  "nut  file."*^ 

The  press  was  not  much  more  restrained  than  the  public. 
Newspapers  all  over  the  country  denounced  him.  "The  culpable 
conduct  of  Judge  Kennedy  is  what  creates  distrust  of  some  of 
the  judiciary.  It  is  fortunate  that  there  are  so  few  jurists  that 
fall  in  his  class.  "*^  A  paper  in  Missouri  speculated  that  Judge 
Kennedy  had  been  bought.  Another  paper  brought  out  his  early 
relationship  with  Judge  Lacey  and  charged  favoritism.** 

One  effect  of  Teapot  Dome  was  that  it  kept  Judge  Ken- 
nedy on  the  District  bench  of  Wyoming.  There  was  great 
resentment  against  Judge  Kennedy  in  the  Senate.  Senator 
Walsh  who  had  the  power  in  the  subcommittee  on  the  judiciary 
wrote  to  Warren  stating  that  "as  long  as  I  have  the  power,  T. 


19 


Blake  Kennedy  will  never  be  elevated  to  the  Court  of  Appeals." 
He  never  was  allowed  to  advance  to  the  Court  of  Appeals  when 
vacancies  appeared  or  when  the  Tenth  Circuit  Court  of  Appeals 
was  formed,  jobs  which  would  have  otherwise  gone  to  a  judge 
with  the  background  and  experience  of  T.  Blake  Kennedy.  In 
1931  Kennedy  was  prominently  mentioned  as  a  possible  can- 
didate to  fill  Warren's  place  as  one  of  Wyoming's  senators. 
From  Judge  Kennedy's  memoirs,  the  impression  is  gained 
that,  although  he  enjoyed  his  work  as  the  sole  federal  judge 
for  Wyoming,  there  remained  some  regret  and  self-criticism 
that  he  had  never  risen  to  the  appellate  bench. 

As  he  reached  his  80th  birthday  in  1953  he  wrote: 

Often  there  has  occurred  to  me  in  my  train  of  thought 
the  query,  "Have  I  missed  the  boat?"  Throughout  it  runs 
the  theory  that  I  have  not  made  as  much  out  of  my  life  as 
possible.  .  .  .  Would  it  have  been  possible  to  achieve  a  posi- 
tion ...  as  judge  akin  to  the  esteemed  Walter  L.  Sanborn 
or  Charles  Evans  Hughes?  ...  I  seem  to  find  a  sort  of  answer 
to  these  queries  in  the  rather  satisfying  thought  that  perhaps 
I  reached  a  station  as  high  as  my  inherent  limitation  would 
permit  me  to  go.'^ 

Earlier  in  1931  he  analyzed  his  position  in  a  letter  he  wrote 
to  Judge  Lacey: 

As  to  the  opportunity  for  my  advancement  in  the  way 
of  elevation  to  the  Court  of  Appeals,  it  would  not  be  too  con- 
servative to  say  that  my  chances  are  not  good.  .  .  .  We 
sometimes  become  the  unwitting  victim  of  circumstances, 
and  in  my  case  having  been  unfortunate  enough  in  refusing 
to  shirk  responsibility,  to  be  called  to  sit  in  cases  where  public 
opinion  became  intense  and  where  litigation  became  a 
political  football,  the  recollections  of  which  stUl  live,  make 
it  impossible  to  expect  that  a  judge  would,  under  the  cir- 
cumstances, be  given  credit  for  sincere  motive  and  honest 
judgment.*^ 

So,  Judge  Kennedy  continued  in  Wyoming  and  like  all 
Wyoming  judges  he  traveled  extensively  to  hold  court  in  other 
districts.  He  sat  on  the  Eighth  Circuit  (later  the  Tenth  Cir- 
cuit) on  14  occasions  and  83  times  on  assignment  to  other 
district  courts.  Many  of  these  trips  combined  two  of  the  judge's 
passions — travel  and  baseball. 

Judge  Kennedy  was  called  a  "walking  baseball  encyclo- 
pedia" and  was  once  mentioned  as  a  successor  to  Commissioner 
of  Baseball,  Kenesaw  Landis.  One  year  he  was  honored  by  the 
New  York  Yankees  and  spent  a  game  in  the  dugout  with  Babe 
Ruth.  He  actively  promoted  baseball  in  Cheyenne  from  the 
day  he  arrived  in  1901  and  the  Cheyenne  radio  men  who 
"rebroadcast"  games  called  the  judge  their  behind-the-scenes 
"color"  man.  Practically  every  year  during  the  time  the  World 
Series  was  played.  Judge  Kennedy  was  in  New  York  City 
holding  court.  In  1947,  he  wrote  in  his  memoirs,  he  saw  21 
games  in  2 1  days  by  going  to  night  games  and  double  and  triple- 
headers  on  weekends. 

In  1951,  in  appreciation  of  the  judge's  30  years  of  service 
on  the  bench,  the  Wyoming  State  Bar  presented  a  large  oil  por- 
trait of  Judge  Kennedy  to  be  hung  in  the  Federal  Courthouse 
in  Cheyenne. 

In  1955  he  retired  after  having  helped  to  select  his  own 
replacement.  His  last  case  before  retirement  was  a  complex  oil 
industry  trademark  dispute.  Judge  Kennedy  was  81  years  old 
when  he  stepped  down.  "I  was  born  in  1874,  the  same  year 
as  former  President  Herbert  Hoover  and  Prime  Minister 
Winston  Churchill.  I'm  a  few  months  older  than  both  and  I 


see  they're  both  retired,  so  I  should,  too.  I'm  going  to  get  out 
before  these  young  lawyers  start  saying,  'the  old  man  isn't  as 
sharp  as  he  used  to  be.' 

When  Judge  Kennedy  retired,  he  was  the  senior  acting 
judge  in  the  federal  courts,  as  his  predecessor,  Judge  Riner, 
had  been.  Judge  Kennedy  continued  to  serve  as  long  as  his 
health  was  good.  After  a  prolonged  illness,  he  died  in  a 
Cheyenne  hospital  in  May,  1957,  at  the  age  of  83.*' 

Ewing  T.  Kerr 

On  November  7,  1955,  Ewing  T.  Kerr,  appointed  by 
President  Eisenhower,  was  sworn  in  as  Wyoming's  third  federal 
judge  since  statehood. 

Ewing  T.  Kerr  was  born  in  Bowie,  Texas,  in  1900,  the 
youngest  of  four  children.  His  parents  had  come  to  Texas  as 
children,  his  father's  family  from  Pennsylvania,  and  his 
mother's  family  from  Tennessee.  Kerr's  father  was  a  rancher 
and  in  the  cattle-raising  business  with  his  brother.  When  Kerr 
was  a  year  old,  his  father  moved  the  family  and  the  ranch 
business  across  the  river  to  the  Indian  Territory  (Oklahoma). 
Kerr's  father  was  appointed  local  postmaster  for  the  duration 
of  President  Theodore  Roosevelt's  term.  Kerr  remarked,  "It 
was  said  that  the  reason  he  got  the  job  was  that  he  was  the  on- 
ly Republican  in  the  county.*^ 

Kerr's  childhood  was  a  rural  one.  He  admits  to  indulging 
in  the  time  honored  Southern  tradition  of  watermelon  snitching 
in  his  youth.  He  was  fond  of  animals  and  brought  home  many 
stray  dogs  and  cats  and,  on  one  occasion,  a  possum.  Kerr 
attended  public  schools  in  Loco,  Oklahoma,  and  graduated 
from  Loco  High  as  vsdedictorian  in  1918. 

In  1920  Kerr's  father  was  appointed  Superintendent  of  the 
Piatt  National  Park  in  Sulphur,  Oklahoma,  by  the  Secretary 
of  the  Interior.  The  park  is  the  site  of  hot  sulphur  springs  which 
were  often  used  for  their  curative  effects  on  the  body.  Kerr's 
father  held  the  position  as  superintendent  until  his  death. 

Kerr  decided  on  teaching  as  a  career  with  a  college  pro- 
fessorship as  his  ultimate  goal.  He  attended  Central  State  Col- 
lege in  Oklahoma  for  three  years  and  then  transferred  to  the 
University  of  Oklahoma  where  he  received  an  A.  B.  in  1923. 
That  same  year  he  returned  to  Central  State  College  and  com- 
pleted the  work  required  to  be  awarded  a  B.  S.  degree.  While 
in  college  he  was  a  member  of  the  debating  team  and  lettered 
in  baseball  and  wrestling. 

After  graduation  Kerr  was  employed  as  principal  of  the 
junior  high  school  at  Hominy,  Oklahoma,  from  1923  to  1925. 
It  was  during  that  time  that  he  changed  directions  and  began 
the  study  of  law.  He  boarded  at  the  home  of  Kenneth  Lott  who 
had  come  to  Oklahoma  only  a  few  years  after  graduating  in 
law  from  the  University  of  Kansas,  where  he  had  been  a  part- 
time  instructor.  Lott  had  retained  the  legal  textbooks  which 
he  had  used.  Kerr  became  interested  in  reading  the  books  and 
Lott  told  him  he  showed  a  particular  aptitude  for  legal  studies. 
Lott  began  to  tutor  Kerr  and  over  the  next  two  years  Kerr  read 
all  of  Lott's  textbooks  and  pursued  a  course  of  study  Lott  set 
out.  Lott  administered  legal  exams  and  also  had  Kerr  assist 
him  in  his  law  office  work  writing  briefs  and  preparing 
pleadings.  Kerr  said  he  read  every  text  from  contracts  to  torts. 

Kerr's  sister  who  was  teaching  school  in  Cheyenne,  Wyo- 
ming, suggested  he  join  her  there.  He  moved  to  Cheyenne  in 
1925,  one  year  after  the  streets  of  the  frontier  town  were  paved. 
Kerr  was  employed  as  principal  of  Corlett  Grade  School,  named 


20 


Judge  Ewing  T.  Kerr 


in  honor  of  W.  W.  Corlett,  pre-territorial  lawyer.  During  this 
time  he  pursued  a  masters  degree  in  poHtical  science  and  history 
at  the  University  of  Colorado  whUe  continuing  his  legal  studies. 
At  the  time,  one  could  qualify  to  take  the  bar  exam  after  two 
years  of  supervised  study  and  one  year  of  unsupervised  study. 
Kerr  was  admitted  to  practice  law  in  Wyoming  on  January  25, 
1927. 

From  the  time  he  arrived  in  Cheyenne  he  took  part  in  com- 
munity affairs.  He  was  active  in  the  Chamber  of  Commerce, 
Red  Cross,  Salvation  Army,  fraternal  groups,  his  church,  and 
Republican  politics.  He  helped  finance  and  construct  the  first 
concrete  tennis  court  in  Cheyenne,  a  sport  he  particularly  liked. 

Kerr  particularly  enjoyed  politics.  He  became  active  in  the 
Republican  party  almost  as  soon  as  he  arrived  in  Wyoming. 
He  enjoyed  campaigning,  writing  and  giving  speeches  on  behalf 
of  various  candidates.  The  first  campaign  he  took  part  in  was 
in  1926  and  throughout  the  following  years  he  traveled 
throughout  the  state  on  behalf  of  the  Republican  party. 

Judge  Kerr  points  to  one  of  his  early  speaking  engagements 
as  the  beginning  that  led  him  to  the  federal  bench.  In  1928, 
Kerr  was  asked  to  introduce  several  county  and  state  candidates 
in  Pine  Bluffs,  a  small  ranching  community  east  of  Cheyenne. 
Sen.  F.  E.  Warren  was  in  attendance  and  was  to  be  introduced 
to  the  crowd  by  a  "big  shot"  politician  who  failed  to  appear. 
The  sponsors  asked  Kerr  to  take  over  the  introduction  of  War- 
ren. Warren  was  by  this  time  a  legend  in  Wyoming  and  Kerr 
was  nervous  at  the  unexpected  honor  of  introducing  the  senator. 

Shortly  after  this  incident,  a  vacancy  came  up  in  the  U.S. 
Attorney's  office  for  an  Assistant  U.S.  Attorney.  Warren  called 
A.  D.  Walton,  the  U.S.  Attorney,  to  discuss  the  appointment 
and  suggested  that  he  consider  that  "young  fellow  who  intro- 
duced me  out  in  Pine  Bluffs."  Walton  wasn't  sure  who  had 


introduced  the  senator  and  checked  with  Kerr  to  see  if  he  had 
been  the  one.  Upon  confirming  that  fact,  Kerr  was  asked  to 
become  the  Assistant  U.S.  Attorney. 

Kerr  held  the  position  untO  1933  when  the  Democrats  came 
into  office.  During  the  latter  part  of  his  time  as  Assistant  U.S. 
Attorney,  he  handled  the  infamous  "Casper  conspiracy"  case. 
This  was  another  in  the  series  of  city- wide  violations  of  the  pro- 
hibition act  in  the  state.  The  mayor,  chief  of  police,  sheriff, 
and  34  other  Casper  citizens  were  indicted  and  tried  on  con- 
spiracy charges.  The  officials  were  charged  with  conspiring  to 
give  a  monopoly  to  two  large  illegal  distilleries,  for  which  they 
were  paid  over  $360,000.  The  officials  had  even  gone  to  the 
extent  of  setting  up  a  bootleggers'  warning  system.  They  equip- 
ped the  courthouse  roof  with  two  lights:  a  red  light  was  used 
when  the  "feds"  were  in  Casper  and  a  green  light  was  flashed 
when  deliveries  could  be  made. 

A  case  of  this  nature  had  its  unsavory  moments.  One  of 
the  government's  witnesses  was  released  from  jail  at  four  a.m. 
in  an  effort  to  keep  him  from  testifying.  Several  hours  later  he 
was  found  dead  with  his  liver  lying  beside  his  body.  The  govern- 
ment's star  witness,  the  bookkeeper,  was  also  slated  for  execu- 
tion. An  "underworld  character  from  Chicago"  was  sent  to 
Cheyenne  to  accomplish  the  job.  He  was  discovered  and  left 
town  without  completing  his  contract. 

In  his  remarks  to  the  jury,  Kerr  asserted,  "that  something 
more  than  the  prohibition  law  is  involved.  The  issue  of  men 
in  public  office  who  betrayed  every  trust  the  citizens  of  Casper 
imposed  in  them  is  involved  in  this  case."  The  jury  was  seques- 
tered for  a  week,  the  first  ballot  was  11-1  for  conviction  but 
by  the  end  of  the  week  the  jury  had  reversed  itself  and  acquit- 
ted the  accused.  The  officials  were  nevertheless  disgraced  and 
never  again  held  public  office  in  Wyoming. 

In  1933,  Kerr  was  married  to  Irene  Peterson,  a  licensed 
pharmacist  who  had  owned  and  operated  a  drugstore  in 
Glendo.  For  the  next  five  years,  Kerr  engaged  in  the  private 
practice  of  law  as  a  sole  practitioner.  He  had  a  general  prac- 
tice and  handled  a  variety  of  cases.  Kerr  also  kept  up  his 
Republican  activities  during  the  "long,  lean  years  of  the 
1930s." 

In  1938  the  Republican  Party  returned  to  power  in  Wyo- 
ming. Nels  H.  Smith  was  elected  governor  and  he  appointed 
Kerr  his  attorney  general.  At  that  time,  Kerr  was  the  youngest 
man  ever  appointed  to  that  office.  Kerr  wrote  most  of  Smith's 
speeches  and  it  was  widely  reported  that  the  governor  didn't 
make  a  move  without  consulting  his  attorney  general.  A  Wyo- 
ming newspaper  reported,  "Kerr  is  recognized  as  an  able 
lawyer  and  a  keen  student  of  the  law.  His  work  'behind  the 
scenes'  for  the  administration  has  been  outstanding  .  .  .  and 
he  admittedly  is  the  'key  man'  of  the  new  regime." 

Upon  accepting  the  appointment  as  attorney  general,  Kerr 
was  immediately  thrown  into  one  of  the  most  complex  cases 
handled  by  that  office,  the  North  Platte  River  suit.  The  case 
involved  a  dispute  over  water  rights  between  the  states  of  Col- 
orado, Wyoming  and  Nebraska.  Eventually,  the  Federal 
Government  asserted  its  own  claim.  The  case  had  begun  in 
1935  and,  by  the  time  Kerr  became  involved  in  1938,  only 
Nebraska  had  presented  its  evidence. 

Kerr  reduced  Wyoming's  special  counsel  from  two  to  one 
and  appointed  W.  J.  Wehrli,  a  prominent  Casper  lawyer,  as 
special  counsel.  Kerr  gave  what  time  he  could  afford  to  this 


21 


litigation,  but  delegated  most  of  the  responsibility  to  Wehrli. 
A  final  decision  was  rendered  by  the  Supreme  Court  of  the 
United  States  in  1944,  changing  the  ownership  of  one  small 
ditch  in  Wyoming.  In  Kerr's  words,  the  decision  had  very  lit- 
tle effect.  "We  were  right  back  where  we  started  from." 

In  August,  1939,  Attorney  General  Kerr  fulfilled  Gover- 
nor Smith's  pledge  by  declaring  that  a  gasoline  trust  existed 
in  the  state.  He  sent  a  telegram  to  Roosevelt's  "trustbuster," 
Thurman  W.  Arnold,  asking  his  help  in  breaking  the  trust. 
Kerr  noted  that  gas  stations  in  every  town  in  Wyoming  charged 
exactly  the  same  price.  Gas  refined  in  Wyoming  was  selling 
for  a  higher  price  in  the  state  than  in  the  neighboring  states. 
Kerr  said,  "Gasoline  companies  have  been  guilty  of  unfair 
discrimination  in  prices  charged  the  motoring  public"  and  "the 
major  oil  companies  have  not  only  set  the  price  but  have  con- 
tacted independent  dealers  with  a  view  to  getting  them  to  raise 
their  prices  on  all  occasions  when  the  major  companies  advance 
their  retail  prices."  Arnold  sent  the  FBI  to  investigate  these 
charges  and  Kerr  summoned  representatives  of  four  major  oil 
companies  to  appear  and  answer  accusations  of  price  fixing  and 
violation  of  Wyoming's  unfair  competition  laws.  The  company 
representatives  denied  these  charges  and  warned  Kerr  that 
enforcement  of  these  acts  would  force  "the  companies  to  the 
wall."  In  the  end,  gasoline  prices  were  reduced  an  average  of 
three  cents  a  gallon  between  1939-1941.  With  the  arrival  of 
World  War  II,  the  argument  over  the  price  of  gas  became  moot 
when  rationing  went  into  effect.*' 

As  early  as  1940  and  1942  there  was  talk  of  a  Kerr  can- 
didacy for  the  United  State  Senate.  His  work  as  attorney 
general  had  brought  approval  from  even  a  Democratic  paper 
whose  editor  wrote:  "In  the  Smith  administration,  (Kerr)  is 
the  only  one  who  seems  disposed  to  get  out  and  get  things  done. 
.  .  .  Kerr  is  one  of  the  hardest  working  Attorney  Generals  (sic) 
Wyoming  has  ever  had."  Judge  Kerr  said  that  although  he 
thoroughly  enjoyed  his  political  work,  he  never  had  a  desire 
to  serve  as  an  elected  leader. 

Kerr  continued  to  serve  as  Wyoming's  Attorney  General 
until  1943  when  he  entered  the  United  States  Army.  He  was 
assigned  to  a  position  in  the  Allied  military  government  and 
arrived  in  North  Africa  some  three  months  later.  He  established 
and  supervised  the  civilian  courts  for  southern  Italy  and  ser- 
ved as  President  of  the  Allied  General  Court.  In  addition,  he 
was  the  reviewing  officer  of  superior  court  cases  tried  in 
liberated  Italy.  In  1945  he  was  promoted  to  the  rank  of  major 
and  assigned  to  Austria  to  re-establish  the  courts  in  Innsbruck, 
Salzburg,  and  Linz.  Kerr  has  remarked  that  the  judicial  systems 
in  both  Italy  and  Austria  excelled  the  American  system,  in  that 
they  "expedite  justice  and  yet  reach  just  conclusions." 

Kerr  returned  to  Wyoming  in  1946  and  to  the  private  prac- 
tice of  law.  The  same  year  he  was  selected  to  serve  as  the  Chair- 
man of  the  Republican  State  Committee,  a  position  he  held 
until  1954,  which  is  still  the  record  length  of  service  for  that 
position.  He  continued  running  campaigns,  making  speeches, 
and  bringing  national  figures  to  Wyoming,  including  Sen. 
Robert  Taft,  Sen.  Everett  Dirksen,  Admiral  Byrd,  Governor 
and  later  Chief  Justice  Warren,  Admiral  Nimitz  and  Presiden- 
tial candidates  Dewey  and  Eisenhower. 

In  1954  the  party  urged  Kerr  to  run  for  the  Senate.  Kerr 
did  not  really  want  elective  office  and  felt  that  U.S.  Rep. 
William  Henry  Harrison  would  be  the  better  vote-getter  in  a 


race  against  the  incumbent  Democrat.  Rep.  Harrison  assured 
Kerr  on  several  occasions  that  he  would  not  run  for  the  Senate. 
Kerr  was  convinced  that  it  was  the  desire  of  the  Republican 
party  that  he  should  announce  his  candidacy  for  the  Senate  seat, 
which  he  did.  Rep.  Harrison  later  changed  his  mind,  entered 
the  race  and  defeated  Kerr  in  the  primary  only  to  be  defeated 
in  the  general  election  by  Sen.  Joseph  C.  O'Mahoney. 

In  1955  Judge  T.  Blake  Kennedy  said  he  wanted  to  retire. 
With  the  encouragement  of  Judge  Kennedy  and  the  sponsor- 
ship of  Sen.  Frank  A.  Barrett,  Ewing  T.  Kerr  became  Wyo- 
ming's third  federal  judge. 

The  Wyoming  Supreme  Court,  composed  of  William  A. 
Riner  (nephew  of  the  first  federal  judge  in  Wyoming,  Judge 
J.  A.  Riner),  Fred  Blume  and  Harry  Harnsburger  signed  a 
letter  to  Sen.  Barrett  commending  Kerr  as  a  "good  and 
qualified  lawyer,  with  unquestioned  integrity.  .  .  .  His  appoint- 
ment to  this  important  position  would  be  very  gratifying  to  each 
of  us."  Many  other  letters  were  sent  to  Sen.  Barrett  mention- 
ing Kerr's  experience  and  the  self-sacrifice  he  had  displayed 
in  his  many  years  of  service  to  the  Republican  party.  One  writer 
noted  that  he  had  "carried  the  torch  of  Republicanism  through 
the  years  when  such  action,  if  not  subversive,  was  a  rank  heresy 
in  the  opinion  of  so  many."^°  A 

Kerr  was  sworn  in  as  the  third  Federal  District  Judge  for  ^ 
the  District  of  Wyoming  on  November  7,  1955,  before  an 
audience  of  500  lawyers,  state  and  federal  officials,  family  and 
friends.  Judge  Kennedy  presided  over  the  ceremonies  with  the 
assistance  of  United  States  Circuit  Judge  John  C.  Pickett.  Once 
again  J.  A.  Riner's  Bible  was  used  in  the  administration  of  the  g 
oath  of  office.  J 

Judge  Kerr's  first  official  act  was  to  announce  that  Judge 
Kennedy  would  continue  to  serve  the  federal  judiciary,  which 
he  did  for  two  years.  Judge  Kerr  was  the  beneficiary  of  Judge 
Kennedy's  experienced  advice.  One  piece  of  advice  the  senior 
judge  gave  him  was  to  remain  active  in  community  affairs  as 
it  would  make  him  a  better  judge.  Judge  Kerr  followed  Judge 
Kennedy's  advice  rather  than  modeling  himself  on  the  conduct 
of  Wyoming's  first  federal  judge.  He  said  he  has  never  regret- 
ted that  decision. 

Having  sat  on  the  bench  for  25  years.  Judge  Kerr  has  tried 
a  variety  of  cases.  The  number  and  types  of  cases  have  changed 
with  the  climate  of  the  country  and  Wyoming  in  particular. 
When  Judge  Kerr  began  his  tenure  as  a  federal  district  judge, 
Wyoming  was  in  an  economic  depression  and  the  country  had 
yet  to  experience  the  explosion  of  litigation  that  began  in  the 
late  1960s.  Presently,  Wyoming  is  riding  an  economic  boom 
as  a  result  of  the  energy  crisis  and  the  state's  vast  reserves  of 
coal  and  other  minerals.  Wyoming  shares  in  the  increased 
amount  of  litigation  found  in  the  nation  as  a  whole,  as  well 
as  litigation  directly  attributable  to  the  energy  growth  in  the 
state.  The  cases  handled  by  the  court  in  the  1950s  were  tradi- 
tional legal  disputes  that  had  been  handled  by  courts  in  the  past. 
In  the  1960s  was  the  advent  of  civil  rights  cases  and  increased 
review  of  administrative  agencies.  Civil  rights  cases,  admin- 
istrative law  questions,  mineral  and  environmental  cases,  com- 
prise the  bulk  of  the  cases  for  the  1970s  and  the  beginning  of 
the  1980s. 

One  case  handled  by  Judge  Kerr  in  the  1950s  concerned 
a  trial  of  a  swindler,  Silas  M.  Newton,  who  claimed  to  have 
invented  a  "doodlebug"  that  could  find  oil.  The  gadget  turned 


22 


out  to  be  a  $2  war  surplus  electronic  device.  Mr.  Newton  had 
once  lectured  a  University  of  Denver  class  on  his  "discovery" 
of  a  wrecked  space  ship  complete  with  the  bodies  of  "little  old 
men,"  and  had  tried  to  pass  off  a  piece  of  an  aluminium  pot 
as  part  of  the  spaceship. 

The  Cold  War  made  appearance  in  Judge  Kerr's  court 
when  the  judge  administered  the  oath  of  citizenship  to  a  Polish 
Air  Force  pilot  who  had  flown  his  plane  to  safety  in  the  mid-50s. 
The  judge  also  heard  many  eminent  domain  cases  in  the  early 
1960s  as  the  government  acquired  land  around  Cheyenne, 
Wyoming,  for  installation  of  part  of  the  nation's  Minuteman 
missile  system. 

After  the  Chessman  decision  on  the  rights  of  prisoners,  a 
surge  of  cases  began  in  the  1960s.  Also  in  the  1960s,  Wyoming 
courts  experienced  a  60  percent  increase  in  civil  case  filings.  The 
Baker  v.  Can  decision  of  1962  requirements  and  the  dictates  of 
the  Wyoming  Constitution  required  reapportionment  every  ten 
years  and  in  1963  Judge  Kerr  sat  on  the  three-judge  court  which 
drew  up  the  plan  for  Wyoming.^' 

Like  his  predecessors,  Judge  Kerr  has  continued  the 
Wyoming  practice  of  assisting  other  districts  in  handling  their 
case  loads.  In  1962  the  judge  heard  the  securities  violation  case 
in  Denver  of  the  fallen  financial  wizard  Allen  Lefferdink.  Dur- 
ing the  lengthy  trial,  Judge  Kerr,  as  was  his  practice,  ordered 
the  court  to  put  in  an  extra  half-hour  each  day  in  an  effort  to 
move  the  case  along.  Throughout  his  years  on  the  bench  he 
has  continued  to  travel,  holding  court  in  all  the  states  of  the 
Tenth  Circuit  and  in  places  as  distant  as  Louisiana,  Califor- 
nia, New  York  and  Puerto  Rico.  In  1961  he  addressed  the 
Federal  Judge  Seminar  held  for  the  benefit  of  newly  appointed 
federal  judges,  giving  a  series  of  talks  on  typical  situations  the 
new  judges  would  face. 

In  1967  Judge  Kerr  handled  one  of  the  longest  and  more 
complicated  cases  of  his  tenure.  The  lawsuit  involved  a  cor- 
porate merger  of  Utah  Construction  and  Mining  Corporation 
and  Lucky  Mc  Uranium.  The  controversy  centered  around  the 
world's  largest  open  pit  uranium  mine  complex  and  a  stock 
transaction  of  over  $14  million. 

Aspects  of  Wyoming's  frontier  past  persist.  The  federal 
court  continues  to  have  jurisdiction  over  the  Indians  in  the 
Wind  River  Reservation  in  Wyoming  and  Yellowstone 
National  Park.  In  1968  Judge  Kerr  awarded  a  woman  $35,000 
for  the  death  of  her  husband  in  Yellowstone  National  Park. 
The  man  was  killed  when  a  300-year-old  tree  fell  on  him  as 
he  was  setting  up  his  tent  in  the  park.  Another  suit  in  the  1970s 
concerned  a  young  boy  who  had  fallen  into  an  area  of  thermal 
activity  in  the  Park  when  he  strayed  from  the  walkway.  Indian 
law  cases  have  remained  basically  the  same  since  statehood. 
They  frequently  involve  assaults  resulting  from  drinking  or 
unlawful  businesses  or  transactions  by  outsiders  on  the  reser- 
vation. Land  disputes  between  Indians  and  their  White 
neighbors  have  also  provided  litigation  over  the  years. 

Probably  the  most  widely  publicized  case  of  his  tenure  was 
the  "Black  Fourteen"  case  in  1970.  Fourteen  black  football 
players  on  the  University  of  Wyoming  team  sought  to  protest 
the  Mormon  Church's  policy  of  denying  the  priesthood  to 
blacks.  When  they  followed  the  practice  of  black  players  on 
other  teams  by  announcing  that  they  would  wear  black  arm- 
bands in  the  game  against  Brigham  Young  University,  they 
were  dismissed  from  the  team.  The  university  administration 


and  trustees  sustained  the  coach's  action. 

The  players  filed  suit  seeking  $1.1  million  in  damages. 
Judge  Kerr  dismissed  the  suit  and  the  Tenth  Circuit  affirmed 
his  ruling. ^^ 

In  general,  the  1970s  and  the  present  decade  are  char- 
acterized by  the  increased  amount  of  environmental  litigation 
that  comes  before  the  federal  court.  Wyoming  is  a  largely 
untouched  area  of  wide  open  space,  much  of  it  owned  by  the 
federal  government  as  national  parks,  recreation  areas,  national 
forests,  wilderness  areas,  animal  refuge  areas  and  Bureau  of 
Land  Management  land.  The  state  also  sustains  significant 
agricultural  and  stock  raising  enterprises.  Inevitably,  conflicts 
between  the  federal  government,  environmental  groups,  ranch- 
ers and  energy  companies  have  arisen  and  ended  up  in  the 
federal  court. 

In  1971  Judge  Kerr  heard  the  famous  eagle  slaying  case. 
Prosecution  witnesses  related  that  helicopter  pilots  would  take 
"sportsmen"  up  to  shoot  at  eagles  in  flight  above  the  range. 
Over  700  eagles  were  killed  as  a  result  of  this  activity.  Eight 
hunters  and  one  pilot  were  assessed  fines  by  the  courts. 

The  passage  of  the  National  Environmental  Policy  Act 
(NEPA)  resulted  in  suits  over  the  necessity  of  filing  environmen- 
tal impact  statements.  The  use  of  predator  and  weed  control 
chemicals  also  brought  litigation  to  the  Wyoming  federal  court. 
Government  changes  in  the  status  of  federal  land  and  the  use 
of  the  power  of  eminent  domain  to  acquire  more  government 
land  remain  a  continuing  source  of  conflict  in  Wyoming. 

Questions  over  the  interpretation  of  mineral  contracts  and 
deeds  appear  with  frequency  in  the  Wyoming  federal  court. 
In  two  recent  decisions  Judge  Kerr  has  ruled  on  questions  of 
mineral  law.  Both  cases  necessitated  a  look  at  early  Wyoming 
history  and  consideration  of  what  qualifies  as  a  mineral  under 
certain  federal  acts.  One  of  the  cases  involved  the  question  of 
whether  a  pre-statehood  mineral  reservation  of  "all  coal  and 
other  minerals"  included  oU  and  gas.  Interestingly,  the  mineral 
reservation  was  connected  with  the  Union  Pacific  Railroad  land 
grants  and  the  subsequent  land  sales  by  the  railroad  that  began 
the  state  of  Wyoming.  Early  newspapers  and  scientific  jour- 
nsils  were  cited  for  the  proposition  that  even  in  the  1800s,  oil 
and  gas  were  considered  minerals.  The  second  decision  ruled 
on  whether  gravel  was  considered  a  mineral  under  the  Taylor 
Grazing  Act,  another  act  that  was  crucial  to  the  development 
of  the  state. 

The  growth  of  prisoner  rights  cases  continued  in  the  1970s. 
In  1977  Judge  Kerr  was  called  upon  to  rule  on  the  right  of 
prisoners  to  practice  satanism.  The  prisoners  had  been  denied 
certain  articles  including  a  baphomet,  bells,  candles,  pointing 
sticks,  incense  and  black  robes.  After  the  judge  dismissed  the 
case  as  frivolous,  the  Tenth  Circuit  remanded  it  to  the  district 
court  to  determine  whether  satanism  was  a  religion  protected 
under  the  First  Amendment.  In  the  meantime,  the  prisoner 
converted  to  Christianity. 

The  inflation  and  growth  of  government  in  the  1970s  and 
1980s  have  brought  a  new  litigant  before  the  federal  courts — 
the  tax  protesters.  For  the  most  part  these  are  citizens  who  have 
been  convinced  by  one  of  several  groups  or  by  reading  on  the 
subject  that  they  should  not  have  to  pay  federal  income  tax. 
Usually  they  appear  without  counsel  and  offer  emotional  and 
imaginative  arguments  based  on  the  Declaration  of  Independ- 
ence and  the  Constitution.  In  1975  while  Judge  Kerr  was  hear- 


23 


ing  the  case  of  one  man,  he  and  the  jury  were  warned  that, 
"you  had  better  beHeve  that  God  is  sitting  in  judgment  on  every 
person  in  this  courtroom  and  his  judgment  can  be  swift."  The 
man  had  filed  a  complaint  alleging  $550  million  in  damages 
and  had  named  the  President  of  the  United  States,  the  United 
States  Supreme  Court,  the  Wyoming  Supreme  Court,  all 
federal  judges,  the  Governor  of  Wyoming,  the  American  Bar 
Association  and  the  Wyoming  State  Bar  as  defendants.  He 
charged  that  the  defendants  had  conspired  to  enact  the  income 
tax  laws  and  that  the  bar  associations  were  "altruistic  societies, 
socialists,  collectivists  and  communists."  The  suit  was  dismissed 
as  harassment  by  Judge  Kerr. 

In  January,  1975,  Judge  Kerr  took  senior  status  in  an  effort 
to  get  a  second  federal  judge  for  Wyoming  and  to  be  relieved 
of  certain  of  the  administrative  duties  federal  judges  must  han- 
dle. At  that  time,  Wyoming  was  the  only  federal  judicial  district 
with  only  one  judge. 

In  taking  senior  status.  Judge  Kerr  has  not  retired.  He  con- 
tinues to  put  in  a  full  day,  handling  approximately  50  percent 
of  all  cases  on  the  Wyoming  federal  docket,  and  maintaining 
a  current  docket.  He  also  continues  his  work  in  other  districts. 

The  judge  maintains  his  many  outside  interests,  including 
participation  in  several  community  and  fraternal  groups  where, 
upon  occasion,  he  delivers  speeches.  Other  interests  include 
reading  history,  keeping  abreast  of  current  affairs,  college  foot- 
ball (especially  Oklahoma  and  the  University  of  Wyoming), 
professional  baseball  (in  particular  the  Chicago  Cubs),  walk- 
ing and  gardening.  Judge  Kerr's  continued  good  health  and 
active  mind  can  in  part  be  attributed  to  the  fact  that  he  and 
his  wife  have  for  the  last  ten  years  been  responsible  for  rearing 
their  two  young  granddaughters.  A  visit  to  the  Kerr  household 
necessitates  watching  out  for  assorted  bikes,  skateboards,  roller- 
skates,  tennis  racquets,  and  other  youthful  equipment. 

Judge  Kerr  enjoys  continued  mental  and  physical  health 
and  has  no  immediate  plans  for  full  retirement.  His  enjoyment 
of  hard  work  and  his  love  of  the  law  indicate  that  he  may  yet 
reach  the  length  of  service  put  in  by  his  two  predecessors. 

Clarence  A.  Brimmer,  Jr. 

On  September  26,  1975,  eight  months  after  Judge  Kerr 
took  senior  status,  Clarence  A.  Brimmer,  Jr.,  was  sworn  in, 
using  John  Riner's  Bible,  as  Wyoming's  fourth  federal  judge.  ^^ 

His  father,  C.  A.  Brimmer,  was  born  in  Pittsfield, 
Massachusetts,  on  January  15,  1890.  The  family  had  lived  in 
Massachusetts  and  upper  New  York  state  since  the  17th  cen- 
tury. C.  A.  Brimmer  was  a  direct  descendant  of  the  first  presi- 
dent of  Harvard  College.  Upon  graduation  from  the  Univer- 
sity of  Michigan  in  1913,  he  joined  his  brother,  George  E. 
Brimmer,  in  the  practice  of  law  in  Rawlins  where  they  formed 
the  law  firm  of  Brimmer  and  Brimmer.  He  married  Geraldine 
E.  Zingsheim  in  1920.  Her  grandmother  and  grandfather  had 
come  to  Rawlins  from  the  town  of  Graack  in  the  Moselle  River 
Valley  of  Germany  in  1872,  four  years  after  the  Union  Pacific 
Railroad  had  established  Rawlins  as  one  of  its  division  points. 
Her  grandfather  died  of  tick  fever  shortly  after  arrival  and  her 
grandmother  eventually  remarried  and  lived  on  a  small  pioneer 
homestead  several  miles  south  of  Rawlins.  Geraldine's  father 
was  employed  by  the  Union  Pacific  Railroad  in  its  freight  office. 
A  local  history  buff,  he  was  acquainted  with  Butch  Cassidy, 
who  is  said  to  have  loafed  on  the  freight  platform  in  the  early 
days. 

24 


C.  A.  Brimmer  practiced  law  in  Rawlins  in  partnership 
with  his  son,  C.  A.  Brimmer,  Jr.,  until  his  death  in  1963. 
Geraldine  Brimmer  died  in  1955.  C.  A.  Brimmer,  Jr.,  was  the 
oldest  of  the  three  children.  Dorothy  Brimmer  Swanson,  his 
sister,  still  lives  in  the  family  home  in  Rawlins.  William  George 
Brimmer,  his  brother,  is  on  the  faculty  of  Casper  College  in 
Casper,  Wyoming. 

Brimmer  was  born  in  Rawlins  in  1922  and  educated  in 
the  Rawlins  public  schools.  He  graduated  from  Rawlins  high 
school  in  1940  after  having  been  a  member  of  the  high  school 
debate  team  that  won  the  Wyoming  State  Debate  Tournament 
for  three  consecutive  years.  During  his  college  years  at  the 
University  of  Michigan,  he  was  a  night  editor,  city  editor,  and 
editorial  director  of  the  Michigan  Daily.  Brimmer  was  also  a 
member  of  the  Sigma  Phi  Epsilon  and  Phi  Delta  Phi  frater- 
nities. He  received  his  B.  A.  in  1944  and  J.  D.  in  1947,  both 
from  the  University  of  Michigan. 

Brimmer  was  a  member  of  the  United  States  Army  Air 
Corps  during  1945  and  1946.  He  was  trained  as  a  cryptographer 
but  spent  the  majority  of  his  time  as  a  sergeant-major  at  the 
headquarters  unit  of  the  Army  Corps  at  Fort  Totten,  New 
York.  Upon  discharge  from  the  Air  Force,  Brimmer  returned 
to  Michigan  Law  School. 

After  graduation  Brimmer  returned  to  Rawlins  to  prac- 
tice in  his  father's  law  firm.  He  was  admitted  to  the  Wyoming 
State  Bar  in  1948.  From  1948  to  1954  he  served  as  municipal 
judge  of  Rawlins  and  from  1963  to  1971  he  was  a  United  States 
Magistrate.  Brimmer  became  Attorney  General  of  the  State 
of  Wyoming  in  1971  and  he  continued  in  that  position  until 
1974  when  he  was  appointed  United  States  Attorney.  He  held 
the  position  of  United  States  Attorney  until  his  appointment 
to  the  federal  bench. 

The  law  practice  in  Rawlins  consisted  mainly  of  ranch  and 
water  law,  insurance  defense  trial  work,  mineral  resource  law 
and  probate  work.  During  his  years  in  private  practice.  Brim- 
mer developed  a  special  interest  in  mineral  law.  He  served  as 
a  member  of  the  National  Advisory  Board,  Bureau  of  Land 
Management,  from  1969  to  1971  and  as  a  trustee  of  the  Rocky 
Mountain  Mineral  Law  Foundation  for  several  years.  On  the 
state  and  local  level.  Brimmer  served  on  the  Governor's  Com- 
mission on  Wyoming  Water  from  1963  to  1965  and  was 
secretary  of  the  Rawlins  Board  of  Public  Utilities  from  1954 
to  1966.  He  has  also  authored  several  articles  on  mineral  law. 

In  addition  to  his  law  practice.  Brimmer  was  active  in  com- 
munity affairs  serving  as  President  of  the  Lions  Club,  Exalted 
Ruler  of  Elks,  Master  of  the  Rawlins  Lodge  No.  5,  A.  F.  & 
A.  M.,  and  Potentate  of  the  Korein  Temple. 

As  a  federal  judge  Brimmer  has  served  as  president  of  the 
District  Judges  Association  for  the  Tenth  Circuit  and  is  pre- 
sently on  the  executive  committee  of  the  National  Conference 
of  Federal  Trial  Judges. 

Like  all  his  predecessors.  Judge  Brimmer  is  an  active 
Republican.  After  serving  as  Republican  Party  County  Chair- 
man, State  Committeeman,  and  delegate  to  the  Republican 
National  Convention,  he  served  as  State  Party  Chairman  from 
1967  to  1971.  In  1971  Brimmer  succeeded  James  E.  Barrett, 
presently  a  judge  of  the  United  States  Court  of  Appeals  for  the 
Tenth  Circuit,  as  Attorney  General.  He  served  in  this  posi- 
tion until  1974  when  he  was  a  Republican  candidate  for  Gover- 
nor of  Wyoming.  After  his  defeat  in  the  gubernatorial  race, 
he  was  appointed  United  States  Attorney  for  Wyoming  by 


President  Ford  in  January,  1975.  He  served  only  a  few  months 
before  being  appointed  to  the  federal  bench. 

Judge  Brimmer  is  married  to  the  former  Emily  O.  Docken. 
They  have  four  children,  Geraldine  Ann,  Philip  Andrew, 
Andrew  Howard  and  Elizabeth  Ann. 

It  is  too  soon  to  offer  any  historical  assessment  of  Judge 
Brimmer's  imprint  on  the  federal  bench  of  Wyoming.  It  can 
be  fairly  stated,  however,  that  he  sits  on  the  bench  during  the 
most  crucial  period  for  Wyoming  since  statehood.  The  rapid 
population  growth  and  the  economic  impact  of  the  state's 
exploding  energy  development  offer  more  than  enough 
challenge  to  a  federal  judge. 


1 .  Biographical  information  on  Riner  is  from  the  John  A.  Riner  file, 
Wyoming  State  Archives,  Museums  and  Historical  Department 
collections  and  from  a  similar  file  in  the  American  Heritage  Center 
collections.  University  of  Wyoming. 

2.  Louise  S.  Smith,  Official  Report  of  the  Proceedings  and  Debate 
of  the  First  Constitutional  Convention  of  the  State  of  Wyoming, 
(Cheyenne:  privately  printed,  1889). 

3.  Riner  letterbook,  American  Heritage  Center  collections.  Univer- 
sity of  Wyoming.  By  1908  Riner's  yeariy  salary  had  increased 
to  $6,000,  paid  monthly. 

4.  Harriet  Knight  Orr,  "Pioneer  Culture:  When  Wyoming  Was 
Young,"  Annals  of  Wyoming,  January,  1954,  p.  36. 

5.  Wyoming  State  Tribune,  January  27,  1952. 

6.  T.  Blake  Kennedy,  unpublished  memoirs,  American  Heritage 
Center  collections.  University  of  Wyoming. 

7.  "Memorial  Address,"  Newspaper  Clippings  File,  University  of 
Wyoming  Library.  Riner  was  married  and  the  father  of  four 
children. 

8.  Riner  letterbook,  American  Heritage  Center,  University  of 
Wyoming. 

9.  Interview  with  J.  A.  Riner,  September,  1980. 

10.  70  F.  598  (1895). 

11.  Midwest  Oil  Co.  v.  U.S.,  206  F.  141,  143  (1913). 

12.  Kennedy  memoirs. 

13.  "Memorial  Service,"  Wyoming  Consistory  No.  1,  Masonic 
Order,  April  13,  1923.  Wyoming  State  Archives,  Museums  and 
Historical  Department  collections. 

14.  Biographical  information  on  Kennedy  is  from  the  Kennedy  file, 
Wyoming  State  Archives,  Museums  and  Historical  Department 
collections  and  from  a  similar  file  in  the  American  Heritage  Center 
collections.  University  of  Wyoming. 

15.  Kennedy  scrapbooks,  Wyoming  State  Archives,  Museums  and 
Historical  Department  collections. 

16.  Kennedy  memoirs. 

17.  Ibid. 

18.  Kennedy  scrapbooks. 

19.  Ibid 

20.  "Trial  Transcripts — State  v.  Tom  Horn,"  Wyoming  State 
Archives,  Museums  and  Historical  Department  collections. 

21.  Kennedy  memoirs. 

22.  Denver  Post,  January  9,  1955. 

23.  Kennedy  memoirs. 

24.  One  of  the  best  eyewitness  accounts  of  the  hanging  is  by  John 


Charles  Thompson,  Wyoming  State  Tribune,  July  22-25,  1958,  p. 
4D. 

25.  T.  A.  Larson,  History  of  Wyoming.  (Lincoln:  University  of  Nebraska 
Press,  1965),  pp.  320-321. 

26.  Wyoming  State  Tribune  and  State  Leader,  October  26,  1921. 

27.  Kennedy  memoirs. 

28.  Ibid 

29.  The  decision  in  the  case  was  unreported. 

30.  Examples  include  cases  like:  U.S.  v.  Blich,  45  F. 2d  627  (1931); 
U.S.  V.  76  Five-Gallon  Kegs,  43  F.2d  207  (1930). 

31.  The  decision  in  the  case  was  unreported  in  the  law  reporters. 

32.  Thermopolis  Independent-Record,  May  30,  1930,  p.  1. 

33.  Green  River  Star,  May  23,  1930,  p.  1;  July  4,  1930,  p.  1.  See  also 
Mercante  v.   U.S.,    49  F.2d  156  (1931). 

34.  In  re  Salem  Co-Operative  Window  Glass  Co.,  40  F.2d  298  (1930);  and 
Teeters  v.  Henton,  43  F.2d  175  (1930),  are  typical  of  the  types  of 
cases  he  heard.  The  latter  involved  an  Indian  lands  question,  stUl 
common  on  Wyoming  district  court  dockets. 

35.  Kennedy  memoirs. 

36.  Ibid 

37.  Numerous  articles  give  in-depth  examination  to  the  legal  ques- 
tions in  the  Teapot  Dome  case.  A  recent  article  is:  Paul  H.  Gid- 
dens,  "The  Naval  Oil  Reserve,  Teapot  Dome  and  the  Continental 
Truding  Company,"  Annals  of  Wyoming,  Spring,  1981,  pp.  14-27. 

38.  Buri  Noggle,  Teapot  Dome:  Oil  and  Politics  in  the  79.205.  (Baton 
Rouge:  Lousiana  State  University  Press,  1926),  p.  36. 

39.  Giddens,  p.  24. 

40.  U.S.  V.  Mammoth  Oil  Co.,  5  F.2d  330,  350  (1925). 

41.  Ibid 

42.  Kennedy  collection,  American  Heritage  Center,  University  of 
Wyoming. 

43.  Kennedy  scrapbooks. 

44.  Denver  Post,  September  29,  1926. 

45.  Kennedy  memoirs. 

46.  Kennedy  letters,  American  Heritage  Center,  University  of 
Wyoming. 

47.  Obituary,   Wyoming  State  Tribune,  May  21,  1957,  p.  1. 

48.  Much  of  the  information  in  this  section  comes  from  a  series  of 
interviews  and  discussions  with  Judge  Kerr  from  August,  1978 
to  March,  1980. 

49.  Larson,  p.  436. 

50.  Barrett  Papers,  American  Heritage  Center,  University  of 
Wyoming. 

51.  At  this  writing  the  1980  reapportionment  was  under  challenge 
by  the  League  of  Women  Voters  as  to  representation  for  Niobrara 
County.  Judge  Kerr  is  one  of  the  three  federal  judges  assigned 
to  hear  the  case. 

52.  Among  the  numerous  newspaper  accounts  of  the  incident  and 
lawsuit  are:  "Coach  Eaton  Fires  14  From  Grid  Team,  "  Wyo- 
ming State  Tribune,  Oct.  18,  1969,  p.  1;  "Court  of  Appeals  to  Hear 
Case,"  Wyoming  Eagle,  Dec.  2,  1970,  p.  4;  "Three-Judge  Panel 
Weighs  Appeal,  "  Wyoming  State  Tribune,  Jan.  4,  1971,  p.  1.  A 
recent  retrospective  on  the  case  is:  "A  Decade  Ago:  Dissension, 
Drama  and  Decision  in  Wyoming,"  by  Steve  Luhm,  Laramie 
Boomerang,  Oct.  20,  1979. 

53 .  The  information  in  this  section  is  from  various  printed  biographies 
of  Judge  Brimmer  as  well  as  from  personal  interview. 


25 


University  of  Wyoming  Library,  a  room  in  Old  Main,  circa  1915. 


26 


^ib/ta/iLGs  and  Special  Co^^ectiong 


^y  Smmett  '^.  Cteum 


The  University  of  Wyoming  was  founded  in  1886  by 
a  bUl  passed  by  the  Ninth  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Ter- 
ritory of  Wyoming  on  June  9,  1886. 

The  bill  authorized  the  construction  of  a  university 
building  "to  be  erected  near  the  city  of  Laramie  at  a  cost 
not  exceeding  the  sum  of  $50,000."' 

The  bill  further  provided  for  the  appointment  of  a 
board  of  trustees  and  prescribed  their  duties.  Included  was 
a  provision  providing  for  equal  education  for  both  men 
and  women. 

According  to  the  Laramie  Boomerang,  on  September  1 , 
1889,  Inaugural  Day  was  conducted  for  the  university. 
The  assembly  room  of  the  new  building  was  crowded  for 
the  occasion.  Dr.  J.  H.  Finfrock,  President  of  the  Univer- 
sity Board  of  Trustees,  presided  over  the  gathering. 
Among  the  distinguished  guests  were  the  presidents  of  Col- 
orado State  University  and  the  University  of  Colorado 
and  the  chancellor  of  the  University  of  Denver.  President 
Hale  of  the  University  of  Colorado  proudly  noted  that 
his  son  Fred  A.  Hale  of  Denver  was  the  architect  of  the 
university  on  the  Laramie  Plains. 

Finfrock  turned  the  management  of  the  university 
over  to  its  future  head,  President  J.  W.  Hoyt,  who 
delivered  the  inaugural  address.^ 

On  September  6,  1887,  the  university  was  opened  to 
enroll  students.  There  were  two  main  departments, 
preparatory  and  collegiate.  In  addition  to  these  main  divi- 
sions, instruction  was  offered  in  the  following  special 
schools:  Normal  School,  School  of  Mines,  School  of  Com- 
merce, and  School  of  Agriculture.  The  first  faculty  con- 
sisted of  seven  members.^ 

The  first  library  of  the  university  consisted  of  books 
given  by  Charles  Clay,  a  resident  of  Laramie.  The  Clay 
Library  had  some  300  books.  The  list  included  dic- 
tionaries, encyclopedias,  and  a  set  of  Universal  Histories 
dated  1775  and  said  to  be  owned  by  Henry  Clay  and  loan- 
ed by  him  to  President  Jefferson.  The  university  made 
few  acquisitions  the  first  year  as  there  was  only  $25  in 
the  library  fund.* 

Dr.  Aven  Nelson  was  appointed  the  first  librarian  in 
1887  and  he  served  untU  1889  when  Justus  F.  Soule,  pro- 
fessor of  Latin,  became  librarian.  The  Dewey  Decimal 
System  came  into  use  and  most  purchases  were  in  the 
sciences,  as  the  university  administration  wanted  to  be 
regarded  as  the  "Leader  In  Science  For  the  Western 
States."^ 


By  1897  some  5,318  bound  volumes  had  been  added 
to  the  library  and  the  board  of  trustees  of  the  university 
in  June  of  that  year  made  an  appropriation  of  $1,400  for 
reference  books  for  the  library.  After  being  catalogued, 
they  were  placed  by  subject  areas  in  the  laboratories  and 
classrooms  of  the  university.  The  books  for  general  use 
were  shelved  in  the  library.^ 

Dr.  Grace  Raymond  Hebard,  pioneer  Wyoming 
historian,  became  librarian  in  1894.  In  the  same  year, 
a  number  of  government  documents  had  been  added  to 
the  collection.' 

By  1904,  the  university  library  had  been  moved  to 
the  main  floor  of  the  building.  By  this  time  the  book  col- 
lection had  increased  to  17,000  books.  The  rooms  were 
quite  crowded  in  spite  of  the  method  of  expanding  depart- 
mental libraries. 

The  following  account  gives  some  idea  of  the  atmos- 
phere of  the  library  in  1904: 

The  Dewey  Decimal  System  is  used  for  the  card 
catalogue.  In  addition  to  this,  an  author's  catalogue  has  just 
been  completed  and  a  subject  catalogue  commenced.  Each 
book,  and  each  shelf,  is  open  to  the  students.  Since  the  inau- 
guration of  the  open  shelf  system,  by  which  the  student  may 
personally  select  books,  a  more  extended  use  of  the  books 
has  been  noticed.  If  a  student  has  only  a  few  moments  to 
'browse'  in  the  Library,  he  is  much  more  inclined  to  go  to 
the  shelves  and  take  a  volume  and  enjoy  himself  than  if  he 
were  obliged  to  have  others  wait  upon  him.  Books  will, 
however,  mysteriously  disappear  and  they  as  mysteriously 
return.  One  book,  'How  to  Get  Strong,'  was  gone  three 
years,  when  it  suddenly  appeared,  no  one  knows  when  or 
how,  but  the  presumption  is  that  it  accomplished  its  pur- 
pose without  assistance. 

One  shelf  in  the  Library  is  labelled,  'Books  We  Ought 
to  Read,'  and  each  month  a  new  set  of  books  is  selected  and 
placed  there  for  ready  and  easy  reference.  The  selection  is 
usually  made  in  reference  to  topics  of  the  day  and  subjects 
of  general  immediate  interest.  At  present  Russia,  Japan  and 
Korea  are   in   evidence,   while   books   on   Colombia,   the 
Panama  Canal  and  Foreign  Affairs  have  been  shelved.^ 
In  1911,  the  university  board  of  trustees,  due  to  a  need 
for  more  buildings,  proposed  the  sale  of  bonds  in  order 
to  raise  $300,000  for  the  construction  of  new  buildings. 
Included  on  the  list  of  projected  buildings  was  a  combina- 
tion administration  building,  library  and  auditorium.  This 
proposal  for  construction  was  turned  down  by  the  state 
government.' 

Even  with  the  failure  to  obtain  a  new  library  in  1911, 
Hebard,  the  librarian,  was  still  planning  on  the  submis- 


27 


sion  of  a  new  proposal  to  the  board  of  trustees,  as  indicated 
by  the  following  letter  to  William  Dubois,  Cheyenne 
architect: 

Dr.  Dunniway  has  advised  me  that  next  December  at 
least  tentative  plans  will  be  presented  to  the  board  of  trustees 
relative  to  the  proposed  library  which  we  have  been  promised 
four  years  from  now.  He  has  advised  me  he  would  be  glad 
if  I  would  assist  in  the  plans  and  specifications  stating  to  you 
what  I  felt  would  be  some  of  the  salient  points  in  the  erec- 
tion of  the  University  library.  Of  course  you  understand  that 
a  University  library  would  be  constructed  on  somewhat  dif- 
ferent plans  than  those  of  a  state  or  county  library.  I  would 
be  very  glad  to  advise  with  you,  and  may  we  not  confer  before 
you  have  gone  as  far  as  to  work  that  you  and  the  board  have 
a  different  set  idea  that  would  be  hard  to  change,  and  yet 
not  meet  the  local  conditions  here  at  the  University. 

I  believe  that  the  first  and  foremost  provision  should 
be  for  a  large  vault  in  the  basement  at  least  in  which  could 
be  stored  many  books,  manuscripts  and  rare  monographs, 
which  are  always  impossible.  We  also  need  a  large  basement 
space  in  which  we  can  put  innumerable  stacks  for  govern- 
ment publications. 

I  do  not  enter  into  this  with  any  sort  of  dictation,  I  am 
sure  that  you  will  understand,  but  my  25  years  of  experience 
with  material  which  the  University  has  and  expects  to  have, 
in  some  slight  degree  qualified  me  for  the  necessities  in  a 
new  library,  although  I  am  woefully  ignorant  as  to  how  these 
may  be  possibly  brought  about. 
Respectfully, 
Grace  Raymond  Hebard 
Librarian'" 
In  1917,  the  year  of  U.  S.  entry  into  World  War  I, 
the  library  collections  consisted  of  over  39,000  volumes. 
The  agriculture  library,  housed  in  Agricultural  Hall,  was 
separate  from  the  regular  library.  The  library  subscribed 
to  200  scientific  and  general  periodicals  at  this  time." 
Following  World  War  I,  there  was  an  apparent  need 
for  a  library  building  on  the  campus.  The  enrollment  of 
the  university  had  increased  and  the  library  was  limited 
in  seating  space  for  students.  President  Aven  Nelson  in 
1921   made  a  special  request  for  an  appropriation  for 
$200,000  to  be  used  in  the  construction  of  a  library 
building.  The  members  of  the  legislature  were  reluctant 
to  grant  funds  for  the  construction  of  a  building  "just  for 
storing  books."  The  bill  became  buried  in  a  committee 
and  Nelson  decided  to  enlist  the  aid  of  the  students  to  lobby 
for  the  bill  in  Cheyenne.'^ 

The  legislative  session  of  1921  was  marked  by  the 
attempts  of  the  Senate  to  limit  the  appropriations  of  the 
state  to  the  university.  Representative  Richard  C.  May, 
Republican  of  Big  Horn  County,  was  chairman  of  the 
House  committee  that  visited  the  campus  in  January, 
1921.  Representative  May  reported  to  the  House  that 
"deplorable  conditions  exist  at  the  university."  He  said 
that  in  the  library  where  students  study,  they  were  forced 
to  stand  up  while  studying  and  hold  their  hats  and  coats 
in  their  hands.'' 

On  February  1 1 ,  Nelson  booked  a  special  train  to  take 
the  student  body  to  Cheyenne.  The  student  body  arrived 
in  Cheyenne  about  10:30  a.m.,  disembarked  and  formed 

28 


a  procession  on  Capitol  Avenue  with  the  university  band 
leading  the  group.  Behind  the  band  were  the  vocational 
training  students  and  all  wounded  veterans  of  the  war. 
The  cadets  were  first  in  the  line  of  march  followed  by  the 
student  body. 

Down  Capitol  Avenue  the  students  marched  until  they 
reached  the  Capitol  Building.  They  entered  the  House 
Chambers  where  the  Senate  and  House  had  gathered.  The 
students  then  staged  such  a  demonstration  as  had  never 
before  been  seen  in  Cheyenne. 

The  students  gave  out  several  college  yells  and  the 
famous  "Ride  em'  Cowboys"  echoed  through  the  halls 
of  the  assembly.  The  legislators  managed  to  get  in  the  spirit 
of  the  occasion  by  constant  applause,  with  brief  pauses 
to  allow  the  students  to  speak. 

Gov.  Robert  D.  Carey  gave  a  brief  address  in  which 
he  expressed  his  desire  to  see  the  university  prosper.  Sen. 
Stephen  H.  Sibley,  Republican  of  Laramie  County,  and 
Representative  May  both  spoke  in  favor  of  the  univer- 
sity securing  ample  funds  for  buildings. 

Milward  Simpson,  a  student  from  Cody,  expressed 
his  thanks  to  the  legislature  for  providing  a  means  for  exist- 
ence. He  later  became  Governor  of  Wyoming  and  a  U.S. 
Senator.  Miss  Corrine  Moiling  of  Pinedale  provided  the 
humorous  note  of  the  day  with  the  statement  that 
"women's  dormitories  were  so  crowded  that  often  times 
we  powder  someone  else's  nose  instead  of  our  own."'* 

Mrs.  Olga  Moore,  widow  of  the  late  C.  F.  Arnold, 
a  Dean  of  the  Law  School  at  the  university,  in  her  book, 
I'll  Meet  You  In  The  Lobby,  gave  quite  a  different  version 
of  the  affair  than  the  Laramie  Boomerang  rendered.  Accor- 
ding to  her  version,  the  event  was  "an  expression  of 
women  power  in  Wyoming."  The  coeds  marched  down 
the  muddy  streets  of  Capitol  Avenue,  and  when  they 
arrived  at  the  Capitol  Building,  Gov.  Carey  advised  them 
that  he  and  all  of  the  members  of  the  legislature  were 
"unmarried."  The  coeds  talked  to  the  members  of  the 
legislature  and  expressed  the  need  for  a  library.  Later  they 
were  invited  to  the  Plains  Hotel  for  dinner  with  the 
members  of  the  legislature."  The  lawmakers  approved 
the  appropriation  for  a  new  library. 

In  1922,  Nelson  retired  from  the  presidency  of  the 
University  of  Wyoming  and  in  his  final  report  said  he  was 
pleased  with  the  construction  of  the  new  library  which 
would  now  give  security  to  the  collection  of  books,  and 
would  cdso  serve  to  provide  some  classroom  facilities  to 
serve  a  student  body  of  600  students.'^ 

In  1923,  the  new  library  was  opened  with  a  book  col- 
lection of  50,000  volumes  and  with  over  400  periodicals 
being  received.  The  new  library  also  contained  the  Col- 
lege of  Law  and  the  Law  Library  on  the  third  floor.  In 
addition  to  the  College  of  Law,  the  library  provided 
quarters  for  the  Departments  of  History,  English,  Latin 
and  Greek." 

The  new  library  was  dedicated  the  following  year, 
March  14,  1924,  with  Judge  V.J.  Tidball  of  Laramie  giv- 


< 


Qinii/e/isity  S2ib/ta/iy-1923  to  1958 


The  library  reading  room  (top)  in  the  "new"  university  library  was  outgrown  by  the  1930s.  The  building  (below)  is 
now  occupied  by  offices  and  the  Botany  Department.  It  is  named  for  first  librarian  and  former  university  president  Dr. 
Aven  Nelson. 


29 


WYOMING  UNI.  TO  BE 
MOVED  TO  CHEYENNE 

ENTIRE    STUDENT    BODY    TO 

THANK   LEGISLATORS   IN 

PERSON  AT  CHEYENNE 

FciIIowjik;  out  Uie  wishes  of  some 
of  the  nieinhpis  of  tlie  sixleeiiili  legis- 
lature, llie  Univeisity  will  be  moved 
to  Cheyeime:  bodily  and  collectively 
— Init  only  for  a  day.  Because  after 
nexl  Fi-iday,  Wyoinlilg  University  will 
still  l)e  in  Laramie,  perched  on  the 
top  of  the  world,  truly  an  institution 
of  higher  learning.  But  on  Friday, 
the  eleventh,  the  University  goes  to 
Cheyenne  lo  cnteilain  the  legislature. 

The  trip  Is  the  outgrowth  of  a  nuni- 
her  of  things,  when  tlie  University 
appropriations  were  first  being  dis- 
cuR.sed,  the  pi-oposal  Wfis  made  that 
the  eutiie  Student  Body  go  to  Chey- 
enne to  lay  before  the  Legislature  the 
needs  of  the  institution  and  solicit 
aid.  However,  it  was  felt  by  many 
that  this  scheme  was  both  imprac- 
ticable and  little  came  of  it,  except 
that    the   special    train   reriuested    was 


anted.    So    th( 


after 


trip    to 


rheyenne  lestod.  Everybody  laid  low 
and  waited  and  finally  the  present 
scheme    brrike    with    amazing    sudden- 


LEGISLATURE  "RAZZES" 
UNIVERSITY  TOWN 

EVILS      OF      LARAMIE       HEATEDLY 

DISCUSSED    IN    LEGISLATIVE 

RAG-CHEWING 

Lej^ialaluiCK  iue  noted  for  tliuir  hot 
(Iphates  nnd  iU'Kinnents.  and  the  one 
now  in  session  is  ably  following  es- 
ta  1)1  is  lied  precedents  in  this  regard. 
The  time  is  flying  by  rapidly,  scores 
of  bills  arc  up  for  consideration,  and 
tlip    debating  .progresses    Tiercely    and 


■ilhoni    inter 
In    the 


sion. 
idst   of  all    thi: 


of  load  appropriations,  the  making  of 
new  counties,  legislation  in  regard  to 
prohibition  and  in  regard  to  boxing 
laws,  etc.,  all  of  which  interests  us 
indirccily,    the    University      come?    in 


for 


stderatii 


is    ill 

this  1 

art 

of   t 

le  legis 

lation  that 

our  c 

hiet  ir 

ter 

est  1 

es. 

In 

fact. 

the 

Un 

versify 

has    been 

the    . 

ubject 

fo 

■    no 

little 

heated    a'- 

guiue 

nlatio 

I    a 

1(1    e 

xciienie 

nt.      It    be 

ranie 

norto 

iou 

s    in 

legibla 

ive  cli-cles 

when 

■Re  pie 

sen 

tativ 

>  M.  C. 

Itoberts  of 

Uploi 

de.sc 

rihc 

d    tl 

c    "wre 

tched    con- 

ditioi 

s"  in 

Lar 

imie 

and  called  it  "one 

of  th 

a  wors 

t  t( 

WllS 

in   the 

Slate"  and 

an    u 

ifil   pi 

ice 

foi 

the 

University. 

Larai 

lie's    c 

ans 

c    w: 

«    Chan 

pioned    by 

Uepic 

scutnl 

ve 

Ai 

Told    of 

this   city. 

who 

lotly 

nfi 

idi'd 

Laiam 

e  nnil   an- 

ing  the  principal  address.  Nelson,  Hebard  and  Mrs. 
Katherine  Morton,  State  Superintendent  of  Public 
Instruction,  also  spoke. 

Dr.  Arthur  Crane,  the  new  president  of  the  univer- 
sity, remarked  in  his  speech  that  Hebard  was  one  of  the 
foremost  supporters  of  the  university.  It  was  "therefore 
fitting  that  Dr.  Hebard  should  speak  on  this  occasion 
because  she  was  twice  librarian  of  the  school  and  was  in 
charge  of  the  collection  of  books  belonging  to  the  univer- 
sity for  the  time  from  1891  to  the  present." 

Hebard,  in  her  address,  announced  that  she  had  now 
finished  33  years  and  two  weeks  of  service  to  the  univer- 
sity. She  related  how  the  university  library  had  grown  from 
a  few  stacks  of  government  books  in  1891  to  the  collec- 
tion of  55,000  volumes.  She  told  how  the  new  library, 
hoped  for  as  early  as  1900,  was  always  put  off  in  favor 
of  some  other  building,  year  after  year,  until  the  last  year 
of  the  presidency  of  Nelson,  when  the  "gorgeous  dream" 
finally  came  to  fulfillment. 

Morton,  in  her  speech,  pointed  out  that  of  all  the 
things  that  a  university  should  have  is  a  fine  library 
because  "the  library  is  the  source  of  knowledge  which  the 
university  seeks  to  impart."  To  Morton  the  library  was 
an  altar  "  to  good  fellowship  and  a  temple  of  wisdom." 

After  the  formal  speeches.  Crane  asked  a  number  of 
prominent  people  in  the  audience  to  stand,  and  among 
these  were  the  library  staff  and  Wilbur  Hitchcock,  archi- 
tect of  the  library,  Sen.  A.  D.  Kelley,  a  member  of  the 
territorial  legislature  which  passed  the  bill  authorizing  the 
university  as  well  as  a  member  of  the  state  legislature 

30 


authorizing  the  appropriation  for  the  construction  of  the 
library. 

Crane  told  Gov.  William  R.  Ross  that  he  would  not 
have  to  speak  at  the  occasion,  but  at  the  urging  of  the 
crowd,  he  rose  and  expressed  the  opinion  that  the  reading 
room  was  "the  most  beautiful  public  room  "  in  the  state 
of  Wyoming.'^ 

The  first  library  handbook  was  published  in  April, 
1924.  It  gives  the  arrangement  of  the  building.  The  main 
floor  of  the  library  was  divided  into  a  Bibliography  Room, 
a  Reading  Room,  and  Periodical  Room,  with  the  remain- 
der of  the  library  section  being  used  for  stacks,  Debate 
Room,  Hebard  Room  (used  for  Wyoming  history),  Bind- 
ing Room  and  classrooms.'^ 

In  an  article  in  the  Library  Journal,  Miss  Reba  Davis, 
librarian,  gave  a  description  of  the  new  library:  "The 
building  of  classical  renaissance  architecture  is  three  stories 
in  height  thus  providing  for  the  front  of  the  large  reading 
room,  two  stories  high  which  links  the  two  end  pavillions, 
and  for  a  six-tier  stack  section  in  the  rear.  The  building 
covers  an  area  about  80  by  140  feet."  She  noted  that  the 
reading  room  with  its  plastered  walls,  pleasing  color 
scheme,  ornamental  details  and  harmonious  furnishings, 
"offered  inspiration"  for  work. 2° 

There  was  interest  by  Crane  to  acquire  materials  on 
Wyoming  and  the  development  of  the  West.  The  follow- 
ing letter  was  written  by  Davis  to  Crane  in  regard  to  the 
collection  of  Western  Americana: 
March  30,  1929 
President  Crane 
Campus 
My  Dear  President  Crane: 

I  am  pleased  to  offer  you  this  report  on  our  collection 
of  Western  Americana. 

Following  the  sale  for  $1 1 ,559.00  of  the  Bishop  Thomas 
Library  by  the  Anderson  Galleries  in  New  York,  I  obtained 
a  copy  of  the  sale  catalog,  and  have  it  carefully  checked  with 
our  collection.  The  sale  catalog  contains  items  of  various 
kinds  which  I  have  thrown  into  the  classifications  which  I 
am  noting  below,  with  notes  comparing  the  collection  with 
that  of  the  University  of  Wyoming  collection. 
No.  1.  -  Books  and  pamphlets  on  Mormonism 

Our  library  has  few  of  these  titles,  but  it  is  a  very  large 
field  except  for  material  pertaining  to  the  Mormon  emigra- 
tion. On  that  particular  phase,  I  believe  that  our  collection 
equals  the  Thomas  Collection. 

No.  2.  -  Books  and  pamphlets  on  Western  Indian  Tribes  and 
language 

We  have  comparatively  few  of  these  items. 
No.  3  -  Manuscripts  relative  to  Wyoming  or  Western  history 
This  consists  of  not  more  than  twenty  pieces  of  which 
we  have  a  duplicate  of  only  one. 
No.  4  -  Western  fiction 

We  have  relatively  few.  Some  of  these  items  are  inter- 
esting because  of  backgrounds,  but  are  not  of  value  for 
historical  research. 

No.  5  -  Collections  of  pamphlets  and  books  relative  to  Wyo- 
ming or  Western  history 

It  is  difficult  to  determine  the  value  or  the  content  of 
these  as  they  were  listed  and  sold  by  lots  of  ten  to  a  hun- 
dred. My  impression  is  that  these  lots  did  not  contain  items 


of  great  value,  else  they  would  have  been  separately  listed 
and  annotated  as  were  most  of  the  items. 
No.  6  -  Federal  and  Wyoming  documents 

We  have  almost  all  of  these  items  and  a  great  many 
more.  We  have  recendy  completed  the  collecting,  binding 
and  cataloging  of  the  reports  of  the  Wyoming  territorial  and 
state  officials,  and  our  collection  of  that  material,  of  which 
we  have  almost  a  complete  file,  constitutes  one  of  the  most 
valuable  items  in  our  library,  in  my  estimation. 
No.  7  -  Books  on  Wyoming  and  Western  history,  listed  by 
authors  and  titles 

The  most  valuable  part  of  the  Thomas  collection  fadls 
in  this  classification  and  we  have  about  two-thirds  of  the  items 
listed.  Many  of  our  books  which  duplicate  those  in  the 
Thomas  collection  have  not  the  market  value  which  his  had, 
because  of  the  fact  that  he  had  many  first  editions,  auto- 
graphed copies,  association  copies,  and  beautiful  bindings 
which  we  have  not,  but  for  working  copies,  our  copies  serve 
the  purpose  quite  as  well. 
No.  8  -  Miscellaneous 

In  this  classification  is  much  valuable  and  desirable 
material,  but  it  does  not  fall  in  the  field  of  Wyoming  history. 
It  concerns  California,  Oregon  and  Washington. 

On  the  whole,  I  am  very  well  satisfied  with  what  our 
checking  reveals.  I  shall  ascertain  if  possible  to  whom  were 
sold  some  of  the  most  essential  of  the  items  which  are  lack- 
ing in  our  collection  and  the  price  obtained  with  a  view  to 
purchasing  them  if  they  are  available  and  within  our  reach. 
Yours  respectfully, 
Reba  Davis,  Librarian^' 
At   her  death   in    1936,    Hebard   willed   her  most 
treasured  souvenirs  and  other  articles  of  her  collection  to 
the  university.  On  the  third  floor  of  the  west  wing  of  the 
library  there  were  two  rooms — one  room  contained  non- 
documentary  possessions.  A  plaque  was  placed  on  the  door 
of  this  room  in  recognition  of  her  work  in  compiling  and 
preserving  the  history  of  Wyoming.  A  grand  piano  stood 
in  the  center  of  this  room — supposedly  the  first  piano  ever 
brought  into  the  state  of  Wyoming.  It  first  belonged  to 
Judge  William  A.  Carter  of  Fort  Bridger  and  was  given 
by  his  relatives  to  Hebard.  Near  the  piano  was  an  old  buf- 
falo skull  and  scratched  on  its  surface  was  the  cryptic 
message  "Advise  camping  far  from  the  trees  on  the  river." 
In  the  other  room  was  the  Hebard  collection  of  materials 
on  Wyoming  and  the  West.^^ 

The  collection  provided  a  small  museum  for  students, 
faculty  and  other  visitors  to  the  university.  Probably  this 
was  the  beginning  of  placing  collections  in  rooms  and  giv- 
ing each  room  a  donor  name. 

The  problems  of  the  university  libraries  during  many 
years  of  trying  to  serve  the  university  community  were  best 
pointed  out  by  a  report  made  to  the  University  Board  of 
Trustees  and  Faculty  by  Miss  Mary  Marks,  the  librarian 
in  December,  1939.  In  her  report  she  pointed  out  that 
the  library  book  budget  had  varied  in  the  past  years  from 
$11,000  to  a  low  of  $7,000.  "The  past  several  years  the 
book  appropriations  have  been  $8,000  plus  $1,500  which 
was  a  special  appropriation  for  the  law  library.  From  the 
general  library,  $500  were  removed  from  this  budget  and 
given  to  the  law  school  to  bring  their  special  appropria- 


tion of  $1 ,500  up  to  the  $2,000  required  by  the  law  school 
for  accreditation."  Marks  was  also  faced  with  periodical 
subscriptions  which  came  to  $2,500.  There  was  also  a 
binding  fee  of  at  least  $2,000,  so  there  was  little  money 
left  for  book  purchases  to  divide  among  29  departments 
of  the  university. ^^ 

Marks  also  complained  of  a  lack  of  space  in  the  library. 
In  1941,  enrollment  had  increased.  The  library  was 
crowded  and  understaffed  with  only  six  librarians  and  one 
stenographer.  Nine  student  workers  averaged  about  3  V2 
hours  a  day  on  duty.  More  room  was  needed  also  for  the 
faculty  and  working  space  for  the  librarians.  A  new  library 
was  needed,  and  there  was  discussion  among  trustees, 
faculty  and  students  about  the  need  for  a  new  building. 

The  coming  of  World  War  II  put  an  end  to  the  con- 
struction of  a  new  library  building.  The  university  com- 
mitted its  resources  to  the  goal  of  winning  the  war. 

With  the  conclusion  of  World  War  II  and  during  the 
administration  of  President  George  Duke  Humphrey, 
attention  was  once  again  focused  on  the  planning  for  a 
new  library  building.  Dr.  Richard  Hillier  of  the  English 
Department  was  appointed  chairman  of  the  committee 
that  worked  on  plans  for  a  new  building  for  some  two  years 
and  finished  with  a  plan  in  1950.^* 

Hillier  and  his  committee  produced  a  publication  with 
plans  for  the  new  building.  The  building  outlined  in  the 
report  would  cost  some  $1,432,000,  be  able  to  seat  some 
900  students  and  provide  ample  room  for  the  growing  col- 
lections. The  new  building  would  have  space  for  some 
450,000  books  in  the  various  subject  divisions  of  the 
library.  The  board  of  trustees  approved  the  plans  for  the 
new  building. ^^ 

In  the  legislative  session  of  1951,  the  university 
requested  $2,267,425.99  for  capital  outlays  with 
$1,400,000  for  a  new  library  buUding.  But  Governor 
Frank  Barrett,  in  his  budget  message  to  the  legislature, 
recommended  only  $201,435  for  university  building  pur- 
poses and  no  funds  for  a  new  library  building. ^^ 

William  Robertson  Coe  of  New  York  gave  the  Univer- 
sity of  Wyoming  library  some  700  items  which  consisted 
of  both  books  and  pamphlets.  With  this  gift  to  the  library, 
Coe  became  the  first  member  of  the  newly  formed  Wyo- 
ming Library  Associates,  a  group  of  citizens  in  the  various 
towns  of  Wyoming  who  were  working  to  make  the  library 
one  of  the  outstanding  research  centers  in  the  country. ^^ 

The  Coe  Collection  of  Western  Americana  was  started 
when  Coe  purchased  a  Wyoming  ranch  from  Col.  William 
H.  Cody  (Buffalo  Bill)  in  1919  near  Cody,  Wyoming.  Coe 
had  been  given  an  honorary  degree  from  the  university 
in  1948  in  absentia.  The  idea  of  a  western  collection  came 
from  the  Right  Reverend  Nathaniel  S.  Thomas,  Bishop 
of  Wyoming,  who  was  an  early  collector  of  rare  books. ^* 

With  the  death  of  Coe  on  March  14,  1956,  funds  were 
provided  by  his  estate  for  the  construction  of  an  American 
Studies  Building  which  was  to  be  incorporated  into  a 


31 


Qlniiie/isitij  S£ib/ia/iij  — i958  to  p/tesent 


iiiiiiii" 

*i^Jk  lillMIIII 
l|i!l,!!l|<lllliini 


The  Hebard  Room  (lop)  is  part  of  the  American  Heritage  Center  which  occupies  the  top  floors  of  Coe  Library  (beloit) 


32 


general  library  building.  Coe  had  given  some  $1 ,800,000 
for  the  construction  of  a  library  with  the  state  of  Wyo- 
ming agreeing  to  provide  $750,000  to  pay  for  equipment 
and  furnishings.^^ 

According  to  Charles  H.  Bauman,  acquisitions 
librarian,  and  one  of  the  planners  along  with  Jim  Ranz, 
library  director,  many  of  the  structural  and  mechanical 
features  were  inspired  by  the  library  buildings  at 
Washington  State  College  and  the  State  University  of 
Iowa.  After  the  plans  for  the  library  had  been  formulated. 
Dr.  Ralph  Ellsworth  was  called  in  as  a  consultant.  Con- 
struction started  a  short  time  later,  in  May,  1956,  and 
it  was  completed  in  slightly  over  two  years.  The  firm  of 
Eliot  Hitchcock  and  Clinton  Hitchcock  were  architects  on 
the  building.  Their  father,  Wilbur  Hitchcock,  had 
designed  the  first  library  building  of  the  university.^" 

The  Wniiam  Robertson  Coe  Library  was  constructed 
on  a  divisional  plan  with  the  collection  books  grouped  into 
four  main  divisions — the  humanities,  social  sciences  and 
education,  science  and  technology  and  U.S.  Government 
documents.  The  Western  History  and  Archives  Division 
was  located  on  the  south  section  of  the  third  floor.  There 
were  a  great  number  of  individual  study  tables  arranged 
on  the  four  floors  of  the  building.  The  book  collection  with 
the  opening  of  the  library  consisted  of  some  275,000 
volumes  with  an  annual  addition  of  15,000  volumes.  The 
library  at  this  time  was  receiving  some  1,500  periodicals. 
The  new  building  contained  equipment  for  the  use  of 
photographic  materials  such  as  microfilm.  Several  listening 
rooms  were  provided  for  the  use  of  phonograph  records 
in  the  library  collections.^'  The  books  from  the  old  library 
were  moved  by  truck  during  the  summer  of  1958  and  the 
building  was  opened  for  use  that  fall. 

The  dedication  ceremonies  were  set  for  October  9, 
1958.^^  The  former  library  was  remodeled  and  office  and 
classroom  space  was  made  available  primarily  for  the 
Botany  Department  and  the  building  was  named  for  Aven 
Nelson.  Among  the  individuals  taking  part  in  the  dedica- 
tion ceremonies  were  President  George  Duke  Humphrey, 
Dr.  Richard  Hillier,  Chairman  of  the  Library  Planning 
Committee,  Clifford  P.  Hansen,  President  of  the  Board 
of  Trustees,  Arad  Riggs,  representing  the  Coe  Founda- 
tion, and  Dr.  Robert  Walker,  Acting  Director  of  the 
School  of  American  Studies. 

Hansen,  later  governor  and  U.  S.  Senator,  said  in 
his  speech  that  "Coe  gave  the  library  to  Wyoming  and 
established  a  School  of  American  Studies  here  so  that 
young  people  might  attain  greater  knowledge  and  become 
better  citizens."  He  expressed  his  hope  that  their  enthus- 
iasm and  zeal  for  our  divinely  inspired  way  of  life  might 
help  them  guide  America  in  leading  the  world  in  paths 
of  accomplishment  and  peace. 

Humphrey  remarked  that  the  new  building  marked 
a  plateau  in  the  university's  history  and  indicated  that  the 
university  had  reached  maturity  as  an  educational, 
research,  and  service  institution.  The  new  building  also 


relieved  the  crowded  condition  which  the  library  had  had 
for  many  years. 

Riggs  noted  that  Coe  revised  his  will  to  give 
$1,800,000  to  the  university  for  a  library  and  American 
Studies  Building.  At  the  time,  Coe  was  "concerned  about 
the  failure  of  the  nation's  schools  in  teaching  the  American 
way  of  life." 

Library  director  Jim  Ranz  said  in  his  address  that 
"during  the  past  20  years  the  academic  book  resources 
of  the  state  of  Wyoming  had  increased  150  percent  whereas 
the  national  average  was  only  100  percent."  He  added 
that  "the  introduction  of  new  photographic  techniques 
and  processes  by  which  parts  of  books  may  be  easily  and 
quickly  reproduced,  as  well  as  cooperative  ventures  among 
libraries,  have  placed  an  increasing  importance  upon  the 
physical  library  building."^' 

The  new  library  won  great  acceptance  from  both  fac- 
ulty and  students,  with  its  spacious  places  for  both  study 
and  research.  A  browsing  room  with  a  book  collection  pro- 
vided by  funds  from  John  Bugas  of  the  Ford  Motor  Com- 
pany produced  favorable  reactions  among  the  students. 
Citizens  came  from  all  parts  of  the  state  to  tour  the  new 
facility,  especially  during  the  first  two  years  of  operation. 

By  1966,  the  William  Robertson  Coe  Library  con- 
tained some  390,000  volumes,  including  4,000  micro- 
reproductions.  Annual  additions  at  this  time  were  2,200 
volumes.  Through  its  membership  in  the  Rocky  Moun- 
tain Bibliographical  Center,  the  library  was  able  to  offer 
excellent  inter-library  loan  service  to  both  students  and 
faculty.^* 

With  the  completion  of  the  George  Duke  Humphrey 
Science  Center  in  1970,  the  science  and  technology  col- 
lections of  the  Coe  Library  were  removed  to  the  Science 
Library,  which  allowed  more  space  for  the  general  library. 
By  1972,  the  library  collection  consisted  of  over  446,000 
volumes,  including  77,000  micro-reproductions.  Annual 
additions  to  the  library  averaged  25,000  volumes. '' 

From  1973,  there  was  a  concerted  effort  on  the  part 
of  the  board  of  trustees,  the  president  and  faculty  to  secure 
an  annex  to  the  William  Robertson  Coe  Library.  It  was 
not  until  1976  that  the  Wyoming  State  Legislature  passed 
a  bill  authorizing  the  construction  of  the  annex.  The 
appropriations  for  the  construction  and  furnishing  of  this 
building  came  to  some  $5,200,000.  The  building  was  com- 
pleted during  the  years  1977-78  and  opened  during  the 
academic  year  of  1978.  It  more  than  doubled  the  space. 
The  combined  university  libraries  which  formerly  could 
accommodate  only  500  readers,  could  now  accommodate 
over  1,500  readers.  The  library's  catalog  collection  totaled 
600,000  volumes,  135,000  microfilms.  Annual  additions 
to  the  library  had  reached  30,000  volumes.^* 

The  university  libraries,  in  addition  to  the  WiUiam 
Robertson  Coe  Library,  include  the  Science  and 
Technology  Library;  the  Geology  Library,  located  in  the 
S.  H.  Knight  Geology  Building;  and  the  Film  Library, 
located  with  the  Audio  Visual  Service  in  Knight  Hall.  The 

33 


United  States  Department  of  Energy  -  Laramie  Energy 
Teciinology  is  a  branch  of  the  University  Libraries.^' 

In  the  years  1976  to  1981 ,  the  university  libraries  had 
their  greatest  growth  in  their  history.  Planning  commit- 
tees were  organized  that  established  certain  priorities  in 
various  phases  of  library  service.  Funds  were  provided 
for  an  expanded  collection  budget,  the  employment  of 
more  professional  librarians  and  the  coordination  of  library 
services  under  a  departmental  director. 

In  the  spring  of  1945,  the  board  of  trustees  of  the 
university  of  Wyoming  created  a  new  department  of 
archives  within  the  library  of  the  university.  This  admin- 
istrative move  had  been  made  because  of  the  gift  of  several 
important  papers  which  could  not  be  available  to  students 
and  scholars  until  the  new  department  was  developed. 

Types  of  materials  desired  in  the  formative  days  of 
the  division  were  correspondence,  both  business  and 
social,  financial  records,  pamphlets,  newspapers,  scrap- 
books,  picture  maps — in  fact  any  document  relating  to 
Wyoming  history.  It  was  the  opinion  that  such  records 
would  be  useful  in  tracing  the  political,  social  and 
economic  history  of  Wyoming. 

The  Hebard  files  contain  correspondence,  pamphlets, 
original  documents,  clippings,  newspapers,  a  library  of 
Western  Americana,  and  manuscripts  relative  to 
Wyoming. 

Another  large  collection  available  was  the  Francis  E. 
Warren  papers.  This  collection  deals  with  politics,  ran- 
ching, and  miscellaneous  business  interests  with  which  he 
was  connected.  Items  included  in  this  collection  are  scrap- 
books,  correspondence,  ledgers  dealing  with  his  ranching 
and  business  interests. 

The  Wyoming  Stock  Growers  Collection  records  con- 
tain a  valuable  collection  of  papers  covering  the  range 
industry  from  1873-1923  with  a  few  materials  of  a  later 
date. 38 

These  were  the  large  collections  in  the  beginning  years 
of  the  archives  division.  Miss  Lola  M.  Homsher  was  the 
first  archivist  of  the  university  library.  By  1951 ,  the  univer- 
sity archives  had  a  title  change:  it  became  the  Western 
History  and  University  Archives  Department.  The  col- 
lection had  grown  to  a  considerable  extent  since  1945. 
There  were  approximately  30  large  collections  in  the 
archives  and  110  small  collections.  In  the  three  rooms 
allocated  on  the  third  floor  of  the  library,  the  lack  of  space 
was  beginning  to  be  a  problem. '^ 

Dean  F.  Krakel  became  director  of  the  division  in 
1952  when  Homsher  became  the  first  director  of  the 
Wyoming  State  Archives  and  Historical  Department. 
Under  the  Krakel  administration,  the  papers  of  Sen.  John 
B.  Kendrick,  Sen.  Lester  Hunt,  Sen.  Joseph  O'Mahoney 
and  some  90  other  collections  were  acquired.  During  this 
time  the  photographs  collection  was  organized  and  a  large 
manuscript  collection  served  both  faculty  and  students. 

With  the  moving  of  the  Archives  and  Western  History 
to  the  Coe  Library,  new  quarters  were  provided  for  the 

34 


division  in  the  south  section  of  the  new  library. 

Krakel  resigned  in  1956  to  accept  a  position  as  archiv- 
ist with  the  Air  Force  Academy  in  Colorado  Springs.  He 
later  was  named  to  head  the  Cowboy  Hall  of  Fame  in 
Oklahoma.  Dr.  Gene  M.  Gressley  became  Director  of  the 
Archives  and  Western  History  Division  in  1956. 

In  1958  with  somewhat  larger  quarters  in  the  Coe 
Library,  Gressley  organized  the  collections  around  cer- 
tain specific  areas  such  as  aviation,  business  history, 
transportation  history,  conservation,  contemporary 
history.  Western  writers,  mining,  Wyoming  political 
history,  economic  geology  and  reclamation  and  the  divi- 
sion was  renamed  the  American  Heritage  Center. 

During  the  25  years  that  Gressley  has  served  as  direc- 
tor the  collection  has  grown  from  a  few  hundred  items 
to  archival  materials  that  exceed  several  thousand.  In  addi- 
tion to  the  archives  collection  there  is  also  a  manuscript 
collection  with  several  thousand  items  and  a  collection  of 
some  45,000  photographs  organized  by  biographic  and 
subject  entries. 

Space  has  been  provided  for  researchers  in  the  Luman 
Room  which  also  contains  the  Alfred  Jacob  Miller  paint- 
ings. This  collection  was  obtained  through  the  efforts  of 
Robert  C.  Warner,  professor  in  the  Journalism 
Department. 

Two  rare  book  rooms  are  open  for  public  use — the 
Fitzhugh  Room  and  Toppan  Room.  The  Fitzhugh  Room 
contains  the  first  collection  of  rare  books  in  the  American 
Heritage  Division.  The  Toppan  Room  located  in  the  new 
annex  contains  the  latest  collection  of  rare  books. 

In  addition  to  the  Alfred  Jacob  Miller  art  in  the 
Luman  Room,  the  Rentschler  Room  contains  a  collec- 
tion of  the  art  of  Henry  Farney. 

The  American  Heritage  Center,  like  the  Wyoming 
State  Archives,  Museums  and  Historical  Department, 
serves  as  a  major  research  institution  in  the  state. 

From  a  collection  of  300  books  in  1889,  the  Univer- 
sity of  Wyoming  libraries  contain  three-quarters  of  a 
million  volumes.  The  recently  announced  goal  is  to  have 
a  million-volume  collection  in  the  next  few  years.  In  order 
for  the  university  to  continue  its  service  to  Wyoming,  its 
heart — the  library — must  be  strong.  Its  national  stature, 
too,  depends  on  the  adequacy  of  its  library  collections. 
There  is  no  question  that  the  people  of  the  state  of  Wyo- 
ming will  again  meet  this  challenge  in  coming  years. 


1 .  Chapter  37,  Session  Laws  of  Wyoming  Territory,  9th  Legislative 
Assembly.  Cheyenne,  Wyoming,  1886. 

2.  Laramie  Boomerang,  September  1,  1886. 

3.  "Circular  of  General  Information, "University  of  Wyoming, 
(Laramie,  Wyoming:  Boomerang  Publishing  Company, 
1887-88). 

4.  Catalog  of  the  Books  Presented  to  the  Library  by  Charles  Clay, 
1887-1890,  compiled  by  Dr.  Grace  Raymond  Hebard. 

5.  Catalog,  University  of  Wyoming,  Laramie,  1896-97. 


6.  Seventh  Annual  Report  of  the  President  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  the 
University  of  Wyoming,  Laramie,  1898. 

7.  Catalog,  University  of  Wyoming,  Laramie,  1894-95. 

8.  "The  University  Melange,"  University  of  Wyoming,  April,  1904. 

9.  Supplementary  Report  of  the  Board  of  Trustees,  University  of  Wyom- 
ing, Laramie,  1911. 

Letter  to  William  Dubois,  Architect,  Cheyenne  Manuscript  Col- 
lection, American  Heritage  Center,  University  of  Wyoming. 
Bulletin,  University  of  Wyoming,  Laramie,  1917. 
Ibid.,  1921. 

Laramie  Boomerang,  January  22,  1921. 
Ibid.,  February  11,  1921. 


22 


Olga  Moore,  I'll  Meet  You  In  The  Lobby,  (New  York:  Lippincott, 
1950). 

Report  of  the  President  to  the  Board  of  Trustees,  University  of  Wyom- 
ing, Laramie,  1922. 

University  of  Wyoming  Catalog,  Laramie,  1923. 
Laramie  Boomerang,  March  15,  1924. 
University  of  Wyoming  Library  Handbook,  Laramie,  1924. 
Reba  Davis,  "The  University  of  Wyoming  Library,"  The  Library 
Journal,  May  1,  1924,  pp.  423-442. 

Letter  to  Crane  from  Reba  Davis,  American  Heritage  Center, 
University  of  Wyoming. 
Laramie  Daily  Boomerang,  June  20,  1940. 


23 .  Librarian 's  Report  on  the  University  of  Wyoming  Library,  made  to  the 
University  Board  of  Trustees  and  the  Faculty  of  the  University 
of  Wyoming,  Laramie,  December,  1939. 

24.  Branding  Iron,  March  6,  1951. 

25.  "A  Modem  Library  for  a  Modem  Campus,"  Pamphlet,  Univer- 
sity of  Wyoming,  1950. 

26.  Laramie  Boomerang,  January  11,  1951. 

27.  Rawlins  Daily  Times,  January  23,  1952. 

28.  Casper  Star  Tribune,  January  25,  1952. 

29.  "William  Robertson  Coe,"  Biography  File,  American  Heritage 
Center,  University  of  Wyoming,  Laramie. 

30.  Charles  H.  Bauman,  "The  Library  Goes  Modular,"  The  Library 
Journal,  December,  1959. 

31.  Bulletin,  University  of  Wyoming,  Laramie,  1959. 

32.  Laramie  Boomerang,  August  24,  1958. 

33.  /W., October  10,  1959. 

34.  Bulletin,  University  of  Wyoming,  Laramie,  1966-67. 

35.  Bulletin,  University  of  Wyoming,  Laramie,  1972-73. 

36.  Bulletin,  University  of  Wyoming,  Laramie,  1979-80. 

37.  Bulletin,  University  of  Wyoming,  Laramie,  1980-81. 

38.  "Archives,"  University  of  Wyoming  Libreiry  pamphlet,  Laramie, 
1945. 

39.  /*!(/.,  1950. 


35 


Custer's  "permanent  camp"  on  French  Creek  in  the  Black  Hills 


Prelude  to  the 

Black  Hills  Gold  Rush 

of  107G 


36 


SOUTH  DAKOTA  STATE  HISTORICAL  SOCIETY 


By  Scott  Tubbs 


In  the  decade  following  the  Civil  War,  the  Black  Hills 
of  Dakota  Territory,  centrally  located  in  the  Northern 
Plains,  gained  the  attention  of  the  entire  country  with  news 
that  gold  had  been  discovered  there.  The  Fort  Laramie 
Treaty  of  1868  had  set  aside  the  Paha  Sapa  as  part  of  the 
Sioux  Indian  Reservation.  But  the  Black  Hills,  virtually 
barren  of  whites  through  1870,  were  to  become,  in  less 
than  half  a  decade,  overwhelmed  with  gold-seekers. 

The  Black  Hills  were  probably  first  visited  by  whites 
as  early  as  1742  when,  on  April  29,  Francois  andjoseph 
de  la  Verendrye  left  Fort  de  la  Reine,  south  of  Lake 
Manitoba,  in  search  of  a  route  to  the  Pacific  Ocean.  On 
August  11,  they  came  upon  a  "Mountain  of  the  Horse 
Indians,"  which  quite  possibly  may  have  been  Bear  Butte, 
on  the  northeastern  edge  of  the  Black  HUls.  On  November 
9,  they  headed  southwestward,  apparently  through  the 
Hills.'  Subsequent  journeys  through  or  at  least  very  near 
the  Black  Hills  were  made  by  Jonathan  Carver  around 
1767^;  in  1803  by  Jean  Valle,  a  French  trader,  who  met 
Meriwether  Lewis  and  William  Clark  near  the  mouth  of 
the  Cheyenne  River  a  year  later^;by  another  French  trap- 
per, Baptiste  La  Page,  who  was  hired  by  Lewis  and  Clark 
in  1804  after  spending  the  winter  in  the  Hills*;  by  Wilson 
Price  Hunt  and  the  Overland  Astorians,  of  the  American 
Fur  Company,  inl81  P;  by  Jedediah  Smith,  who  was  half- 
scalped  by  a  grizzly  bear  just  before  entering  the  Hills 
in  1823'';  by  Thomas  L.  Sarpy,  killed  when  his  trading 
post  exploded  because  he  was  selling  gunpowder  by 
candlelight,  in  1832';  in  1833  by  Ezra  Kind  and  his  six 
companion  miners,  whose  gold  findings  were  later  traded 
to  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company  for  $18,000  worth  of  'Tire 
water,  beads,  and  other  glittering  gewgaws  so  dear  to  the 
hearts  of  savages"  by  the  Indians  who  had  attacked  and 
killed  the  party^;  and  in  the  later  1830s  and  1840s  by  a 
host  of  others,  including  Father  Pierre  Jean  DeSmet,  a 
Jesuit  missionary  to  the  Indians,  who  visited  the  Hills  in 
1848.9 

The  'Tirst  white  woman  to  enter  the  Black  Hills"  is 
claimed  by  Annie  Tallent,  who  accompanied  the  Gordon 
Expediton  of  1874.'°  Although  her  statement  is  perhaps 
true,  she  is  not  the  only  woman  to  lay  claim  to  such  an 
honor.  Sarah  Campbell,  a  cook  and  "excited  prospector" 
for  John  Smith  of  the  Custer  Expedition  of  1874,  called 
herself  "the  only  white  woman  that  ever  saw  the  Black 
Hills.""  It  is  true  that  "Aunt  Sally,"  as  the  men  called 
her,  saw  the  Hills  a  few  months  before  Tallent,  but  what 
makes  her  "white  woman"  claim  curious  and  without 
doubt  inaccurate  is  the  fact  that  she  was  black! '^  Perhaps 
what  Campbell  intended  to  say  was  "non-Indian." 

THE  FORT  LARAMIE  TREATY  OF  1868 

'  'From  this  day  forward  all  war 

between  the  parties  to  this 
agreement  shall  forever  cease.  " 

FROM  ARTICLE  I  OF  FORT  LARAMIE  TREATY  OF  APRIL  29,  1868. 


37 


In  a  policy  of  benevolence,  for  whatever  reasons,  the 
United  States  government  negotiated  a  treaty  with  the 
Plains  tribes  in  1868.  Treating  with  the  Sioux,  Cheyenne, 
and  Arapaho,  the  U.S.  agreed  to  close  the  Bozeman  TraU 
to  the  Montana  gold  fields  and  to  evacuate  Forts  Phil 
Kearney,  C.  F.  Smith,  and  Reno.  The  Sioux  were  given 
a  reservation  consisting  of  that  part  of  Dakota  Territory 
lying  west  of  the  Missouri  River  (z.^.,  north  of  the  Nebraska 
line  to  the  46th  parallel  of  latitude  and  west  of  the  Missouri 
River  to  the  104th  meridian  of  longitude).  In  addition, 
generous  annuities  were  provided  for  a  few  years,  and 
education  for  Indian  children  and  agricultural  instruction 
for  the  men  was  promised.  In  return,  the  Indians  pro- 
mised not  to  molest  the  builders  of  the  Union  Pacific 
Railroad.  They  also  agreed  not  to  bother  the  wagon  trains, 
and  not  to  scalp  white  men  or  capture  their  women  and 
children.'^ 

Significantly,  the  government  agreed,  "that  no  per- 
sons except  those  herein  designated  and  authorized  so  to 
do,  and  except  such  officers,  agents,  and  employees  of 
the  government  as  may  be  authorized  to  enter  upon  Indian 
reservations  in  discharge  of  duties  enjoined  by  law,  shall 
ever  be  permitted  to  pass  over,  settle  upon,  or  reside  in 
the  territory  described  in  this  article."'* 

Unfortunately,  but  perhaps  predictably,  this  treaty's 
creation  of  the  Great  Sioux  Reservation  did  little  more 
than  postpone  the  inevitable  occupation  of  the  Black  Hills 
by  gold-seeking  whites.  The  insistent  and  increasing  agita- 
tion for  the  exploration  of  the  Hills  finally  prompted  a 
warning  from  military  and  civil  authorities,  fearful  of  a 
general  Indian  war  caused  by  illegal  settlers.'^  On  March 
30,  1872,  Secretary  of  the  Interior  Columbus  Delano 
informed  Governor  John  A.  Burbank  of  the  Dakota  Ter- 
ritory that  all  expeditions  must  be  stopped.  Thus,  Edwin 
Stanton  McCook,  Secretary  of  Dakota  Territory  and 
acting  governor,  issued  a  proclamation  on  April  6  warn- 
ing that  any  violation  of  the  Fort  Laramie  Treaty  stipula- 
tions was  illegal,  would  disturb  the  Indians,  and  would 
threaten  the  peace. '^  Further,  Major  General  Winfield 
Scott  Hancock,  Commander  of  the  Department  of 
Dakota,  with  headquarters  at  Fort  Snelling,  Minnesota, 
announced  "that  any  expedition  organized  for  the  pur- 
pose of  penetrating  the  Black  Hills,  be  immediately 
dispersed,  the  leaders  arrested  and  placed  in  the  nearest 
military  prison."" 

The  1868  treaty  did  not  stop  Charles  Collins,  the 
eccentric,  Indian-hating  editor  of  the  Sioux  City  Weekly 
Times,  from  initiating  colonization  movements  to  the  Black 
Hills.  He  was  instrumental  in  organizing  the  Black  Hills 
Mining  and  Exploring  Company  at  Sioux  City  on 
February  27,  1872.  Publishing  highly  colored,  sensational 
stories  about  the  prospects  for  gold,  he  openly  recruited 
individuals  for  the  express  purpose  of  entering  the  HUls.'^ 
He  was  joined  by  frontiersman  Thomas  H.  Russell  and 
eminent  Sioux  City  businessmen,  including  Charles  S. 


38 


Soule  of  the  Northwest  Transportation  Company,  Dan 
Scott,  editor  of  the  Sioux  City  Journal,  and  General  A.  C. 
Dawes,  passenger  agent  for  the  Kansas  City  and  St.  Joe 
Railway." 

Collins  estimated  that  it  would  cost  $604.60  to  outfit 
a  party  of  five  for  four  months  with  a  2,000  pound  capacity 
wagon,  a  span  of  horses,  a  tent,  flour,  bacon,  coffee,  tea, 
yeast,  salt,  beans,  soup,  matches,  cooking  utensils, 
kerosene,  lamps,  lanterns,  blankets,  ammunition,  lariat 
ropes,  four  gold  pans,  three  picks,  two  shovels,  carpenter's 
tools,  nails,  and  incidentals.^"  General  Hancock's  order 
and  Acting  Governor  McCook' s  proclamation  spoiled 
Collins'  plan.^'  Collins  and  Russell  moved  to  Chicago, 
where  they  set  up  an  office  and  continued  to  campaign 
for  takers  in  a  future  Black  Hills  Expedition. 
THE  CUSTER  EXPEDITION 

'  'My  husband  brought  me  a  keg  of  the  most  delicious 

water  from  a  mountain  stream.  It  was  almost  my 

only  look  at  clear  water  for  years,  as  most  of  the 

streams  west  of  the  Missouri  are  muddy.  ' ' 

FROM  ELIZABETH  B  CUSTER'S  ACCOUNT  OF  THE  ARRFVAL  OF  HER  HUSBAND'S  EX- 
PEDITION IN  FORT  LINCOLN  AFTER  SPENDING  THE  SUMMER  IN  THE  BLACK  HILLS- 

The  increase  of  illegal  gold-seeking  traffic  into  the 
Black  Hills  violated  not  only  the  Fort  Laramie  Treaty  of 
1868  but  also  a  Sioux  inter-tribal  pact.  The  Sioux  Nation, 
in  an  1857  meeting  at  Lake  Traverse,  agreed  that  any 
white  man  mining  gold  in  the  Black  Hills  should  be  put 
to  death,  along  with  any  Indian  who  might  have  directed 
the  prospector  to  the  lode.^^  Consequently,  raids  and 
massacres,  especially  by  the  Teton  Sioux,  who  were  slip- 
ping down  into  the  Department  of  the  Platte  in  Nebraska 
Territory,  were  increasing. ^^ 

As  a  result  of  these  increased  hostilities.  General  Philip 
H.  Sheridan,  commanding  the  Military  Division  of  the 
Missouri,  in  1874  suggested  to  the  War  Department  his 
solution  to  the  Indian  problem:  "In  order  to  better  con- 
trol the  Indians  making  these  raids,  for  two  or  three  years 
it  was  recommended  to  establish  a  large  military  post  in 
the  country  known  as  the  Black  Hills,  so  that  by  holding 
an  interior  point  in  the  heart  of  Indian  country  the  troops 
could  threaten  the  villages  and  stock  of  the  Indians  if  the 
latter  raided  the  settlements."^*  Upon  approval,  he 
ordered  General  Alfred  H .  Terry  of  the  Dakota  Military 
District  to  organize  an  expedition  for  reconnaissance  of 
the  Hills  region.  Assigned  by  Terry  to  command  the  expe- 
dition was  Lieutenant  Colonel  George  Armstrong  Custer. 
The  military  orders  issued  to  Custer  were  explicit — the 
expedition  was  to  make  a  general  reconnaissance  to  locate 
military  wagon  routes  and  possible  sites  for  a  fort,  as  the 
following  excerpt  from  the  report  of  Captain  William 
Ludlow,  chief  of  engineers.  Department  of  Dakota, 
indicates: 

In  case,  at  any  future  time,  complications  with  the 
Sioux,  or  the  advancing  needs  of  bordering  civilization  should 
make  it  necessary  to  establish  military  posts  upon  this  Indian 
reservation,  indications  all  pointed  to  the  Black  Hills  as  the 


I 


sporting  an  astonishing  variety  of  headgear,  Custer's  officers  and  the 
suitable  point,  both  on  account  of  their  geographical  posi- 
tion and  of  the  abundance  of  wood,  water,  and  grass  to  be 
found  there.  To  explain  the  value  of  its  position,  it  should 
be  stated  that  the  trails  from  the  camp  of  the  hostile  Sioux 
on  the  Yellowstone,  to  the  agencies  near  the  Missouri,  where 
live  the  reservation  Indians  and  whereon  the  issues  of  annu- 
ities are  made,  lead  by  a  southeasterly  course  through  the 
hills,  the  abundance  of  game  and  ample  security  of  which, 
make  them  a  ready  refuge  in  time  of  war,  and  a  noble 
hunting-ground  in  time  of  peace. 

It  was  therefore  considered  desirable  to  gain  positive 
information  regarding  them,  and  to  connect  them  as  well 
by  reconnaissance  with  the  posts  of  Lincoln  and  Laramie. 
To  accomplish  these  results  was  the  object  of  the  expedition. ^^ 
Throughout  the  expedition  the  Army  stood  firm  on 
two  points:  the  chief  purpose  of  the  expedition  was  to  con- 
duct a  much  needed  reconnaissance,  not  to  prospect  for 
gold;  and  two,  it  was  not  a  violation  of  the  Treaty  of  1868. 
Surely,  white  setdement  in  the  area  would  violate  the  trea- 
ty, but  a  simple,  peaceful  reconnaissance  expedition  pass- 
ing through  the  region  was  another  matter.  General  Terry, 
in  a  letter  to  General  Sheridan,  remarked: 

I  am  unable  to  see  that  any  just  offense  is  given  to  the 
Indians  by  the  expedition  to  the  Black  Hills.  .  .  .  From  the 
earliest  times  the  government  has  exercised  the  right  of  sen- 
ding exploring  parties  of  a  military  character  into  unceded 
territory,  and  this  expedition  is  nothing  more.'^ 

General  William  T.  Sherman,  the  commanding  General 

of  the  Army,  took  the  same  stand: 

I  also  was  one  of  the  commissioners  to  the  Treaty  of 
1868,  and  agree  with  General  Terry,  that  it  was  not  inten- 
ded to  exclude  the  United  States  from  exploring  the  Reser- 
vation for  Roads,  or  for  any  other  national  purpose. '' 
Custer,    as    well,    insisted    upon    the    legitimacy    and 
peacefulness  of  the  mission.  The  St.  Paul  Pioneer  quoted 
Custer: 

The  purposes  of  the  expedition  are  not  military  or 
aggressive.  They  are  peaceable  and  exclusively  in  the  interest 
of  science.  .  .  .  Of  the  peaceable  intentions  of  the  govern- 
ment all  the  tribes  have  been  notified,  and  they  have  been 
assured  that  they  will  not  be  molested  or  disturbed  in  the 
least  degree,  provided  they  do  not  commence  hostilities.-' 
Custer's  sincerity  seems  to  be  validated  by  remarks  made 
after  completion  of  the  expediton.  He  was  asked  by  a 
Bismarck  Tribune  reporter  if  he  was  disappointed  at  "not 


expedition  's  scientific  corps  pose  during  the  summer,  1874  expedition 
having  a  brush  with  the  Sioux."  To  this,  Custer  nobly 
replied  that  he  was  "disappointed,  but  heartily  glad  of 
it.  ...  I  congratulate  myself  and  the  country  on  the  return 
of  the  expedition  without  bloodshed.  "^^ 

On  July  2,  1874,  Custer's  Seventh  Cavalry  left  Fort 
Abraham  Lincoln,  opposite  Bismarck  on  the  Missouri 
River.  It  was  one  of  the  largest,  most  complete,  and  best- 
equipped  peacetime  expeditions  ever  assembled.  The  over 
1,000  men  included  scientific  personnel,  newspaper  cor- 
respondents, miners,  and  a  photographer  along  with  10 
companies  of  cavalry,  two  companies  of  infantry, 
numerous  Indian  scouts,  interpreters,  and  a  16-piece 
mounted  band  playing  "The  Girl  I  Left  Behind  Me"  as 
the  expedition  departed  Fort  Lincoln.  There  were  100 
wagons,  each  drawn  by  six  mules,  ambulances,  three  Gad- 
ing  machine  guns,  and  a  three-inch  Parrott  rifle.  In  add- 
ition, a  herd  of  300  beef  cattle  was  taken  along  for  fresh 
meat.^" 

After  leaving  Fort  Lincoln,  Custer  proceeded 
southwesterly  toward  the  Hills,  passing  between  Bear 
Butte  on  the  Belle  Fourche  River  and  the  Bear  Lodge 
Mountains,  where  the  trail  made  by  the  Raynolds  Expe- 
dition in  1859  was  still  plainly  discernable.  The  party 
passed  the  Inyan  Kara  Mountain  on  July  23,  which  Custer 
and  his  staff  climbed.  The  trip  across  the  plains  was 
uneventful  and  the  party  entered  the  Hills  along  Castle 
Creek,  in  the  vicinity  of  Harney  Peak.  Main  camp  was 
set  up  on  French  creek  about  seven  miles  due  south  of 
Harney  Peak.^'  Custer  and  his  staff  climbed  Harney  Peak, 
ascending  nearly  to  the  top,  and  left  there  a  copper  car- 
tridge shell  with  their  names  enclosed  on  a  slip  of  paper.  ^^ 
While  at  the  top,  they  sighted  two  other  prominent  peaks, 
which  Captain  Ludlow  named  for  General  Terry  and 
General  Custer.^' 

Meanwhile,  some  of  the  troops  organized  a  baseball 
game,  the  first  such  game  ever  played  in  the  Black  Hills. 
One  team,  the  Actives  of  Fort  Lincoln,  was  picked  from 
members  of  the  band  and  the  right  wing;  the  other  team, 
the  Athletes  of  Fort  Rice,  included  men  from  Companies 
C,  H,  and  K.  The  umpire  was  John  Tempany,  the 
"Vetinary  Surgeon."  According  to  the  diary  of  Private 
Theodore  Ewert  (Company  H),  it  was  evident  to  all  spec- 

39 


tators  that  the  umpire  favored  the  Fort  Lincoln  team,  but 
apparently  the  teams  were  able  to  refrain  from  engaging 
in  any  "rhubarbs, "as  Ewert's  diary  gives  no  record  of 
such.  The  final  score  was  Actives  11,  Athletes  6.^* 

After  exploring  to  the  south  fork  of  the  Cheyenne 
River,  the  expedition  began  its  return  trip  to  Fort  Lin- 
coln on  August  6,  traveling  northward  along  the  Box  Elder 
up  the  center  of  the  Hills  past  Bear  Butte.  The  expedi- 
tion, its  journey  lasting  60  days,  never  spent  more  than 
one  day  in  any  one  spot,  with  the  one  exception  being 
the  five  days  spent  at  Harney  Peak,  according  to  Tallent.^^ 
Calhoun's  diary  does  not  agree.  He  notes  at  least  four 
two-day  camps;  those  of  July  18  and  19  near  the  present- 
day  city  of  Belle  Fourche,  July  22  and  23,  near  the  Inyan 
Kara  Mountain,  July  26  and  27  in  Castle  Valley,  and 
August  14  and  15  near  Bear  Butte. ^^ 

The  official  expedition  reports  incorporate  notes  of 
several  scientists  who  accompanied  the  expedition  as  well 
as  the  observations  of  Custer.  They  seem  to  be  pre- 
occupied with  geological  matters  and  comments  on  the 
natural  beauty  of  the  region  and  its  great  potentialities 
in  terms  of  timber,  mineral  wealth,  and  farming.  Such 
is  the  case  with  zoologist  George  Bird  Grinnell,  as  he  wrote 
of  a  valley: 

.  .  .  filled  with  the  greatest  profusion  of  wild  flowers, 
in  almost  incredible  numbers  and  variety.  .  .  .  An  old  and 
deeply  cut  lodge-trail  ran  up  the  valley,  and,  halting  the  com- 
mand, the  valleys  leading  out  of  Floral  Valley  were  explored. 
The  trail  is  said  by  one  of  the  guides  to  be  the  old  voyageur 
pack-trail,  and  is  one  of  the  regular  routes  between  the  hostile 
camp  on  Tongue  River  and  the  agencies.  Near  the  highest 
point  many  old  camps  and  abandoned  lodge-poles  were  seen. 
Pursuing  the  lodge-trail  a  spring  was  reached,  the  waters  of 
which  flowed  north  and  east.  The  fog,  which  had  been  sweep- 
ing up  from  the  eastward,  became  very  dense.  The  flowers 
were  if  anything  more  abundant  than  in  the  morning,  the 
hills  but  30  or  40  feet  in  height,  covered  with  pine  and  aspen, 
tamarack  and  spruce.  The  wood  and  open  seemed  to  share 
the  country  about  equally.  All  vegetation  was  luxuriant  and 
fresh,  and  we  had  no  doubt  that  a  portion,  at  least,  of  the 
park  country  we  were  in  search  of  had  been  reached.  The 
valleys  radiated  in  all  directions,  connecting  with  each  other, 
and  a  more  beautiful  wild  country  could  not  be  imagined. 
Signs  of  bear  and  deer  were  abundant  and  the  woods  fre- 
quendy  resounded  with  the  clangorous  cry  of  the  crane. ^' 
Professor  A.  B.  Donaldson,  a  botanist,  was  taken  by  "the 
gaudy  sunflower  and  the  delicate  harebell,  the  fair  lily  and 
the  bright  blue  daisy,  the  coarse  elecampane  and  the 
modest  violet,  the  gay  lark-spur  and  the  fragrant  pepper- 
mint, roses  and  pinks,  asters  and  phlox,  bell-flower  and 
caropsis,  geraniums,  golden  rod,  purple  cone-flower."'* 
Custer  himself  exclaimed. 

In  no  private  or  public  park  had  I  ever  seen  such  a  pro- 
fuse display  of  flowers.  ...  So  luxuriant  in  growth  were  they 
that  men  plucked  them  without  dismounting  from  the  sad- 
dle. ...  It  was  a  strange  sight  to  glance  back  at  the  advanc- 
ing columns  of  Cavalry  and  behold  the  men  with  beautiful 
boquets  [sic]  in  their  hands  while  the  head  gear  of  their  horses 
were  decorated  with  wreaths  of  flowers  fit  to  crown  a  Queen 
of  May.  Deeming  it  a  most  fitting  appellation  I  named  this 
Floral  Valley. 3' 
40 


Custer  the  hunter,  poses  with  a  grizzly  bear  he  killed  on  the  1874 
expedition.  In  the  background,  supply  wagons  and  tents  fill  a  lush 
Black  Hills  meadow. 

The  origincd  purpose  of  the  expedition  seems  to  be 
forgotten — comments  about  strategic  lines  of  communica- 
tions between  Fort  Lincoln  and  Fort  Laramie  and  likely 
sights  for  military  posts  are  hard  to  find.*" 

Traces  of  gold  were  found  by  the  expedition,  although 
there  seems  to  be  some  controversy  as  to  who  was  x\\e first 
to  find  it.  Schell  states  that  Horatio  N.  Ross  and  WiUis 
W.  T.  McKay  found  the  first  trace  of  gold  on  July  30 
in  the  sands  of  French  Creek.*'  Two  more  finds  were 
made — on  August  2,  by  Ross  and  McKay,  and  on  August 
5,  by  Ross,  McKay,  Mike  Smith  and  others.*^ 

On  August  3,  shortly  after  midnight,  Custer  sent  his 
chief  scout,  Charles  A.  "Lonesome  Charley"  Reynolds, 
to  Fort  Laramie  with  reports  of  the  expedition.  Reynold's 
canvas  dispatch  bag  was  labeled  by  the  expedition  adju- 
tant, First  Lieutenant  James  Calhoun: 
Black  Hills  Express 
Charley  Reynolds,  Manager 
connecting  with 
AH  Points  East,  West,  North,  South 
Cheap  Rates;  Quick  Transit;  Safe  Passage 
We  are  protected  by  the 
Seventh  Cavalry!*' 
Reynolds  covered  the  dangerous  90  miles  by  traveling 
mostly  at  night.  The  one  day  that  he  was  forced  to  travel 
during  daylight  because  of  lack  of  water,  he  used  some 
special  leather  sandals,  cinched  with  drawstrings  over  his 
horse's  ironshod  hooves,  so  that  tracks  left  would  look  like 
those  of  a  shoeless  Indian  pony;  and  he  removed  his  hat, 
so  that  from  afar  Indians  might  not  detect  him  as  a  white 
man  from  the  telltale  sign. 


The  enormous  size  of  the  Custer  Expedition  is  indicated  in  this  photo  of  the  camp  at  Hiddenwood  Creek 


On  the  morning  of  August  8  he  rode  into  Fort 
Laramie  and  turned  Custer's  dispatches  over  to  an  Army 
telegraph  operator.**  The  information  was  more  than 
modestly  relayed  to  the  nation.  During  his  return  trip  to 
Fort  Lincoln,  Reynolds  was  interviewed  by  the  Sioux  City 
Journal  on  August  13,  but  he  gave  only  mild  reports  of 
gold.  Nevertheless,  the  Bismarck  Tribune  reported  that  "rich 
gold  and  silver  mines"  had  been  discovered  in  "Custer's 
Valley"  which  would  soon  become  the  "El  Dorado  of 
America."  The  Yankton  Daily  Press  and Dakotaian  ran  this 
headline: 

STRUCK  IT  AT  LAST! 

''  Rich  Mines  of  Gold  and  Silver 

Reported  Found  by  Custer 

PREPARE  FOR  LIVELY  TIMES! 

Gold  Expected  to  Fall  10  per  Cent.— 

Spades  and  Picks  Rising. —  The 

National  Debt  to  be  Paid 

When  Custer  Returns." 

Additional  accounts  in  the  New  York  Daily  Tribune,  the 

Chicago  Daily  Tribune  and  Inter-Ocean,  and  Harper's  Weekly 

greatly  exaggerated  the  modest  reports  of  Custer  himself, 

as  well  as  later  reports  of  Ludlow  and  the  stubborn 

geologist  Newton  Horace  Winchell,  who  steadfastly  held 

that  he  had  seen  no  gold!  To  this  Custer  addressed  himself: 

I  regret  that  Prof.  N.  H.  Winchell,  who  accompanied 

the  expedition  as  geologist,  and  who  labored  industriously 

and,  I  believe,  efficiently,  to  discharge  his  duties  regarding 

other  points,  should  have  permitted  what  I  cannot  but  believe 

was  a  bit  of  professional  pique  to  stand  between  him  and 


the  determination  of  a  very  important  fact,  viz.,  the  existence 
of  gold  in  the  Black  Hills.  Prof.  Winchell,  as  geologist  of  the 
expedition,  no  doubt  felt  that  all  questions  pertaining  to 
mineral  discoveries  should  be  referred  to  him  for  final 
decision — and  all  questionable  points  relating  to  geology  were 
so  referred.  But  when  gold  was  discovered,  as  it  surely  was 
at  various  points,  it  was  in  such  form  and  quantity  as  to  be 
readily  recognized  as  gold  without  referring  the  matter  for 
decision  to  an  expert.  The  specimens  I  saw,  and  which  scores 
of  officers  and  other  persons  of  intelligence  saw,  and  which 
were  taken  from  the  earth  from  time  to  time,  near  our  camps, 
consisted  of  small  particles  of  pure  gold, 

EASILY  RECOGNIZABLE  AS  SUCH 
by  any  person  who  had  ever  seen  gold  before.  Had  Prof. 
Winchell  not  been  influenced  by  the  feeling  I  have  attributed 
to  him;  had  he  not  waited  for  some  person  to  bring  specimens 
of  the  gold  to  his  tent  and  formally  request  his  professional 
opinion  upon  it;  but  had  he  instead,  gone — as  he  might  often 
have  done  by  a  walk  of  a  few  hundred  yards,  or  at  the  most 
of  a  few  miles — and  examined  the  places  from  which  the  gold 
had  been  taken,  watched  the  miners  and  others  while  pros- 
pecting— as  I  and  others  did — he  would  have  been  qualified 
by  an  experience  added  to  a  scientific  knowledge,  for  which 
I  have  the  highest  respect,  to  have  given  an  opinion  on  the 
matter  which  would  have  been  entitled  to  great  weight.  As 
it  is,  he  simply  says  what  he  might  have  said  without  accom- 
panying the  expedition,  and  what  every  one  who  did  not 
accompany  the  expedition  can  say,  viz.:  that  "He  saw  none 
of  the  gold."  That  he  did  not  see  it  was  wholly  due  to  his 
inaction  in  the  matter,  as  persons  with  whom  he  was  brought 
in  contact  every  day  had  specimens  of  the  gold  in  their 
possession — a  fact  of  which  I  hardly  believe  he  was  ignorant. 
I  regard  the  discoveries  made  as 

EXCEEDINGLY  PROMISING." 


41 


While  Ludlow  urged  that  the  best  use  of  the  area 
would  be  as  an  Indian  reservation,  noting  that  the  real 
value  of  the  Hills  country  was  not  mineral,  but  agricul- 
tural,'*' Custer's  cautious  statements  recommended  "a 
more  thorough  examination  of  the  country"  to  ascertain 
information  concerning  gold  "in  view  of  the  widespread 
attention  already  directed  to  the  Black  Hills  by  prospec- 
tive mining  companies."*' 

Interestingly,  Reverend  Samuel  D.  Hinman,  whose 
expedition  closely  followed  Custer's,  reported  the  Hills 
as  bleak,  forbidding,  sterile,  useless  for  agriculture,  and 
swept  by  fearful  winter  and  summer  storms — totally 
useless  to  the  white  man.*^ 

Three  scientific  expeditions  had  preceded  Custer's.^" 
The  first  extended  government-sponsored  expedition  was 
the  Warren  Expedition  which  left  Sioux  City  for  Fort 
Laramie  in  July  of  1857.^'  The  party  reached  Fort 
Laramie  and  divided.  At  Inyan  Kara  Mountain,  a 
peaceful  but  stern  encounter  with  Indians  forced  Lieu- 
tenant Gouverneur  Kemble  Warren  to  avoid  entering  the 
heart  of  the  Black  Hills,  instead  passing  around  the 
southern  end  of  the  Hills,  up  the  eastern  side  to  Bear  Butte, 
and  then  southward  again.  Although  not  penetrating 
deeply  into  the  Black  Hills,  Warren  went  far  enough  to 
find  gold.  His  opinion,  however,  placed  primary  impor- 
tance on  his  expedition  from  a  military  standpoint,  and 
hence,  he  made  no  big  issue  of  his  discovery  of  gold.^^ 
His  exhaustive  reports,  together  with  the  accompanying 
maps,  supplied  the  first  reasonable  accurate  information 
about  the  Black  Hills  and  the  surrounding  country. ^^ 

The  explorations  of  the  Warren  Expedition  were  con- 
tinued by  Captain  William  Franklin  Raynolds  in 
1859-1860.  He  set  out  from  Fort  Pierre  on  June  28,  1859, 
reaching  Bear  Butte  on  July  1 1  .^*  Several  members  of  the 
party,  including  scout  Jim  Bridger  and  topographer 
Lieutenant  J.  Hudson  Snowden,  "found  gold  in  modest 
quantities"  as  the  expedition  followed  the  Belle  Fourche. 
Apparently,  Bridger  found  "small  yellow  pebbles  of 
various  sizes"  as  he  and  his  mule  stopped  to  drink. 
Geologist  Dr.  Ferdinand  V.  Hayden,  who  had  accom- 
panied the  Warren  Expedition,  and  Captain  Raynolds  "at 
once  pronounced  it  pure  gold."  Although  "very  much 
excited,"  Raynolds  "insisted  that  Mr.  Bridger  should  cast 
it  away,  and  not  tell  any  of  the  party  of  the  matter  under 
any  circumstances,  fearing  that  a  knowledge  of  gold  in 
such  abundance  and  of  such  easy  access  would  certainly 
break  up  his  whole  expedition,  since  every  man  would 
desert  the  party  to  hunt  for  gold."  Bridger  "very  reluc- 
tantly complied"  with  Raynolds'  request. ^^  McLaird  and 
Turchen  state  that  there  is  no  reliable  evidence  to  sup- 
port Parker's  claim  that  the  mountaineer  Bridger  and 
topographer  Snowden  discovered  gold.  The  reliability  of 
the  Cheyenne  Daily  Leader  article  must  be  measured  against 
the  fact  that  it  is  based  upon  an  interview  with  Bridger 
after  the  Custer  Expedition's  report  of  gold  received 
national  publicity. ^^  Raynolds  noted  in  his  report  that 

42 


"very  decided  evidences  of  gold  were  discovered  both  in 
the  valley  of  the  Madison  and  in  the  Big  Horn  mountains, 
and  .  .  .  some  indications  of  its  presence  was  also  in  the 
Black  Hills,  between  the  forks  of  the  Shayenne  [izc]."^' 
The  party  left  the  Hills  on  July  14,  1859. 

A  third  military  expedition  was  the  Powder  River 
Campaign  of  1865.  Its  three-pronged  party  fell  under  the 
commands  of  Colonels  James  A.  Sawyers,  Samuel 
Walker,  and  Nelson  Cole.  Sawyers  passed  south  of  the 
Hills,  first  sighting  them  on  July  13,  1865.  His  explora- 
tion was  limited  to  scouting  parties,  which  were  to  guard 
the  expedition  from  unexpected  Indian  attack.  Walker  left 
Fort  Laramie  on  August  5,  1865,  heading  northwest 
toward  the  Hills,  where  a  rendezvous  with  Cole  was 
planned.  He  reached  the  South  Fork  of  the  Cheyenne  on 
August  11.  Passing  between  the  Bear  Lodge  Mountains 
and  the  Black  Hills,  Walker  met  Cole  on  the  Belle  Four- 
che, about  40  miles  north. '^  Cole's  party  was  the  largest 
of  the  three,  containing  about  1 ,400  men.  It  reached  Bear 
Butte  on  August  14  from  the  east,  and  then  followed 
Raynolds'  old  trail  west  along  the  Belle  Fourche  to  the 
rendezvous  with  Walker.  One  of  Cole's  guides  thought 
he  found  silver-bearing  ore.  Parker  says  that  "the  net 
result  of  all  three  expeditions  was  to  endow  two  or  three 
thousand  men  with  knowledge  of  both  gold  in  the  Hills 
and  of  the  several  routes  by  which  it  might  be  reached.  "^^ 

THE  GORDON  EXPEDITION 

"Forced  marches  had  been  ordered  that  our 

imperiled  little  party  might  be  reached 

before  being  massacred  by  the  incensed 

savages.  " 

THE  SITUATION  OF  THE  GORDON  PARTY  AT  THE  TIME  OF  ITS  DISCOVERY  BY  THE 
U  S    ARMY  (TALLENT.  P    94) 

Charles  Collins'  and  Thomas  Russell's  Chicago  office, 
on  Clark  Street,  was  financed  by  Sioux  City  capital. 
Encouraged  by  Custer's  1874  expedition,  they  again  activ- 
ely campaigned  for  a  Black  Hills  expedition,  but  this  time 
were  halted  by  General  Sheridan  from  his  Chicago  head- 
quarters. Collins  and  Russell,  after  moving  back  to  Sioux 
City,  were  able  to  continue  their  expedition  organization. 
By  September  3,  1874,  one  hundred  frontiersmen  were 
awaiting  departure  from  Sioux  City  to  the  Black  Hills. 

Sheridan  took  action.  On  September  3,  he  issued 
orders  to  General  Terry  at  St.  Paul  and  to  General  E. 
O.  C.  Ord,  commanding  the  Department  of  the  Platte, 
that  "should  companies  now  organizing  at  Sioux  City  and 
Yankton  trespass  on  the  Sioux  Indian  Reservation,"  forces 
should  be  used  to  "burn  the  wagon  trains,  destroy  the 
outfit  and  arrest  the  leaders,  confining  them  to  the  nearest 
military  post  in  the  Indian  country."^"  Detachments  from 
Lower  Brule  Agency  and  Fort  Randall  were  sent  out 
immediately  to  patrol  the  routes  leading  to  the  Hills. 

When  the  expedition  finally  departed  on  October  6, 
1874,  it  consisted  of  only  26  men,  one  woman — Mrs. 
Anne  Donna  Tallent — and  her  nine-year-old  son.^'  It 
included  "Six  canvas-covered  wagons,  each  drawn  by  two 


pairs  of  fat,  sleek,  and  a  few  of  them  somewhat  frisky  cat- 
tle," five  saddle  horses,  a  burro,  and  two  beautiful 
greyhounds. ^^  Collins  remained  behind  to  publish  his 
Weekly  Times  and  report  news  of  the  expedition's  progress. 
The  expedition  was  sponsored  by  Collins  and  accom- 
panied by  his  partner  Russell,  but  it  became  known  as 
the  Gordon  Expedition,  after  John  Gordon,  its  guide  and 
captain,  although  it  was  apparent  that  his  "knowledge 
of  the  geography  of  the  country  was,  to  say  the  least, 
somewhat  vague  and  uncertain.  "^^  Tallent  prophesied  that 
since  Collins  and  Russell,  "by  virtue  of  their  mutual 
efforts,"  were  the  actual  sponsors  of  the  party,  the  expe- 
dition, "by  that  token  .  .  .  will  be  recorded  on  the  pages 
of  history  as  the  Collins-Russell  Expedition."** 

Tallent  says  that  the  expedition  was  "splendidly 
equipped  with  munitions  for  its  defense — each  man  hav- 
ing provided  himself  with  the  most  approved  Winchester 
rifle,  besides  small  arms,  and  sufficient  ammunition  to 
last  by  economy  for  a  period  of  eight  months."  She 
continues: 

Fidelity  to  history  compels  me  to  record,  however,  that 
at  divers  [sic]  times,  some  of  our  men  indulged  in  the  careless 
pastime  of  firing  their  precious  cartridges  at  targets,  on  which 
occasions  I  had  grave  misgivings  as  to  whether  there  would 
be  any  left  to  kill  Indians  with  in  case  it  became  necessary. 
At  times  I  was  strongly  tempted  to  expostulate  with  them 
on  their  thoughtless  waste  of  ammunition,  but  I  quickly  con- 
trolled that  inclination,  concluding  that,  perhaps,  they  knew 
their  own  business — at  least  they  might  think  they  did  and 
take  occasion  to  remind  me  of  that  fact.  I  did,  however,  ven- 
ture to  approach  them  timidly  one  day  when  I  thought  them 
uncommonly  reckless,  and  say  solemnly:  "Boys,  don't  you 
think  you  will  need  all  this  ammunition  that  you  are  virtually 
throwing  away  when  we  get  out  among  the  Indians?"  "Oh, 
shoot  the  Indians,"  answered  one  of  the  boys,  irreverently. 
Now,  deeming  this  a  potent  and  convincing  argument  against 
the  position  I  had  assumed,  and  plainly  significant,  I  meekly 
yielded  the  point  and  referred  no  more  to  the  subject.'^ 
Once  out  of  Sioux  City,  the  expedition  was  sure  to 
attract  attention  from  military  patrols.  As  a  "misleading 
device,"  "O'Neill's  Colony"  was  painted  in  large,  red 
letters  on  the  canvas  covers  of  the  wagons,  in  order  to 
make  onlookers  believe  that  the  expedition  was  headed 
for  O'Neill's  Colony  in  Nebraska  Territory,  thereby 
lessening  military  suspicion.  It  proved,  however,  to  be 
a  "transparent"  diversion.**  After  a  small  bout  with  sick- 
ness in  camp,  a  nasty  disagreement  that  almost  resulted 
in  the  death  of  Gordon,  a  death  due  to  sickness,  a  missed 
opportunity  to  eat  fox  meat  for  supper,  and  slight  encoun- 
ter with  the  Indians,  the  expedition  got  its  first  glimpse 
of  the  Black  Hills  "about  ten  o'clock  a.m.,  December 
31st.  "*'  Apparently,  the  correct  date  should  be  December 
1 ,  not  December  31 ,  since  by  mid-December  the  expedi- 
tion had  passed  through  the  Hills. 

The  expedition  entered  the  Hills  near  present-day 
Sturgis  on  December  9,  proceeded  to  French  Creek, 
following  Custer's  road  of  the  previous  summer,  and  were 
there  rewarded  by  the  presence  of  gold.  Here  they  con- 


structed a  stockade  some  80  feet  square,  made  of  13  foot 
logs  set  three  feet  in  the  ground.  Inside  the  fortress  were 
six  cabins,  a  shallow  well,  and  a  huge  supply  of  firewood. 
The  army  captain  that  later  removed  the  party  stated  that 
the  stockade,  with  its  protruding  bastions  at  each  corner 
to  permit  flanking  fire  along  the  walls,  was  an  impregnable 
defense  to  anything  but  artillery.*^  Life  in  the  camp  was 
for  the  most  part  uneventful.  Once  a  tent  burned  to  the 
ground,  and  another  time  the  donkey  ate  half  a  side  of 
bacon — both  times  under  the  charge  of  Tallent!*^  The 
miners  estimated  that  as  much  as  $10  a  day  could  be  made 
by  prospecting,  but  the  frozen  ground  and  cold  weather 
made  the  practice  very  difficult.'" 

The  Army  was  not  unaware  that  the  Gordon  Expedi- 
tion had  entered  the  HUls.  After  several  detachments  failed 
to  bring  the  party  back.  Captain  John  Mix  led  Company 
M  of  the  Second  Cavalry  out  of  Fort  Laramie  on  March 
12,  1875  to  the  Gordon  Stockade,  directed  by  prospec- 
tors J.  J.  Williams  and  Red  Dan  McDonald,  former 
members  of  the  Gordon  Expedition  detained  by  the  Army. 
On  April  6,  in  the  midst  of  a  blinding  snowstorm,  the 
Gordon  Stockade  was  contacted  from  Mix's  "Camp  Suc- 
cess," about  12  miles  south  of  the  stockade,  and  given 
two  days  to  round  up  the  stock  and  pack  the  equipment. 
Mining  tools  and  heavy  equipment  were  cached  in  the 
stockade,  only  to  be  discovered  later  on  by  Indians  or  other 
prospectors.  Ten  head  of  stray  oxen  were  abandoned.  The 
18  remaining  occupants  of  the  stockade  left  on  April  10 
and  headed  for  Red  Cloud  Agency,  Nebraska  Territory." 
The  party  arrived  at  Fort  Laramie  on  April  18.  The 
miners  were  released  after  two  days  and  transported  to 
Cheyenne.  The  Tallent  family  remained  in  Cheyenne, 
but  all  others  returned  to  Sioux  City  by  rail,  "rescued" 
by  Collins." 

The  Tallent  family  returned  to  the  Hills  in  1876, 
where  Mrs.  Tallent  taught  school  and  prepared  a  history 
of  the  area  and  her  adventures  in  it.''^  Russell  became 
disillusioned  with  Collins  and  later  formed  his  own  party 
in  Pennsylvania.'*  Collins  had  organized  the  Black  Hills 
Mining  Company  of  Springfield,  Dakota  Territory,  in 
December  of  1874,  but  it  was  largely  unsuccessful.'^  Gor- 
don was  arrested  leading  a  second  expedition  into  the  area 
in  May  of  1875,  and  was  seen  in  Deadwood  some  years 
later,  broke  and  in  debt.'* 

THE  NEWTON-JENNEY  EXPEDITION 

"Tkar's  plenty  of  gold  here,  "  but  its 
mixed  up  with  a  hell  of  a  sight  o'  dirt.  " 

REMARKS  OF  OALrFORNIA  JOE.  A  GUIDE  FOR  THE  NEWTON-JENNEY  EXPEDITION 

In  1875,  the  Bureau  of  Indian  Affairs,  acting  under 
the  authority  of  the  Secretary  of  War,  authorized  an 
expedition  to  the  Black  Hills  to  be  led  by  geologists  Walter 
P.  Jenney  and  Henry  Newton  "for  the  purpose  of  ascer- 
taining the  extent  and  value  of  the  gold  deposits  discovered 
there."" 

Despite  differing  estimates  from  the  Custer  Expedi- 


43 


tion  of  the  value  and  extent  of  Black  Hills  gold  deposits, 
a  gold  rush  ensued.  Bismarck,  Sioux  City,  Yankton,  and 
Cheyenne  competed  as  departure  points  for  miners  ille- 
gally entering  Indian  territory.  Newspaper  propaganda 
abounded:  The  Yankton  Daily  Press  and  Dakotaian:  "The 
Golden  Hills,  More  News  from  the  Geological  Party.  . 
.  .  Dakota's  Mines  to  Eclipse  the  World"  and  "The 
Eldorado!  .  .  .  The  Cautious  Jenney  Gives  His  Testimony 
in  the  Affirmative.  And  Now,  Mr.  Indian,  Take  a  Back 
Seat."  The  Bismarck  Tribune:  "Gold  by  the  Hat  Full!"  and 
"Reports  Gold  Enough  to  Pay  the  National  Debt"  and 
"Wealth  for  an  Empire  in  the  Black  Hills. "^^ 

The  Treaty  of  1868  had  not  yet  been  altered  to  admit 
white  settlers  or  miners  into  the  Black  Hills,  still  part  of 
the  Sioux  Reservation.  The  intruding  gold  miners, 
although  violating  this  agreement,  at  the  same  time 
facilitated  the  final  alteration  of  government  policy  to  meet 
the  demand  of  the  frontier  newspapers  to  "open"  the 
Black  Hills. 

A  commission  under  Sen.  W.  B.  Allison  met  with 
the  Sioux  near  Red  Cloud  Agency  on  September  20-29, 
1875  to  negotiate  the  purchase  of  the  gold  region.  It  failed 
for  the  following  reasons: 

1 .  That  no  agreement  can  be  successfully  concluded  in  the 
Indian  country  by  means  of  a  grand  council  of  chiefs  in 
the  presence  of  the  great  body  of  the  Indians. 

2.  No  agreement  can  be  made  unless  accompanied  with 
presents,  as  presents  have  invariably  been  distributed 
heretofore  at  the  signing  of  treaties  or  agreements. 

3.  The  Indians  place  upon  the  Hills  a  value  far  beyond  any 
sum  that  could  possibly  be  considered  by  the 
Government. 

4.  The  Indians  are  hostile  to  the  presence  of  whites  on  the 
reservation,  and  they  believe  that  the  opening  of  the  hills 
to  the  whites  would  result  in  the  opening  of  the  whole 
reservation  and  their  final  expulsion,  which  belief  induces 
a  strong  minority  at  least  to  oppose  any  cession. 

5.  The  determination  of  the  part  of  persons  not  Indians  but 
having  great  influence  over  them,  that  no  negotiation 
shall  be  successful  that  does  not  involve  a  large  sum  annu- 
ally for  many  years,  and  in  case  of  present  failure  another 
commission  would  be  sent,  which  would  deal  liberally 
with  them.  ..." 

Hence  the  commission  concluded: 

7.    Provide  for  payment  to  the  Indians  of  a  sum  which  Con- 
gress shall  fix  as  a  fair  equivalent  for  the  Hills  taking  into 
account  all  the  circumstances  surrounding  them,  and  the 
value  of  the  Hills  to  the  United  States.  .  .  . 
The  plan  here  suggested,  or  some  other  to  be  adopted 
by  Congress,  should  be  presented  to  the  Indians  as  a  fin- 
ality, and  with  it  they  should  be  told  that  its  rejection  will 
have  the  effect  to  arrest  all  appropriations  for  their  subsistence 
in  the  future,  and  all  supplies  not  absolutely  required  by  the 
treaty  of  1868. 

The  commission  makes  these  suggestions  with  hesitation, 
the  more  so  because  it  will  require  patience  and  time  to  make 
the  experiment  a  success,  if  it  becomes  so.  The  commission 
has  felt  it  to  be  its  duty  to  state  the  facts  as  they  appear,  and 
has  ventured  to  suggest  remedies,  imperfect  though  they  may 
prove  to  be,  in  order  that  these  more  familiar  with  the  whole 
subject  may  combat  them,  and  suggest  others  more  effica- 


cious, if  these  should  not  stand  the  test  of  intelligent  and 
impartial  criticism.  It  is  no  easy  task  to  satisfactorily  solve 
the  problems  forced  upon  the  Government  by  the  location, 
necessities,  and  condition  of  these  Sioux  tribes;  but  they  have 
claims  upon  us  that  cannot  be  overlooked.  They  have  been 
pushed  back  from  the  east  by  the  advancing  tide  of  civiliza- 
tion until  it  meets  them  again  from  the  west.  Their  reserva- 
tion, extending  over  an  area  as  large  as  New  England,  is, 
for  the  most  part  unsuited  to  agriculture.  The  steady  extinc- 
tion of  game  is  cutting  them  off  from  the  only  means  of  sub- 
sistence of  which  they  have  any  knowledge.  They  are  now 
practically  helpless  without  the  fostering  care  of  the  Govern- 
ment. New  and  prosperous  States  have  been  added  to  the 
nation  from  the  territory  which  was  once  their  homes,  and 
but  for  our  people  the  region  thus  taken — no  matter  how — 
would  still  afford  them  subsistence,  precarious  and  uncer- 
tain it  may  be,  but  suited  to  their  wants  and  habits.  This 
sacrifice  has  brought  to  them  destitution  and  beggary;  to  our 
nation  wealth  and  power,  and  with  these  an  obligation  to 
make  good  to  them,  in  some  way,  the  loss  by  which  we  have 
so  largely  gained.  We  have  faith  that  this  obligation  will  be 
fairly  met  and  conscientiously  discharged  by  Congress,  and 
we  believe  that  it  should  be  submitted  to  that  body  for 
immediate  consideration  and  action. "' 
Negotiations  to  purchase  the  Black  Hills  and  popular 
demand  for  access  to  the  region  made  it  difficult  for  the 
army  to  prevent  violation  of  the  Treaty  of  1868.  General 
Sheridan  reported  that  the  military  in  the  Department  of 
Dakota  "had  the  double  duty  of  protecting  the  settlements 
from  the  raids  of  hostile  Indians,  and  the  Black  Hills  coun- 
try from  miners  attracted  there  by  real  or  imaginary 
mineral  wealth  in  the  soil."  He  recommended  "some 
action  which  will  setde  this  Black  Hill  question,  and  relieve 
us  from  an  exceedingly  disagreeable  and  embarrassing 
duty."^'    Lieutenant    Colonel    Richard    Irving   Dodge 
remarked: 

The  military  have  orders  to  arrest  and  send  out  under 
guard  every  man  found  in  the  HUls.  However  distasteful  such 
an  order  may  be,  it  is  obeyed,  of  course.  But  the  military 
have  no  power  of  detention  longer  than  the  arrival  of  the 
prisoner  at  the  nearest  military  post,  from  whence  it  is 
required  that  he  be  turned  over  to  the  civil  authorities. 

Curiously  enough,  that  respect  and  obedience  to  law 
and  orders,  which  is  so  marked  a  feature  of  our  military 
establishment,  seems  totally  wanting  in  the  "Civil 
Authorities."  The  prisoners,  violators  of  the  law,  turned  over 
to  them,  are  immediately  released,  without  even  bail  for 
future  good  behavior. 

An  interloping  miner  is  captured  by  the  troops,  sent  a 
prisoner  to  the  nearest  military  post,  and  from  thence  tur- 
ned over  to  the  civil  authorities.  Although  more  than  a  hun- 
dred men  have  thus  been  captured  and  sent  out,  no  one  has 
in  any  way  been  punished  or  even  detained  by  the  civil 
authority.  They  are  at  once  set  at  liberty,  and  immediately 
start  again  for  the  Hills. 

One  man  stated,  "I  have  been  captured  and  sent  out 
from  the  Hills  four  times,  besides  coming  out  voluntarily 
under  [General  George]  Crook's  proclamation.  I  give  the 
troops  more  trouble  in  catching  me  each  time,  and  I  guess 
I  can  stand  it  as  long  as  they  can."'^ 
The  Newton-Jenney  Expedition  was  escorted  by  400 
men  and  75  wagons.  It  left  Cheyenne  on  May  17,  1875, 
after  a  short  delay  because  the  necessary  orders  from  the 


44 


NEWTON-JENNEY 
EXPEDITION 

A  -  Expedition  leaves  Cheyenne  on  May 
17,  1875,  reaches  Fort  Laramie  on 
May  20,  and  crosses  Platte  on  May 
24. 

B  -  Reaches  Black  Hills  by  east  fork  of 
Beaver  on  June  3,  establishing  camp 
at  French  Creek  on  June  14. 

C  -  Finds  small  party  of  miners  in  old 
Gordon  Stockade. 

D  -  Explores  Spring  and"  Castle  Creeks 

E  -  Members  of  the  command  climb 
Harney  Peak. 

F  -  Party  leaves  French  Creek  on  June 
25  and  heads  north  to  Spring  and 
Rapid  Creeks. 

G  -  Jenney  goes  north  from  Rapid  Creek 
to  explore  region  drained  by  Box 
Elder  and  Elk  Creeks. 

H  -  Explores  extreme  northern  Hills 
drained  by  Spearfish  and  Bear  Butte 
Creeks. 

I  -    Party  explores  Bear  Lodge  country. 

J  -  Party  reconvenes  at  Rapid  Creek  and 
Cheyenne  River  on  September  22, 
preparatory  to  march  to  Fort 
Laramie  via  White  River  and  agen- 
cies of  Spotted  Tad  and  Red  Cloud. 
Reaches  Fort  Laramie  on  October 
22. 


|«»;«M 

HaDS  develooed  from  Parker  and  Froiland 


BLACK  HILLS,  Paha  Sapa,  1875 

1  Bear  Lodge  Mts.  (Devil's  Tower),  Mato  Tipi,  elev.  5117  ft. 

2  Bear  Butte,  Mato  Paha,  4422.  5     Crook's  Tower,   7140 

3  Inyan  Kara  Ml. ,  6374.  6     Custer's  Peak,  6804. 

4  Terry's  Peak,   7076.  7     Harney's  Peak,   7242. 


War  Department  had  not  been  issued.  It  arrived  at  Fort 
Laramie  on  May  20  and  crossed  the  Platte  River  on  the 
afternoon  of  May  24  meeting  a  military  escort  commanded 
by  Colonel  Dodge.  The  large  escort  was  necessary  because 
"the  attitude  of  the  Indians  on  the  penetration  of  this, 
the  most  cherished  spot  of  their  reservation,  could  not  be 
foretold,  and  it  was  known  that  they  had  been  not  a  little 
agitated  by  the  incursion  of  General  Custer  in  the  previous 
year  and  by  the  subsequent  visits  and  operations  of  the 
miners.  "^^ 

Newton's  concise  description  of  the  march  to  the  Black 
Hills  contrasts  with  flamboyant  accounts  by  other  par- 


ticipants of  mishaps  and  incidents.  Dr.  V.  T.  McGilly- 
cuddy,  a  topographer,  recalled  that  Colonel  Dodge's 
cocksure  guide,  Jose  Merrivale,  at  one  time  promised  "a 
nize  [sic]  easy  slope  to  the  foothills. "  Instead  the  command 
came  across  "a  precipice  rising  about  five  hundred  feet. 
A  worried  look  crossed  Jose's  face  but  remained  only  a 
moment  as  he  exclaimed:  'Jese  [sic]  Christ,  how  this  damn 
country  he  change  since  I  was  here  last!'  "  Dodge  then 
came  to  rely  upon  another,  California  Joe,  for  guidance.^* 
California  Joe's  record  of  scouting  was  not  spotless  either, 
however.  In  the  fall  of  1868,  he  had  served  as  Custer's 
chief  scout.  It  was  a  short-lived  term,  however,  as  Califor- 


45 


niajoe,  on  the  night  of  his  appointment,  filled  his  can- 
teen with  rotgut  whiskey  and  led  a  column  of  soldiers  out 
to  look  for  Indians.  In  a  mood  of  celebration,  he  drank 
steadily  until  his  unreined  mule  carried  him  rapidly  away 
from  his  column.  Suddenly,  the  troops  heard  bloodcurd- 
ling screams  from  a  short  distance.  In  their  preparation 
to  fight  the  attacking  Indians,  the  soldiers  discovered  that 
the  noise  had  come  from  California  Joe,  who  was  dead 
drunk  and  in  such  a  frenzy  to  fight  Indians  that  he  had 
to  be  bound  hand  and  foot  and  tied  to  his  mule  to  get 
him  back  to  camp.  The  incident  ended  California  Joe's 
reign  as  chief  scout,  but  he  did  remain  as  a  regular  scout 
and  apparently  was  one  of  Custer's  favorite  companions. 

Calamity  Jane  apparently  was  present  on  the  expedi- 
tion, disguised  as  a  soldier.  The  Yankton  Daily  Press  and 
Dakotaian  of  July  6,  1875  wrote  about  her  in  an  article 
headlined  "A  Strange  Creature. "^^ 

Jenney's  expedition  had  established  camp  at  four  spots 
in  the  Hills.  The  first,  on  June  14,  was  at  French  Creek, 
while  the  entire  area  of  the  Black  Hills  between  the  forks 
of  the  Cheyenne  had  been  explored.  This  area  included 
Spring  and  Castle  Creeks.  Moving  northward,  a  second 
camp  was  established  on  Rapid  Creek  below  the  forks. 
This  included  Box  Elder  Creek  and  Elk  Creek.  A  third 
camp  was  made  on  Bear  Butte  Creek  near  Terry  Peak. 
This  included  Spearfish  Creek.  The  fourth  stop  was  Inyan 
Kara  Creek  in  the  Bear  Lodge  country. ^^ 

Jenney  found  a  small  party  of  about  14  miners  near 
the  old  Gordon  Stockade  on  June  16  while  at  French 
Creek.  The  next  day,  he  sent  a  dispatch  to  Fort  Laramie 
stating  that  he  had  "discovered  gold  in  small  quantities 
on  the  north  bend  of  Castle  Creek."  He  further  states 
that  although  the  region  has  not  been  fully  explored, 
.  .  the  yield  of  gold  thus  far  has  been  quite  small  and  the 
reports  from  the  richness  of  the  gravel  bars  are  greatly 
exaggerated.  The  prospect  at  present  is  not  such  as  to  war- 
rant extended  operations  in  mining.^' 

While  exploring  the  French  Creek  District,  members 
of  the  command  made  the  first  ascent  to  the  summit  of 
Harney  Peak.  Jenney's  account  of  this  climb  to  the  top 
of  "a  prominent  peak  that  promises  most  to  be  Harney," 
is  certainly  worth  reading.  His  dramatic  account  of  the 
"painful  and  exhausting,  ascension  of  the  rugged  moun- 
tain peak"  is  humorously  "crowned  with  disappointment 
with  the  sight  of  Harney  still  in  the  far  distance."*^  On 
the  climb  evidence  of  Custer's  party  of  1874  was  found. 
A  mercurial  barometer  observed  on  the  top  of  the  peak 
gave  its  altitude  7,403  feet.  According  to  McGillycuddy, 
Jenney  was  the  first  white  man  to  stand  on  top  of  the 
mountain,  7,500  feet  high.  He  had  to  shinny  up  a  tree 
felled  into  a  creviced  rock  which  formed  a  10-foot  perpen- 
dicular wall.^^  From  a  mountain  near  Harney  Peak,  Col- 
onel Dodge  recalled  five  lightning  storms  occurring 
simultaneously  in  different  areas.  He  noted  injuries  to  two 
soldiers  and  a  boy  who  "took  refuge  under  a  tall  pine." 
The  lightning  flash,  striking  each  in  the  cheek  bone  and 

46 


Moses  E.  Milner,  "California  Joe"  at  leisure.  Two  years  after 
the  Custer  Expedition,  Milner  was  assassinated  at  Camp  Robin- 
son, Nebraska 

passing  through  their  bodies,  left  "a  hole  in  the  shoe-sole 
as  clean  and  round  as  if  made  by  a  bullet."^" 

Jenney  left  the  valley  of  French  Creek  on  June  25  and 
proceeded  north  to  the  valley  of  Spring  and  Rapid  Creeks, 
returning  on  July  8  to  French  Creek.  He  found  that  new 
discoveries  had  been  made.  In  Jenney's  absence,  in  one 
day,  miners  had  obtained  nearly  $27  (27  penny-weights 
of  gold).  But  a  rush  to  the  new  discoveries  at  Spring  and 
Castle  Creeks  left  the  French  Creek  area  untested  for 
thoroughness  and  richness,  consistency  and  regularity. '' 
The  expedition  then  moved  northward  from  Harney 
Peak  to  explore  the  Spring  Creek  district.  Jenney  sent  a 
dispatch  on  July  17,  1875,  to  Fort  Laramie  stating  that 
he  had  "discovered  gold  in  paying  quantities  in  gravel 
bars  on  both  Spring  and  Rapid  Creeks,  from  twenty  to 
thirty  miles  northeast  of  Harney  Peak.  The  deposits  are 
the  richest  yet  in  the  Hills. "^^ 

Gold  was  first  discovered  by  miners  on  Castle  Creek 
by  the  expedition  on  June  12.  By  middle  to  late  July,  Jen- 
ney "found  nearly  150  miners  camped  along  the  valley 
prospecting  Castle  Creek."  Jenney  noted  that  "the  Rapid 
Creek  district,  including  Castle  Creek,  is  destined  to  be 
one  of  the  most  productive  in  the  Black  HiUs."^^ 

According  to  Dodge,  "By  the  20th  of  July  the  Hills 
were  swarming  with  people.  At  least  six  hundred  men, 
evading  the  guards  set  around,  had  already  gained  access 
to  the  Hills,  and  were  engaged  in  prospecting  and  min- 
ing. .  .  .  "'*  General  George  Crook  issued  a  proclama- 
tion requiring  the  miners  to  leave,  voluntarily  requested, 
by  August  10.  A  miner's  meeting  was  held  on  August  10, 
prior  to  their  departure,  in  Custer  City.  Jenney  was  pre- 
sent. At  the  meeting,  miners  were  showing  off  evidence 
of  mining  success.  Part  of  Jenney's  account: 

Far  outnumbering  the  scanty  force  of  troops,  completely 
armed,  inured  to  all  the  hardships  and  dangers  of  the  fron- 
tier, they  would  have  been  no  despicable  enemy  to  encounter 
even  in  pitched  fight,  on  open  ground;  while,  dispersed  in 
the  almost  inaccessible  fastnesses  of  the  mountains,  they 
might  successfully  have  defied  or  evaded  all  the  troops  which 
might  have  been  sent  against  them;  yet  here  they  were, 
assembled  in  obedience  to  a  proclamation,  quiet  and  orderly, 
and  going  out  without  trouble  or  expense;  not  that  they 


wished  to  or  were  obliged  to,  but  simply  because  they  had 
been  kindly  notified  that  their  presence  in  the  Hills  was  viola- 
tion of  the  law. 

Never  have  I  seen  a  body  of  men  which  gave  me  a 
grander  idea  of  the  inherent  value  and  true  worth  of 
American  men,  and  American  institutions. 

On  the  evening  of  August  10th,  the  beautiful  valley  of 
French  Creek,  near  Custer  City,  was  picturesque  with 
miner's  camps.  At  sunrise  on  the  morning  of  the  11th,  not 
a  man  or  animal  was  to  be  seen.'^ 

While  Crook  was  finishing  his  task,  Professor  Jenney 
journeyed  north  from  Rapid  Creek  to  explore  the  region 
drained  by  Box  Elder  and  Elk  Creeks,  as  well  as  Spear- 
fish  and  Bear  Butte  Creeks,  which  drain  the  extreme 
northern  section  of  the  main  range  of  the  Black  Hills  as 
they  empty  into  the  Redwater  and  Belle  Fourche.  The 
Box  Elder  did  not  yield  gold  in  worthwhile  quantities;  nor 
did  Elk  Creek.96 

Jenney  did  not  explore,  except  for  map-making 
topographers,  the  triangle  formed  by  the  Whitewood  and 
Deadwood  Creeks.  He  just  missed  the  richest  square  mile 
of  gold  bearing  rock  and  gravel  yet  known  in  America, 
although  he  did  discover  gold  in  the  creeks  themselves. ^^ 
The  party  next  explored  the  Bear  Lodge  country,  appar- 
ently finding  only  a  small  trace  of  gold. ^^  Jenney  included 
in  his  report  a  legend  of  an  early  discovery  of  gold  in  the 
Black  Hills.  According  to  the  story,  Toussaint  Kensler, 
a  half-breed  Indian  and  convicted  murderer,  first 
discovered  gold  in  the  Black  Hills  in  either  Amphibious 
Creek  or  French  Creek,  probably  the  former,  while  a 
fugitive.  A  map  drawn  by  Kensler  compared  favorably 
to  that  of  Dr.  McGillycuddy,  expedition  topographer.'' 
The  quartz  samples  submitted  to  Mr.  D.  De  P. 
Rickettes  during  the  expedition  for  assay  contained  only 
small  amounts  of  gold.  Rickettes'  report: 

SCHOOL  OF  MINES,  COLUMBIA  COLLEGE 

New  York,  January  24,  1876. 

Certification  of  assay. 

Sir:  The  samples  of  ores  from  the  Black  Hills,  marked 

as  below,  submitted  to  me  for  examination,  contain  no  silver, 

but  gold  as  follows: 

Gold 

No.   1.  Jasper,  from  Jasper  Hill,  Box  Elder None 

No.  2.  Porphyry  ledge,  Warren  Peaks Trace 

No.  3.  Empress  lode.  Box  Elder Heavy  trace 

No.  4.  Great  Quartz  ledge.  Box  Elder None 

No.  5.  Lee  Anna  Lode,  Spring  Creek Trace 

No.  6.  Sullivan's  lode,  Castle  Creek Heavy  Trace 

No.  7.  Lode  on  Rapid  Creek Trace 

No.  8.  Iron  pyrites  from  Spring  Creek Trace 

No.  9.  Lode  on  Rapid  Creek — quartz Heavy  Trace 

No.  10.  Lode  on  Rapid  Creek — quartz Heavy  Trace 

No.  11.  Empress  lode,  Box  Elder — quartz None 

No.  12.  Lode  on  Rapid  Creek Trace 

The  amount  of  gold  found  in  each  case  was  too  small 
to  weigh,  although  the  charges  of  ore  were  large. 

Very  respectfully, 

P. DEP. RICKETTES, E.M. 
Walter  P.  Jenney,  E.  M. 
Geologist  Black  Hills  Expedition.""" 


Walter  Jenney 


47 


Deadwood,  South  Dakota,  the  rollicking  boom  tvnn  that  oaid 

Professor  Jenney  did  not  speak  highly  of  the  Black 
Hills  as  a  source  of  gold.  Colonel  Dodge  was  equally 
pessimistic.""  California  Joe  remarked:  "Well,  you  see, 
thar's  plenty  of  gold  here, — lots  of  it — but  the  trouble  is, 
it's  mixed  up  with  such  A  HELL  OF  A  SIGHT 
O'DIRT."'"^  Jenney's  exploration  actually  should  have 
affected  the  present  government  policy  very  little,  but  it 
instead  provided  an  additional  rationale  for  invalidating 
the  Fort  Laramie  Treaty  of  1868.'°' 

President  Grant  began  to  feel  the  tenseness  of  the 
situation: 

The  discovery  of  gold  in  the  Black  Hills,  a  portion  of 
the  Sioux  reservation,  has  had  the  effect  to  induce  a  large 
emigration  to  that  point.  Thus  far  the  effort  to  preserve  the 
treaty  rights  of  the  Indians  of  that  section  has  been  successful, 
but  the  next  year  will  witness  a  large  increase  of  such  emigra- 
tion. The  negotiations  for  the  relinquishment  of  the  gold 
lands  having  failed,  it  will  be  necessary  for  Congress  to  adopt 
some  measure  to  relieve  the  embarrassment  growing  out  of 
the  causes  named. 

The  Secretary  of  the  Interior  suggests  that  the  supplies 
now  appropriated  for  that  people,  being  no  longer  obligatory 
under  the  treaty  of  1868,  but  simply  a  gratuity,  may  be  issued 
or  withheld  at  his  discretion."" 
Hence,  the  following  treaty  was  successfully  negotiated 
in  September,  1876,  at  Red  Cloud  Agency: 

1st.  The  Indians  to  relinquish  all  right  and  claim  to  any 
country  outside  the  boundaries  of  the  permanent  reserva- 
tion, as  established  by  the  treaty  of  1868. 

2d.  To  relinquish  all  right  and  claim  to  so  much  of  that 
said  reservation  as  lies  west  of  the  103d  meridian  of  longitude. 


its  ixiittna  to  the  ixploratory  expeditions  oj  the  mid-1870s 


3d.  To  grant  right  of  way  over  the  permanent  reserva- 
tion to  that  point  thereof  which  lies  west  of  the  103d  meri- 
dian of  longitude,  for  wagon  and  other  roads,  from  conve- 
nient and  accessible  points  on  the  Missouri  river,  not  exceed- 
ing three  in  number. 

4th.  To  receive  all  such  supplies  as  are  provided  for  by 
said  act  and  said  treaty  of  1868,  at  such  points  and  places 
9n  their  said  reservation  and  in  the  vicinity  of  the  Missouri 
river,  as  the  President  may  designate. 

5th.  To  enter  into  such  agreement  or  arrangement  with 

the  President  of  the  United  States  as  shall  be  calculated  and 

designed  to  enable  said  Indians  to  become  self-supporting.'"^ 

In  effect,  it  gave  miners  clear  title  to  the  land  and  made 

the    Yankton  Daily  Press  and  Dakotaian  headline,    "Mr. 

Indian,  Take  a  Back  Seat,"  prophetic. 

The  ensuing  Black  Hills  gold  rush  brought  a  life  into 
the  region  that  was  perhaps  more  puzzling  to  the  white 
man  than  the  thunderstorms  around  Harney  Peak  were 
to  the  Sioux.  People  like  James  Butler  "Wild  Bill" 
Hickok,  "Calamity  Jane",  Martha  Cannary,  "Poker 
Alice"  Tubbs,  and  Reverend  Henry  Westen  "Preacher" 
Smith  made  the  area  into  a  legend. '°^  The  flood  of  gold- 
seekers  also  goaded  the  Sioux  Indians  into  war.  Led  by 
Sitting  Bull  and  Crazy  Horse,  and  joined  by  the 
Cheyenne,  the  Sioux  crushed  the  white  soldiers  at  Little 
Big  Horn  in  June  of  1876.  Ironically,  the  commander  of 
the  soldiers  was  Colonel  Custer.  The  victory  did  the 
Indians  little  good,  however,  as  General  Terry  later 
enveloped  the  Indians  in  the  Tongue  River  Valley  and 
forced  surrender  in  October,  1876. 


48 


1.  Watson  Parker,  Gold  in  the  Black  Hills.  (Norman:  University  of 
Oklahoma  Press,  1966),  pp.  6-7.  Jesse  Brown  and  A.  M. 
Willard,  The  Black  Hills  Trails.  (New  York:  Arno  Press,  1975), 
originally  published  by  the  Rapid  City  Journal  Company  in 
1924,  put  the  Verendrye  brothers  in  the  Black  Hills  on  January 
1,  1743. 

2.  Ibid.,  pp. 7-8. 

3.  Ibid.,  p. 8. 

4.  Ibid. 

5.  Ray  Allen  Billington,  Westward  Expansion.  (New  York:  Mac- 
millan  Publishing  Co.,  1974),  pp.  380-81;  Parker,  pp.  8-9; 
Brown  and  Willard,  p.  27. 

6.  Billington,  pp.  380,  384;  Parker,  pp.  9-10.  Sven  G.  Froiland, 
Natural  History  of  the  Black  Hills,  {hake  Mills,  Iowa:  Graphic 
Publishing  Co.,  1978),  pp.  47-48,  notes  that  Smith's  party  of 
12  included  Black  Harris  and  Bill  Sublette. 

7.  Parker,  p.  10. 

8.  Annie  D.  Tallent,  The  Black  Hills.  (St.  Louis:  Nixon-Jones  Prin- 
ting Co.,  1899),  pp.  9-11;  Parker,  pp.  10-11;  Brown  and 
Willard,  p.  29. 

9.  Parker,  pp.  10-12;  Tallent,  p.  11;  Brown  and  Willard,  p.  27. 

10.  Tallent,  p.  87. 

11.  Chicago  Inter-Ocean,  August  27,  1874.  (Cited  from  Donald 
Jackson,  Custer's  Gold.  New  Haven:  Yale  University  Press, 
1966),  p.  85. 

12.  Jackson,  p.  85. 

13.  Herbert  S.  Schell,  History  of  South  Dakota.  (Lincoln:  University 
of  Nebraska  Press,  1975),  pp.  88-89;  Jackson,  p.  7. 

14.  Portion  of  Article  H,  Treaty  of  April  29,  1868,  cited  from 
Jackson,  p.  128. 

1 5 .  Ironically,  although  the  Black  HiUs  were  part  of  the  land  reserved 
for  the  Indians  by  the  1868  treaty,  the  Indians  seldom  journeyed 
into  the  Hills  proper  due  to  superstitions  centered  around 
Harney  Peak  and  the  common  thunderstorms.  Parker,  p.  6; 
Henry  Newton  and  Walter  P.  Jenney,  Report  on  the  Geology  and 
Resources  of  the  Black  Hills  of  Dakota  with  Atlas.  (Washington,  D. 
C:  U.S.  Government  Printing  Office,  1881),  p.  311. 

16.  Sioux  City  Journal,  March  31  and  April  9,  1872,  cited  in  Jane 
Conard,  "Charles  Collins:  The  Sioux  City  Promotion  of  the 
Black  Hills,"  South  Dakota  History,  Spring,  1972,  pp.  131-170. 

17.  Sioux  City  Weekly  Times,  March  30,  1872,  cited  in  Conard,  p. 
140;  Tallent,  p.  8. 

18.  Schell,  pp.  125-126. 

19.  Parker,  pp.  22-23;  Tallent,  p.  8,  mentions  "Harnett  and 
Howard." 

20.  Sioux  City  Weekly  Times,  March  30,  1872. 

21.  Schell,  p.  126. 

22.  George  W.  Kingsbury,  History  of  Dakota  Territory,  cited  in  Parker, 
p.  13. 

23.  Jackson,  p.  14. 

24.  Philip  H.  Sheridan,  Record  of  Engagements  with  Hostile  Indians  within 
the  Military  Division  of  the  Missouri,  from  1868  to  1882,  cited  in 
James  D.  McLaird  and  Lesta  V.  Turchen,  "Colonel  William 
Ludlow  and  the  Custer  Expedition,  1874,"  South  Dakota  History, 
Summer,  1974,  pp.  283-284;  Jackson,  p.  14. 

25.  William  Ludlow,  Report  of  a  Reconnaissance  of  the  Black  Hills  of 
Dakota,  made  in  the  Summer  of  1874,  cited  in  McLaird  and  Tur- 
chen, p.  285;  Tallent,  pp.  13-14. 

26.  Chicago  Inter-Ocean,  July  27,  1874,  cited  in  Jackson,  pp.  23-24. 

27.  Sherman's  endorsement  on  a  copy  of  Terry's  letter,  June  9, 
1874,  Adjutant  General's  Office,  Letters  Received,  2275,  National  Ar- 
chives, cited  in  Jackson,  p.  24. 

28.  St.  Paul  Pioneer,  June  26,  1874;  letter  to  actor  Lawrence  Bar- 
rett, May  1,  1874,  Library  of  Congress,  cited  in  Lawrence  A. 
Frost,  With  Custer  in  '7^.  (Provo:  Brigham  Young  University 
Press,  1979),  p.  131. 

29.  Bismarck  Tribune,    September  1,  1874,  cited  in  Frost,  p.  130. 


30.  Schell,  p.  128;  Parker,  p.  24;  Tallent,  p.  13.  Calhoun  mentions 
three  "Gatling  guns"  and  one  "Rodman  rifle  gun." 

31.  Schell,  p.   128;  Parker,  p.  24. 

32.  Parker,  p.  24.  The  cartridge  was  later  found  by  Troy  L.  Parker 
of  Hill  City,  South  Dakota,  in  the  1930s.  The  message  had 
vanished,  however. 

33.  Ludlow,  pp.  12-14;  Jackson,  pp.  83-84. 

34.  Journal  of  Private  Theodore  Ewert,  July  2  to  August  30,  1874,  pp. 
37-8  (cited  from  Jackson,  p.  84).  Ewert  records  "Tempany" 
as  "Tenpenny."  Parker  tells  us  that  at  least  one  more  enlisted 
man's  journal  has  survived.  It  is  that  of  Private  William  Zahn 
of  Company  G.  Zahn's  diary  is  more  of  a  "perfunctory  record" 
of  the  expedition  than  is  Ewert's.  Ewert's  diary  is  privately 
owned  by  Melma  Huckeby  Ewert  of  Jacksonville,  Illinois. 
Zahn's  diary  is  held  by  the  North  Dakota  Historical  Society. 
The  official  daily  log  of  the  expedition  was  recorded  by  First 
Lieutenant  James  Calhoun.  This  journal  is  today  bound  as  With 
Custer  in  '74,  edited  by  Lawrence  A.  Frost.  Although  Calhoun 
was  Custer's  expedition  adjutant  in  charge  of  all  official  cor- 
respondence and  the  daily  log,  Calhoun  found  it  appropriate 
to  add  observations  and  comments  of  his  own.  Calhoun  later 
married  Custer's  sister  Margaret.  His  journal  was  originally 
preserved  by  Mrs.  Custer.  It  is  presently  owned  by  Colonel 
George  Armstrong  Custer  III  (U.S.  Army,  retired). 

35.  Tallent,  p.   15. 

36.  Journal  of  First  Lieutenant  James  Calhoun. 

37.  George  Bird  Grinnell,  "Zoological  Report,"  cited  in  Ludlow, 
p.   100;  McLaird  and  Turchen,  p.  297. 

38.  A.  B.  Donaldson,  "The  Black  Hills  Expedition,"  South  Dakota 
Historical  Collections,  Vol.  7,  p.  564. 

39.  Custer's  Order  and  Dispatch  Book,  August  2, 1974,  p.  34  (cited  from 
McLaird  and  Turchen,  "Custer,"  pp.  296-97).  It  also  appears 
in  "Opening  the  Black  Hills,  Custer's  Report, "^ouM  Dakota 
Historical  Collections,  Vol.  7,  pp.  583-91. 

40.  Schell,  p.  128. 

41 .  Ibid.  Parker,  p.  25,  implies  that  Ross  alone  made  this  find,  and 
that  McKay  first  accompanied  him  on  August  2.  He  also  men- 
tions the  claim  of  an  Indian  scout.  Red  Angry  Bear,  to  be  the 
first  member  of  the  expedition  to  discover  gold.  According  to 
Brown  and  Willard,  pp.  38-39,  Ross  is  given  the  honor  of  the 
discovery  apparently  because  he  oudived  his  companion  McKay, 
and  therefore  was  the  last  to  claim  the  honor!  Also,  Ross  himself 
fixes  July  27  as  the  date  of  discovery,  although  this  is  evidently 
in  error  if  gold  was  discovered  on  French  Creek.  If,  however, 
gold  was  discovered  on  a  tributary  of  Castle  Creek,  Gold  Run 
Creek,  as  McKay  asserted,  then  the  correct  date  would  be  July 
27.  The  failure  of  the  expedition  reports  to  note  this  place  and 
date  may  be  due  to  the  disposition  of  Professor  N.  H.  Winchell. 

42.  Parker,  p.  26. 

43.  Curiously,  Calhoun's  journal  does  not  mention  the  advertise- 
ment. Reynolds'  Diary  is  held  by  the  Minnesota  Historical 
Society. 

44.  Reynolds  arrived  back  at  Fort  Lincoln  on  August  16.  Eleven 
days  later,  Custer  returned  from  the  Black  Hills.  Only  then  did 
Custer  know  that  his  courier  had  survived  the  ride  to  Fort 
Laramie.  Reynolds  was  later  killed  with  Major  Marcus  Reno's 
forces  at  the  Battle  of  the  Little  Bighorn.  Mrs.  Custer,  pp. 
240-41,  also  provides  an  account  of  Reynolds'  flight.  Jackson, 
p.  88,  seems  to  think  that  perhaps  she  has  aided  in  creating  the 
almost  legendary  account  of  the  event.  Other  key  sources  for 
Reynolds  are  John  S.  Gray,  "News  from  Paradise:  Charley 
Reynolds  Rides  from  the  Black  Hills  to  Fort  Laramie,"  Journal 
of  American  Military  History,  Vol.  3,  No.  3,  1978,  and  "Last  Rites 
for  Lonesome  Charley  Reynolds,"  Montana,  the  Magazine  of 
Western  History,  Summer,  1963;  John  E.  and  George  J. 
Remsburg,  Charley  Reynolds  (H.  M.  Sender,  1931). 

45.  Bismarck   Tribune,    August    12,    1874;    Yankton  Daily  Press  and 

49 


Dakotaian,  August  13,  1874,  cited  in  Jackson,  p.  89.  The  Sioux 
City  interview  was  reported  by  the  Bismarck  Tribune,  August  19, 
1874. 

46.  Custer,  "Preliminary  Report,"  September  8,  1874,  cited  in 
McLaird  and  Turchen,  pp.  315-316. 

47.  Parker,  p.  26. 

48.  Custer,  "Preliminary  Report,"  cited  in  McLaird  and  Turchen, 
p.  318. 

49.  Parker,  p.  27.  Parker  notes  that  Hinman  explored  the  drier, 
southern  Hills,  rather  than  the  more  fertile  northern  and  cen- 
tral sections  that  Custer  explored.  Further,  Hinman  set  out  to 
find  them  undesirable  whereas  Custer  hoped  to  find  them 
pleasant. 

50.  Tallent,  p.  4,  talks  of  "several  expeditions  sent  to  this  Western 
country  for  the  purpose  of  exploration  of  subduing  the  hostilities 
of  the  Indian,"  such  as  the  1855  expedition  of  General  William 
S.  Harney,  prior  to  the  Western  Expedition,  "the  first  military 
and  scientific  expedition  sent  out  for  the  purpose  of  exploration." 

51.  Brown  and  Willard,  p.  28.  Tallent,  p.  4,  has  Warren  exploring 
the  Hills  a  year  earlier  (1856)  than  does  Brown  and  Willard. 

52.  Parker,  pp.   15-16. 

53.  Schell,  pp.  68-69. 

54.  Parker,  pp.  16-17.  "Raynolds"  is  "Reynolds"  in  Tallent,  p.  5. 

55.  "The  Black  Hills  Eldorado,"  Cheyenne  Daily  Leader,  January  12, 
1875. 

56.  McLaird  and  Turchen,  "The  Explorations  of  Captain  William 
Franklin  Raynolds,  1859-1860,"  South  Dakota  History,  Winter 
1974,  pp.   19-62. 

57.  Report  of  Brevet  Brigadier  General  W.  F.  Raynolds  on  the  Ex- 
ploration of  the  Yellowstone  and  the  Country  Drained  by  that 
River,  cited  in  McLaird  and  Turchen,  "Raynolds,"  p.  60. 

58.  Parker's  rendezvous  spot,  "on  the  Belle  Fourche,  about  40  miles 
north  of  Devil's  Tower,"  is  an  impossibility.  The  Belle  Four- 
che extends  only  about  32  miles  north  of  the  Bear  Lodge  Moun- 
tains. Perhaps  it  is  better  said  that  the  rendezvous  was  40  miles 
from  Devil's  Tower  on  the  Belle  Fourche.  Too,  perhaps  the  Belle 
Fourche  has  changed  its  course  in  the  past  century. 

59.  Parker,  pp.  17-18. 

60.  Parker,  p.  29;  Conard,  p.  145.  Sheridan  further  stated  that  if 
Congress  acted  to  open  the  Black  Hills  by  extinguishing  the 
treaty  rights  of  the  Indian,  the  army  would  then  give  "cordial 
support  to  the  settlement  of  the  Black  Hills."  Senate  Exec.  Doc. 
No.  2  contains  much  of  the  army  correspondence  relative  to 
removing  miners  from  the  Hills. 

61.  Conard,  p.   149. 

62.  Parker,  p.  30;  Tallent,  p.  22.  Tallent  mentions  later  that  the 
cattle  "were  neither  fat  nor  sleek,  and  not  in  the  least  bit  frisky 
at  the  end  of  the  journey." 

63.  Tallent,  pp.  22-23. 

64.  Ibid.,  p.  19. 

65.  Ibid.,  p.  23-24. 

66.  Ibid.,  p.  25. 

67.  Ibid.,  pp.  40-55. 

68.  Watson  Parker,  "The  Report  of  Captain  John  Mix  of  a  Scout 
to  the  Black  Hills,  March- April,  1875,"  South  Dakota  History, 
Fall,  1977,  pp.  385-401,394. 

69.  Tallent,  pp.  72-74. 

70.  Parker,  "Gold,"  p.  33. 

71.  "Report  of  Captain  John  Mix  to  the  Post-Adjustant,  Fort 
Laramie,  Wyoming  Territory,  April  19,  1875,"  cited  in  Parker, 
"Gold,"  pp.  35-36.  Parker  notes  that  the  date  of  Mix's  discovery 
of  the  Gordon  Stockade  is  recorded  by  Tallent  as  well  as  by  Aken 
in  Pioneers  of  the  Black  Hills  as  the  fourth,  and  by  Mix  as  the  sixth. 
Similarly,  Tallent  and  Aken  recorded  the  departure  date  as  the 
seventh,  while  Mix  records  it  as  the  tenth.  It  is  difficult  to  believe 
that  Mix  would  make  a  mistake  on  such  a  matter  of  importance 
to  his  superiors. 

ilL 


72.  Sioux  City  Weekly  Times,  May  1,  1875,  cited  in  Conard,  p.  149; 
Tallent,  pp.  86-95. 

73.  Parker,  "Gold,"  p.  37.  According  to  Parker,  p.  23,  much  of 
Mrs.  Tallent's  book  is  taken  from  Rosen's  Pa-Ha-Sa-Pah  and 
A.  T.  Andreas's  Andreas's  Historical  Atlas  oj Dakota. 

74.  Ibid. 

75.  Conard,  p.  149. 

76.  Parker,  "Gold,"  p.  37. 

77.  Newton  and  Jenney,  p.  xi;  Parker,  "Gold,"  p.  63. 

78.  Yankton  Daily  Press  and  Dakotaian,  June  23  and  July  2,  1875; 
Bismarck  Tribune,  June  30,  July  7,  and  July  21,  1875. 

79.  Report  of  the  Commission  Appointed  to  Treat  with  the  Sioux 
Indians  for  the  Relinquishment  of  the  Black  Hills,  p.  18,  cited 
in  McLaird  and  Turchen,  "The  Scientists'  Search  for  Gold," 
South  Dakota  History,  Fall,  1974,  pp.  404-438,  406. 

80.  Ibid,  pp.   18-19, 

81 .  Record  of  Engagements  with  Hostile  Indians  within  the  Military  Divi- 
sion of  the  Missouri,  from  1868  to  1882,  p.  54,  cited  in  McLaird 
and  Turchen,  "Scientists,"  p.  407. 

82.  Richard  Irving  Dodge,  The  Black  Hills .  (Minneapolis;  Ross  and 
Haines,  Inc.,  1965),  p.   111. 

83.  Ibid,  p.  113. 

84.  Julia  B.  McGillycuddy,  McGillycuddy ,  Agent,  cited  in  McLaird 
and  Turchen,  "Scientists,"  p.  412.  Jose  Merrivale  was  also 
known  as  Joe  Merivale,  Yankton  Daily  Press  and  Dakotaian,  July 
16,  1875.  Other  accounts  of  the  incident  refer  to  the  guide 
California  Joe  (Moses  Milner),  a  special  guide  with  the  engineer- 
ing department  hired  by  Professor  Jenney,  but  it  was  Merrivale 
that  made  the  blunder. 

85.  McLaird  and  Turchen,  "Scientists,"  p.  414,  note  that  Harry 
Young  in  Hard  Knocks:  A  Life  Story  of  the  Vanishing  West,  and 
McGillycuddy  are  major  sources  of  Calamity  Jane's  experiences 
with  the  expedition.  Roberta  Beed  Sollid  doubts  that  Calamity 
Jane  made  the  trip.  Calamity  Jane:  A  Study  in  Historical  Criticism. 
J.  Leonard  Jennewein  believed  it  a  fact  that  Calamity  Jane  was 
present.  Calamity  Jane  of  the  Westen  Trails.  Sollid,  p.  8,  suggests 
that  the  newspaper  article  proves  that  a  "Calamity  Jane" 
accompanied  the  expedition,  but  the  possibility  remains  that  she 
was  not  the  Calamity  Jane. 

86.  Newton  and  Jenney,  pp.  20-35. 

87.  McLaird  and  Turchen,  "Scientists,"  pp.  416-417. 

88.  Newton  and  Jenney,  pp.  67-68. 

89.  McGillicuddy,  p.  39,  cited  in  McLaird  and  Turchen,  "Scien- 
tists," p.  421. 

90.  Dodge,  pp.  60-61. 

91.  Newton  and  Jenney,  pp.  229-238. 

92.  McLaird  and  Turchen,  "Scientists,"  p.  424. 

93.  Newton  and  Jenney,  pp.  264-272. 

94.  Dodge,  p.  112. 

95.  Ibid,  p.  113. 

96.  Newton  and  Jenney,  pp.  272-282. 

97.  McLaird  and  Turchen,  "Scientists,"  p.  430. 

98.  Newton  and  Jenney,  pp.  283-289. 

99.  Ibid,  pp.  292-293. 

100.  Ibid,  p.  294. 

101.  Parker,  "Gold,"  p.  65. 

102.  Bismarck  Tribune,  June  21,  1875. 

103.  McLaird  and  Turchen,  "Scientists,"  p.  436. 

104.  Tallent,  p.  132. 

105.  Ibid.,  pp.  132-133. 

106.  Ray  Allen  Billington,  Westward  Expansion.  (New  York;  Mac- 
millan  Publishing  Co.,  1974),  p.  545,  prefers  to  call  these  indi- 
viduals "human  scum"  and  "psychopathic  extroverts."  Perhaps 
it  is  true  that  they  were  liars,  brawlers,  and  beer  guzzlers,  but 
as  a  spirit  of  the  times  they  nevertheless  represent  legends 
perhaps  no  more  extreme  that  the  legends  more  recent  times 
will  someday  reveal. 


Governor  Kendnck's  uiaugural,  State  Capitol  steps,  January  4,   1915. 


John  B*  Kendrick, 

Cowpoke  to  Senator 

18794917 


By  Eugene  T.  Carroll 


(John  B.  Kendrick  was  governor  of  Wyoming  from  1915  to 
1917  when  he  resigned  as  a  result  of  his  election  to  the  U.  S.  Senate. 
He  represented  Wyoming  in  the  Senate  until  his  death  on  November 
3,  1933.  This  article  by  Eugene  T.  Carroll  follows  Kendrick's 
life  from  his  birth  in  Texas  to  his  Senate  election.) 

John  Benjamin  Kendrick's  ethnic  heritage  was  either 
Welsh  or  English,  and  the  name,  with  innumerable  spell- 
ings through  the  centuries,  meant  "rich  in  heritage."  The 
Kendrick  family  in  England  and  America  was  known  for 
its  great  moral  and  physical  leadership  and  bold  adven- 
turous spirit.  One  of  the  eighteenth  century  Kendricks, 
who  also  shared  the  name  of  Benjamin,  was  an  explorer 
given  credit  for  naming  both  the  Columbia  River  and  the 
shores  of  what  is  now  the  state  of  Washington.  Another 
Kendrick,  William,  married  Sarah  Jones,  first  cousin  of 
Martha  Washington.' 

The  Kendrick  families  settled  extensively  on  the 
eastern  coast  from  Massachusetts  to  Virginia  and  Georgia. 
The  Georgian  Kendricks,  John  Benjamin's  immediate 
ancestors,  were  evidently  prosperous  pre-Civil  War  plan- 
tation owners.  Issac,  John's  grandfather,  however, 
migrated  from  Georgia  in  1842  to  Texas  and  settled  just 
beyond  the  Sabine  River.  John  Harvey,  the  father  of  the 
future  Wyoming  rancher  and  politician,  also  moved  in 


51 


1847  to  Cherokee  County  about  50  miles  northwest  of  the 
Sabine.  His  second  wife,  Anna  Maye,  was  an  Irish 
Catholic  who  had  been  in  this  country  just  about  a  year. 
She  gave  birth  to  two  children,  John  Benjamin,  born  on 
September  6,  1857,  and  Rosa  Maye  in  1859;  the  children's 
father  died  in  1860,  the  mother  in  1863. 

The  children,  now  orphans,  lived  briefly  with  one  of 
their  uncles  and  his  wife  until  his  step-sister,  Mary  Jane, 
and  her  husband,  Tom  Reavis,  adopted  them  into  their 
own  family.  Reavis,  a  Confederate  veteran,  moved  his 
family  to  a  new  home  in  Williamson  County,  about  sixty 
miles  north  of  Austin.  Kendrick  lived  with  the  Reavis 
family  for  about  eleven  years. ^ 

The  Reavis  family  was  the  only  family  group  that  John 
Benjamin  ever  knew.  When  Tom  Reavis  was  close  to 
death  in  1915,  Kendrick,  then  governor,  visited  his  Texas 
relatives  in  April  of  that  year.  In  a  June  letter,  he  described 
his  trip  and  his  relationship  to  Tom,  "I  shall  always  be 
glad  I  made  the  trip... perhaps  the  last  opportunity  to  visit 
with  one  of  the  best  men  I  ever  knew."  He  could  never 
underestimate  the  influence  that  Tom  had  had  on  his  life.^ 

In  1879  Kendrick  took  a  job  as  a  trail  herder  for  cat- 
tle heading  for  the  grasslands  of  Wyoming.  Texas  cat- 
tlemen, unable  to  move  their  cattle  directly  to  midwestern 
markets,  drove  them  northward  through  Wyoming  and 
Montana  where  there  was  sufficient  grassland  and  rail  con- 
nections to  eastern  markets.  Kendrick  joined  the  cattle 
drive  of  Charles  Wulfgen  and  Dudley  and  John  Snyder. 
Wulfgen  and  his  half-brothers  headquartered  in  Cheyenne 
and  became  known  as  the  largest  importers  of  Texas  cat- 
tle into  the  Wyoming  territory.* 

The  drive  took  five  months  to  trail  the  1,500  miles 
and  young  Kendrick  suffered  physically  from  the  toil  of 
working  continuously  with  the  large  herd.  When  he  did 
recuperate,  Wulfgen  appointed  him  "pilot "for  the  cook 
wagon  where  he  not  only  led  the  wagon,  but  shot  game, 
gathered  firewood  and  generally  helped  the  cook.^ 

In  June  of  1882,  Kendrick,  who  was  25  and  con- 
sidered honest  by  stockmen  and  cowboys  alike,  was  offered 
a  full  time  job  by  the  Wyoming  Stock  Grower's  Associa- 
tion as  a  stock  inspector  at  Deadwood.  The  job  paid  a 
handsome  $150  a  month  and  demanded  responsibility 
from  the  person  who  assumed  it.  Kendrick  initially 
accepted  the  job  but  then  declined,  for  he  had  other  ideas 
for  his  own  advancement.^ 

During  the  early  years  of  the  1880s,  the  catde  industry 
expanded  heavOy  from  eastern  and  foreign  investors.  Dur- 
ing the  first  winter  of  that  decade,  Amasa  R.  Converse, 
president  of  the  First  National  Bank  of  Cheyenne,  along 
with  H.  S.  Manville  and  Joseph  Peck  organized  the  Con- 
verse Cattle  Company.  William  C.  Irvine  of  Nebraska, 
who  was  later  to  become  one  of  Kendrick 's  closest  friends, 
provided  a  good  portion  of  the  firm's  cattle.  Wulfgen  and 
Kendrick,  the  latter  with  his  own  small  herd  of  cattle  now, 
sold  their  herds  to  Converse  and  returned  to  Texas.  Mrs. 
Wulfgen,  who  was  not  well,  visited  with  doctors  in  Austin, 

52 


while  her  husband  planned  to  buy  another  herd  to  trafl 
northward  again  in  the  spring  of  1884.  Kendrick's  where- 
abouts are  not  known  in  these  years,  although  he  did  visit 
his  family  in  Texas  and  worked  again  for  Wulfgen  in 
Wyoming  in  1885.' 

Kendrick,  sometime  in  1885,  took  active  charge  of 
the  "77  cattle  group,"  organized  by  the  Hord  brothers 
and  Thomas  B.  Adams.  These  men,  later  incorporated 
as  the  Lance  Creek  Company,  left  the  active  management 
to  Kendrick  while  they  scoured  the  eastern  banking  centers 
for  badly  needed  investor's  help.  Kendrick  sold  the  com- 
pany some  of  his  catde,  and  received,  in  return,  100  shares 
of  common  stock.  Now  as  part  owner  of  the  company, 
he  assumed  more  and  more  of  the  managerial  responsi- 
bility. •* 

The  winter  of  1886-1887  has  been  termed  one  of  the 
worst  disasters  in  late  ninteenth  century  Western  America. 
In  Wyoming  alone,  at  least  15  percent  of  the  cattle  died, 
and  with  the  loss  of  weight  from  lack  of  forage,  the  cattle 
lost  at  least  30  percent  of  their  value.  Furthermore,  cat- 
tlemen suffered  from  a  declining  market.  Since  Kendrick 
was  so  much  aware  of  range  conditions,  he  urged  his  part- 
ners to  gain  legal  title  to  their  grazing  land.  He  was  given 
the  job  of  selecting  land  and  filing  claims  which  he  seemed 
to  do  more  than  adequately  despite  the  fact  that  he  had 
no  legal  background.^  In  late  fall  of  1887  Kendrick  left 
the  Lance  Creek  Company  to  rejoin  the  Converse  Com- 
pany as  their  general  superintendent.  Again  he  was  given 
wide  managerial  duties;  selecting  crews,  keeping  books 
and  moving  the  cattle  to  new  ranges  in  southern  Mon- 
tana and  north-central  Wyoming. 

Sheridan,  the  largest  city  in  this  region,  became  tem- 
porary headquarters  for  Kendrick  and  his  crews.  Ken- 
drick soon  recognized  Sheridan  as  a  potential  investment 
opportunity.  He  and  a  business  friend,  A.  S.  Burrows, 
formed  a  second  bank  in  the  city  in  1890.  Kendrick  con- 
tributed the  capital  he  had  managed  to  save  or  borrow, 
while  his  friend  supplied  the  managerial  "know-how. "'° 

By  1902  Kendrick  had  been  married  about  ten  years. 
Eula  Wulfgen,  the  daughter  of  Charles  Wulfgen,  Ken- 
drick's first  boss,  was  only  18  years  old  when  she  mar- 
ried, while  her  husband  was  15  years  her  senior.  The  Ken- 
dricks  lived  on  the  OW  Ranch  in  south-central  Montana 
for  17  years  until  their  two  children,  Manville  and  Rosa- 
Maye  were  old  enough  to  start  school  in  Sheridan." 

By  1910  Kendrick  had  become  one  of  the  most  pros- 
perous men  in  Sheridan  County.  He  had  invested  wisely 
in  ranching  and  business  lands,  and  at  53  years  of  age, 
could  turn  easily  from  ranching  and  cattle  to  county 
politics.  A  life-long  Democrat,  Kendrick  first  became 
interested  in  politics  from  local  participation  in  the  activ- 
ities of  the  Wyoming  Stock  Growers  Association.  The 
county  Democratic  committee,  knowing  of  this  interest, 
persuaded  him  to  run  for  state  senator  from  Sheridan 
County.  The  Democrats  in  state  convention  nominated 
former  Republican  Senator  Joseph  M.  Carey  as  their  can- 


AMH  DEPARTMENT  PHOTOGRAPHS 


Kendnck  named  his  Sheridan  mansion  "Trail 
End.  "  The  interior  featured  dark  mahogany  wood- 
work shipped  from  Grand  Rapids,  Michigan,  in 
36  railroad  cars.  The  tile  and  marble  was  made 
to  order  in  Omaha,  Nebraska,  and  the  ceilings 
and  walls  not  covered  by  panelling  were  covered 
with  canvas  and  handpainted  by  a  New  York  ar- 
tist. Eula  Kendnck  (left),  the  daughter  of  one- 
time Kendrick  employer  Charles  Wulfgen,  was 
18  when  she  married  the  future  Wyoming  gover- 
nor and  senator.  She  is  pictured  in  the  Wyoming 
governor 's  mansion  at  the  time  she  was  the  state 's 
'first  lady.  "  Both  Trail  End  and  the  Historic 
Governor's  Mansion  are  now  state  historic  sites. 


53 


didate  for  governor.  Carey  ran  on  a  Progressive- 
Democratic  ticket  as  a  reform  candidate  who  may  have 
wanted  to  destroy  the  Repubhcan  Party. '^  Kendrick  and 
Carey  both  won  their  offices  although  the  Republicans 
were  able  to  reorganize  the  state  House  and  Senate  and 
re-elect  Clarence  Clark  to  the  Senate. 

During  the  1911  legislature  very  few  bills  were  passed. 
But  Kendrick  as  a  neophyte  legislator  profited  from  his 
inherited  ability  to  compromise,  his  promises  of  financial 
help,  and  his  ever- widening  circle  of  friends.  Two  influ- 
ential friends  were  J.  Ross  Carpenter  of  Cheyenne  and 
Leslie  A.  Miller  of  Laramie.  Carpenter,  the  owner  of  a 
real  estate  company,  was  the  philosophic  mentor  for  the 
state's  Democrats,  and  because  he  considered  politics  as 
a  crusade,  he  attracted  many  from  the  progressive  wing 
of  the  party. 

In  an  era  when  the  average  voter  was  so  dependent 
on  the  newspaper  for  information.  Carpenter  persuaded 
Kendrick  to  invest  $5,700  in  the  Cheyenne  State  Leader,  a 
paper  that  was  going  to  be  sold  to  the  highest  bidder 
regardless  of  party.  However,  Carpenter,  who  also 
invested  $5,700  in  the  paper,  was  not  as  candid  about  the 
financial  condition  of  the  paper  with  Kendrick  as  he  should 
have  been.  Kendrick  lost  between  $7,000  and  $10,000  in 
helping  Carpenter  keep  the  paper  afloat." 

Carpenter  envisioned  the  Leader  as  a  Democratic  voice 
aimed  at  stockmen  and  ranchers  who  were  generally 
Republican  in  their  philosophies  and  votes.  In  his  cor- 
respondence with  Kendrick  in  the  summer  of  1911, 
Carpenter  implied  that  the  Sheridan  Democrat  should 
seriously  consider  running  against  Senator  Warren  in 
1912.  Kendrick  responded  positively,  and  by  October  of 
that  year,  had  purchased  the  controlling  voice  in  another 
newspaper,  the  Sheridan  Enterprise.  He  and  Carpenter  met 
secretly  to  plan  a  Senate  campaign.  Carpenter  enthusi- 
astically endorsed  the  Kendrick  move  and  more  than  likely 
the  financial  aid  to  the  party  coffers.  Carpenter  wrote, 
"We  realize  that  your  wealth  wUl  be  of  immense  aid...  yet 
I  would  personally  be  as  zealous  in  my  support  were  your 
means  only  limited."'^ 

Leslie  A.  Miller,  later  governor  of  Wyoming,  who 
served  in  the  House  in  1911,  was  on  the  staff  of  the  Laramie 
Boomerang.  Kendrick  hired  Miller  to  investigate  the  War- 
ren Livestock  Company  as  well  as  alleged  reports  on 
abuses  on  the  senator's  sheep  ranches.  Miller  was  so  bit- 
ter and  totally  partisan  in  his  anti-Warren  editorials  that 
Kendrick,  while  condoning  the  attacks,  urged  Miller  to 
be  more  charitable.'^ 

The  Wyoming  Stock  Growers  Association  played  a 
definitive  part  in  Kendrick's  political  and  social  life.  The 
Association  was  also  a  political  instrument  in  the  senatorial 
career  of  Warren.  WQliam  C.  Irvine,  who  considered  both 
Warren  and  Kendrick  personal  friends,  tried  to  persuade 
the  latter  from  seeking  Warren's  seat  in  1912.  Irvine  was 
the  long-time  president  of  the  W.S.G.A.,  and  in  order 
to  prevent  the  expected  Kendrick  entry,  he  offered  the 

54 


Sheridan  Democrat  the  presidency  at  the  next  state  con- 
vention. Kendrick  was  pleased  with  the  offer  but  remained 
non-committal.'^  Kendrick  was  elected  vice-president  at 
the  state  convention  in  the  spring  of  191 1 .  His  invitation 
to  hold  the  next  meeting  in  Sheridan  was  accepted,  and 
there,  he  was  elected  president  while  Irvine  was  named 
executive  secretary.  Kendrick,  remembering  the  impact 
of  the  Carey  name  on  Wyoming  voters,  then  selected 
Robert  D.  Carey  as  his  vice-president. 

In  May  of  1912  the  Democrats  met  to  choose  can- 
didates for  state  offices.  Kendrick  remained  in  the  wings. 
The  platform  endorsed  regulation  of  corporations  and  a 
federal  income  tax,  but  oddly  enough,  did  not  mention 
the  popular  election  of  United  States  senators.  The  Wyo- 
ming delegation  to  the  national  convention  in  Baltimore 
in  July  endorsed  Congressman  Champ  Clark  of  Missouri 
for  the  presidential  nomination.  Kendrick  was  an  unof- 
ficial observer  at  the  national  convention,  and  after  the 
convention  nominated  Woodrow  Wilson,  Kendrick 
returned  to  Wyoming  and  announced  his  own  candi- 
dacy." 

In  the  August  20  primary,  Kendrick  found  himself 
unopposed;  Thomas  P.  Fahey  of  Cheyenne,  a  labor  jour- 
nal editor,  won  the  nomination  for  Congress.  Kendrick 
had  hoped  that  an  insurgent  Republican  would  run  with 
him  in  order  to  present  a  balanced  slate  of  candidates. 
Roy  Montgomery,  a  Gillette  hotel  proprietor,  a  stockman 
and  a  close  friend  of  Kendrick's,  handled  the  campaign 
in  northeastern  Wyoming.  Montgomery  persuaded  Ken- 
drick to  contribute  $1,000  to  set  up  a  newspaper  in  Sun- 
dance. While  the  financial  arrangement  remained  secret, 
Kendrick  feared  exposure  from  Republicans  would 
publicize  him  as  "an  owner  of  a  long  string  of  Democratic 
papers."'* 

The  general  campaign  of  1912  was  issue-oriented. 
Kendrick  attacked  the  Taft  administration  for  its  irriga- 
tion policies  and  the  withdrawal  of  federal  oil  lands  in 
Wyoming.  He  agreed  with  the  basic  principles  of  the  wise 
use  of  resources  but  thought  that  these  natural  resources 
should  be  administered  for  the  people  of  his  time.  He  and 
Senator  Warren  were  not  far  apart  on  the  issues  of 
reclamation  and  disposition  of  public  lands.  Kendrick, 
though,  did  not  discuss  issues  that  were  a  part  of  the  na- 
tional scene. '^ 

The  press  of  both  parties  kept  the  campaign  hot  and 
partisan.  The  Cheyenne  Tribune,  for  instance,  claimed  that 
Kendrick  had  illegally  fenced  almost  70,000  acres  of 
federal  land,  and  in  securing  titles  to  personal  land,  had 
used  "dummy"  entrymen.  The  Democratic  press  charged 
Warren  with  illegal  fencing,  misuse  of  the  franking 
privilege,  and  the  promotion  of  his  son-in-law,  John  J. 
Pershing,  from  captain  to  brigadier-general.^" 

As  a  campaigner,  Kendrick  enjoyed  informal  gather- 
ings. In  almost  all  his  speeches,  he  would  refer  to  his 
inexperience  and  his  non-partisan  attitude,  a  technique 
that  would  win  future  elections  if  not  this  one.  He  seemed 


Construction  of  Trail  End  was  started  in  1908 
and  not  completed  until  the  summer  of  1913.  The 
next  year  Kendrick  was  elected  governor.  When 
he  went  to  the  U.S.  Senate,  Trail  End  became 
his  summer  home.  Currently,  the  maruion  is  a  state 
historic  site  jointly  operated  by  the  Wyoming  State 
Archives,  Museums  and  Historical  Department 
and  the  Wyoming  Recreation  Commission. 


55 


to  find  a  common  bond  with  his  audiences  and  their  pro- 
blems. "My  life-long  experience  as  a  pioneer,  my  life  on 
the  range  has  been  close  to  the  real  things  in  life."^' 

The  November  elections  saw  the  election  of  Woodrow 
Wilson  and  the  re-election  of  Congressman  Mondell  and 
Senator  Warren.  The  Republicans  won  both  houses  of 
the  legislature  although  their  control  of  the  House  of 
Representatives  was  shaky  for  a  time.^^ 

When  the  legislature  met  in  January  of  1913,  War- 
ren was  confirmed  after  days  of  partisan  wrangling.  In 
contrast  to  the  1911-1912  legislative  sessions.  Governor 
Carey  and  the  Republican  majority  carried  their  bitter 
partisanship  through  most  of  the  session.  However,  some 
constructive  measures  passed.  Two  federal  constitutional 
amendments  were  ratified:  direct  election  of  United  States 
senators  and  the  personal  income  tax. 

By  1914  Kendrick  was  prepared  to  run  again,  this  time 
for  governor.  His  friend,  S.  G.  Hopkins,  carefully  planned 
the  campaign.  In  late  April,  Hopkins  wrote  to  Kendrick: 
"Our  party  affairs  have  reached  a  very  critical  stage  .  .  . 
which  will  require  the  greatest  tact  and  diplomacy." 
Hopkins  confided  to  Kendrick  that  the  Carey  forces  need- 
ed a  Progressive  to  run  with  Kendrick.  Douglas  A.  Preston 
was  the  Democratic  candidate  and  Fred  Blume  of  Sheridan 
would  be  the  choice  for  the  Progressive  nomination  for 
Congress.  Even  though  Kendrick  at  times  seemed  will- 
ing, he  vacillated  to  the  point  of  frustration  with  leaders 
of  the  party.  Despite  the  fact  that  he  had  just  occupied 
his  new  Sheridan  home  (Trail  End)  and  had  been  back 
in  the  cattle  business  only  briefly,  he  finally  consented  to 
run.  To  a  close  friend,  though,  he  confided  that  he  hoped 
the  campaign  would  not  keep  him  away  from  home  for 
more  than  45  days.^^ 

Kendrick  formally  began  his  campaign  on  September 
20.  Again,  he  appealed  to  the  rural  voter.  He  advocated 
funding  for  more  experimental  farms  to  educate  those  in 
agriculture  on  how  to  profit  by  newer  methods  of  irriga- 
tion. One  of  his  major  topics  raised  before  all  voter 
audiences  was  on  the  need  for  irrigation  projects.^* 

In  spite  of  these  issues,  his  campaign  emphasized  his 
personality  instead  of  issues,  as  he  did  in  1912.  His  oppo- 
nent was  Hilliard  S.  Ridgely,  a  man  whose  only  public 
office  had  been  a  short  tenure  with  the  United  States 
Department  of  Justice.  The  campaign  was  almost  a  bland 
affair.  Kendrick  led  the  ticket  and  was  only  the  second 
Democrat  to  be  elected  governor  since  1890,  defeating 
Ridgely  by  3,200  votes.  Preston  and  Blume  were  defeated 
by  Congressman  Mondell,  and  the  Republicans  kept  their 
majorities  in  the  state  legislature.  Kendrick's  good  friend, 
William  C.  Irvine,  wrote  that  the  governor-elect  could 
credit  his  win  more  to  his  personality  than  to  any  issue. 
Kendrick  appealed  to  all  segments  of  the  voting  public 
because  he  de-emphasized  his  party  affiliation  and  talked 
to  his  audiences  not  as  a  candidate  but  as  an  ordinary 
human  being. ^' 

As  governor  he  remained  in  constant  touch  with  the 

56 


people.  One  of  his  first  recommendations  to  the  legislature 
was  the  establishment  of  a  Public  Utilities  Commission. 
The  legislature  responded  with  the  Public  Utilities  Com- 
mission Act  of  March  4,  1915.  The  most  important  sec- 
tion of  the  Act  was  the  setting  up  of  a  board  which  had 
the  power  to  set  rates  for  transportation  companies, 
telephone,  electric  light  power,  gas,  water  and  pipeline 
companies. 

In  a  Joint  Memorial  to  Congress  in  the  same  year, 
the  legislature,  with  Kendrick's  approval,  protested  Presi- 
dent Wilson's  withdrawal  of  public  lands  containing 
mineral  rights  and  the  withdrawal  of  power  sites  to  con- 
trol water  resources.  In  the  Appropriation  Act  of  1915, 
Kendrick  called  for  and  received  $10,000  to  make  state 
surveys  on  possible  irrigation  and  reclamation  sites. ^'' 

As  1916  approached,  the  Democrats  began  to  look  for 
a  candidate  to  oppose  Senator  Clarence  D.  Clark.  When 
the  rumors  began  to  surface  that  the  governor  was  the 
only  Democrat  to  beat  Clark,  Kendrick  released  a  press 
statement:  "I  was  elected  governor  for  four  years,  and 
I  think  that  those  who  elected  me  expect  me  to  serve  out 
my  term  as  governor."^' 

When  the  May,  1916,  convention  of  the  party  met, 
no  candidate  was  nominated.  However,  Democrats  began 
a  campaign  to  write  in  Kendrick's  name  in  the  August 
primary.  S.  G.  Hopkins,  now  party  chairman  and  State 
Commissioner  of  Lands,  had  written  to  E.  S.  Drury  that 
he  would  not  be  a  candidate,  but  of  Kendrick,  he  wrote, 
"We  must  draft  him  to  make  the  race."  He  contended 
that  President  Wilson  needed  strong,  dynamic  men  at  this 
time. 

Another  friend,  Robert  Rose,  wrote  to  Kendrick: 
"...  there  is  no  one  else  who  can  enter  the  coming  cam- 
paign as  a  candidate."  Kendrick  replied  that  he  could  not 
see  himself  holding  one  office  and  campaigning  for 
another.  He  was  sure  that  there  were  other  potenticil  can- 
didates who  could  do  the  job. 

Despite  his  reluctance  to  openly  seek  the  nomination, 
Kendrick's  name  was  written  in  during  the  August  pri- 
mary. The  governor  campaigned  for  the  office  as  vigor- 
ously as  did  Senator  Clark,  but  it  was  not  as  vindictive 
a  campaign  as  might  have  been  expected.  Democratic 
papers  accused  Clark  of  not  introducing  significant  legisla- 
tion, or  of  voting  against  Wyoming's  interests.  The 
Republican  press  predictably  attacked  Kendrick  for  keep- 
ing one  office  while  campaigning  for  another.^' 

The  one  major  campaign  issue  centered  on  the  gover- 
nor's position  as  president  of  the  State  Land  Board.  On 
November  17,  1915,  Kendrick  had  bought  about  10,000 
acres  of  land  at  a  public  auction  for  $10  an  acre.  The 
Republicans  criticized  him  for  purchasing  land  while  he 
was  president  of  the  Land  Board.  But  in  general,  the  land 
transaction  issue  did  not  seem  great  enough  to  prevent 
a  Kendrick  victory  on  election  day.  The  governor  won, 
not  only  because  the  election  was  the  first  by  popular  vote, 
but  because  Senator  Clark  had  been  in  the  Senate  for 


almost  22  years.  Wyoming  voters  hoped  Kendrick  would 
bring  a  new  voice  and  new  energy  to  Washington. ^^ 


1 .  John  Benjamin  Kendrick  Collection,  Box  122,  American  Heritage 
Center,  University  of  Wyoming.  Hereafter  cited  as  the  "JBK" 
Coll.  This  paragraph  is  based  on  information  in  the  "Kendrick 
Genealogy  Notebook,"  a  scrapbook  of  unnumbered  pages  and 
some  loose  undated  material;  Ray  Allen  Billington,  Western  Ex- 
pansion: A  History  of  the  American  Frontier  (New  York:  MacMillan 
Publishing  Co.,  1974),  p.  432. 

2.  Reavis  genealogy  in  the  "Kendrick  Genealogical  Notebook." 

3.  JBK  to  Mrs.  Mary  B.  Mays,  June  12,1915,  Box  10,  JBK  Coll. 

4.  Maurice  Frink,  W.  Turrentine  Jackson  and  Agnes  Wright  Spring, 
When  Grass  Was  King  (Boulder:  University  of  Colorado  Press, 
1956). 

5.  Wulfgen  Genealogical  Notebook,  Box  122,  JBK  Coll. 

6.  Secretary  to  the  Wyoming  Stock  Growers  Association  to  JBK, 
June  20,  1882,  Vol.2,  outgoing  correspondence;  p.  620.  JBK  to 
Colen  Hunter,  July  1,  1882,  incoming  correspondence,  Wyoming 
Stock  Growers  Association  Collection,  American  Heritage 
Center,  University  of  Wyoming. 

7.  "Wulfgen  Genealogical  Notebook,"  Box  122,  JBK  Coll.,  Univer- 
sity of  Wyoming;  Michael  Lewellyn,  "John  Kendrick  and  the 
Revival  of  the  Democratic  Party  in  Wyoming,  1910-1914," 
(Unpublished  Master's  thesis.  University  of  Wyoming,  1975), 
p.  12. 

8.  Lewellyn,  p.  13. 

9.  T.  A.  Larson,  "The  Winter  of  1886-1887  in  Wyoming,"  Annals 
of  Wyoming,  XIV  (January,  1942),  pp.  13-14,  15.  Thomas  B. 
Adams  to  JBK,  August  10,1887;  T.  B.  Hord  Coll.,  American 
Heritage  Center,  University  of  Wyoming,  Vol.   1,  p.  55. 


10.    The  Sheridan  Post,    October  16,  1890. 

U.    "Wulfgen  Genealogical  Notebook,"  Box  122,  JBK  Coll. 

12.  The  Sheridan  Post,  October  20,  23,  1910. 

13.  J.  R.  CarpentertoJBK,  July  8,  15,  17  and  September  2,  1911, 
Box  2,  JBK  Coll. 

14.  J.  Ross  Carpenter  to  JBK,  October  31,  191 1 ,  Box  2,  JBK  Coll. 

15.  JBK  to  Leslie  A.  Miller,  February  16,  1912,  Box  3,  JBK  Coll. 

16.  JBK  to  William  C.  Irvine,  February  7,  1912,  Box  3,  JBK  Coll. 

17.  Sheridan  Daily  Enterprise,  July  5,  1912. 

18.  JBK  to  Roy  Montgomery,  July  13,  1912,  Box  3,  JBK  Coll. 

19.  This  paragraph  is  condensed  from  Kendrick's  speech  notes,  T. 
Blake  Kennedy  Papers,  Box  202,  JBK  Coll. 

20.  Cheyenne  Tribune,  Septembers,  November  1,  2,  1912;  Sheridan 
Enterprise,  August  9,  September  9,  October  2,  1912. 

21 .  Kendrick  speech  notes,  T.  Blake  Kennedy  Papers,  Box  202,  JBK 
Coll. 

22.  Larson,  History  of  Wyoming,  p.  328. 

23.  S.  G.  Hopkins  to  JBK,  April  24,  1914;  JBK  to  M.  B.  McKillip, 
June  16,  1914;  JBK  to  A.  S.  Burrows,  August  6,  1914,  Box  5, 
JBK  Coll. 

24.  Cheyenne  State  Leader,  September  20,  1914.  (See  the  author's  arti- 
cle on  Kendrick's  efforts  to  secure  water  legislation  in  Congress 
in  the  1920s  and  the  early  1930s  in  the  Fall,  1978  issue  of  the 
Annals  of  Wyoming,  entided  "John  B.  Kendrick's  Fight  for  Western 
Water  Legislation,  1917-1933,"  pp.  319-333.) 

25.  W.  C.  Irvine  to  JBK,  November  28,  1914,  Box  6,  JBK  Coll. 

26.  Larson,  pp.  369,  394. 

27.  Wyoming  Tribune,  March  27,  1916. 

28.  S.  G.  Hopkins  to  E.  S.  Drury,  March  4,  1916;  Robert  Rose  to 
JBK,  March  18,  1916;  JBK  to  Rose,  March  23,  1916.  Box  14, 
JBK  Coll.;  Larson,  History  of  Wyoming,  p.  391. 

29.  Larson,  pp.  392-393. 


57 


The  Dempsey-Hockaday  Trail — 

An  Experience  in  History 


By  Robert  G. 
Rosenberg 


'I   "% 


-^' 


\J:  >^    uempsey-  f  j 
^ockaday  Trail 


« 

*i_ 

ii~$^ 

tV 

ll 

^ 

^ 

i/  *-'.,  4 

^1 

O         %;^ 

V 

/#f     tV, 

"  ^ 

,\> 

Q    i 

DEMPSEY          BASIN 

\ 

^f 

*     '.  = 

;  ^               ; 

%   ^ 

CC    -   x> 

i  ^ 

^^ 

i.  ?'- 

X  ^        UJ       =^ 

"3:'    ^ 

1 5  ^ 

"^. 

SI 

^     - 

LlI         5     "J 

"^  i; 

X         \  ^^Ho 

Possible 

**    "'.^'-              2  3 

:;  ^ 

'      Q         -     C< 

M' 

- 1  ^ 
- 1 : 

2 

<  ^ 

\ 

">'''   "ROCKY  GAP 

-      X 

/      ^   - 

<^       ~     ~ 

=1 

LAKE  VIVA 
NAUGHTON 

<  ^^ 

/ 
/ 

i^   V^^- 

~^  ■ 

Q-  .>_-=j 

HAMS         FORK 

\     J 

"^  £ 

s  ^§^ 

o 

/ 

1 

=  1          r  ; 

■^  ■- 

liJ  5:^ 

PLATEAU 

\) 

^;;;-  c 

s    ^''  ^ 

a: 

/ 

£  -i                   -    3 

^£ 

y 

5^ 

O       -^ 

UJ    / 

£   T      CE        ^   ~ 

i' 

/ 

4/:' 

.r 

r;        llJ    £    - 

1-     ~ 

ii^V               y 

-i  £ 

-■z.    Z 

y 

KEMMEREfA    ^ 

;  ^  ',11 

>     y 

%     CO     < 

•^           -  ^    _  - 

reservoirVv 

\< 

^?  %^ 

V                          V 

\  i'''^ 

sr   >- 

-^-^ 

0 

» 

\            ^"^ 

'*-SUBLETTE-CUT  OFF 

"C^  o    5  : 

^  s " 

ts\ 

."I:'     -^ 

l.~ 

l# 

Posiiblat 

oa.ng'  V 

%^~-     i 

VI', 


58 


To  go  or  not  to  go;  is  even  now  the  question  in  the  minds 
of  thousands  of  our  countrymen,  residents  of  the  Atlantic 
States.  And  it  can  be  answered  most  emphatically  and 
truthfully,  yes!  or  no!  depending  entirely  upon  circum- 
stances. 

But  to  the  strong  young  man,  possessing  the  determina- 
tion to  do,  or  die,  willing  to  meet  and  brave  disappointment 
should  it  come  upon  him,  and  can  reach  here  with  one  hun- 
dred or  even  fifty  dollars  in  pocket,  COME  TO  CALI- 
FORNIA. 

It  is  a  land  full  of  glorious  promise,  a  land  where  the 
utmost  diversity  of  pursuits  is  presented  to  the  enterprising, 
of  every  capacity,  from  the  man  of  wealth,  to  the  day-laborer, 
whose  only  capital  is  his  hands.  A  land  above  all  others, 
where  industry  and  prudence  make  poor  men  rich  ..." 
Thus  the  young,  the  old,  the  near  destitute  and  the 
rich  adventurer  were  lured  by  often  erroneous  and  always 
tempting  ads  to  join  the  groups  moving  westward  on  an 
arduous  journey. 

Mr.  John  Hockaday,  an  experienced  mountaineer, 
discovered  in  1854  a  cut-off  route  across  the  Bear  River 
mountains,  over  which  he  attempted  to  turn  the  emigration, 
and  he  erected  a  bridge  for  the  purpose  of  aiding  the  adop- 
tion of  the  line. 

For  light  trains  this  route  is  decidedly  preferable  to  the 
old  traveled  road,  and  may  be  so  improved  as  to  serve  the 
important  purpose  of  dividing  the  travel  and  preventing  the 
present  great  loss  of  stock  for  want  of  grass. ^ 
So  F.  W.  Lander  described  the  Dempsey- Hockaday 
trail  in  his  Preliminary  Report  to  the  Secretary  of  the  Inte- 
rior in  1857,  a  report  concerning  Pacific  wagon  roads  to 
be  built  or  improved  by  the  Federal  Government.  The 
Dempsey-Hockaday  Trail  was  a  variation  of  the  Oregon 
Trail  of  the  great  19th  century  westward  migration.  It 
was  a  "short  cut"  on  the  Sublette  Cut-off,  which  was  the 
original    Oregon    Trail    across    what    is    now    western 
Wyoming. 

The  Dempsey-Hockaday  Trail  is  located  in  Lincoln 
County  in  extreme  western  Wyoming,  approximately  18 
miles  northwest  of  Kemmerer  and  about  16  miles  east- 


southeast  of  Cokeville.  The  trail  is  approximately  16.7 
miles  long,^  crosses  the  north-south  running  Commissary 
Ridge,  the  Ham's  Fork  Plateau,  and  Dempsey  Ridge 
(from  east  to  west),  with  the  Ham's  Fork  of  the  Green 
River  intervening.  Commissary  Ridge,  formerly  known 
as  Absaroka  Ridge,  represents  the  southern  continuation 
of  the  Wyoming  Range.  This  range  and  the  Salt  River 
Range  (paralleling  it  to  the  west)  were  collectively  known 
as  the  Bear  Mountains  or  Bear  River  Mountains  by  early 
emigrants. 

At  its  highest  points  the  westward  trail  reaches  an 
elevation  of  8,671  feet  near  the  crest  of  Commissary  Ridge 
and  of  8, 160  feet  atop  Dempsey  Ridge  on  the  Ham's  Fork 
Plateau  where  it  rejoins  the  Sublette  Road.*  The  trail  dips 
to  a  low  point  of  7,240  feet  where  it  crosses  the  Ham's 
Fork  at  the  present-day  Viva  Naughton  Reservoir.^ 

Throughout  the  1870s  the  Hayden  Survey  was  active 
in  this  area  studying  geology  and  geography.  Many  of 
the  significant  landforms  were  named  by  its  members. 


At  this  point  on  the  Dempsey-Hockaday  Trail  (op- 
posite page),  the  emigrant  has  made  the  arduous 
descent  of  Commissary  Ridge  (in  background)  and 
is  approaching  the  Ham 's  Fork  near  present-day 
Wyoming  Route  233.  Wagon  wheels  cut  a  deep 
gully  into  river  gravel  where  the  Dempsey- 
Hockaday  Trail  ascends  the  west  bank  of  the 
Ham 's  Fork  (left).  Having  completed  the  ascent, 
the  traveler  was  in  the  vicinity  of  one  of  the  two 
possible  locations  of  the  "lost"  trading  post.  One 
of  several  historic  markers  (above)  placed  along 
the  route  by  the  Wyoming  State  Historical  Socie- 
ty displays  the  generally  recognized  dates  for  the 
Oregon  Trail.  These  brass  medallions  are  sought 
by  souvenir  hunters,  resulting  in  vandalism  to  most 
of  the  markers. 


\[.L  PHOTOS  COURTESY  OF  THE  AUTHOR 


59 


Henry  Gannett  mapped  the  major  drainages  of  the  region 
and  described  Ham's  Fork: 

This  stream  which  in  high  water  is  scarcely  fordable,  in  the 
fall  of  the  year  dwindles  to  an  insignificant  creek.  In  its 
drainage  area  and  length,  however,  it  exceeds  any  of  the  other 
western  branches  of  the  Green  ...  It  heads  in  and  west  of 
the  meridional  [sic]  ridges,  its  main  stream  reaching  behind 
and  as  far  north  as  the  sources  of  the  Fontenelle.  After  flow- 
ing southward  through  a  broad  basin  in  the  hills  for  many 
miles,  it  turns  eastward;  cuts  its  way  out  into  the  Green  River 
Basin;  then  it  flows  nearly  southeast,  and  finally,  after  a 
course  of  nearly  40  miles  in  the  basin,  it  unites  with  Black's 
Fork,  at  Granger,  a  station  on  the  Union  Pacific  Railroad. '' 
Beginning  at  the  eastern  junction  with  the  Sublette 
Road  or  Cut-off,  the  Dempsey-Hockaday  Trail  crosses 
the  southern  end  of  Oyster  Ridge  and  proceeds  westward 
across  the  Pomeroy  Basin.  Basil  Longsworth,  an  emigrant 
crossing  in  1853,  described  Oyster  Ridge  and  a  late  night 
encounter  with  an  Indian  on  Crow  Creek  (Willow  Creek) 
in  Pomeroy  Basin: 

We  made  18  miles  passing  over  two  high  ranges  of  moun- 
tains; at  noon  we  ate  dinner  at  Pine  Grove  with  snowdrifts 
near  us.  We  then  passed  up  a  rough  hill  two  or  three  miles 
long  when  we  found  ourselves  on  the  top,  when  I  thought 
I  was  sufficiently  elevated  to  see  my  native  home  if  my  vision 
had  been  strong  enough.  The  prospect  from  here  was  truly 
extensive.  The  top  of  this  mountain  was  perfectly  sharp,  there 
was  a  ridge  of  thin  stones  set  on  their  edges  and  a  foot  high 
and  the  ground  fell  right  off  on  each  side  of  this  backbone; 
the  descent  from  here  was  long  and  steep,  perhaps  a  thou- 
sand feet  in  perpendicular  height.  We  camped  on  Crow 
Creek  [Willow  Creek],  a  pretty  stream.  This  night  about  1 
o'clock  an  Indian  attempted  to  steal  Mr.  Connor's  mare. 
He  threw  the  lariat  over  her  head  and  then  looked  at  her 
feet  to  see  if  she  were  hobbled,  when  Mr.  Conyer  (the  guide) 
hailed  him;  he  sprang  upon  her  back.  By  this  time  Conyer 
was  within  five  yards  of  him,  cocked  his  gun  and  aimed  at 
his  breast  with  a  deadly  rifle;  he  pulled  the  lock  but  the  gun 
did  not  go  off  as  he  had  neglected  to  set  the  trigger,  which 
accident  saved  his  [the  Indian's]  life.  The  Indian  then  dis- 
mounted in  haste;  the  guard  then  fired  at  him  at  a  distance 
but  without  effect.' 

The  trail  then  climbs  the  east  side  of  Commissary 
Ridge.  On  the  crest  the  Dempsey-Hockaday  Trail  meets 
a  modern  improved  access  road  to  the  Getty  15-3  Willow 
Creek  Well.  A  portion  of  the  old  trail  has  been  graded. 
What  are  probably  the  original  trail  ruts  can  be  seen 
paralleling  the  new  road  to  the  west. 

The  emigrant  trail  soon  is  visible  on  the  west  side  of 
the  access  road,  and  a  number  of  alternate  descent  routes 
into  the  Ham's  Fork  Valley  are  still  evident.  It  is  possi- 
ble that  all  the  trail  variations  descending  this  hill  are 
original  and  represent  "short-cuts"  or  better  routes  for 
individual  westward-bound  travelers  of  the  time.  All  the 
various  descent  trails  merge  on  the  east  side  of  the  Ham's 
Fork  at  the  bottom  of  the  ridge. 

The  trail  can  be  seen  in  sagebrush  just  east  of  Wyo- 
ming Route  233  and  across  the  highway  from  a  cluster 
of  ranch  buildings.  From  the  cluster  of  buildings  the  trail 
runs  west  across  Ham's  Fork  paralleling  a  modern  two- 


track  to  the  north  and  climbs  the  west  bank  of  the  drainage 
area  where  it  cut  a  deep  trench  in  gravelly  soil.  Local  tradi- 
tion claims  that  a  trading  post  was  once  located  in  this 
area.^ 

The  dominant  topographical  feature  on  the  west  side 
of  Ham's  Fork  is  called  the  Ham's  Fork  Plateau  and 
includes  the  Dempsey  Ridge.  The  Dempsey-Hockaday 
Trail  crosses  the  low  rolling  ridge  system  which  includes 
Pink  Hill  and  descends  the  west  slope  of  the  ridge  into 
the  Dempsey  Creek  drainage.  Several  two-track  roads  con- 
verge in  this  area  so  that  the  original  crossing  no  longer 
is  evident;  a  number  of  trail  variations  probably  existed 
here,  their  individual  usage  governed  by  weather,  road 
conditions,  and  season  of  the  year. 

The  Dempsey-Hockaday  Trail  followed  the  South 
Fork  of  Dempsey  Creek  in  order  to  reach  Dempsey  Ridge. 
Today,  field  examination  of  the  trail  indicates  that  the 
preferred  route  was  an  unimproved  two-track  on  the  crest 
of  an  east-west  running  low  ridge  on  the  north  side.  The 
Wyoming  State  Historical  Society  has  placed  historic  trail 
markers  along  the  way.  The  route  continues  northwest 
and  passes  a  log  homestead  and  outbuildings  beside  a 
spring.  As  the  trail  begins  the  steep  ascent  of  Dempsey 
Ridge,  there  are  what  appear  to  be  two  traces  a  few  hun- 
dred feet  apart  which  have  been  badly  eroded  so  that  indi- 
vidual ruts  are  no  longer  discernible.  The  trail  continues 
its  ascent  to  the  crest  of  Dempsey  Ridge,  where  it  rejoins 
the  Sublette  Road  which  descends  the  west  wide  of  Demp- 
sey Ridge  to  the  Rock  Creek  drainage. 

The  vegetation  varies  greatly  as  the  Dempsey-Hock- 
aday Trail  trends  westward  over  high  ridges  and  deep 
drainages.  The  ridgetops  and  upper  slopes  are  forested 
with  aspen,  lodgepole  pine,  limber  pine,  subalpine  fir,  and 
Englemann  spruce.  The  lower  slopes  and  drainage  area 
are  sage-covered  with  lesser  quantities  of  rabbitbrush, 
Indian  ricegrass,  wheatgrass,  bunch  grasses,  prickly  pear 
cactus  and  saltbush.  The  larger  drainages  are  lined  with 
dense  willow  growth. 

Extensive  logging  took  place  on  the  slopes  above  the 
upper  Ham's  Fork  Basin  prior  to  the  20th  century.  Red 
fir  and  lodgepole  pine  logs  were  cut  and  floated  down 
Ham's  Fork  to  be  used  for  railroad  ties.  As  late  as  1914, 
logs  were  being  cut  in  the  same  area  and  floated  down- 
stream to  Frontier,  Diamondville,  and  Oakley  for  use  in 
the  mines. ^ 

Large  stands  of  timber  were  destroyed  in  forest  fires 
during  the  second  half  of  the  19th  century,  especially  in 
the  vicinity  of  Lake  Alice  (formerly  Fish  Lake).  These 
areas  were  choked  with  fallen  timbers,  but  in  the  early 
part  of  the  20th  century  the  burns  were  being  slowly 
replaced  by  lodgepole  pine.'"  Today  the  Bridger-Teton 
National  Forest  occupies  the  region  due  north  of  the 
Dempsey-Hockaday  Trail  in  the  upper  Ham's  Fork  Basin. 

The  background  of  the  Oregon  Trail,  including  the 
Dempsey-Hockaday  cut-off,  begins  with  the  opening  of 


60 


A  reminder  of  a  lonely  and  difficult  homestead 
life  stands  beside  a  spring  on  the  north  side  of 
the  trail  near  the  east  base  of  Dempsey  Ridgt 
(in  background). 


The  emigrant  faced  one  of  his  toughest 
challenges  on  the  east  side  of  the  ridge.  Today, 
J  a  badly  eroded  trough  cut  through  an  aspen  grove 
begins  the  steep  ascent  (above).  The  trail  re- 
joins the  Sublette  Road  on  the  crest  of  Demp- 
sey Ridge  at  8,160  feet  (left).  The  emigrant 
would  then  descend  the  west  side  of  the  ridge 
to  Rock  Creek. 


PHOTOS  COLRTESV  OF  THE  ALTHOR 


61 


the  western  fur  trade  in  the  early  19th  century.  Ranging 
over  mountain  passes  and  down  streams  in  search  of 
beaver,  the  mountain  men  pioneered  the  basic  routes  that 
would  be  used  by  emigrants  bound  for  Oregon,  Califor- 
nia, and  Deseret  (Utah).  The  basic  Oregon  Trail  was  well- 
known  to  the  fur  trapper  and  trader  long  before  the  first 
emigrant  wagon  ever  left  the  "States." 

It  should  be  noted  that  these  routes  had  already  been 
established  by  Indian  groups  indigenous  to  these  regions 
centuries  before  the  coming  of  Anglo-American  civiliza- 
tion. Since  the  Indians  left  no  written  record,  they  have 
received  scant  recognition  for  the  routes  that  are  now  our 
modern  highway  and  rail  systems  and  which  enabled  a 
westward  migration. 

The  Dempsey-Hockaday  Trail  passes  through  the 
former  hunting  grounds  of  the  Absaroka  or  Crow  Indians. 
(Original  local  place  names  such  as  Absaroka  Ridge  and 
Crow  Creek  attest  to  their  influence).  Early  emigrant  jour- 
nals frequently  mention  contact  with  the  Snake  or 
Shoshoni  Indians  as  well.  The  "Old  Indian  Trail"  is 
known  by  local  residents  today  as  following  Fontenelle 
Creek  upstream  from  the  Green  River  to  Commissary 
Ridge,  where  it  crossed  to  the  west  side  and  descended 
to  Ham's  Fork  by  means  of  Beaver  Creek.  A  large 
seasonal  camp  is  said  to  have  been  located  at  the  junc- 
tion of  these  two  streams  (about  four  miles  north  of  the 
Dempsey-Hockaday  crossing  of  the  Ham's  Fork).  It  is 
probable  that  this  trail  continued  south  and  utilized  the 
Dempsey-Hockaday  Cut-off  to  cross  over  to  the  Bear 
River  country." 

Numerous  prehistoric  archeological  sites  have  been 
found  and  recorded  on  Commissary  Ridge  near  the 
Dempsey-Hockaday  Road,  indicating  the  presence  of 
hunting-gathering  groups  at  a  much  earlier  date  than  the 
contact  period.'^ 

Lander's  Cut-off  (to  be  mentioned  in  greater  detail 
below)  followed  portions  of  an  Indian  trail  over  Thomp- 
son's Pass  about  9-10  miles  north-northeast  of  the 
Dempsey-Hockaday  Road  to  cross  the  Wyoming  Range 
into  the  Star  Valley.  What  is  described  as  the  "Star  Valley 
trail,  at  one  time  the  important  trail  of  the  Shoshoni  and 
Bannock  Indians, "''  crosses  the  Wyoming  and  Salt 
Ranges  via  Marsh  Creek,  McDougal's  Gap  (six  miles 
north  of  Thompson's  Pass),  the  John  Gray's  River  (Greys 
River),  Sickle  Creek,  and  McDougal's  Pass  to  the  Salt 
River  and  Star  Valley. 

In  1810,  John  Jacob  Astor  dispatched  two  expeditions 
bound  for  the  mouth  of  the  Columbia  River  to  establish 
the  headquarters  for  an  envisioned  chain  of  trading  posts 
stretching  from  the  Great  Lakes  to  the  Pacific  Ocean.  The 
first  expedition  traveled  by  sea  and  founded  the  head- 
quarters settlement  of  Astoria  in  April,  1811.  The  second 
party  was  led  overland  by  Wilson  Price  Hunt,  who  was 
attempting  to  find  a  more  direct  route  than  that  traversed 
by  Lewis  and  Clark.  The  Hunt  party  crossed  portions  of 
present-day  Wyoming,  passed  through  the  Big  Horn 

62 


Mountains  and  turned  south  to  the  Wind  River.  In  the 
vicinity  of  Dubois,  they  followed  a  well-worn  Indian  trail 
into  the  Wind  River  Mountains  and  crossed  over  the  range 
at  what  later  became  known  as  Union  Pass.  The  party 
then  turned  south  in  search  of  game,  eventually  reaching 
Beaver  Meadows  about  10  miles  north  of  Daniel,  Wyo- 
ming.'* 

The  Hunt  expedition  traveled  northwest  (along  the 
general  route  of  today's  Highway  187-89)  to  the  Snake 
River.  Attempts  to  navigate  the  Snake  River  Canyon  were 
unsuccessful,  and  they  left  Wyoming  via  Teton  Pass, 
crossing  into  present-day  Idaho.  Their  subsequent  route 
west  of  Henry's  Fork  of  the  Snake  River  became  part  of 
the  western  portion  of  the  Oregon  Trail.  Hunt's  group 
was  the  first  to  record  their  trip  through  Wyoming. '^ 

An  east-bound  party  returning  from  Astoria  in  1812 
under  the  leadership  of  Robert  Stuart  is  credited  with 
discovering  the  great  South  Pass  of  the  westward  migra- 
tion. An  Indian  scout  had  told  the  party  of  a  crossing  at 
the  southern  tip  of  the  Wind  River  Mountains.  Seeing 
signs  of  a  large  party  of  Crow  Indians  in  the  area,  Stuart 
turned  south  and  camped  a  short  distance  northeast  of 
Pacific  Springs,  later  to  become  a  welcome  watering  spot 
used   during   the   westward   migration.    Phillip   Ashton 
Rollins,  who  edited  Stuart's  original  journal  wrote: 
Stuart,  now  well  within  the  constricting  western  entrance 
to  South  Pass,  was  squarely  on  the  main  route  of  the  subse- 
quent Oregon  Trail  and  but  a  scant  two  miles  southwest- 
erly from  the  spot  which,  when  later  covered  by  that  trail, 
was  called  by  its  emigrant  users  the  Summit  of  South  Pass.'^ 
Stuart  continued  eastward,  following  the  general  route 
of  the  Oregon  Trail  along  the  North  Platte  and  Platte 
Rivers.  Fur  trappers  soon  adopted  this  route  as  a  more 
direct  means  of  reaching  prime  beaver  country  in  what 
is  now  western  Wyoming  and  eastern  Idaho. 

A  passage  from  the  Overland  Journal  of  Vincent  Geiger 
and  Wakeman  Bryarly  describes  a  South  Pass  crossing  in 
1849: 

Persons  generally  have  a  very  erroneous  idea  of  this  South 
Pass.  It  is  generally  supposed  from  its  being  called  (a)  Pass, 
to  be  a  narrow  pass,  a  place  with  high  steep  ragged,  rug- 
ged, ugly,  black,  sharp,  and  threatening  rocks  on  each  side 
and  above,  with  the  steepest  hills  to  ascend  and  the  most 
dangerous  to  man  or  beast.  You  never  formed  an  idea  so 
far  from  the  truth.  The  Pass  is  19  miles  wide  and  through 
a  little  valley.  The  ascent  is  so  gradual  that  it  is  scarcely 
perceptible.  We  commenced  ascending  from  our  very  start 
from  the  States,  and  we  are  now  9,000  feet  above  the  level 
of  the  sea  and  coming  to  this  point  more  than  1,000  miles 
would  divide  into  a  very  imperceptible  grade.  The  truth  is, 
if  you  were  not  told,  you  would  not  know  you  were  either 
in  the  Rocky  Mountains  or  in  the  South  Pass." 
Elizabeth  Goltra  crossed  South  Pass  in  1853  and  aptly 
described  that  gateway  to  the  far  west: 

Thursday  July  7th:  How  beautiful  the  sunrises  and  peeps 
over  the  hills  to  guide  and  cheer  the  weary  traveler,  10  miles 
from  camp  and  over  a  good  road  we  glide  almost  impercep- 
tibly through  the  South  Pass  (of  the  Rocky  Mountains)  hardly 
knew  when  we  were  through  it  was  scarcely  any  ascent  or 
descent." 


By  the  mid- 1820s,  portions  of  the  future  emigrant  traU 
had  been  estabhshed,  and  the  Rocky  Mountain  west  was 
well  known  to  a  handful  of  bold  trappers,  traders  and 
explorers.  Popular  interest  had  been  aroused  in  the  vast 
empire  that  lay  west  of  the  Mississippi  by  the  tales  of 
returning  Astorians,  explorers  and  mountain  men. 

As  early  as  1820,  the  possibilities  of  creating  set- 
tlements on  the  Columbia  River  and  the  Pacific  Ocean 
had  been  raised  by  a  Congressional  committee  headed  by 
Dr.  John  Floyd,  which  bore  little  result.^"  Oregon  was 
unimaginably  remote  and  represented  more  of  a  dream 
than  a  viable  alternative  for  those  discontented  with  their 
lot  far  to  the  east.  Transporting  family  and  belongings 
across  a  rugged,  hostile  and  uncivilized  continent  seemed 
impossible.  It  remained  for  the  mountain  men  to  blaze 
a  wagon  trail  across  this  wilderness,  unwittingly  hasten- 
ing their  own  demise  from  the  center  stage  of  history. 
In  1830,  Jedediah  S.  Smith,  David  E.  Jackson  and 
William  L.  Sublette  took  a  caravan  of  wagons  loaded  with 
trade  goods  along  the  eastern  portion  of  the  future  Oregon 
Trail  as  far  as  South  Pass  to  the  trappers'  rendezvous. 
This  group  did  not  cross  the  pass  but  proved  that  the  route 
was  feasible  for  wagon  migration  to  that  point.  The  party 
felt  that  "...  the  wagons  could  easily  have  crossed  the 
Rocky  Mountains,  it  being  what  is  called  the  Southern 
Pass,  had  it  been  desirable  for  them  to  do  so  .  .  ."^' 

In  1832,  Capt.  Benjamin  L.  E.  Bonneville  led  the  first 
wagons  across  South  Pass  and  beyond  into  the  Green 
River  Basin.  Bonneville  constructed  a  short-lived  fort  on 
the  banks  of  the  Green  River  a  short  distance  west  of  the 
present-day  town  of  Daniel. ^^ 

The  route  to  the  Oregon  country  west  of  South  Pass 
still  utilized  Teton  Pass  to  reach  the  Snake  River.  "From 
the  mouth  of  Henry's  Fork,  the  Snake  River  was  the 
natural,  easy  'highway'  to  the  Pacific  Northwest.  "^^  This 
route  involved  a  substantial  detour  north.  According  to 
historian  Mary  Hurlburt  Scott,  in  1832  William  Sublette 
pioneered  a  direct  route  across  the  desert  of  the  Big  Sandy 
from  South  Pass,   across  the  Green  River  Basin  and 
through  the  Bear  River  Mountains  to  the  Snake  River 
country.  The  northern  route  never  had  been  more  than 
a  foot  or  horseback  trail  and  was  unsuitable  for  wagons. 
Sublette's   Road,    therefore,   became  the   first  wagon- 
traveled  Oregon  Trail.  It  is  on  this  portion  of  the  route 
that  the  Dempsey-Hockaday  Cut-off  was  formalized  in 
1854.  What  has  come  to  be  commonly  accepted  as  the 
traditional  Oregon  Trail  was  south  of  the  Sublette  Road 
and  passed  by  Fort  Bridger.  However,  this  post  was  not 
built  until  1842-43,^*  and  represented  a  substantial  detour 
to  the  south.  According  to  Mary  Hurlburt  Scott: 
In  summary:  America,   1842,  was  on  the  threshold  of  a 
tremendous  upheaval.   The  Pacific  was  known  and  the 
Oregon  Trail  up  the  Platte  River  and  along  the  Sweetwater 
through  South  Pass,  over  Sublette's  Road  South  (Sublette 
Cut-off),  to  the  Snake  and  onto  the  Great  Northwest  was 
recognized  by  all.  Oregon  had  a  small  population  dating  from 
1811.  Growth  through  1832  was  sporadic;  it  had  been  given 


impetus  in  the  1830s.  This  was  in  the  era  prior  to  the  found- 
ing of  Bridger  and  the  coming  of  the  Mormons,  and  the  eager 
gold  seekers  .  .  .  The  trader,  trapper  and  Indian  had  to  adjust 
to  the  coming  of  men  in  vast  numbers.  The  great  rendez- 
vous and  the  fur  companies  had  had  their  day  .  .  .  Oregon 
beckoned  in  1842,  one  tide  had  receded — now  the  flood  of 
emigration  was  to  come.'* 

This  "flood  of  emigration"  demanded  alternate  routes 
that  could  provide  plentiful  water  and  grass.  One  of  the 
men  credited  with  the  blazing  of  the  Dempsey-Hockaday 
Trail  was  John  Hockaday.  An  experienced  mountaineer 
and  government  surveyor,  Hockaday  had  conducted  a 
survey  for  Jim  Bridger  concerning  land  claims  against 
Gov.  Brigham  Young  and  the  Mormons  who  had  taken 
over  Bridger's  fort  on  Black's  Fork.  The  survey  was  com- 
pleted November  6,  1853,  and  on  March  16,  1854,  a  copy 
of  the  survey  was  filed  with  Thomas  Bullock,  Great  Salt 
Lake  County  recorder. ^^ 

In  the  spring  of  1858,  Hockaday  and  Liggett  received 
the  overland  mail  contract  from  Independence,  Missouri, 
to  Salt  Lake  City."  Allan's  Guide  Book  (1859)  states  that 
Hockaday  utilized  Bridger's  fort  in  reaching  Salt  Lake 
City.^*  The  Dempsey-Hockaday  trail  would  have  been 
impractical  for  a  Salt  Lake  City  delivery. 

Robert  D.  Dempsey  received  scant  consideration  in 
F.  W.  Lander's  report  to  the  government  except  in  a  com- 
pilation of  estimated  improvement  costs  :^^ 

Whole  cost  of  work  to  turn  off  Hockaday's  Cut-off 

and  old  road,  twenty-five  thousand  dollars $25,000 

Purchase  and  repairs  of  the  Hockaday  and  Dempsey 
bridge;  with  sum  for  rendering  free  the  bridges  at 

Smith's  and  Thomas'   Forks   $  6,000 

In  addition.  Lander  depicted  the  trail  on  his  preliminary 
map  of  the  Central  Division  (1857-58)  and  called  it  the 
"Dempsey  and  Hockaday's  Road." 

Dempsey  was  of  Irish  descent  and  born  in  1832.  He 
married  an  Indian  woman,  had  five  daughters  and  was 
living  in  Green  River  County,  Utah  Territory  (near  Fort 
Bridger),  according  to  the  1860  census.  Dempsey  made 
his  living  as  a  trapper  and  fur  trader,  as  well  as  trading 
with  the  military  and  the  emigrants.  Local  tradition  claims 
that  he  once  resided  on  the  east  side  of  Commissary 
Ridge. ^°  Modern  maps  show  his  name  on  Dempsey  Creek 
and  Dempsey  Ridge  in  the  immediate  area.  In  addition, 
the  Dempsey-Hockaday  Road  was  called  "The  Demp- 
sey Trail"  on  GLO  township  survey  maps  of  the  area. 
Frederick  West  Lander's  role  stems  from  his  appoint- 
ment as  chief  engineer  of  the  Fort  Kearney,  South  Pass 
and  Honey  Lake  Wagon  Road  in  1857.  This  project 
resulted  from  the  continued  efforts  of  California  interests 
and  western  expansionists  for  the  construction  of  an 
emigrant  road  to  the  West  Coast  through  the  interven- 
ing western  territories.  The  Donner  Party  tragedy  in  the 
Sierra  Nevadas  in  1846  had  emphasized  that  the  existing 
Oregon-California  Trail  and  its  numerous  variations 
represented  a  hazardous  and  exhausting  trek  fraught  with 
severe  hardships  and  often  death." 


63 


John  C.  Fremont  introduced  a  bill  in  Congress  in  1850 
asicing  for  "...  the  commencement  of  opening  a  com- 
mon traveling  road  between  the  present  Western  settle- 
ments of  the  United  States  and  the  State  of  California.  "^^ 
In  1856,  California  Senator  Wilkins  introduced  a  peti- 
tion asi<ing  for  a  wagon  road  for  emigrants  that  would 
also  be  used  to  aid  in  speedy  mail  delivery.  Finally,  on 
February  17  and  March  3,  1857,  Congress  approved  the 
construction  of  a  number  of  wagon  roads  across  the  ter- 
ritories. Albert  H.  Campbell  was  appointed  General 
Superintendent  of  the  Pacific  Wagon  Roads. ^^ 

The  route  was  divided  into  three  divisions.  The  first 
section  from  Fort  Kearney  to  Independence  Rock  utilized 
the  already  established  Oregon  Trail  and  involved  limited 
improvements.  The  central  division  crossed  South  Pass, 
the  Green  River  Basin,  and  the  Bear  River  Mountains 
to  City  Rocks.  The  third  division  extended  west  to  Honey 
Lake  Valley  on  the  eastern  boundary  of  California.'* 

From  South  Pass,  the  emigrant  could  proceed  south- 
west at  "the  parting  of  the  ways"  to  Fort  Bridger  and 
then  turn  north  and  northwest  to  reach  Soda  Springs, 
Idaho,  or  he  could  proceed  due  west  via  Sublette's  Road, 
or  Cut-off.  This  route  was  much  shorter  but  contained 
a  waterless  stretch  in  the  Big  Sandy  Desert.  Ultimately 
both  routes  arrived  at  Soda  Springs.  Lander's  task  was 
to  find  the  most  "practicable"  route  for  a  wagon  road 
in  this  region.  In  Lander's  mind,  the  term  "practicable" 
was  ambiguous  and  did  not  differentiate  between  the 
shortest  and  the  best  route  for  ox  team  migration. ^^  As 
a  result.  Lander  sent  several  survey  parties  into  the  region 
west  of  South  Pass  in  the  summer  of  1857.  B.  F.  Ficklin 
proceeded  in  advance  to  conduct  a  reconnaissance  of  the 
desert  between  the  Big  Sandy  and  Green  River.  J.  F. 
Mullowny  was  dispatched  to  examine  the  shortest  exist- 
ing routes.  These  were  the  Sublette  Cut-off  and  the  recent- 
ly discovered  Dempsey-Hockaday  Road.'® 

Lander  ultimately  settled  on  a  route  that  would  skirt 
to  the  north  of  the  dry  country.  It  crossed  the  Green  River 
far  enough  upstream  that  a  ferry  would  be  unnecessary 
for  emigrant  crossings.  Thus,  the  Lander  Cut-off  was 
born. 

During  the  winter  (1857-58),  Lander  was  made 
superintendent  of  all  three  divisions  of  the  wagon  road. 
The  following  summer  he  was  back  in  the  field  building 
his  new  road  and  boasting  that  "...  over  62,000  cubic 
yards  of  earth  and  rock  had  been  removed,  11  miles  of 
willow,  and  23  miles  of  heavy  pine  timber  cleared  from 
the  roadway."  He  wrote  an  emigrant's  guide  over  the 
winter  and  posted  a  man  at  South  Pass  to  divert  the 
emigrant  flow  to  his  road  during  the  1859  season."' 

Lander's  original  intention  was  to  divide  the  migra- 
tion by  improving  various  routes  so  that  grass  and  water 
on  any  one  trail  would  be  conserved.  There  is  no  evidence, 
however,  that  the  Dempsey-Hockaday  Trail  was  ever 
improved.  J.  F.  Mullowny's  report  to  Lander  on  the 
reconnaissance  of  the  shortest  existing  routes  suggests  why 

64 


the  Sublette  Road  and  the  Dempsey-Hockaday  Cut-off 
were  neglected.  Mullowny  states: 

From  the  forks  [the  parting  of  the  ways]  toward  Crow  creek, 
(a  small  stream  so  called  at  the  base  of  the  Bear  mountains,) 
it  is  mainly  an  elevated  table  land,  a  smooth  surface  of  alluvial 
deposits,  mixed  with  fine  sand  and  gravel,  of  arid  and  sterile 
appearance,  and  yielding  nothing  but  stunted  sage.  In  cross- 
ing this  desert,  both  man  and  beast  suffer  from  the  long, 
tedious  marches,  without  water  or  grass.  The  wheels  of  the 
wagons  sink  deep  into  the  dusty  soil,  and  the  hauling  is  slow 
and  hard.  The  strong  winds  which  prevail  here  during  the 
summer  months  sweep  the  level  plains,  whirling  the  loose 
deposits  into  dark  clouds,  obscuring  the  sight,  and  filling  both 
eyes  and  nostrils  with  dust.  The  hot,  dry  air  parches  the  lips 
and  throat,  and  even  makes  respiration  difficult. 

This  waste,  therefore,  has  long  been  known  as  one  of 
the  most  dreaded  parts  of  the  road  travelled  in  crossing  the 
Rocky  mountains.  Of  the  several  routes  across  it  I  consider 
none  worthy  of  improvement  .  .  .'" 
A   more  negative  analysis  could  hardly  be  imagined. 
Mullowny  felt  that  the  only  way  to  divide  the  emigra- 
tion and  utilize  the  existing  routes  across  the  Big  Sandy 
Desert  would  be  to  sink  wells  across  its  expanses.  Other- 
wise he  felt  that  Lander's  new  northern  route  was  far 


superior. 


It  was  found  that  Lander's  Cut-off  also  had  serious 
drawbacks  involving  its  river  crossings.  Funds  were  sought 
to  construct  bridges  over  the  New  Fork  and  Green  Rivers, 
but  the  impending  Civil  War  diverted  Federal  attention 
from  this  project.*" 

Emigrant  journals  and  guidebooks  described  the 
obstacles  encountered  by  wagon  trains  in  the  vicinity  of 
the  Sublette  Road  and  the  Dempsey-Hockaday  Trail. 
Numerous  emigrant  guides  became  available  as  the  migra- 
tion progressed,  but  Joseph  E.  Ware's  guide  (1849)  was 
the  first  attempt  to  consolidate  information  about  the  trail 
in  journals,  newspapers  and  military  accounts.  In  fact, 
Ware  relied  heavily  on  John  C.  Fremont's  Report  (1845). 
Ware  himself  had  never  traveled  the  route.*' 

Ware  recommended  the  Sublette  Road  over  the  Fort 
Bridger  route.  Although  the  trail  description  is  brief,  his 
advice  concerning  the  desert  crossing,  considered  the 
route's  greatest  drawback,  is  informative: 

The  road  to  the  right  is  an  old  trail  [referring  to  the  parting 
of  the  ways].  The  present  road  is  carried  some  70  miles  out 
of  direct  course,  by  passing  Fort  Bridger.  When  you  cross 
the  Dry  or  Little  Sandy,  instead  of  turning  to  the  left  and 
following  the  river,  strike  out  across  to  the  Big  Sandy,  12 
miles.  If  you  get  to  the  river  along  through  the  day,  camp 
till  near  night.  From  the  Big  Sandy  to  Green  River,  a 
distance  of  35  miles,  there  is  not  a  drop  of  water.  By  start- 
ing from  the  Sandy  at  the  cool  of  day,  you  can  get  across 
easily  by  morning.  Cattle  can  travel  as  far  again  by  night 
as  they  can  during  the  day,  from  that  the  air  is  cool,  and 
consequently  they  do  not  need  water.  Recollect,  do  not 
attempt  to  cross  during  the  day.*^ 

W.  Wadsworth  gives  a  more  detailed  description  in 
his  National  Wagon  Road  Guide  (1858)  of  the  western  por- 
tion of  the  Sublette  Road,  giving  names  and  distances 
between  drainages.  He  also  mentioned  the  elusive  trading 


post  in  the  vicinity  of  Ham's  Fork  for  which  present-day 
local  historians  are  still  searching: 

A  few  miles  before  reaching  this  point  [Ham's  Fork],  a  road 
branches  to  the  left  by  which  you  can  reach  the  beautiful 
meadows  and  this  river  sooner  than  by  the  main  road,  and 
where  there  is  an  Indian  trading  post.  By  this  route  the 
distance  is  increased  about  one  mile,  and  you  avoid  one  bad 
hill." 

The  reference  to  an  "Indian  Trading  Post"  is  inter- 
esting, as  local  tradition  claims  that  a  trading  post  was 
located  on  the  Dempsey-Hockaday  Road  just  after  cross- 
ing Ham's  Fork  heading  west.  Wadsworth's  description 
appears  to  indicate  it  was  located  near  the  Sublette  Road. 
In  addition,  Mrs.  Bynan  J.  Pengra  mentioned  a  trading 
post  on  Ham's  Fork  in  her  journal  of  1853: 

.  .  .  Our  roads  have  been  very  hilly,  and  we  had  had  a  great 
many  deep  gutters  to  cross  which  are  very  trying  to  wag- 
gons [sic]  and  teams.  One  of  our  old  oxen  is  very  lame. 
Bynan  has  been  to  a  traders  post  a  little  distance  from  where 
we  are  camped  which  is  near  the  Second  Branch  of  Green 
River,  [Ham's  Fork]  to  see  if  he  could  make  a  trade,  has 
found  one  that  he  thinks  of  takeing  [sic].'* 
Geiger  and  Bryarly  talk  of  encountering  numerous 
hills  and  valleys  as  they  approached  Ham's  Fork  (they 
were  crossing  the  lower  Wyoming  Range).  Their  steepest 
ascents  and  descents  here  would  have  involved  Meridian 
Ridge  and  Oyster  Ridge.  Crossing  on  July  6th,  they  state: 
Every  ravine  is  still  filled  with  snow,  which  accounts  for  the 
unusual  supply  of  water,  and  convinces  one  also  of  the  terri- 
ble winter  that  has  just  past.  This  is  now  in  July  when 
everything  is  burnt  up  at  home,  while  here  we  can  indulge 
in  the  innocent  amusement  of  snow-balling  .  .  .'^ 
Describing  Ham's  Fork: 

Owing  to  the  very  affectionate  endearings,  whisperings  and 
communings  of  the  mosquitoes,  we  were  easily  aroused  this 
morning  and  made  a  start  by  daybreak.  We  descended  a  very 
steep  hUl  immediately,  at  the  bottom  of  which  we  found  con- 
siderable of  a  creek.  This  is  called  Ham's  Fork.  It  empties 
into  Bear  [Green]  River,  and  from  this  is  called  one  of  the 
feeders  of  the  Colorado. 

The  road  after  crossing  turns  to  the  left  and  runs  down 
the  valley  1  Vi  miles  and  then  turns  again  to  the  right  up  the 
steepest  hill  we  have  yet  ascended.*' 

Historian  Mary  Hurlburt  Scott,  concerning  the  later 
years  of  the  Oregon  Trail,  maintains  that  it  is  a  popular 
misconception  that  the  trail  was  no  longer  used  after  the 
coming  of  the  transcontinental  railroad  and  commercial 
stage  routes.  There  were  periods  of  peak  migration  such 
as  the  initial  California  gold  rush  and  the  Mormon  migra- 
tion to  Deseret,  but  it  is  unreasonable  to  assume  that 
migration  on  the  trail  and  its  cut-offs  suddenly  dried  up.*^ 
Scott  sets  a  date  of  1912  as  the  last  sighting  of  covered 
wagons  making  the  trek  to  Oregon  (seen  on  the  Lander 
Cut-off).  Scott  cites  numerous  examples  of  late  emigra- 
tion from  journals  and  letters  in  the  post- 1880  era.  Set- 
tlers in  the  Ham's  Fork  area  as  well  as  sheepherders 
noticed  considerable  wagon  migration  over  the  Sublette 
Road  and  the  Dempsey-Hockaday  Cut-off  in  the  1890s 
and  early  1900s.  According  to  Scott: 


John  Beachler,  Sr.,  Kemmerer,  Wyoming,  writes  that  in 
July,    1897,   his   family  traveled   the  Oregon  Trail  from 
Pendleton,  Oregon,  to  Cokeville,  Wyoming,  and  Rock  Creek 
or  Nugget,  where  they  took  the  Dempsey  Detour  of  the 
Sublette  Road  past  the  Emigrant  Springs  and  the  rockworn 
road  about  25  miles  east  of  Kemmerer,  forded  the  Green 
River  at  the  mouth  of  Slate  Creek,  and  followed  the  east  side 
of  the  river  to  Green  River  City.  They  met  at  least  200 
covered  wagons  traveling  west,  and  a  few  others  traveling 
east  like  themselves. *° 
In  addition,  Louis  Jones  of  Kemmerer,  Wyoming,  who 
herded  sheep  on  the  Ham's  Fork  Plateau,  stated:  "In  1901 
and  1902  I  saw  covered  wagon  trains  which  took  all  day 
to  pass.  This  occurred  many  days  all  summer  long."*' 
The  environs  of  the  Dempsey-Hockaday  Trail  today 
are  essentially  the  same  as  that  seen  and  experienced  by 
19th  century  emigrants  crossing  in  covered  wagons.  Very 
few  structures  exist  along  the  route  except  for  a  log 
homestead  near  a  spring  at  the  eastern  foot  of  Dempsey 
Ridge.  The  trail  is  represented  by  an  unimproved  two- 
track  through  sparsely  populated  ranching  country  where 
emigrants    in    slow-moving    wagon    trains    have    been 
replaced  by  light,  four-wheel  drive  vehicles  and  local  ran- 
chers whose  grandfathers  may  have  traveled  the  historic 
Dempsey-Hockaday  Trail. 


1 .  W,  Wadsworth,  The  National  Wagon  Road  Guide  from  St.  Joseph  and 
etc.,  1858,  (Woodbridge,  Conn.:  Research  Publications,  Inc., 
Western  Americana,  Reel  585,  No.  6033),  pp.   138-140. 

2.  U.S.,  Congress,  Senate,  Report  Upon  the  Pacific  Wagon  Roads,  S. 
Exec.  Doc.  36,  35th  Cong.,  2nd  sess.,  1858-59,  p.  31. 

3.  Peter  M.  Laudeman,  "Historical  TraUs  Management  Plan,  Rock 
Springs  District,  Rock  Springs,  Wyoming,"  (unpublished  report 
for  the  Bureau  of  Land  Management,  1979),  p.  28. 

4.  In  the  fall  of  1980,  I  visited  the  area  and  traced  most  of  the 
Dempsey-Hockaday  Trail  with  the  help  of  Government  Land  Of- 
fice township  survey  maps  (1902-1908)  and  a  geologic  map 
prepared  by  Alfred  R.  Shultz  in  1906  for  a  U.S.  Geological  Survey 
report  published  in  1914.  The  latter  map  was  quite  detailed  and 
showed  contour  lines  that  correspond  with  modern  USGS  maps. 
See  Alfred  R.  Shultz,  Geology  and  Geography  of  a  Portion  of 
Lincoln  County,  Wyoming,  U.S.  Geological  Survey  Bulletin  No. 
543,  (Washington,  D.C.:  Government  Printing  Office,  1914). 

5.  Don  Grey  conducted  a  study  in  1976  for  the  Utah  Power  and 
Light  Company  in  which  he  mapped  portions  of  the  trail  and  its 
variations,  utilizing  the  input  of  local  informants.  See  Don  Grey, 
"Branches  of  the  Oregon  Trail  in  the  Upper  Hams  Fork  Area," 
(unpublished  report  for  Utah  Power  and  Light  Co.,  1976). 

6.  Wenrf  Garmen,  Report  of  Henry  Gannett,  ME.,  Topography,  Eleventh 
Annual  Report,  U.S.  Geological  and  Geographical  Survey  of  the 
Territories  Embracing  Idaho  and  Wyoming,  F.  V.  Hayden,  1877, 
(Washington,  D.C.:  Government  Printing  Office,  1879),  p.  692. 

7.  Basil  N.  Longsworth,  Memorandum  of  Thoughts,  Reflections  and  Tran- 
sactions, Etc.,  (Fairfield,  Washington:  Ye  Galleon  Press,  1972), 
pp.  21-22. 

8.  Jacob  W.  and  Alice  Antilla,  History  of  the  Upper  Hamsfork  Valley, 
(Sak  Lake  City:  Smith  Printing,  1975),  p  95. 

9.  Schultz,  Geology,  p.  27. 

10.  Ibid.,  p.  26. 

11.  Antilla,  p.  129. 

12.  Thomas  R.  Baker  and  James  Climo,  "An  Intensive  Cultural 


65 


Resource  Survey  of  the  Getty  15-3  Willow  Creek  Well  Pad  and 
Access,  Lincoln  County,  Wyoming,"  (unpublished  report  for  the 
Getty  Oil  Company,  July  1980,  on  file  with  the  BLM  Rock 
Springs  District  Office). 
Schultz,  p.   15. 

Mary  Hurlburt  Scott,  The  Oregon  Trail  Through  Wyoming,  (Aurora, 
Colorado:  Powder  River  Publishers,  1958),  p.  9. 
Ibid.,  pp.  9-10. 

Phillip  Ashton  Rollins,  ed.  The  Discovery  of  the  Oregon  Trail:  Robert 
Stuart's  Narratives,  (New  York:  Charles  Scribner's  Sons,  1935), 
p.  181. 

Scott,  pp.  11-12. 

David  Morris  Potter,  ed..  Trail  To  California:  The  Overland  Jour- 
nal of  Vincent  Geiger  and  Wakeman  Bryarly,  (New  Haven:  Yale 
University  Press,  1945)  p.  128. 

Elizabeth  J.  Goltra,  Her  Travels  Across  the  Plains  in  1853,  (Eugene, 
Oregon:  Lane  County  Historical  Society,  1970),  p.   13. 
Scott,  p.  20. 

Archer  Butler  Hurlburt,  "1830-1930,  the  Oregon  Trail  Centen- 
nial: The  Documentary  Background  of  the  Days  of  the  First 
Wagon  Train  on  the  Road  to  Oregon, ' '  Montana  Historical  Reprints, 
Sources  of  Northwest  History,No.  9  (1930),  pp.  20-21. 
Scott,  p.  26. 
Ibid.,  pp.  27-28. 

Charles  G.  Coutant,  The  History  of  Wyoming,  Vol.  I,  (Laramie, 
Wyoming:  Chaplin,  Spafford  and  Mathison,  Printers,  1899),  p. 
350. 

Scott,  pp.  50-51. 

Fred  R.  Gowans,  "Some  New  Notes  on  Two  Old  Forts,"  An- 
nals of  Wyoming,  Fall,  1974,  pp.  218-219. 

Richard  E.  Fike  and  John  W.  Headley,  The  Pony  Express  Stations 
of  Utah  in  Historical  Perspective,  Cultural  Resources  Series, 
Monograph  2,  (Washington,  D.C.:  U.S.  Government  Printing 
Office,  1979),  p.  1. 


28.  O.  Allen,  Allen's  Guide  Book  and  Map  to  the  Gold  Fields  of  Kansas 
and  Nebraska  and  Great  Salt  Lake  City,  (Washington,  D.C.:  R.  A. 
Water,  1859),  p.  58. 

29.  U.S.  Congress,  Pacific  Wagon  Roads,  p.  53. 

30.  Antilla,  pp.  95-96. 

31.  E.  Douglas  Branch,  "Frederick  West  Lander,  Road-Builder," 
Mississippi    Valley  Historical  Review,    Sept.    1929,   pp.    175-177. 

32.  Ibid,  p.  175. 

33.  Ibid,  p.  176. 

34.  W.  Turrentine  Jackson,  Wagon  Roads  West:  A  Study  of  Federal  Road 
Surveys  and  Construction  in  the  Trans-Mississippi  West,  1846-1869, 
(Berkeley  and  Los  Angeles:  University  of  California  Press,  1952), 
pp.  175-176. 

35.  Ibid.,  p.  195. 

36.  Branch,  pp.  179-180. 

37.  Ibid,  pp.  181-183. 

38.  U.S.  Congress,  Pacific  Wagon  Roads,  p.  55. 

39.  Ibid 

40.  Branch,  pp.   186-187. 

41.  Joseph  C.  Ware,  The  Emigrant's  Guide  to  California,  (Princeton: 
Princeton  University  Press,  1932;  reprinted  from  1849  edition), 
p.  xiii. 

42.  Ibid,  p.  25. 

43.  Wadsworth,  p.  99. 

44.  Charlotte  Pengra,  Diary  of  Mrs.  BynanJ.  Pengra,  1853,  (Eugene, 
Oregon:  Lane  County  Pioneer-Historical  Society,  Inc.,  1970), 
p.  38. 

45.  Potter,  p.   137. 

46.  Ibid 

47.  Scott,  p.  87. 

48.  Mary  Hurlburt  Scott,  "Wyoming's  Oregon  Trail  West  of  South 
Pass,"  Annals  of  Wyoming,  July  1950,  p.  57. 

49.  Ibid 


66 


BOOK  REVIEWS 


The  Oklahoma  Petroleum  Industry.  By  Kenny  A. 
Franks.  (Norman:  University  of  Oklahoma  Press, 
1980).  Index,  Illus.  284  pp.  $17.50. 

Franks'  history  covers  a  wide  variety  of  oil  activities 
ranging  from  early  explorations  in  the  Indian  Territory 
of  Oklahoma,  through  the  Twenties  and  the  World  War 
II  years.  It  includes  comments  on  oil-connected  govern- 
ment regulations,  technology,  and  the  services  of  many 
outstanding  Oklahoma  oil  men. 

Although  deposits  of  petroleum  were  known  to  exist 
in  Oklahoma  for  many  years,  their  development  in  the 
early  part  of  the  20th  century  touched  off  a  great  mineral 
rush  to  the  state  and  area.  It  was  at  this  time  that  the  de- 
mand for  petroleum  products  increased  and  the  problem 
of  transporting  crude  oil  to  refineries  and  potential  markets 
was  overcome. 

Franks  points  out  that  the  maturing  of  the  state's 
petroleum  industry  marked  a  significant  transformation 
of  that  area's  economy.  Before  such  fabulously  rich  finds 
as  Red  Fork  and  Glenn  Pool,  Oklahoma's  economic  base 
rested  on  agriculture — farming  and  ranching  were 
dominant. 

The  great  influx  of  wealth  brought  about  by  the  ex- 
ploitation of  the  huge  deposits  of  crude  laid  the  founda- 
tions for  many  financial  and  industrial  institutions  that 
were  to  become  vitally  important  to  the  state's  future. 
From  this  time  onward,  Oklahoma  was  never  the  same. 
Oil  had  an  impact  on  practically  every  aspect  of  the  state's 
culture  and  economy. 

As  transportation  improved  and  more  markets  open- 
ed up,  Oklahoma  grew  to  be  one  of  the  nation's  great 
petroleum  producers.  The  twenties  and  thirties,  a  tur- 
bulent era  in  America's  history,  saw  more  and  more  enter- 
prising young  men  join  the  oil  rush. 

Such  men  as  Frank  Phillips,  J.  Paul  Getty,  William 
G.  Skelly,  H.  H.  Camplin,  Erie  P.  Halliburton  and  E. 
W.  Marland  launched  Oklahoma  oil  operations  that  even- 


tually circled  the  globe.  Technological  innovations 
generated  by  these  men,  revolutionized  petroleum  pro- 
duction on  a  worldwide  basis  and  greatly  expanded  the 
industry. 

Franks  has  provided  the  reader  a  personal  dimen- 
sion on  these  outstanding  individuals  by  pointing  out  their 
philanthropies.  The  Oklahoma  Petroleum  Council's 
Outstanding  Oil  Men  have  indeed  benefitted  the  state  by 
their  contribution  to  cultural,  academic,  and  technological 
causes. 

Many  Wyoming  residents  will  find  this  book  of 
special  interest.  One  point  stressed  in  the  book  and  wor- 
thy of  note  to  readers  in  the  Equality  State  touches  on 
petroleum  related  industries.  It  reads: 

Although  the  production,  processing,  and  marketing  phases 
of  the  Oklahoma  petroleum  industry  have  poured  hundreds 
of  millions  of  dollars  into  the  state's  economy  and  provided 
tens  of  thousands  of  jobs  for  its  citizens,  even  more  money 
and  opportunities  for  employment  have  been  provided  by 
companies  allied  with  the  oil  industry.  Perhaps  one  of  the 
best  examples  of  this  economic  coalition  is  the  Halliburton 
Services,  an  oil  field  service  firm  with  headquarters  in  Dun- 
can, Oklahoma.  When  they  founded  the  business  during  the 
oil  boom  in  the  early  twentieth  century,  Erie  P.  Hallibur- 
ton and  his  wife,  Vita,  started  with  the  help  of  a  single 
employee,  hired  on  a  daily  basis.  Ultimately,  the  firm  was 
so  successful  that  in  1977,  it  employed  more  than  13,000  peo- 
ple and  'led  the  world  as  an  oil  field  services  organization.' 
Actually,  a  complete  history  of  the  oil  industry  in 
Oklahoma  would  require  several  volumes.  This  is  but  a 
single  volume  and  as  a  result,  many  incidents  and  in- 
dividuals have  not  been  included.    It  is  an  attempt, 
however,  to  capture  a  part  of  Oklahoma's  oil  legacy  and 
those  individuals  who  made  it  possible. 

The  author  has  drawn  on  previous  histories  and  relied 
extensively  on  oral  history  interviews  with  pioneers. 
Franks  is  the  director  of  education  in  the  Oklahoma 
Heritage  Association  and  an  editor  of  the  Oklahoma 
Horizon  series.  He  knows  whereof  he  speaks.  He  has 
authored  several  books  and  many  articles  on  Oklahoma. 


67 


His  most  recent  work  on  the  petroleum  industry  is  indeed 
a  fine  work,  done  with  attention  and  perhaps,  a  Httle  af- 
fection for  an  important  facet  in  his  state's  history. 

Ed  Bille 

The  reviewer  was  Wyoming  News  Director  for  39  years  with  the  Pacific  Power 
and  Light  Company.  He  is  the  author  of  Early  Days  at  Salt  Creek  and 
Teapot  Dome,  recently  reprinted. 


The  Horse  of  the  Americas .  New  edition,  revised  and 
enlarged  by  Robert  M.  Denhardt.  (Norman: 
University  of  Oklahoma  Press,  1975).  343  pp. 
Illus.,  paper,  $8.95. 

The  title  of  this  book  is  misleading.  A  more  accurate 
title  could  read  The  Spanish  Horse  of  the  Americas.  The  author 
tells  an  interesting  story  of  the  development  of  an  excellent 
light  horse  in  Spain  during  the  700-year  domination  of 
that  country  by  the  Moors.  He  then  proceeds  to  paint  a 
verbal  picture  of  the  transport  of  these  horses  to  the 
Americas  in  small  Spanish  galleons  in  the  late  1400s  and 
early  1500s,  of  the  breeding  of  these  horses  in  the  West 
Indies,  and  of  the  dominant  role  played  by  them  in  the 
conquest  of  Mexico  and  Peru,  and  in  the  ill-fated  expedi- 
tion of  DeSoto  into  what  is  now  the  southern  part  of  the 
United  States. 

The  story  of  the  Spanish  horse  in  North  America  con- 
tinues to  unfold  with  the  settlement  of  New  Mexico,  Texas 
and  California.  From  these  settlements  the  Spanish  horse 
was  acquired  by  and  dispersed  throughout  the  North 
American  west  by  various  Indian  tribes.  These  same  set- 
tlements, according  to  Denhardt,  provided  the  English 
colonies  with  prime  horse  flesh  via  institutionalized  horse 
stealing  routes. 

Denhardt  next  describes  the  dispersion  of  the  Spanish 
horse  throughout  South  America,  and  he  ends  his  book 
with  a  discussion  of  the  various  breeds  today  in  North  and 
South  America  that  in  some  way  developed  out  of  the 
Spanish  horse.  Thus,  his  discussion  of  North  American 
breeds  focuses  on  the  Quarter  horse,  the  Mustang,  and 
various  color  breeds  such  as  the  Palomino  and  the 
Appaloosa. 

The  book  completely  ignores  the  draft  horse  breeds 
and  draft-grade  horses  that  supplied  the  power  in  the  19th 
century  to  mechanize  the  farming  sector  of  the  North 
American  economy,  that  moved  much  of  the  heavy  freight 
between  urban  markets  during  the  period  1750-1850,  and 
that  moved  all  the  heavy  freight  within  cities  and  towns 
in  the  19th  century.  The  ubiquitous  carriage,  or  buggy, 
horse  of  the  19th  century  is  not  mentioned.  The  popular 
light  horse  breeds  of  today — Arabian,  Morgan,  Tennessee 
Walker  and  Saddlebred — are  barely  mentioned.  The  Sad- 
dlebred  and  Tennessee  Walker,  for  example,  are  not  even 
listed  in  the  index,  and  the  Thoroughbred  horse  and  the 


racing  industry  of  the  20th  century  are  relegated  to  a  line 
or  two.  In  short,  the  non-cowboy  horse  does  not  exist  for 
Mr.  Denhardt. 

The  reader  interested  in  the  development  of  the 
modern  'western'  breeds  of  horses  will,  however,  find  this 
book  easy  to  read,  informative  and  filled  with  fascinating 
historical  tid-bits.  And  the  reader  will  probably  be  sur- 
prised to  learn  of  the  unique  role  played  by  the  Spanish 
horse  in  the  development  of  the  'western'  breeds  of  North 
America. 

WiLLARD  W.  Cochrane 

The  reviewer  is  the  owner  and  manager  of  a  fine  Morgan  horse  ranch  in  northern 
California.  He  is  a  retired  professor  of  Agricultural  Economics. 

Old  Navajo  Rugs:  Their  Development  from  1900  to 
1940.  By  Marion  E.  Rodee.  (Albuquerque: 
University  of  New  Mexico  Press,  1981).  Illus., 
Notes.  Bib.  Index.  113  pp.  $25. 

The  beauty  and  intricate  designs  of  Navajo  blankets 
and  rugs  have  long  been  admired  in  America.  In  Old  Nava- 
jo Rugs,  Marion  E.  Rodee  offers  interesting  reading  to 
public  and  private  collectors  of  Navajo  weaving.  Sixteen 
excellent  color  plates  and  over  70  additional  photographs 
enhance  this  concise  guide  to  the  dating  and  identifica- 
tion of  Navajo  rugs.  Primarily,  this  book  focuses  on  the 
innovations  in  patterns,  styles,  and  weaving  materials 
which  were  brought  to  the  Navajo  by  a  number  of  in- 
dividual trading  post  operators  in  the  Southwest  during  the 
first  half  of  the  20th  century.  Included  here  are  examina- 
tions of  the  influence  of  C.  N.  Cotton,  J.  B.  Moore, 
George  Bloomfield,  Lorenzo  Hubbell,  Mary  Cabot 
Wheelwright  and  the  changes  they  fostered  in  the  weav- 
ing techniques  of  the  Navajo  people  of  different  regions. 

Rodee  comes  well  qualified  to  her  task.  She  is  cur- 
rently Curator  of  Collections  at  the  Maxwell  Museum  of 
Anthropology  at  the  University  of  New  Mexico  where  she 
also  teaches.  Moreover,  she  has  clearly  done  a  fine  job 
of  research  in  museum  collections  scattered  throughout 
the  country  and  particularly  in  the  Southwest. 

Rodee's  expertise  in  her  field  is  evident  as  she  cites 
several  important  points  of  which  potential  buyers  should 
be  aware  before  purchasing  Navajo  rugs.  In  particular, 
she  repeatedly  emphasizes  the  close  attention  that  must 
be  paid  to  fabric.  She  points  out  quite  correctly  that  design 
and  color,  alone,  are  not  adequate  criteria  for  dating. 
Styles  that  were  woven  in  the  mid- 19th  century  are  still 
used  occasionally  today.  In  Chapter  Three,  Rodee  ex- 
plores the  different  breeds  of  sheep  and  varying  types  of 
wool  which  were  used  during  successive  periods  of  Navajo 
weaving.  Close  attention  to  fibers,  she  argues,  is  crucial 
to  the  accurate  determination  of  a  rug's  origin.  This  sort 
of  detailed  information  is  the  chief  asset  of  Rodee's  book 


and  will,  no  doubt,  be  of  special  use  to  private  collectors 
who  are  increasingly  turning  to  20th  century  samples  of 
Navajo  weaving  as  19th  century  pieces  become  more  rare 
and  expensive. 

There  are  a  few  problems  within  this  book,  however, 
which  should  be  mentioned.  First,  there  exists  an  incredi- 
ble amount  of  detailed  information  contained  in  far  too 
few  pages.  The  casual  reader  who  has  little  background 
knowledge  of  this  subject  will  probably  be  put  off  by  the 
machine  gun  dispersal  of  facts.  As  Rodee  gets  caught  up 
in  her  subject  which  she  knows  so  well,  her  pages  begin 
to  read  more  and  more  like  a  technical  journal.  Second, 
while  this  book  provides  much  information  about  Nava- 
jo rugs,  what  about  the  Navajo  weavers?  The  people  who 
worked  for  months  to  produce  the  complicated  designs 
so  prized  by  Anglo  buyers  are  only  shadowy  figures  in 
this  study.  Though  Rodee  does  make  a  few  general 
references  to  some  periods  in  Navajo  history  such  as  the 
forced  confinement  by  the  U.S.  Army  at  Bosque  Redon- 
do  in  1864,  by  and  large  the  reader  is  left  to  wonder  about 
these  individuals  and  their  society. 

Despite  these  reservations.  Old  Navajo  Rugs  must  be 
welcomed  as  a  valuable  contribution  to  the  growing 
number  of  books  and  articles  on  Navajo  weaving.  Though 
she  cites  few  sources  in  her  text,  the  author  provides  a 
useful,  but  by  no  means  complete,  bibliography  at  the  end 
of  her  study  for  interested  readers  who  wish  to  obtain  fur- 
ther information.  While  perhaps  too  narrowly  focused  to 
be  of  interest  to  the  general  reading  public,  Rodee 's  book 
is  a  beautifully  illustrated  source  of  detailed  and  concise 
information  for  collectors  of  Navajo  rugs  woven  in  the 
first  half  of  this  century. 

Deborah  Welch 

The  reviewer  is  a  graduate  student  in  history  at  the  University  oj  Wyoming. 


The  Mormon  People,  Their  Character  and  Traditions. 
Thomas  G.  Alexander,  editor.  (Provo:  Brigham 
Young  University  Press,  1980).  Charles  Redd 
Monographs  in  Western  History  No.  10,  127  pp., 
paper  $6.95 

The  Mormon  People,  Their  Character  and  Traditions  does 
not  claim  to  be  definitive.  Rather  it  consists  of  a  series 
of  lectures  presented  through  the  Charles  Redd  Center 
at  Brigham  Young  University.  Dr.  Alexander's  editorial 
comments  give  readers  good  direction  about  what  the  lec- 
tures are  and  their  relevance  to  each  other  and  the  larger 
picture  of  late  19th  century  Mormonism.  Readers  are  cau- 
tioned that  the  data  are  not  complete. 

However,  this  is  a  useful  and  interesting  book  for 
students  of  Mormon  history.  Dr.  Bennion's  analyses  of 
the  census  data  of  1850,  and  1880  particularly,  reveal  a 


great  deal  about  who,  meaning  Mormons,  church  leaders. 
Gentiles,  and  Indians,  were  living  where  and  what  both 
their  geographical  and  numerical  distributions  were. 

Most  challenging  is  Thayne's  look  at  Mormonism 
as  the  setting  for  the  serious  artist,  particularly  the  poet 
and  writer.  She  provides  superior  insight  into  the  strug- 
gling believer's  ventures  into  individual  comprehension, 
so  essential  to  poetry  of  worth,  but  often  perceived  as  so 
risky  to  both  the  writer's  and  her  readers'  faith.  Thayne 
herself  feels  there  need  be  no  ultimate  disharmony.  WhUe 
she  leads  us  toward  the  mountain's  top,  where  our  view 
of  our  home  is  breathtaking,  we  never  really  get  to  look 
beyond  the  valley  (faith)  in  which  we  live.  She  does  not 
help  us  see  over  the  mountain  with  its  other  vistas. 

Professor  Kunz  does  an  excellent  job  of  sorting  out 
the  misconceptions  about  polygamous  marriages  in  Utah. 
His  statistical  analyses  give  us  one  of  the  more  accurate 
pictures  of  who  was  involved,  where  they  came  from,  how 
many  were  polygamous,  and  where  they  fit  in  the  social 
and  economic  structure  of  late  19th  century  Mormondom. 
Readers  are  told  that  the  primary  reason  behind  the  prac- 
tice (by  about  nine  percent)  of  these  Mormons  was 
religious  conviction.  It  was  church  leaders  mainly  who 
responded  to  the  call. 

Derr's  history  of  the  Primary  fills  a  gap  in  Mormon 
institutional  history.  She  notes  the  important  roles  of  Eliza 
R.  Snow,  Louie  F.  Felt,  and  May  Anderson,  especially 
in  the  launching  and  development  of  primary  programs. 
The  influence  of  the  kindergarten  movement  and  graded 
public  education  is  shown  also.  Derr  notes  that  the  domi- 
nion of  women's  leadership  wanes  as  the  modern  era  ap- 
proaches, where  the  "priesthood"  leaders  assert  more 
direct  guidance  for  its  programs. 

Finally,  Mark  Hamilton  provides  an  unusually  in- 
sightful delineation  of  symbolism  and  iconography  on  the 
Salt  Lake  Temple.  The  details  of  sunstones,  moonstones, 
Saturn  stones,  star  stones,  remind  readers  again  of  how 
all-inclusive  the  hand  of  God  or  ways  of  God  were  perceiv- 
ed to  pervade  everyday  life  of  19th  century  Mormons. 
Many  readers  will  walk  again  around  Temple  Square  to 
see  if  all  that  iconography  is  really  there. 

This  is  a  useful  book,  that  does  what  the  editor  hopes, 
to  add  to  our  understanding  of  late  19th  century 
Mormonism. 


Melvin  T.  Smith 

The  reviewer  is  director  of  the  Utah  State  Historical  Society,  Salt  Lake  City. 


Let  My  People  Know:  American  Indian  Journalism, 
1828-1 978. By  James  E.  Murphy  and  Sharon  M. 
Murphy.  Foreword  by  Jeannette  Henry.  (Nor- 


69 


man:  University  of  Oklahoma  Press,  1981).  Ap- 
pendices. Bib.  Index.  230  pp.,  $14.95. 

This  volume  represents  a  rather  useful  introduction 
to  the  history  of  American  Indian  journalism.  The 
authors'  primary  interest  is  in  the  1960s  and  1970s.  More 
than  half  of  the  book  is  devoted  to  this  era  and  it  is  this 
portion  of  Let  My  People  Know  that  probably  will  be  the 
most  valuable  to  its  readers. 

James  Murphy  and  Sharon  Murphy,  professors  of 
journalism  at  Southern  Illinois  University,  have  taken  on 
a  challenging  assignment.  It  cannot  be  doubted  that  they 
have  done  their  homework  in  a  conscientious  manner.  As 
Jeannette  Henry  notes  in  her  lengthy  foreword,  they  have 
tried  to  write  a  book  long  overdue  in  its  publication  and 
they  have  sifted  through  a  great  many  publications  of  past 
and  present  in  order  to  provide  us  with  this  survey.  Let 
My  People  Know  has  its  shortcomings,  but  we  cannot  fault 
its  authors  for  lack  of  effort. 

The  Murphys  make  an  honest  attempt  to  give  a  com- 
prehensive overview  of  contemporary  Indian  journalism. 
In  separate  chapters  they  catalogue  what  they  term  agency 
publications,  national  publications,  tribal  and  intertribal 
publications,  regional  papers,  magazines  and  specializ- 
ed publications,  broadcasting  in  Indian  country,  and  the 
movement  toward  media  associations.  When  combined 
with  an  appendix  containing  a  directory  of  American  In- 
dian print  and  broadcast  media,  the  descriptions  will  ac- 
quaint the  reader  new  to  the  field  with  the  names  and 
general  characteristics  of  various  Indian  journalistic  enter- 
prises. Western  librarians,  people  involved  in  Native 
American  studies  programs,  journalism  students,  and 
others  will  find  such  listings  a  real  service. 

For  the  more  general  reader,  Let  My  People  Know 
speaks  to  the  enduring  nature  of  Indian  life.  The  very  ex- 
istence of  such  an  array  of  publications  underlines  not  only 
the  need  for  Native  American  perspectives  in  print,  but 
as  well  the  continuing,  indeed  growing  Indian  presence 
in  this  country.  Although  this  book  sometimes  emphasizes 
Native  American  problems  at  the  expense  of  Indian 
achievements,  it  demonstrates  that  far  from  vanishing  into 
the  mainstream,  many  Indians  are  maintaining  modern, 
adaptive  identities. 

The  variety  of  Indian  identities  in  fact  leads  to  a  cen- 
tral dilemma  which  the  authors  have  only  partially  resolv- 
ed. Just  as  authors  of  Native  American  histories  confront 
the  multiplicity  of  tribal,  regional  and  national  ex- 
periences, so,  too,  the  Murphys  have  had  to  contend  with 
a  staggering  number  of  cases  in  point.  In  their  valiant 
endeavor  to  be  comprehensive,  they  have  not  been  able 
in  160  pages  of  text  to  be  detailed  in  their  analysis.  Ex- 
cept for  a  few  major  examples,  it  seems  as  though  no 
sooner  than  one  publication  is  cited,  it  is  tim^  to  move 
on  to  another  newspaper.  Some  of  the  difficulty  lies  in 
the  difference  between  journalism  and  history.  The 
authors  are  not  historians,  as  their  choppy  style  and  their 

70 


continual  use  of  the  passive  voice  make  clear.  In  any  event, 
the  evolution  of  various  publications,  let  alone  an  estima- 
tion of  their  strengths  and  weaknesses,  generally  is 
neglected.  The  Navajo  Times,  for  example,  merits  a  whole 
page  (a  lion's  share  of  attention  in  this  book),  but  we  learn 
litde  of  its  internal  dynamics,  the  role  of  White  and  Navajo 
editors  at  different  points  in  time,  and  so  forth. 

In  addition,  the  historical  portion  of  the  book  is  too 
limited.  Oklahoma  Indian  publications  gain  most  of  the 
attention.  Pan-Indian  and  individual  efforts  such  as  the 
journal  of  the  Society  of  American  Indians  and  Carlos 
Montezuma's  Wassaja  are  mentioned  only  in  passing  and 
such  Indian  school  papers  as  the  one  published  at  Car- 
lisle are  not  discussed  at  all. 

For  the  contemporary  period,  the  influence  of  Jean- 
nette Henry  is  very  much  preserit.  The  book's  tide  is  deriv- 
ed from  the  subtitle  of  Henry's  and  Rupert  Costo's 
Wassaja.  The  Indian  Historian  Press  gains  more  complete 
and  more  favorable  scrutiny  than  any  other  venture.  WhUe 
Henry  and  Costo  have  been  important  figures  in  Indian 
journalism,  they  and  their  publications  deserve  as  critical 
an  examination  as  any  others.  Unfortunately,  they  do  not 
receive  it. 

Peter  Iverson 


Dr,  Iverson,  a  specialist  in  American  Indian  history,  holds  the  Ph.D.  degree 
from  the  University  of  Wisconsin.  He  is  an  associate  professor  of  history  at  the 
University  of  Wyoming. 


The  Compassionate  Samaritan:  The  Life  of  Lyndon  B. 
Johnson.  By  Philip  Reed  Rulon.  (Chicago:  Nelson- 
Hall,  1981).  300  pp.  Cloth,  $21.95.  Paper, 
$10.95. 

So  much  has  been  written  about  President  Lyndon 
Baines  Johnson  that  you  may  wonder  what  more  can  be 
said  so  soon.  Professor  Philip  Reed  Rulon  adds  a  much- 
needed  dimension  to  the  fund  of  public  knowledge  of  our 
36th  President. 

Three  men  were  inspirations  to  Lyndon  Johnson:  his 
father,  President  Franklin  Delano  Roosevelt,  and  Sam 
Rayburn.  Much  of  what  this  book  is  all  about  flows  from 
the  years  and  events,  the  philosophy  and  the  inspiration, 
of  FDR  in  the  formative,  political  age  of  the  young  Lyn- 
don Johnson.  Coincidentally,  this  review  is  being  writ- 
ten at  the  moment  of  the  100th  anniversary  of  the  birth 
of  Franklin  D.  Roosevelt. 

What  is  especially  refreshing  in  Professor  Rulon 's 
volume  is  its  strong  focus  on  the  spirit  of  compassion,  the 
deep  commitment  to  public  education,  and  the  convic- 
tion that  "the  little  people"  deserve  the  best  that  educa- 
tion can  provide  and  the  new  opportunities  that  "the  right 
to  be  educated"  can  offer. 


With  all  the  prose  of  the  many  writers  who  have 
detailed  the  legislative  shills,  the  endless  political  battles 
so  effectively  waged,  and  the  disillusionments  and  frustra- 
tions of  the  Vietnam  era,  it  is  timely  to  rebalance  all  with 
a  sense  of  perspective  in  the  life  of  a  great  American  whose 
own  public  career  focused  particularly  and  tirelessly  on 
the  educational  opportunities  of  his  fellow  man. 

As  Senate  Majority  Leader,  Lyndon  Johnson  literally 
engineered  breakthroughs  in  enriching  and  broadening 
the  public  educational  opportunities  for  the  young.  To 
be  sure,  to  get  it  started  he  launched  it  through  a  "Defense 
Education  Act,"  and  he  culminated  his  efforts  while  Presi- 
dent with  the  passage  of  sixty,  separate  education  bills 
covering  the  entire  horizon  of  educational  opportunity. 

I  do  not  wish  to  suggest  in  this  short  review  that  the 
author  was  blind  to  the  darker  years,  particularly  in  the 
latter  1960s,  of  LBJ's  public  service,  but  only  to  suggest 
that  this  biography  is  well-rounded  and  refocuses  on  the 
substantive  contributions  of  the  tall  Texan  in  a  way  that 
achieves  a  better  sense  of  balance  in  evaluating  the  man's 
impact  on  his  country. 

The  reader  will  be  rewarded  by  the  interesting  foot- 
notes and  new  anecdotes  flowing  from  the  hyperactive  life 
and  drive  of  Lyndon  Johnson,  accompanied  as  they  are 
by  the  constant  presence,  efforts,  and  counsel  of  Lady 
Bird.  Together  they  gave  new  meaning  to  the  White 
House — a  flavor  of  gentle  humanity  rarely  matched.  The 
President  said  it  best  in  his  own  way; 

"We  seek  for  all  our  people  expanding  opportunity  ...  a 
Nation  where  no  one  is  forgotten,  where  the  young  have  faith 
and  the  aged  have  hope,  and  the  least  stand  equal  to  the 
greatest." 

As  a  Wyoming  footnote.  Professor  Philip  Rulon's 
biography  of  Lyndon  Johnson  will  remind  many  Wyo- 
mingites  of  the  close  working  relationship  of  their  own 
Senators  in  Washington  with  the  36th  President  of  the 
United  States. 

When  the  young  United  States  Senator  from  Texas 
received  his  first  important  chairmanship  at  the  begin- 
ning of  the  Korean  War  in  1950,  he  was  assigned  the  task 
of  overseeing  the  funding  of  the  war  crisis  developments. 
One  of  his  key  members  on  that  committee  was  the  new 
Senator  from  Wyoming,  Lester  C.  Hunt,  who  had  step- 
ped from  the  governorship  to  his  Washington  post.  His 
service  on  the  Johnson  group  was  one  to  which  LBJ  often 
referred. 

By  the  mid-1950s  Lyndon  Johnson's  strongest  efforts 
focused  on  new  educational  opportunities  and,  in  par- 
ticular, his  crusade  for  civil  rights.  The  watershed  legisla- 
tion was  the  Civil  Rights  Act  of  1957  which  was  made 
possible,  in  the  words  of  LBJ,  by  the  parliamentary  skill 
of  one  Senator,  Joseph  C.  O'Mahoney  of  Wyoming. 

And  because  of  the  then-Majority  Leader  Lyndon 
Johnson's  debt  to  Senator  Joe,  he  visited  Wyoming  for 
his  first  time  to  promise  the  people  that  if  they  would  send 
to  Washington  that  "young,  history  professor,  Dr.  Gale 


McGee,"  he  would  place  him  immediately  on  the  all- 
powerful  Appropriations  Committee,  an  unprecedented 
act  in  behalf  of  an  uninitiated  freshman  Senator.  Wyo- 
ming did,  and  he  did. 

The  coincidence  of  these  events  led  to  a  deep  and 
abiding  friendship  between  this  writer  and  the  President 
spanning  nearly  two  decades. 

Finally,  Governor  Joe  Hickey  of  Wyoming  was  a  key 
floor  leader  at  the  1960  Democratic  National  Convention 
for  the  LBJ  presidential  drive.  Even  though  John  Ken- 
nedy won.  Vice  President  Johnson  never  forgot  his  debt 
to  Wyoming's  then-junior  Senator,  Joe  Hickey.  It  was 
not  long  after  that  President  Johnson  saw  to  it  that 
Governor-Senator  Hickey  received  the  coveted  appoint- 
ment to  the  Federal  judgeship  of  the  Tenth  Circuit  Court. 

Tliese  events  involving  Wyoming's  Senatorial  delega- 
tion for  nearly  twenty  years  re-emphasize  not  only  his 
dedication  to  accomplishing  deeds  for  his  fellow  man  and 
"the  little  people,"  but  also  focus  on  his  undying  loyalty 
to  those  who  helped  him  along  the  way.  And  it  was  on 
more  than  one  occasion  that  Lyndon  Johnson  visited  the 
Equality  State  and  remarked  upon  the  hospitality  of  his 
fellow  Westerners  in  Wyoming. 

Gale  W.  McGee 

The  reviewer  is  ajormer  U.S.  Senator,  Ambassador  to  the  O.A.S.,  and  pro- 
fessor of  history  at  the  University  of  Wyoming.  He  is  presently  a  consultant  liv- 
ing in  Washington,  D.  C. 


Custer  and  the  Little  Big  Horn:  A  Psychobiographical 
Inquiry.  By  Charles  K.  Hofling.  (Detroit:  Wayne 
State  University  Press,  1981).  Index.  Bib.  Notes. 
Illus.  Maps.  118  pp.  $15.95. 

For  over  a  century  the  name  and  exploits  of  George 
Armstrong  Custer  have  remained  before  the  public.  In 
this  study  a  new  tool — psychobiography — is  employed  to 
help  gain  further  understanding  of  his  disaster  on  the  Litde 
Big  Horn.  The  author  is  a  trained  pyschiatrist  who  chaired 
the  American  Historical  Association  Task  Force  on 
Psychohistory  a  few  years  ago.  As  such  he  is  well  qualified 
to  write  this  book. 

He  traces  the  controversies  surrounding  the  Little  Big 
Horn  defeat  briefly,  and  then  turns  his  attention  to  shift- 
ing the  layers  of  conflicting  statements  about  the  battle. 
After  devoting  three  chapters  to  a  factual  narrative  of  what 
happened  he  raises  a  series  of  20  questions  about  Custer's 
odd  behavior  and  military  blunders.  According  to  Hof- 
ling, Custer  was  too  good  an  officer  to  have  made  so  many 
mistakes  unless  serious  problems  clouded  his  judgment. 
He  then  says  that  the  Little  Big  Horn  defeat  is 
understandable  only  when  one  answers  the  questions: 
"What  was  interfering  with  Custer's  personal  effec- 
tiveness? That  is,  what  was  preventing  him  from  func- 


71 


tioning  smoothly,  from  making  better  decisions,  from  ex- 
ercising his  full  capacities?  What  was  leading  him  to  move 
headlong  into  a  doomed  situation?" 

To  answer  this  he  examines  Custer's  personal  life, 
focusing  on  his  childhood,  Civil  War  experiences,  post 
war  years  on  the  Plains,  and  his  marriage  and  family  life. 
According  to  Hofling,  Custer  suffered  from  a  narcissistic 
personality  disorder  of  medium  intensity.  In  addition, 
however,  the  author  points  out  a  series  of  rash  and  self- 
destructive  actions  which  spanned  Custer's  career.  The 
pattern  of  these  actions  is  so  clear  that  from  it  Hofling 
infers  a  strong  unconscious  sense  of  guilt  which  caused 
Custer  to  spoil  his  successes  repeatedly  with  rash  actions 
shortly  afterwards.  These  acts  were  part  of  a  broader  series 
of  drastic  ups  and  downs  in  the  general's  career,  that  were 
unusual  only  in  their  severity.  He  suffered  through  a  cyclic 
pattern  of  shame-avoiding,  glory-seeking  actions,  and  then 
his  unrecognized  guilt  feelings  led  to  another  self- 
destructive  episode. 

The  final  thesis  in  the  study  is  that  Custer  had  dif- 
ficulty dealing  with  older  men.  Thus,  General  Terry's 
kindness  toward  him  upset  his  usual  responses,  stimulating 
Custer's  self-defeating,  guUt  phase  and  confusing  his  think- 
ing and  decision-making  abilities.  This  is  discussed  more 
clearly  in  the  book  than  here,  and  offers  a  convincing  look 
at  Custer's  planning  and  actions  on  the  campaign  trail. 

Much  has  been  written  about  George  Custer  and  the 
Little  Big  Horn  campaign.  This  excellent  study  gives  a 
framework  into  which  the  reader  may  place  much  of  what 
is  known  about  that  series  of  events.  The  book  neither 
praises  nor  damns  Custer.  Rather  it  looks  at  why  he  did 
the  things  which  have  seemed  so  unexplainable  to  so  many 
for  so  long.  This  is  psychobiography  at  its  best.  The  pat- 
terns emerge  early,  affect  the  subject's  life,  and  may  be 
used  to  help  understand  what  are  otherwise  strange  and 
contradictory  actions.  Although  brief,  this  book  should 
become  a  major  part  of  recent  Custer  literature.  In  the 
best  of  all  possible  worlds  it  might  even  discourage  most 
future  authors  from  continuing  the  chiefly  pointless 
debates  about  this  unfortunate  man. 

Roger  L.  Nichols 

Dr.  Nichols  is  a  professor  of  history  at  the  University  of  Arizona,   Tucson. 


The  Battle  for  Butte,  Mining  and  Politics  on  the  Nor- 
thern Frontier,  1864-1906.  By  Michael  P.  Malone. 
(Seattle:  University  of  Washington  Press,  1981). 
Notes.  Illus.  Bib.  Index.  217  pp.  $17.95. 

The  mining  frontier  in  the  trans-Mississippi  West  has 
attracted  the  interest  of  numerous  historians,  photo- 
graphers and  writers  of  fiction.  Unfortunately  their  at- 
tention was  riveted  to  the  colorful  search  for  gold  and  silver 


72 


and  tended  to  ignore  or  slight  the  less  romantic  but  equally 
important  development  of  a  base  metals  mining  industry. 
Recently  a  number  of  scholars  have  attempted  to  fill  the 
historical  void.  Richard  Lingenfelter,  James  Fell,  Mark 
Wyman,  Ronald  Brown  and  Joseph  King  studied  the 
economic,  business,  labor  and  political  aspects  of  the  cop- 
per and  lead  frontiers  of  the  mountainous  West.  When 
added  to  other  works  on  Lake  Superior  iron  ore  and 
western  coal  we  are  at  last  getting  a  balanced  understand- 
ing of  the  integral  role  mining  played  in  the  American 
frontier  experience. 

Michael  Malone,  historian  and  administrator  at 
Montana  State  University,  adds  a  significant  volume  to 
western  economic  literature.  He  has  not  written  a  history 
of  the  copper  mining  community  of  Butte,  Montana,  but 
a  detailed  account  of  the  economic  and  political  struggle 
to  control  a  major  mining  district.  This  is  not  a  roman- 
ticized, moralistic  account  of  good  and  bad  copper  kings, 
instead  it  is  a  story  of  strong  personalities  and  the  institu- 
tions and  forces  that  affected  them.  Copper  mining  re- 
quired huge  outlays  of  capital  for  concentrators,  smelters 
and  refineries.  This,  in  turn,  created  great  rivalries  that 
quickly  spilled  over  into  the  political  arena  and  local  courts. 

Miners  were  initially  attracted  to  western  Montana 
in  the  early  1860s  by  readily  accessible  gold  deposits.  The 
rush  lasted  no  more  than  a  decade  and  by  1870  had  col- 
lapsed. Butte  resembled  hundreds  of  dilapidated  mining 
towns  whose  resources  had  quickly  played  out  and  whose 
population  had  moved  on  to  the  newest  diggings.  When, 
several  decades  later,  active  mining  returned  to  Butte  it 
followed  a  pattern  familiar  to  metal  mining  regions  from 
northeastern  Minnesota  to  Utah  and  Arizona.  Control 
of  the  major  ore  bearing  properties  was  transferred  from 
local  pioneers  to  shrewd  merchant-financiers  who  moved 
in  during  difficult  times,  and  with  capital  and  ad- 
ministrative ability,  developed  the  principal  deposits. 

Anaconda,  astutely  managed  by  Marcus  Daly, 
towered  over  other  Butte  companies.  It  was  a  huge,  ver- 
tically integrated  firm  that  also  owned  hotels,  farmland, 
rail  lines  and  commercial  property.  "The  Anaconda 
loomed  over  Butte,  and  over  Montana  itself,  like  a 
monstrous  leviathan  whose  every  twist  and  lurch  became 
a  life  and  death  concern."  Throughout  the  1890s  the  firm 
survived  shifting  financial  control  that  briefly  included  the 
European  banking  Rothschilds  before  returning  to  Boston 
and  New  York  speculators  and  withstood  the  impact  of 
the  panic  of  1893  and  four  subsequent  years  of  depres- 
sion (a  period  of  falling  copper  prices  and  20,000 
unemployed  Montana  residents,  mostly  miners).  The 
eastern  financiers  inevitably  consolidated  their  Montana 
holdings  and  created  Amalgamated  Copper,  with  Anacon- 
da the  core  ingredient. 

In  1901  the  anti-consolidated  forces,  led  at  first  by 
William  A.  Clark  and  then  by  F.  Augustus  Heinze  (the 
latter  described  as  a  workingman's  man  who  spent  con- 
siderable time  underground  with  his  miners)  launched  a 


legal  campaign  that  involved  a  bewildering  number  of 
properties  and  issues.  When  the  courts  ruled  in  Heinze's 
favor,  Amalgamated  retaliated  with  a  complete  shutdown 
of  its  Butte  operations,  putting  tremendous  pressure  on 
miners  and  state  officials.  Their  tactic  worked  and  Heinze 
eventually  sold  out  to  the  Consolidated.  The  agreement 
involved  dismissal  of  110  law  suits,  eliminated  Heinze  as 
a  major  force  in  Montana  mining  or  politics  and  ended 
the  struggle  between  independents  and  the  copper  trust. 
It  also  demonstrated  "the  extent  to  which  this  remote, 
thinly  populated,  much-abused  mountain  commonwealth 
had  become  a  pawn  in  the  world  of  capitalistic  intrigue 
and  manipulation."  The  author  believes  this  ugly  image 
of  corporate  domination  is  the  most  burdensome  legacy 
of  the  battle  for  Butte. 

This  is  a  complicated  tale  of  entreprenurial  rivalry, 
legal  entanglements  and  strong  individuals.  Malone 
threaded  his  way  through  the  maze  of  events  in  superb 
fashion.  This  is  a  story  that  will  attract  the  interest  of 
residents  who  still  live  with  the  aftermath  of  the  events 
and  economic  and  business  historians  who  will  appreciate 
the  effort  put  forth  by  the  author.  General  readers  will 
thoroughly  enjoy  the  all  too  brief  description  of  Butte's 
colorful  society.  It  was  a  community  that  struck  visitors 
with  its  desolation,  ugliness  and  pollution.  Yet  Butte  en- 
joyed a  richly  cosmopolitan  population  dominated  by  the 
visible  contrast  between  Irish  and  Cornish  families.  The 
former  were  Catholic  Democrats  whose  lives  revolved 
around  the  parish  church  and  school,  whOe  the  latter  were 
more  often  conservative.  Republican  and  Methodist.  The 
awesome  strength  of  labor  unions  also  played  a  signifi- 
cant role  in  the  life  of  Butte's  residents.  I  wish  the  author 
could  have  expanded  this  delightful  section,  perhaps 
catching  the  flavor  of  Watson  Parker's  recent  study  of 
Deadwood,  South  Dakota.  This  brief  quibble  aside, 
Malone  has  made  a  significant  contribution  to  western 
mining  history. 

David  A.  Walker 

David  A.  Walker,  visiting  professor  of  history  at  the  University  of  Wyoming, 
is  a  regular  instructor  at  the  University  of  Northern  Iowa  (Cedar  Falls).  He 
authored  Iron  Frontier,  The  Development  and  Early  Years  of  Min- 
nesota's Three  Ranges,  a  study  of  the  beginning  of  the  iron  mining  industry 
and  a  story  similar  to  entreprenurial  rivalry  and  legal  entanglements  of  Butte. 


Mormonism  and  the  American  Experience.  By  Klaus 
J.  Hansen.  (Chicago  and  London:  University  of 
Chicago     Press,      1981).      257      pp.      $15. 

Mormonism  and  The  American  Experience  is  too  ambitious 
a  book  for  such  a  small  volume.  Still  Klaus  Hansen  gives 
us  a  remarkable  look  at  Mormon  history  in  the  context 
of  the  larger  American  scene.  His  book  presents  a  series 


of  careful  syntheses  of  already  complex  syntheses  of  both 
Mormon  and  American  social  and  religious  thought.  The 
author  may  have  presumed  a  sophistication  in  his  readers 
that  few  will  have.  Nevertheless,  serious  Mormon  history 
students  will  be  amply  rewarded  by  the  author's  erudite 
treatment  of  several  seminal  issues. 

Hansen  believes  Mormonism  resulted  from  the  coin- 
cidence in  America  of  a  religious  people  who  needed  a 
spokesman  and  the  appearance  of  Joseph  Smith.  To  ex- 
plain the  prophet,  Hansen  ranges  widely,  offering  options 
that  include  Smith's  religious  genius,  bicamerality,  and 
other  psycho-history  insights.  The  author's  purpose  is  not 
to  determine  whether  "Mormonism"  is  true  or  false,  but 
rather  to  discover  what  it  is  and  how  it  fits  in  American 
history. 

"Mormonism  and  American  Culture"  reviews  col- 
onial society  and  the  Age  of  Jackson,  with  a  focus  on  the 
religious  perceptions  of  the  times.  As  the  new  American 
character  was  evolving,  Hansen  shows  how  Mormonism 
became  a  specific  plan  that  offered  the  ultimate  hope  for 
"dislocated"  people.  They  could  become  gods  in  eternity 
as  well  as  rulers  in  America's  democracy. 

"The  Mormons  Rationalization  of  Death"  is  one  of 
the  book's  best  chapters.  Mormonism  reduced  the  fear 
of  death,  by  placing  mankind  in  eternity  as  both  pre- 
existent  and  post  mortal  beings.  People  could  love  open- 
ly without  fear  that  death  was  a  final  separation.  An  im- 
portant secondary  impact  was  the  turning  of  the  hearts 
of  "fathers"  to  the  children  who  were  no  longer  "little 
strangers"  whom  parents  feared  to  love  too  much  because 
the  pain  of  death  would  be  too  great  to  bear. 

The  chapter  on  "The  Kingdom  of  God"  indicates 
the  impact  of  millenarianism  on  Mormon  thought  and 
behavior.  Mormons  moved  from  hoped-for  homogenei- 
ty in  Joseph  Smith's  day  to  pluralism  and  statehood  by 
the  20th  century,  where  their  distinctiveness  was  sacrificed 
on  the  alter  of  acceptability.  Twentieth-century  Mor- 
monism became  100%  Americanism  or  more. 

"Changing  Perspectives  on  Sexuality  and  Marriage" 
reviews  Mormonism's  ties  with  earlier  Puritanism.  Sex 
was  an  acceptable  element  in  God's  kingdom.  Polygamy 
symbolized  the  Mormon's  hope  of  a  new  heaven  and  a 
new  earth.  For  Protestants  it  meant  priesthood  oppres- 
sion and  sin.  Eventually  Mormons  would  similarly  see 
sex  as  sin. 

His  sixth  chapter,  "The  Transformation  of  Racial 
Thought  and  Practice,"  traces  Mormon  attitudes  through 
acceptance,  discrimination  and  acceptance  of  Blacks. 
Those  forces  playing  on  these  changes  included  prophetic 
declamation,  scriptures,  and  scholarship,  with  the  "revela- 
tion" in  1978  providing  that  all  worthy  males  could  hold 
the  priesthood. 

No  brief  review  can  capture  the  significance  of  this 
kind  of  book.  It  requires  careful,  thoughtful  scrutiny  to 
comprehend  the  complex  of  meanings  in  Hansen's  weav- 
ing of  ideas,  concepts  and  movements  of  American  and 

73 


Mormon  history  that  helped  make  both  of  them  what  they 
are  today.  His  bibUographic  essay  and  careful  footnoting 
complement  this  excellent  work.  Still  this  reviewer  can- 
not overlook  one  error  of  fact  on  page  194,  since  his  own 
grandfather,  a  son  of  Samuel  H.  Smith,  also  came  west 
in  1848,  and  produced  a  sizable  progeny. 

Though  Hansen's  is  not  an  easy  history  to  read  or 
to  accept  wholly,  it  is  a  superior  work  which  deserves 
serious  scrutiny  by  serious  students  of  Mormon  and 
American  religious  histories. 

Melvin  T.  Smith 

The  reviewer  is  director  of  the  Utah  State  Historical  Society,  Salt  Lake  City. 


The  West  and  Reconstruction.  By  Eugene  H.  Ber- 
wanger.  (Urbana;  University  of  Illinois  Press, 
1981).  Appendix.  Bib.  Index.  255  pp.  $19.50. 

When  students  of  history  view  the  Reconstruction 
era,  those  years  following  the  Civil  War  that  saw  political, 
social  and  economic  upheaval,  they  normally  consider  the 
southern  states  and  their  readjustment  to  secession  and 
military  defeat.  Little  emphasis  has  been  placed  on  states 
west  of  the  Mississippi  River  not  directly  affected  by  the 
war  or  its  aftermath.  Even  western  historians  who  brief- 
ly discuss  the  military  action  disregard  Reconstruction. 
Eugene  Berwanger,  professor  of  history  at  Colorado  State 
University,  has  ignored  that  trend  and  presented  a  detailed 
examination  of  the  years  1865-1868  in  the  trans- 
Mississippi  West. 

Berwanger  believes  that  restoration  of  the  former 
Confederate  states  and  the  extension  of  legal  equality  to 
Blacks  were  major  political  concerns  to  western  residents. 
Between  1865-1868  the  region,  including  states  and 
organized  territories  from  Minnesota  to  California,  over- 
whelmingly supported  the  Republican  Party  and  congres- 
sional leadership.  Reconstruction  dominated  newspaper 
editorials,  political  speeches  and  private  correspondence, 
sources  thoroughly  examined  by  the  author.  National 
government  policies  did  play  a  stronger  role  in  areas  that 
were  more  populous,  politically  mature  and  in  telegraphic 
communication  with  the  East.  The  birthplace  and 
background  of  residents  provided  some  locally  varied  opi- 
nions and  profoundly  influenced  individual  reaction  to 
social  and  political  issues.  After  1868  westerners  began 
to  resent  lawmakers'  attention  focused  on  the  South  to 
the  detriment  of  their  own  regional  problems.  They  show- 
ed little  interest  in  economic  issues  that  seemed  to  have 
no  impact  on  their  lives:  inflation,  recession  and  green- 
back monetary  policy.  In  California,  Oregon  and 
Washington,  for  example,  land  reform  and  Chinese  immi- 
gration took  precedence. 


President  Andrew  Johnson  attracted  some  support 
in  the  West  when  he  astutely  appointed  many  local 
residents  to  territorial  government  positions.  Western 
Democrats  openly  supported  the  President  hoping  to  be 
rewarded  with  patronage,  but  most  officials  were  veterans. 
Unionists  and  moderate  Republicans.  Johnson's  stature 
began  to  diminish,  however,  when  he  vetoed  the 
Freedmen's  Bureau  bill,  an  action  seen  as  capitulation 
to  southern  aristocracy.  Westerners  feared  that  former 
slaves,  inexperienced  in  the  political  arena,  would  be 
abused  by  scheming  whites.  Regional  political  observers 
also  disapproved  of  the  President's  failure  to  handle  na- 
tional problems  harmoniously,  his  paranoid  style  of  leader- 
ship, his  inability  to  build  support  at  the  grass  roots  level 
and  his  inflexible  decisions. 

Western  reform  spirit  was  not  widespread.  The 
political  parties  differed  in  their  approach  to  voting  rights. 
Democrats  said  that  suffrage  would  lead  to  undesired  social 
equality  and  that  their  opponents  wanted  to  eliminate  all 
racial  distinctions.  Republicans,  on  the  other  hand,  believ- 
ed that  suffrage  in  the  states  and  territories  was  a  local 
matter  and  should  not  be  imposed  by  outside  authority. 
The  ensuing  struggle  produced  varying  results.  Minnesota 
Republicans  openly  advocated  voting  rights  for  all  men. 
The  only  successful  campaign  by  Blacks  for  equal  suffrage 
occurred  in  Colorado  Territory.  The  victory  was  short- 
lived, however,  when  Johnson  vetoed  a  statehood  bill  in 
1866  and  left  the  area  with  white  voting.  Wyoming  was 
the  only  place  that  never  legally  restricted  participation 
in  the  legislature;  Blacks  voted  from  the  territory's  crea- 
tion in  1868,  as  did  womep^,  William  Jefferson  Hardin 
was  the  first  black  legislator,  serving  from  1879-1882. 

Berwanger  devotes  an  entire  chapter  to  western 
involvement  in  and  reaction  to  Johnson's  impeachment. 
Central  focus  is  placed  on  Kansas  Senator  Edmund  Ross, 
the  only  western  resident  among  seven  Republicans  who 
voted  to  acquit  the  President. 

Once  again  party  affiliation  produced  varying  opin- 
ions. Democrats  took  a  strong  stand  against  impeachment 
but  carefully  avoided  defendingjohnson,  whom  most  con- 
sidered a  political  liability.  Initially  Republicans  urged 
moderation  but  the  more  inflexible  Johnson  became  the 
more  they  supported  impeachment.  Berwanger  believes 
this  change  also  reflects  a  growing  distaste  for  the  whole 
Reconstruction  process.  Historians  also  reflect  a  diverse 
opinion.  UntU  the  late  1950s  many  portrayed  Senator  Ross 
as  fearless  and  highly  principled,  a  "profile  in  courage." 
Recently  some  scholars  believe  he  sold  his  vote  for 
patronage.  Berwanger  takes  a  stand  between  these  ex- 
tremes. The  reasons  for  the  Senator's  vote  were  complex, 
but  part  of  the  decision  was  a  concern  for  his  own  political 
future.  Ross  clearly  gloried  in  his  prominent  position. 

This  is  an  excellent  contribution  that  broadens  our 
understanding  of  the  complex  postbellum  years.  It  is 
something  of  a  companion  piece  to  the  author's  earlier 
work,  The  Frontier  Against  Slavery  (1967).  The  scholarship 


74 


is  solid,  the  writing  lucid.  Berwanger  tapped  a  prodigious 
variety  of  sources  from  throughout  the  West,  including 
personal  papers,  government  records  and  documents  and 
over  160  newspapers.  An  appendix  shows  western  Con- 
gressman's votes  on  17  key  Reconstruction  issues  during 
the  38th,  39th  and  40th  Congresses.  The  book  should  at- 
tract those  interested  in  western,  Reconstruction  and 
political  history.  All  who  read  it  will  benefit  from  the  new 
dimension  on  a  turbulent  and  controversial  period  in 
American  history. 

David  A.  Walker 

The  reviewer,  visiting  professor  of  history  at  the  University  of  Wyoming,  is  a 
professor  at  the  University  of  Northern  Iowa  (Cedar  Falls).  He  is  completing 
a  co-authored  book  for  Meckler  Press  entitled  A  Biographical  Directory  of 
American  Territorial  Governors. 


The  Remembered  Earth,  An  Anthology  of  Contemporary 
Native  American  Literature.  Edited  by  Geary  Hob- 
son.  (Albuquerque:  University  of  New  Mexico 
Press,  1981).  Brief  biographical  sketches  of  con- 
tributors. 417  pp.  Cloth,  $14.95.  Paper,  $9.95. 

Geary  Hobson,  a  versatile  Cherokee-Chickasaw  on 
the  faculty  of  the  University  of  Arkansas,  Little  Rock, 
states  his  premise  in  the  introduction  to  his  anthology: 
"Heritage  is  people;  people  are  the  earth;  earth  is  heritage. 
By  remembering  these  relationships — to  the  people,  the 
land,  the  past — we  renew  in  strength  our  continuance  as 
a  people. "  The  73  contributors  whose  work  he  has  chosen 
are  scattered  through  the  United  States,  Mexico,  Canada, 
Hawaii  and  Alaska;  and  they  represent  various  tribes  with 
different  cultural  backgrounds.  Even  so,  they  have  the 
same  concerns  and  reverence  for  the  land. 

In  "Remembering  the  Earth,"  Hobson  begins  with 
a  brief  account  of  N.  Scott  Momaday  (Kiowa),  Vine 
Deloria,  Jr.  (Standing  Rock  Sioux),  Dee  Brown  and  others 
who  created  a  "literary  flurry"  (1968-1970)  which  in  the 
last  ten  years  has  become  a  renaissance.  The  "fad"  for 
Native  American  literature  did  not  "just  happen,"  he  ex- 
plains, but  it  evolved  over  countless  generations  by  means 
of  oral  tradition. 

"In  remembering,"  Hobson  states,  "there  is  strength 
and  continuance  and  renewal  throughout  the  genera- 
tions." He  feels  that  the  amazing  thing  is  not  how  many 
tribes  and  members  of  tribes  were  eradicated  by  Euro- 
pean expansion  on  this  continent  but  how  many  remain 
and  how  much  they  have  retained  of  their  traditional 
beliefs  and  values. 

Their  recorded  literature  began  in  the  early  1 9th  cen- 
tury with  Christian  converts.  The  first  novel  written  by 
a  Native  American  in  her  own  language  was  published 
in  the  1830s.  During  the  early  reservation  period.  Native 
American  literature  was  chiefly  in  the  form  of  biographies 


and  autobiographies.  In  the  20th  century  we  find  D'Ar- 
cy  McNickle  (Salish-Kootenai),  novelist;  Will  Rogers 
(Cherokee),  newspaper  columnist;  and  Lynn  Riggs 
(Cherokee),  playwright.  The  young  writers  of  today  are 
beginning  to  receive  recognition  for  their  prose  and  poetry. 
In  his  essay,  "The  Rise  of  the  White  Shaman  as  a 
New  Version  of  Cultural  Imperialism,"  Hobson  writes 
at  length  about  the  neo-romantics  who  "play  Indian"  and 
the  self-styled  "shaman"  or  shamans.  He  calls  them  a 
counterpart  of  "the  Indian  crafts  exploiters,  the  imperious 
anthropologists  and  the  buffalo  hunters."  Adrian  C.  Lewis 
(Paiute)  begins  his  poem,  "The  Psuedo  Shaman's 
Cliche,"  with: 

"I  sit  in  lotus  position 
on  a  throne  of  dandelions 
in  the  early  spring  park." 
In  conclusion,  he  makes  a  point. 
"A  man  should  build  pyramids 
and  not  talk  to  flowers." 

The  years  have  done  little  to  mellow  the  prevailing 
attitude  of  the  American  Indian.  Ingrained  bitterness, 
even  hatred,  is  shown  in  "Homage  to  Andrew  Jackson," 
by  Norman  H.  Russell  (Cherokee): 
"May  you,  after  140 
years,  still  fry 
in  your  own 
coonskin  hell,  ..." 

Wendy    Rose    (Hopi-Chowchilla    Miwok)    reacts 
justifiably    to    a    museum    invoice    which    reads:    "19 
American  Indian  skeletons  valued  at  $3,000."  She  says: 
"It's  invoiced  now: 
how  our  bones  are  valued. 
Our  bones  that  stretch  out  pointing 
to  sunrise  or  are  flexed  into  one  last 
foetal  bend;  our  bones — removed 
piece  by  piece  and  knocked  about,  catalogued, 
numbered  with  black  ink  on 
their  newly  white  foreheads.  .  .  . 
From  this  distant  point 
we  watch  our  bones  auctioned 
with  our  careful  beadwork,  our 
quilled  medicine  bundles,  even  the  bridles 
of  our  shot-down  horses." 

Not  all  of  the  selections  are  as  profound.  Some  con- 
cern animals,  birds  and  insects;  others  love,  family, 
ancestors,  the  aged,  prayer,  drinking,  dancing  and — AIM. 
The  displaced  tribes  consigned  to  Indian  Territory 
formed  a  warm  affection  for  Oklahoma,  translated  as 
"Red  Land"  or  "Red  People,"  which  to  Hobson's  way 
of  thinking  are  synonymous.  Other  settings  for  the  prose 
and  poetry  in  his  volume  include:  Tucson,  Oraibi,  Albu- 
querque, Gallup,  San  Diego,  as  well  as  the  potato  fields 
of  Idaho.  In  "Dragon  Mountain,"  a  selection  of  special 
interest,  Robert  L.  Perea  (Oglala  Sioux)  takes  the  reader 
to  the  Central  Highlands  of  Vietnam. 

Historical  events,  such  as  "the  falling  of  the  stars" 
(1833),  Sand  Creek  and  Wounded  Knee  are  discussed. 
The  mythical  character  Ko-sahn,  who  came  to  Moma- 


75 


day  (in  "The  Man  Made  of  Words")  from  the  written 
page,  indicates  that  "there  is  no  distinction  between  in- 
dividual and  racial  experience,  even  as  there  is  none  bet- 
ween the  mythical  and  the  historical."  This  is  far  from 
the  non-Indian  point-of-view. 

Hobson's  belief  that  the  white  man  can  no  more 
understand  the  nature  of  the  Native  American  than  the 
Indian  can  the  white  would  seem  to  exclude  much  of  his 
reading  public.  On  the  contrary,  it  should  challenge 
readers  to  discover  what  the  modern  Indian  is  thinking 
and  to  try,  at  least,  to  understand. 

In  an  "Old  Prophecy,"  Robert  L.  Conley 
(Cherokee)  epitomizes  Indian-white  relations. 

"It  came  in  various  forms 

from  the  Creek 

&  the  Navajo 

but  the  message  is  alviiays  clear 

white  men  will  come 

(they  did) 

they  will  take  the  land 

(they  did) 

they  will  nearly  destroy  the  People 

(they  tried) 

they  will  waste  the  land 

(they  have) 

then  they  will  go  away 

(we  wait) 

Virginia  Cole  Trenholm 

Mrs.  Trenholm  is  a  well-known  author  and  authority  on  the  American  Indian. 
She  wrote  The  Arapahoes  and  co-authored  The  Shoshonis. 


Old  Bill  Williams,  Mountain  Man.  By  Alpheus  H. 
Favour.  (Norman:  University  of  Oklahoma  Press, 
1981).  Index.  Bib.  Illus.  Maps.  234  pp.  $11.95. 

William  Sherley  "Old  Bill"  Williams,  mountain  man 
and  part  of  the  legend  of  the  American  West,  was  born 
January  3,  1787,  in  Rutherford  County,  North  Carolina. 
His  father,  Joseph  Williams,  after  service  in  the  Revolu- 
tionary War,  moved  his  family  west  of  the  Mississippi 
River  to  the  Spanish-controlled  area  near  St.  Louis. 

As  young  Williams  grew  up,  his  attention  was 
naturally  drawn  to  St.  Louis,  then  the  center  of  the  fur 
trade  and  the  distributing  point  for  trading  and  trapping 
west  of  the  Mississippi.  He  early  abandoned  his  first  calling 
as  an  itinerant  preacher  and  self-appointed  missionary  to 
the  nearby  Osage,  married  into  the  tribe,  and  largely 
adopted  its  customs.  By  1817  he  was  serving  as  interpreter 
at  the  Fort  Osage  trading  post,  trapping,  and  trading  with 
the  Osage  and  later  the  Kickapoo.  In  1825  Williams  signed 
on  with  Major  George  C.  Sibley's  party  as  interpreter  and 
guide  to  survey  a  trade  route  to  Santa  Fe  and  stayed  with 
the  expedition  until  he  reached  Taos. 

Williams'  life  from  his  arrival  in  the  Spanish  set- 
tlements in  1825  for  the  next  15  years  is  shadowy.  He 


roamed  the  mountains  and  plains  of  the  West,  hunting, 
trapping,  trading  and  living  with  various  Indian  tribes, 
principally  with  the  Ute,  into  which  tribe  he  was  adopted. 
We  catch  glimpses  of  him — "odd  fragments  of  descrip- 
tions," as  the  author  says — from  such  men  as  English  ar- 
my officer  George  Frederick  Ruxton;  Colonel  Frank 
Triplett,  who  recorded  some  of  the  mountain  man's  ex- 
ploits; and  Albert  Pike,  who  hunted  with  Williams  about 
the  headwaters  of  the  Red  River  in  Texas  in  1832.  He 
became  known  as  "Old  Bill,"  even  when  a  relatively 
young  man,  and  frequently  preferred  to  live  and  travel 
by  himself.  A  master  trapper  and  hunter.  Old  Bill 
Williams  grew  to  epitomize  the  American  mountain  man, 
a  group  the  author  believes  played  an  instrumental  role 
in  hastening  American  westward  expansion. 

Williams  at  various  times  in  his  career  was  associated 
with  many  well-known  Western  figures,  inludingjohn  C. 
Fremont.  He  served  as  guide  and  interpreter  for  the  ill- 
fated  fourth  Fremont  expedition,  during  which  Fremont 
allegedly  disregarded  the  advice  of  Williams  and  other 
seasoned  mountain  men  on  the  route  the  party  should 
follow  over  the  Rockies  on  its  way  to  California.  A  number 
of  the  expedition  died  of  cold  and  starvation;  survivors 
cached  their  belongings  and  finally  arrived  at  Taos  in 
January  of  1849.  Old  Bill  and  a  companion  were  killed 
in  March  of  that  year  by  a  band  of  southern  Ute  while 
trying  to  retrieve  the  party's  baggage  and  equipment. 

Alpheus  H.  Favour's  biography  of  Bill  Williams,  first 
published  in  1936,  has  lost  none  of  its  stature  and  appeal. 
It  is  well  researched  and  documented,  with  attached 
bibliography;  the  footnotes,  particularly  those  on  other 
mountain  men  of  the  period,  are  of  special  interest.  The 
historical  background  for  Williams'  life  will  help  the 
general  reader  to  better  understand  the  importance,  not 
only  of  Old  Bill,  but  of  all  mountain  men,  to  the  develop- 
ment of  the  American  West. 

Pat  Gaster 


The  reviewer  is  editorial  assistant,  Nebraska  History,  the  official  publication 
of  the  Nebraska  Slate  Historical  Society,  Lincoln. 


Knights  of  the  Broadax:  The  Story  of  the  Wyoming  Tie 
Hack.  By  Joan  Trego  Pinkerton.  (Caldwell,  Idaho: 
Caxton  Printers,   1981).  Illus.   198  pp.  $6.95. 

Knights  of  the  Broadax  describes  a  neglected  aspect  of 
Wyoming  history,  the  timber  industry.  It  is  an  ethno- 
graphy of  a  type  of  lumber  industry,  the  making  of  railroad 
ties,  that  was  particularly  suited  to  Wyoming.  Wyoming 
did  not  have  the  dense  and  accessible  forests  of  large  boled 
trees  to  support  a  full  blown  construction  lumber  industry. 
Knights  of  the  Broadax  chronicles  one  example  of  tie  industry 


76 


that  took  place  throughout  the  forests  and  rivers  of  Wyo- 
ming since  the  coming  of  the  Union  Pacific  Railroad. 
For  example,  other  tie  operations  took  place  near  Afton, 
Buffalo,  Saratoga  and  had  river  runs  down  the  Green, 
North  Platte,  Snake  and  Big  Horn  Rivers  and  their 
tributaries.  However  widespread  of  an  industry 
throughout  Wyoming,  it  never  became  an  important 
economic  mainstay  for  the  state. 

Knights  of  the  Broadax  takes  a  personal  view  of  timber 
camp  life.  It  introduces  the  reader  to  tie  hacks,  the  lumber- 
jacks that  made  railroad  ties,  who  came  to  Wyoming  from 
Scandinavia  and  from  other  timber  operations  in  the 
midwest.  Knights  of  the  Broadax  documents  the  social  aspects 
of  the  tie  hacks,  or  their  forms  of  recreation,  diet,  customs 
and  behavior.  The  author,  Joan  Trego  Pinkerton,  grew 
up  at  the  Wyoming  Tie  and  Timber  Company's  head- 
quarters near  DuNoir,  Wyoming.  Her  book  is  a  child's 
eye  view  of  the  timber  operation  augmented  by  later 
research.  She  befriended  many  of  the  tie  hacks  and 
remembers  them  in  vivid,  anecdotal  detail. 

A  unique  facet  of  Knights  of  the  Broadax  is  its  wealth 
of  documentary  photographs.  One  half  of  the  book  is 
photographs  of  varying  quality.  In  one  sense  Knights  of 
the  Broadax  is  a  photographic  essay,  the  text  and 
photographs  are  so  well  integrated.  The  photographs  add 
much  to  the  book,  they  are  well  captioned  and  help  keep 
the  text  on  an  objective  bent.  The  understandable  tenden- 
cy of  Pinkerton  is  to  be  nostalgic  about  the  Wyoming  Tie 
and  Timber  Company's  operations.  The  photographs  help 
her  to  resist  this  romanticizing  tendency.  Instead,  what 
is  related  is  a  personal  and  yet  highly  objective  view  of 
a  tie  camp  that  operated  for  almost  four  decades.  Nor  does 
Pinkerton  shy  away  from  describing  the  unsavory  aspects 
of  a  tie  hack's  life. 

Knights  of  the  Broadax  describes  a  particular  timber  in- 
dustry adapted  to  Wyoming  conditions,  but  which  also 
falls  in  the  mainstream  of  lumber  camp  tradition. 
Customs,  stories,  and  technology  documented  in  this  book 
occurred  throughout  the  lumber  producing  states  at  this 
time.  For  example,  the  housing  situation  and  silence  that 
reigned  in  the  camp  cookhouses  were  the  same  in  Wyom- 
ing as  they  were  in  the  lake  states  or  in  the  Pacific  Coast 
lumber  camps. 

Knights  of  the  Broadax  chronicles  a  time  of  change  for 
timber  technology  and  "timber  beasts."  The  period  of 
labor  intensive  operations  were  giving  way  to  mechaniza- 
tion and  specialization.  The  hand  hewn  ties  were  later 
sawed  by  portable  saw  mills.  The  advent  and  widespread 
use  of  the  chain  saw  would  come  on  the  heels  of  the  Wyo- 
ming Tie  and  Timber  Company's  operations  near  DuNoir 
in  the  1940s.  Other  forms  of  mechanization  such  as  haul- 
ing logs  by  truck  would  replace  the  water  power  of  rivers 
and  elaborately  constructed  flumes. 

An  interesting  asset  oi  Knights  of  the  Broadax  are  the 
local  character  acecdotes  Pinkerton  relates  about  the  tie 
hacks.   The  tie  hacks  were  colorful  individuals.   The 


numerous  anecdotes  depict  the  tie  hacks  as  being  stoic, 
full  of  chicanery,  gullible,  stubborn,  rustic,  having  off- 
beat talents,  and  periodic  binge  drinkers.  Like  any  local 
character  anecdote,  exaggeration  is  a  common 
characteristic  in  these  stories. 

Because  of  heavy  winter  snows  the  group  of  tie  hacks 
and  few  family  members  at  the  Wyoming  Tie  and  Timber 
Company's  operation  became  a  de  facto  community. 
Knights  of  the  Broadax  is  a  local  history  of  a  snow  bound 
community  and  an  ethnography  of  a  Wyoming  occupa- 
tional culture.  Besides  all  this,  it's  highly  enjoyable  and 
quick  reading. 

Timothy  Cochrane 

The  reviewer  is  oral  historian  in  the  Historical  Research  and  Publications  Divi- 
sion. A  graduate  of  the  University  of  Montana,  he  holds  the  M.A.  degree  in 
folk  studies  from  Western  Kentucky  University. 


The  Chronicle  of  a  Willson  Family.  By  Patricia  Anne 
Willson  Whitehead.  Volume  I.  (Denver:  Privately 
Printed,  1981).  310  pp.  Available  from  the  author. 

As  any  genealogist  who  has  researched  any  length 
of  time  can  tell  you,  colonial  family  histories  are  not  hard 
to  find  on  a  library  shelf.  Family  histories  dealing  with 
mid- 1800s  and  western  families  are  indeed  rare!  Being 
oriented  to  both  family  history  and  the  West,  I  doubly 
enjoyed  my  book  review  assignment. 

The  author  has  used  her  imagination  in  the  unique 
design  of  her  book.  This  is  not  a  skeleton  of  family  names 
and  dates;  rather  a  gentle  guide  through  the  lives,  loves, 
and  dreams  of  the  Willsons  of  Como,  111.,  Davenport, 
Iowa,  and  Niobrara  County,  Wyo. 

This  family  was  most  fortunate  to  have  the  "saving" 
type  progenitor.  Letters  spanning  1839-1890  are  enclos- 
ed within  a  designed  page  with  special  type;  a  feature  that 
makes  the  reader  immediately  aware  of  their  individuality. 
Patricia  then  expands  and  explains  parts  of  the  letters, 
and  often  the  results  of  the  correspondence. 

The  letters  written  during  the  Civil  War  brought  the 
reader's  thoughts  into  sharp  focus  with  the  times  and  trials 
of  brothers  and  sons.  Letters  of  sympathy  over  the  death 
of  William  told  of  the  longing  to  be  near,  and  left  no  doubt 
of  the  spirit  of  togetherness  within  the  family.  Throughout, 
the  reader  is  struck  by  the  knowledge  that  the  family 
always  helped  and  were  concerned  for  the  well-being  of 
the  others.  Some  were  destined  to  live  far  apart,  but  they 
always  kept  the  thread  of  communication  intact. 

A  letter  from  a  son.  Gene,  to  inform  all  of  his  inten- 
tion to  "leave  for  California  (or  some  where  else)"  is  the 
important  first  step  west  for  the  family.  Gene  did  not  make 
it  to  California.  There  was  something  about  Wyoming 
that  held  him  here. 


77 


From  early  1870s  until  the  Willson  Ranch  was 
established,  the  Willson  brothers,  George,  Gene  and  Ed 
interwove  themselves  into  many  facets  of  our  Wyoming 
history.  Early  descriptions  of  events  and  places  in  Wyo- 
ming, particularly,  Cheyenne,  tickled  the  reviewer.  One 
of  Gene's  first  employers  was  with  the  Heck  Reel  Ranch. 
(Reel  was  the  mayor  of  Cheyenne,  a  legislator  and  a 
notable  figure  in  our  early  history.)  All  three  brothers  came 
to  regard  the  Valley  Ranch  owned  by  Henry  G.  Hay  and 
John  Thomas  as  a  second  home.  Like  many  of  our  early 
pioneers,  the  WiUsons  were  a  versatile  group.  They  earned 
money  for  cowboying,  freighting,  logging,  and  whatever 
means  were  necessary  to  earn  a  dollar  and  survive  in  this 
raw  country. 

In  the  late  spring  of  1880,  Eugene  filed  a  squatter 
claim  "where  the  springs  form  the  headwaters  of  the 
Niobrara  (or  Running  Water)  River,  which  later  in  its 
course  becomes  the  White  River."  Hard  work  followed. 
On  November  1,  1880,  he  landed  the  "first  band  of  sheep 
to  graze  in  what  is  now  Niobrara  County."  The  family 
stayed  in  the  sheep  business  until  1916  when  open  range 
was  curtailed.  The  flock  was  sold  for  $12.50  per  head  and 
the  Willsons  went  into  the  cattle  business. 

The  homestead  cabin  was  built  on  an  established  In- 
dian trail.  Letters  home  tell  of  the  periodic  visits  from  the 
red  man.  Many  early  Wyoming  pioneers  are  mentioned 
in  letters  to  family  "back  east." 

Chapter  27,  "Running  Water  Romance"  was  a 
delight.  How  special  these  pages  will  be  for  future 
generations — a  lively  account  of  "Grandma  and  Grand- 
pa's Courtship!"  Gene  Willson  and  Isabel  Mack  were 
married  at  Chadron,  Nebraska,  July  23,  1890 — almost 
on  the  day  Wyoming  became  a  State!  This  chapter  ends 
Volume  I. 

Patricia  has  taken  the  time  to  write  footnotes  on  each 
chapter,  a  bibliography,  and  most  important,  an  index. 
These  are  so  valuable  to  the  serious  genealogist  and  will 
make  the  book  more  appealing  to  family  members. 

It  would,  however,  improve  the  book  to  include 
printed  pictures  of  the  Willsons  and  their  homes;  a  real 
treat  to  see  the  image  of  those  who  "wrote  about"  or  were 
"written  of"  with  such  affection.  Also  inclusion  of  these 
generations  Family  Group  Sheets  would  make  quick,  han- 
dy references  for  the  researcher  who  needed  a  name,  date, 
or  relationship.  This  would  save  the  time  of  going  through 
the  narration. 

The  last  line  of  this  volume  states,  "More  of  this 
Willson  story  is  to  come, — it  is  already  in  the  making." 

I'm  glad!  And,  I  look  forward  to  reading  what 
Patricia  has  put  together  to  bring  the  Willson  Family  to 
present  day. 

Sharon  Lass  Field 


The  reviewer  is  director  and  compiler  of  the  Wyoming  State  Historical  Society 
Cemetery  and  Grave  Inventory  Project, 


The  Stage.  Drawings  by  Joseph  Deaderick,  edited 
by  Victor  Flach.  (Laramie:  University  of  Wyom- 
ing, 1977).  Illus.  List  of  plates.  128  pp.  $12.95. 

The  Stage,  a  volume  of  drawings  in  a  limited  hard- 
cover edition  of  100  and  500  soft  bound  copies  by  Joseph 
Deaderick,  Professor  in  the  Art  Department  at  the  Univer- 
sity of  Wyoming. 

The  book,  produced  by  the  University  of  Wyoming's 
Office  of  Research,  includes  96  black  on  white  pen  and 
ink  drawings,  edited  and  a  prologue  by  Victor  Flach,  also 
of  the  U.  W.  Art  Department  and  an  epilogue  by  Joy 
Deaderick,  a  dancer  and  the  artist's  wife.  Printed  by  the 
Modern  Printing  Company,  Laramie,  Wyoming,  with 
grant  funds  from  the  University  of  Wyoming,  the  book 
is  in  nine-by-twelve-inch  format  and  consists  of  128  pages. 

The  drawings  are  indicative  of  Deaderick 's  interest 
and  activity  as  a  set  and  lighting  designer  for  dance, 
theatre  and  opera  productions.  They  also  reflect  his  per- 
sonal philosophy  that  it  is  the  nature  of  characters  on  life's 
stage  to  mask  their  true  selves  from  each  other,  protect- 
ing by  not  revealing  their  inner  thoughts  and  feelings  that 
are  constantly  changing  in  relation  to  the  roles  they  find 
themselves  playing  in  life's  drama.  The  drawings  were 
apparently  Deaderick's  visual  translations/interpretations 
of  theatre  experiences  as  they  relate  to  the  greater  ex- 
perience of  life.  The  drawings  appear  to  be  cold, 
calculated,  intellectualized  references,  devoid  of  warmth 
and  sympathy  for  the  human  condition. 

John  Buhler 

The  reviewer  is  a  former  director  of  the  Wyoming  Council  on  the  Arts. 


The  Coloradans.  By  Robert  G.  Athearn.  (Albuquer- 
que: University  of  New  Mexico  Press,  1976).  In- 
dex. Illus.  Maps.  430  pp.  $15. 

Six  years  ago,  the  American  Bicentennial  ushered 
in  a  joyous  nation-wide,  year-long  celebration.  This  ex- 
traordinary event  either  inspired  or  provided  the  impetus 
for  the  commissioning  of  symphonies,  books  and  artworks. 
However,  in  these  few  brief  years  since  that  event,  some 
of  those  works  have  faded  into  well  deserved  obscurity 
while  others  hold  the  promise  of  becoming  and  enduring 
legacy.  Robert  Athearn 's  book  aspires  to  the  latter 
category. 

The  author  was  inspired  by  the  American  Bicenten- 
nial to  write  this  selective  social  history  of  Colorado. 
Athearn  chooses  to  begin  his  tome  not  with  the  millen- 
niums of  Indian  dominance  nor  with  the  period  of  Spanish 
exploration.  Instead  he  opens  the  work  with  the  Colorado 
gold  rush  of  1859.  He  then  gives  the  reader  a  panorama 


78 


of  time,  events  and  people  ending  with  the  beginning  of 
the  current  Colorado  energy  rush  in  1976.  In  these  in- 
tervening pages,  ethnic  groups,  women,  charlatans  and 
ordinary  people  are  depicted  as  they  played  a  role  in  the 
formation  of  the  tapestry  called  Colorado.  This  is  ac- 
complished through  a  galloping  narrative  sprinkled  with 
vignettes  of  the  mineral,  agricultural  and  tourist  industries. 
The  rapidly  moving  narrative  discusses  religion,  politics, 
economics  and  morals  in  a  light  and  entertaining  manner. 

Despite  the  breadth  of  scope,  the  book  is  not  design- 
ed as  a  definitive  history  of  Colorado.  Rather  it  blends 
ephemera  and  substance  together  in  portraying  Colorado's 
cultural  history.  In  this  regard,  significant  historical  events 
are  occasionally  dismissed  with  a  fleeting  reference  while 
trivial  occurrences  are  dwelt  on.  This  does  not  tarnish  the 
richness  of  Colorado  history,  but  crowds  the  book's  pages 
with  great  amounts  of  material.  Thus,  many  a  provocative 
topic  is  treated  only  superficially. 

This  crowded  narrative  ends  in  1976  where  the 
author  recapitulates  his  main  points  and  prognosticates 
on  the  future  of  his  state.  This  makes  the  book  slightly 
dated  as  events  have  now  overtaken  the  narrative.  The 
many  facets  of  the  energy  boom,  the  emergence  of 
ethnocentrism,  and  the  first  faltering  steps  toward  a 
regional  theatre  are  all  developments  since  the  bicenten- 
nial year.  Still  the  work  provides  a  sound  foundation  on 
which  others  can  build. 

John  C.  Paige 

Paige  is  research  historian  with  the  National  Park  Service  in  Colorado. 


Great  Surveys  of  the  American  West.  By  Richard  A. 
Bartlett.  (Norman:  University  of  Oklahoma  Press, 
1962).  Index.  Illus.  Bib.  410  pp.  3rd  Printing, 
1980.  S9.95. 

Originally  published  in  1962  and  now  in  its  third 
printing,  this  fascinating  book  chronicles  the  adventures 
and  contributions  of  a  remarkable  group  of  men  who,  un- 
fortunately, are  relatively  unknown.  While  most  school 
children,  especially  those  in  Wyoming,  would  quickly 
recognize  the  names  and  exploits  of  James  Bridger  and 
other  mountain  men,  how  many  adults,  let  alone  school 
children,  would  be  able  to  identify  the  likes  of  Ferdinand 
V.  Hayden,  Clarence  King,  John  Wesley  Powell  or 
George  M.  Wheeler?  Yet  these  men  made  major  contribu- 
tions to  the  knowledge  of  the  American  West.  Professor 
Bartlett,  now  Professor  of  History  at  Florida  State  Univer- 
sity, became  interested  in  these  surveys  as  a  child  prowl- 
ing the  foothills  of  the  Rockies  northwest  of  Boulder, 
Colorado. 


The  Great  Surveys  described  by  Bartlett  occurred  in 
the  1870s  almost  simultaneously.  At  times  they  duplicated 
one  another's  efforts  and  that  led  to  their  replacement  at 
the  end  of  the  decade  by  the  United  States  Geological 
Survey.  Though  each  of  the  surveys  had  its  own  agenda 
to  accomplish,  together  the  surveys  provided  useful 
topographical,  geological,  and  biological  information  that 
serves  as  a  basis  for  much  of  what  we  know  about  the  West 
today.  Each  survey  was  led  by  a  man  with  unique  train- 
ing and  personality.  Hayden  was  a  medical  doctor  whose 
party's  work  contributed  to  the  creation  of  Yellowstone 
National  Park;  Clarence  King,  aristocrat  and  friend  of 
Henry  Adams,  launched  the  exploration  of  the  fortieth 
parallel;  John  Wesley  Powell  was  a  self-taught  geologist 
known  for  his  exploration  of  the  Colorado  River  system 
and  proposals  for  rationally  settling  the  arid  West;  and 
finally,  George  M.  Wheeler,  a  West  Point  graduate  whose 
survey  of  the  land  west  of  the  one  hundredth  meridian 
was  oriented  toward  practical  use  by  the  military,  but  a 
thrifty  Congress,  seeking  to  create  the  U.S.G.S.  and 
eliminate  duplication  of  effort,  killed  this  survey  in 
progress. 

In  covering  each  of  those  four  disparate  surveys, 
Bartlett  excels  in  providing  a  sense  of  the  danger  and  of 
the  dullness  that  was  part  of  each  expedition.  The  reader 
is  with  Clarence  King  while  Apaches  stake  him  and  a  com- 
rade on  the  sand  to  be  burned  by  the  sun;  but,  just  as 
in  a  "B"  movie,  a  cavalry  unit  comes  to  the  rescue  in 
the  nick  of  time.  The  reader  also  accompanies  King  and 
his  entourage  as  they  trudge  across  the  desolate  wastes 
of  the  Humboldt  Sinks  with  only  momentary  distractions 
provided  by  an  occasional  Indian. 

Each  of  the  book's  four  parts  concentrates  on  one 
of  the  Great  Surveys  and  each  begins  with  a  brief 
biographical  sketch  of  the  survey  leader.  These  sketches 
allow  the  reader  to  know  how  each  of  these  surveyors  came 
to  lead  an  expedition.  Hayden,  for  example,  earned  a  doc- 
torate in  medicine  but  studied  paleontology  and  geology 
informally.  When  he  finished  his  formal  medical  studies 
in  1853,  the  opportunity  came  to  go  west  and  assist  his 
paleontologist  mentor  collect  samples,  and  Hayden  forever 
abandoned  the  practice  of  medicine  for  geology.  From  that 
point  on  he  prepared  for  the  day  he  would  lead  his  own 
survey.  The  opportunity  came  in  1867. 

Bartlett  also  provides  glimpses  of  others  on  these  ex- 
peditions who  were  to  make  names  for  themselves. 
William  Henry  Jackson  was,  of  course,  Dr.  Hayden's 
photographer  and  much  of  his  best  work  was  done  while 
accompanying  Hayden.  Robert  Ridgway,  as  a  sixteen- 
year-old  youth,  accompanied  King's  survey  and  ultimately 
became  curator  of  birds  at  the  United  States  National 
Museum. 

Unlike  the  mountain  men  whose  discoveries  were 
passed  on  by  word  of  mouth,  the  surveyors  were  scien- 
tists committed  to  systematic  exploration  and  to  the  record- 
ing and  publication  of  their  findings.  The  latter  made 


79 


their  work  more  valuable  than  that  of  the  mountain  men. 
Even  though  they  were  not  always  right,  as  Professor 
Bartlett  carefully  points  out,  they  did  lay  the  basis  for  an 
understanding  of  the  American  West's  natural  history. 

As  is  apparent,  this  reviewer  enjoyed  the  book; 
however,  a  potential  reader  should  be  aware  that  there 
are  some  deficiencies.  Bartlett,  for  example,  does  not  ex- 
amine in  depth  some  of  the  political  chicanery  involved 
in  the  funding  of  the  various  surveys.  Nor  does  the  book 
attempt  to  place  the  surveys  into  historical  and  intellec- 
tural  context  as  does  William  Goetzmann' s  Exploration  and 
Empire  published  nearly  a  decade  later.  Finally,  the 
reproduction  of  the  photographs  is  only  mediocre. 

Twenty  years  ago  Professor  Bartlett  led  the  way  in 
examining  the  Great  Surveys.  The  book  remains  a 
fascinating,  valuable  study. 

David  Kathka 

Dr  Kathka  is  Dean  of  Academic  Affairs,  Western  Wyoming  Community  Col- 
lege, Rock  Springs. 


Cowboy  Culture:  A  Saga  of  Five  Centuries.  By  David 
Dary.  (New  York:  Alfred  A.  Knopf,  1981). 
Photographs.  Notes.  Bib.  Index.  384  pp.  $17.95. 

In  1494  the  Spaniards  introduced  stallions,  mares, 
and  cattle  to  the  Western  Hemisphere.  Cowboy  Culture 
chronicles  the  rise  and  decline  of  the  cowboy  from  those 
antecedents  in  New  Spain  to  celluloid  imagery  of  today. 
Surveying  several  centuries,  David  Dary  depicts  the 
cowboy  of  the  American  West  as  the  product  of  a  long 
evolutionary  process.  Cowboy  Culture  views  the  vaquero 
of  New  Spain,  equipped  with  horse,  saddle,  lariat,  ban- 
danna, knee  breeches,  spurs,  and  a  specialized  vocabulary, 
as  the  progenitor  of  future  laborers  in  the  cattle  industry. 
From  New  Spain,  writes  Dary,  the  cowboy  gradually 
moved  northward  to  Mexico,  California,  Texas,  and, 
ultimately,  the  northern  plains.  In  the  generation  follow- 
ing the  Civil  War,  reports  Dary,  the  cowboy  reached  his 
apex  as  railroad  construction  opened  new  markets  for  cat- 
tle. By  1900  settlers  brought  an  end  to  the  open  ranges, 
and  the  cowboy  declined  in  importance.  Although  this 
volume  ignores  working  cowboys  in  the  20th  century,  a 
brief  epilogue  explores  contemporary  mythology  surroun- 
ding the  cowboy. 

Cowboy  Culture  is  essentially  a  narrative.  Dary  pro- 
vides considerable  information  about  the  livestock, 
clothing,  tools,  tasks,  physical  environment,  qualifications, 


and  recreation  associated  with  the  cowboy.  Detailed  com- 
mentary, for  example,  appears  of  stratagems  for  cutting 
earmarks  on  cattle.  In  general,  however,  Dary  eschews 
consideration  of  issues  that  fuel  historiographic  debate. 
Even  culture,  the  perspective  Dary  employs  to  examine 
the  cowboy,  receives  no  precise  definition.  Dary  defends 
his  imprecision  by  observing  that  "how  the  term  (culture) 
is  defined  usually  depends  upon  those  who  are  asked  to 
define  it"  (p.  xi).  Moreover,  Cowboy  Culture  frequently 
substitutes  analogy  for  analysis:  "...  the  horse  acted 
as  a  tonic  for  Indians.  It  widened  their  horizons,  much 
as  a  teenager's  first  automobile  widens  his."  When  in- 
terpretation does  intrude  upon  description,  it  sometimes 
provokes  rather  than  persuades.  Dary,  for  instance,  con- 
tends the  "cowman  .  .  .  was  isolated  from  what  then  pass- 
ed for  civilization.  Perhaps  that  is  why  nearly  all  catdemen 
in  Texas  were  honest." 

Dary's  treatment  of  the  cowboy  fails  to  fuUy  establish 
the  latter  within  a  macrocosmic  context.  The  Mesta  Code 
of  New  Spain,  Mexican  independence.  Manifest  Destiny, 
the  Civil  War,  emigration,  and  improved  transportation 
receive  some  attention,  but  shadows  obscure  other  ger- 
mane phenomena.  Discussion  of  wealthy  cattlemen  dur- 
ing the  late  19th  century,  for  example,  fails  to  probe  for 
values  shared  with  other  Gilded  Age  entrepreneurs.  The 
relationship  between  Social  Darwinism  and  labor  prac- 
tices in  the  cattle  industry  remain  uninvestigated.  Quan- 
tification apparently  contributes  little  to  Dary's  often  im- 
pressionistic generalizations  about  social  and  economic 
mobility  in  the  West.  Muted  attention  to  race  and  ethnicity 
leads  to  neglect  of  the  Black  cowboy.  And  a  brief  discus- 
sion of  the  image  of  the  frontier  in  the  American  mind 
omits  the  ideas  of  Frederick  Jackson  Turner. 

Despite  caveats  sufficient  to  discourage  specialists, 
the  general  reader  will  enjoy  Cowboy  Culture.  David  Dary, 
a  teacher  and  practitioner  of  journalism,  writes  well.  His 
notes  suggest  familiarity  with  a  plethora  of  journal  articles, 
monographs,  autobiographies,  diaries,  newspapers,  and 
physical  artifacts.  Possessor  of  a  lucid  prose  style,  Dary 
elicits  admiration  for  his  ability  to  select  pithy  quotations 
and  telling  anecdotes.  Profusely  illustrated  with  ap- 
propriate photographs,  drawings,  and  maps.  Cowboy 
Culture  will  impart  to  the  general  reader  much  empirical 
data  about  cowboy  lifestyles.  Perhaps  no  other  volume 
dealing  with  the  same  subject  matter  exceeds  the  scope 
of  Cowboy  Culture.  Knowing  little  about  the  Spanish  and 
Mexican  origins  of  the  cowboy,  the  lay  public  will  acquire 
a  broader  perspective  from  Dary.  Although  Cowboy  Culture 
lacks  the  nuance  and  analytical  rigor  valued  by  profes- 
sional historians,  the  general  reader  will  find  it  interesting 
and  informative. 

William  Simons 


Dr.  Simons  is  an  assistant  professor  of  history  at  State  University  of  New  York, 
Oneonta. 


INDEX 


Alexander,    Thomas   G.,    The  Mormon   People,    Their   Character  and 

Traditions,  review,  69 
Allison,  Senator  W.  B.,  44 
American  Heritage  Center,  34;  photo,  32 
Arnold,  Thurman,  22 
Athearn,  R.  G.,  2 
Athearn,  Robert  G.,  The  Coloradans,  review,  78-79 


B 


Barrett,  Frank  A.,  22,  31 

Barrett,  Judge  James  E.,  24 

Bartlett,  Richard  A.,  Great  Surveys  of  the  American  West,  review,  79-80 

The  Battle  for  Butte,  Mining  and  Politics  on  the  Northern  Frontier,  1864-1906, 

by  Michael  P.  Malone,  review,  72-73 
Bauman,  Charles  H.,  33 

Berwanger,  Eugene  H.,  The  West  and  Reconstruction,  review,  74-75 
Bille,  Ed,  review  of  The  Oklahoma  Petroleum  Industry,  67-68 
Birch,  Brian  P.,  "A  Victorian  Englishman's  View  of  the  West,"  2-9; 

biog.,  84 
"Black  Fourteen,"  23 
Black  Hills  [Paha  Sapa],  37-48;  map,  45 
Black  Hills  Treaty  of  1876,  48 
Bonneville,  Benjamin  L.  E.,  63 
Brimmer,  Clarence  A.,  11,  24-25 
Brimmer,  George  E.,  24 
Brimmer,  William  G.,  24 
Blume,  Fred,  22,  56 
Buckle,  Charles  M.,  2-9;  photo,  2 
Bugas,  John,  33 

Buhler,  John,  review  of  The  Stage,  78 
Burke,  Timothy  F.,  15 
Burrows,  A.  S.,  52 


Commercial  Block,  Cheyenne,  12 

The  Compassionate  Samaritan:  The  Life  of  Lyndon  B.  Johnson,    by  Philip 

Reed  Rulon,  review,  70-71 
Converse,  Amasa  R.,  52 
Converse  Cattle  Co.,  52 
Corlett  Grade  School,  20 

Cowboy  Culture:  A  Saga  of  Five  Centuries,  by  David  Dary,  review,  80 
Coxey,  Jacob  S.,  13 
Crane,  Dr.  Arthur  G.,  30 
Custer,  George  A.,  38-42;  photo,  40 
Custer  and  the  Little  Big  Horn:  A  Psychobiographtcal  Inquiry,    by  Charles 

K.  Hofling,  review,  71-72 
Custer's  Black  Hills  Expedition  of  1876,  37-42;  photo,  camp  on  French 

Creek,  36-37;  photo,  camp  on  Hiddenwood  Creek,  41;  photo, 

officers  and  scientific  corps  of  Custer's  Black  Hills  expedition,  39 

D 

Darrow,  Clarence,  13 

Dary,  David,  Cowboy  Culture:  A  Saga  of  Five  Centuries,     review,  80 

Davis,  Reba,  30,  31 

Deaderick,  Joseph,  The  Stage,  review,  78 

de  la  Verendrye,  Francois  and  Joseph,  37 

"The  Dempsey-Hockaday  Trail — An  Experience  in  History,"  Robert 

G.  Rosenberg,  58-66 
Dempsey-Hockaday  Trail,  map,  58;  photos,  58,  59,  61 
Dempsey,  Robert  D.,  63 

Denhardt,  Robert  M.,   The  Horse  of  the  Americas,   review,  68 
"Development  of  the  University  of  Wyoming  Libraries  and  Special 

Collections,"  by  Emmett  D.  Chisum,  26-35 
Docken,  Emily  D.,  25 
Dodge,  Lt.  Col.  Richard  Irving,  44-48 
Downey,  S.  W.,  photo,  17 
Dubois,  William,  28 


California  Joe  (Moses  E.  Milner),  45-46;  photo,  46 

Campbell,  A.  C,  11,  12 

Carey,  Joseph  M.,  16,  52 

Carey,  Gov.  Robert  D.,  28 

Carpenter,  J.  Ross,  54 

Carroll,    Eugene   T.,    "John    B.    Kendrick,    Cowpoke   to   Senator 

1879-1917,"  51-57;  biog.,  84 
Chaplin,  W.  E.,  14 
Cheyenne  State  Leader,  54 
Chisum,  Emmett  D.,  "Development  of  the  University  of  Wyoming 

Libraries  and  Special  Collections,"  26-35;  biog.,  84 
The  Chronicle  of  a  Willson  Family,  by  Patricia  Anne  Willson  Whitehead, 

review,  77-78 
Cinnabar,  Mont.,  5 
Clark,  Edward,  15 
Clay,  Charles,  27 
Coble,  John,  15 
Coe,  William  Robertson,  31-33 
Cochrane,  Timothy,  review  oi  Knights  of  the  Broadax:  The  Story  of  the 

Wyoming  Tie  Hack,  76-77 
Cochrane,  Willard  W.,  review  of  The  Horse  of  the  Americas,  68 
Collins,  Charles,  38,  42-43 
The  Coloradans,  by  Robert  G.  Athearn,  review,  78-79 


Ellsworth,  Dr.  Ralph,  33 


Fahey,  Thomas  P.,  54 

Favour,  Alpheus  H.,  Old  Bill  Williams,  Mountain  Man,  review,  76 

"Federal  District  Court  in  Wyoming,  1890-1982,"  by  Rebecca  W. 

Thomson,  10-25 
Field,  Sharon  Lass,  review  of  The  Chronicle  of  a  Willson  Family,  77-78 
Finfrock,  Dr.  J.  H.,  27 
Flach,  Victor,  The  Stage,  review,  78 
Flick,  Katherine,  16 
Fort  Bridger  Treaty  of  1868,  13 
Fort  Laramie,  40,  42-43,  46-48 
Fort  Laramie  Treaty  of  1868,  37-39,  44 
Fort  Lincoln,  39-41 
Franks,  Kenny  A.,  The  Oklahoma  Petroleum  Industry,  review,  67-68 


Gaster,  Pat,  review  of  Old  Bill  Williams,  Mountain  Man,  76 

Geysers,  6 

Gordon  Expedition  to  the  Black  Hills,  42-43 

Great  Surveys  of  the  American  West,  by  Richard  A.  Bartlett,  review,  79-i 


Gressley,  Dr.  Gene  M.,  34 
Grinnell,  George  Bird,  40 


H 


Hale.  Fred  A.,  27 

Ham's  Fork,  59-60,  63-65 

Hansen,  Clifford  P.,  33 

Hansen,  KlausJ.,  Mormonism  and  the  American  Experience,  review,  73-74 

Harnsburger,  Harry,  22 

Harrison,  William  Henry,  22 

Harvey,  John,  51 

Hayden  Survey,  59-60 

Hebard,  Dr.  Grace  R.,  27-28,  30 

Hillier,  Dr.  Richard,  31,  33 

Hitchcock,  Clinton,  33 

Hitchcock,  Eliot,  33 

Hitchcock,  Wilbur,  30,  33 

Hobson,  Geary,   The  Remembered  Earth,  An  Anthology  of  Contemporary 

Native  American  Literature,  review,  75-76 
Hockaday,  John,  59,  63 
Hofling,  Charles  K.,  Custer  and  the  Little  Big  Horn:  A  Psychobwgraphical 

Inquiry,  review,  71-72 
Homsher,  Lola  M,  34 
Hopkins,  S.  G.,  56 
Hord  Bros.,  52 
Horn,  Tom,  14;  photo,  17 
Hoyt,  J.  W.,  27 

The  Horse  of  the  Americas,  by  Robert  M.  Denhardt,  review,  68 
Humphrey,  George  D.,  31,  33 
Hunt,  Wilson  Price,  62 
Hynds,  Harry  P.,   15 


I 


INDIAN  TRIBES 

Bannocks,   13 
In  re  Race  Horse,    13 
Irvine,  William  C,  52,  56 
Iverson,  Peter,  review  o{  Let  My  People  Know:  American  Indian  Journalism, 

1828-1978,  69-70 


Lacey,  J.  W.,  15,  18-19 

Lance  Creek  Co.,  52 

Lander  Cut-off,  62,  64-65 

Lefferdink,  Allen,  23 

Lefors,  Joe,  15 

Let  My  People  Know:  American  Indian  Journalism,  1828-1978,  by  James 

E.  Murphy  and  Sharon  M.  Murphy,  review,  69-70 
Libraries,  university,  26-35;  photos,  26,  29,  32 
Longsworth,  Basil,  60 
Lott,  Kenneth,  20 
Lucky  Mc  Uranium,  23 
Ludlow,  William,  38-39 


M 


McGee,  Gale  W.,  review  of  The  Compassionate  Samaritan:  The  Life  of 
Lyndon  B.  Johnson,  70-71 

Malone,  Michael  P.,  The  Battle  for  Butte,  Mining  and  Politics  on  the  Nor- 
thern Frontier,  1864-1906,  review,  72-73 

Mammoth  Hot  Springs,  5-6;  photo,  6 

Mammoth  Hot  Springs  Hotel,  5-6;  photo,  5 

Manville,  H.  S.,  52 

Marks,  Mary,  31 

Matson,  Roderick,  14,  15 

May,  Richard  C.,  28 

Miller,  Leslie  A.,  54 

Moiling,  Corrine,  28 

Montgomery,  Roy,  54 

Moore,  Olga,  28 

Mormonism  and  the  American  Experience,  by  KlausJ.  Hansen,  review, 
73-74 

The  Mormon  People,  Their  Character  and  Traditions,  by  Thomas  G.  Alex- 
ander, review,  69 

Mullowny,  J.  F.,  64 

Murphy,  James  E.,  Let  My  People  Know:  American  Indian  Journalism, 
1828-1978,  review,  69-70 

Murphy,  Sharon  M. ,  Let  My  People  Know:  American  Indian  Journalism, 
1828-1978,  review,  69-70 


N 


Jackson,  David  E.,  63 

Jenney,  Walter,  43-48;  photo,  47 

"John  B.  Kendrick,  Cowpoke  to  Senator  1879-1917,' 

Johnson,  Judge  ,  18 

Judges,  10-25 


K 


Nelson,  Dr.  Aven,  27,  28 

Newton,  Henry,  43-48;  photo,  47 

Newton-Jenney  Expedition  to  the  Black  Hills,  43-48 

Newton,  Silas  M.,  22 

Nichols,    Roger    L.,    review   of  Custer  and  the   Little   Big   Horn:   A 

Psychobiographical  Inquiry,   71-72  ■ 

Nickell,  Willie,  15. 
Northern  Pacific  Railroad,  4 


Rathka,  David,  review  of  Great  Surveys  of  the  American  West,  79-80 

Kelley,  A.  D.,  30 

Kendrick,  Anna  Maye,  52 

Kendrick,  Eula  Wulfgen,  52 

Kendrick,  Isaac,  51 

Kendrick,  John  B.,  51-57;  photos,  53,  55 

Kennedy,  T.  Blake,  11,  12,  14-20;  photo,  15 

Kerr,  Ewing  T.,  11,  20-24;  photo,  21 

Kerr,  Irene  Peterson,  21 

Kline,  M.  A.,  15 

Knights  of  the  Broadax:  The  Story  of  the  Wyoming  Tie  Hack,  by  Joan  Trego 

Pinkerton,  review,  76-77 
Krakel,  Dean  F.,  34 


O 


Ohnhaus,  Charles,  12,  15 

The  Oklahoma  Petroleum  Industry,  by  Kenny  A.  Franks,  review,  67-68 
Old  Bill  Williams,  Mountain  Man,  by  Alpheus  H.  Favour,  review,  76 
Old  Navajo  Rugs:  Their  Development  from  1900  to  1940,  by  Marion  E. 

Rodee,  review,  68-69 
O'Mahoney,  Sen.  Joseph  C,  22 
Oregon  Trail,  59-66 
OW  Ranch,  52 


Paige,  John  C,  review  of  The  Coloradans,  78-79 


82 


Peck,  Joseph,  52 

Pickett,  John  C,  22 

Pinkerton,  Joan  Trego,  Knights  of  the  Broadax:  The  Story  of  the  Wyoming 

Tie  Hack,     review,  16-11 
Plaga,  Otto,  15 
Plains  Hotel,  15,  28 
Powder  River  Campaign  of  1865,  42 
"Prelude  to  the  Black  Hills  Gold  Rush  of  1876,  "  by  Scott  Tubbs, 

36-50 
Preston,  Douglas  A.,  56 
Prohibition,  13,  16,  18,  21 


R 


Ranz,  Dr.  James,  33 

Raynolds  Expedition  of  1859-1860,  42 

Red  Cloud  Agency,  43-44,  48 

The  Remembered  Earth,  An  Antholog)/  of  Contemporary  Native  American 
Literature,  edited  by  Geary  Hobson,  review,  75-76 

Riggs,  Arad,  33 

Riner,  John  A.,  11-15;  photo,  12 

Riner,  William  A.,  22 

Riner,  Wyoming,  12 

Rodee,  Marion  E.,  Old  Navajo  Rugs:  Their  Development  from  1900  to  1940, 
review,  68-69 

Rosenberg,  Robert  G.,  "The  Dempsey-Hockaday  Trail — An  Ex- 
perience in  History,"  58-66;  biog.,  84 

Ross,  William  R.,  31 

Rulon,  Philip  Reed,  The  Compassionate  Samaritan:  The  Life  of  Lyndon 
B.  Johnson,  review,  70-71 

Russell,  Thomas,  38,  42-43 


Salt  Creek,  13 

Scott,  Mary  Hurlburt,  63,  65 

Sheridan,  Philip  H.,  38,42 

Sherman,  William  T.,  39 

Sibley,  Stephen  H.,  28 

Simons,  William,  review  of  Cowboy  Culture:  A  Saga  of  Five  Centuries,  80 

Simpson,  Milward,  28 

Smith,  MelvinT.,  review  of  Mormonism  and  the  American  Experience,  73-74 

Smith,  Melvin  T.,  review  of  The  Mormon  People,   Their  Character  and 

Traditions,  69 
Smith,  Nels  H.,  21-22 
Smith,  Jedediah  S.,  63 
Snyder,  Dudley,  52 
Snyder,  John,  52 
Soule,  Justus  F.,  27 
South  Pass,  62-64 
Spaugh,  Addison  A.,  12 
The  Stage,  drawings  by  Joseph  Deaderick,  edited  by  Victor  Flach, 

review,  78 
Stuart,  Robert,  62 
Sublette  Cut-off,  59-60,  63 
Sublette,  William  L.,  63 
Swanson,  Dorothy  B.,  24 


Teapot  Dome,  18,  19 

Terry,  General  Alfred,  39 

Thomas,  Rev.  Nathaniel  S.,  31    • 

Thomson,    Rebecca   W.,    "Federal    District   Court    in   Wyoming, 

1890-1982,"  10-25;  biog.,  84 
Tidball,  Judge  V.  J.,  28 
Tourists,  2-9 
Trail  End  (Sheridan),  56 
Trenholm,  Virginia  Cole,  review  of  The  Remembered  Earth,  An  Anthology 

of  Contemporary  Native  American  Literature,   75-76 
Tubbs,  Scott,  "Prelude  to  the  Black  HUls  Gold  Rush  of  1876,"  36-50; 

biog.,  84 


U 


U.S.  V.  Patten,   18 

University  of  Wyoming,  26-35 


Van  Devanter,  Willis,  11,  13,  14 

"A  Victorian  Englishman's  View  of  the  West,"  by  Brian  P.  Birch,  2-9 

Violations  of  the  Fort  Laramie  Treaty  of  1868,  38-48 


W 


Walker,  David  A.,  review  of  The  Battle  for  Butte,  Mining  and  Politics 

on  the  Northern  Frontier,  1864-1906,   72-73 
Walker,  David  A.,  review  of  The  West  and  Reconstruction,  li-15 
Walker,  Dr.  Robert,  33 
Walton,  A.  D.,  21 
Warren  Expedition  of  1857,  42 
Warren,  Francis  E.,  11,  16,  21,  54,  56 
Water  law,  21 
Watts,  Clyde  M.,  15 
Wehrli,  W.  J.,  21 
Welch,  Deborah,  review  of  Old  Navajo  Rugs:  Their  Development  from  1900 

to  1940,  68-69 
The  West  and  Reconstruction,  by  Eugene  H.  Berwanger,  review,  74-75 
Whitehead,  Patricia  Anne  Willson,  The  Chronicle  of  a  Willson  Family, 

review,  ll-19i 
Wulfgen,  Charles,  52 
Wyoming  State  Bar,  20;  photo,  19 
Wyoming  Stock  Growers  Association,  14,  34 
Wyoming  Supreme  Court,  11 


Yellowstone  National  Park,  2-9;  map,  4 
Yellowstone  River,  5-7;  photo,  7 


Zingsheim,  Geraldine  E.,  24 


83 


CONTRIBUTORS 


BRIAN  P.  BIRCH  is  a  Senior  Lecturer  in 
Geography  at  Southampton  University  in  England  and 
has  taught  at  that  university  since  1962.  A  native  of  Kent, 
England,  he  did  graduate  work  in  geography  at  Indiana 
University.  The  early  settlement  of  the  midwestern  and 
western  parts  of  America  is  his  particular  interest. 

EMMETT  D.  CHISUM  has  been  research  historian 
at  the  American  Heritage  Center,  University  of  Wyo- 
ming, since  1978.  For  many  years  he  was  social  sciences 
librarian  at  the  University,  and  was  known  to  students 
and  alumni  as  "Mr.  Librarian."  He  has  had  other  ar- 
ticles published  in  several  professional  journals,  including 
the  Annals  of  Wyoming. 

REBECCA  W.  THOMSON  practices  law  with  the 
firm  of  Burgess  and  Davis  in  Sheridan.  A  1978  graduate 
of  the  University  of  Denver  College  of  Law,  Thomson 
also  holds  a  M.A.  in  Law  Librarianship  from  the  Univer- 
sity of  Denver.  She  was  law  clerk  to  Judge  Ewing  T.  Kerr, 
U.S.  District  Judge,  in  1979-1980.  This  article  is  the  se- 
cond part  of  a  study,  the  first  part  of  which  appeared  in 
the  Fall,  1981  issue  o{  Annals  of  Wyoming. 

SCOTT  S.  TUBBS  is  an  assistant  baseball  coach  at 
Oregon  State  University.  A  native  of  South  Dakota,  he 
obtained  his  B.S.  in  Religious  Studies  at  Oregon  State 
University.  An  amateur  carpenter,  Tubbs  is  a  member 
of  the  South  Dakota  Historical  Society  and  enjoys 
researching  Western  history. 


EUGENE  T.  CARROLL  is  a  veteran  educator  who 
obtained  his  master's  degree  in  history  at  the  University 
of  Wyoming  in  1978.  Recently,  he  received  an  M.A.  in 
guidance  and  counseling  at  Eastern  Montana  College.  He 
presently  has  a  private  practice  in  child  counseling  in  Bill- 
ings, Montana. 

His  interests  center  on  Western  political  figures  of 
the  early  20th  century.  A  previous  article  authored  by  Car- 
roll was  published  in  the  Fall,  1978,  issue  of  Annals  of 
Wyoming. 

ROBERT  G.  ROSENBERG,  experienced  in 
prehistoric  and  historic  archaeology,  received  his 
bachelor's  degree  from  Pennsylvania  State  University  and 
a  master's  degree  in  history  from  the  University  of  Nor- 
thern Colorado.  He  spent  three  years  in  Colorado  con- 
ducting historical  inventories,  with  emphasis  on  mining 
history  and  technology. 

Rosenberg  authored  a  number  of  publications  in- 
cluding a  History  of  Southcentral  Colorado.  Presendy  employed 
as  an  historical  archaeologist  with  High  Plains  Con- 
sultants, Laramie,  he  has  researched  and  inspected  many 
of  the  historic  trails  in  Wyoming.  He  and  his  wife  cur- 
rently reside  in  the  mountains  near  Laramie. 


WYOMING  STATE  HISTORICAL  SOCIETY 

The  Wyoming  State  Historical  Society  was  organized  in  October,  1953. 
Membership  is  open  to  anyone  interested  in  history.  County  chapters  of  the  society 
have  been  chartered  in  most  of  the  twenty-three  counties  of  Wyoming.  Past 
presidents  of  the  society  include:  Frank  Bowron,  Casper,  1953-55;  William  L. 
Marion,  Lander,  1955-56;  Dr.  DeWitt  Dominick,  Cody,  1956-57;  Dr.  T.  A.  Lar- 
son, Laramie,  1957-58;  A.  H.  MacDougall,  Rawlins,  1958-59;  Mrs.  Thelma  G. 
Condit,  Buffalo,  1959-60;  E.  A.  Littleton,  Gillet-e,  1960-61;  Edness  Kimball 
Wilkins,  Casper,  1961-62;  Charles  Ritter,  Cheyenne,  1962-63;  Neal  E.  Miller, 
Rawlins,  1963-65;  Mrs.  Charles  Hord,  Casper,  1965-66;  Glenn  Sweem,  Sheridan, 
1966-67;  Adrian  Reynolds,  Green  River,  1967-68;  Curtiss  Root,  Torringtpn, 
1968-69;  Mrs.  Hattie  Burnstad,  Worland,  1969-70;  J.  Reuel  Armstrong,  Rawlins, 
1970-71;  William  R.  Dubois,  Cheyenne,  1971-72;  Henry  P.  Chadey,  Rock  Springs, 
1972-73;  Richard  S.  Dumbrill,  Newcastle,  1973-74;  Henry  Jensen,  Casper,  1974-75; 
Jay  Brazelton,  Jackson,  1975-76;  Ray  Pendergraft,  Worland,  1976-77;  David  J. 
Wasden,  Cody,  1977-78;  Mabel  Brown,  Newcastle,  1978-79;  James  June,  Green 
River,  1979-80;  William  F.  Bragg,  Jr.,  Casper,  1980-81. 

Membership  information  may  be  obtained  from  the  Executive  Headquarters, 
Wyoming  State  Historical  Society,  Barrett  Building,  Cheyenne,  Wyoming  82002. 
Dues  in  the  state  society  are: 

Life  Membership   $100 

Joint  Life  Membership  (husband  and  wife)   $150 

Annual   Membership    $5 

Joint  Annual  Membership  (tv.'o  persons  of  same  family 

at  same  address)   $7 

Institutional  Membership    $10 

President,  Don  Hodgson,  Torrington 
First  Vice  President,  Clara  Jensen,  Casper 
'  Second  Vice  President,  Fern  Gaensslen,  Green  River 

Secretary-Treasurer,  Ellen  Mueller,  Cheyenne 


^:^!^f0^^wh 


/ 


f-  f 's; 


-* 


'^^'   V' 


J/  ^' 


Volume  54,  Number  2 
■^  Fall,  1982 


G'i^b-^f'^'-^s.oi^ 


THE  WYOMING  STATE  ARCHIVES,  MUSEUMS  AND  HISTORICAL  DEPARTMENT 

The  function  of  the  Wyoming  State  Archives,  Museums  and  Historical  Department 
is  to  collect  and  preserve  materials  which  tell  the  story  of  Wyoming.  It  maintains  the  state's 
historical  library  and  research  center,  the  Wyoming  State  Museum  and  branch  museums, 
the  State  Art  Gallery  and  the  State  Archives.  The  Department  solicits  original  records  such 
as  diaries,  letters,  books,  early  newspapers,  maps,  photographs  and  art  and  records  of  early 
businesses  and  organizations  as  well  as  artifacts  for  museum  display.  The  Department  asks 
for  the  assistance  of  all  Wyoming  citizens  to  secure  these  documents  and  artifacts.  Depart- 
ment facilites  are  designed  to  preserve  these  materials  from  loss  and  deterioration. 

WYOMING  STATE  LIBRARY,  ARCHIVES  AND  HISTORICAL  BOARD 

Ken  Richardson,  Lander,  Chairman 

Mrs.  Suzanne  Knepper,  Buffalo 

Dave  Paulley,  Cheyenne 

Mrs.  Wilmot  C.  McFadden,  Rock  Springs 

Eugene  Martin,  Evanston 

Jerry  Rillahan,  Worland 

Mrs.  Mae  Urbanek,  Lusk 

Frank  Bowron,  Casper 

Attorney  General  Steven  H.  Freudenthal  (e.x-officio) 


ABOUT  THE  COVER — Glen  Hopkinson  painted  the  untitled  work  featured  oh  the  cover  of  this  issue. 
A  Wyoming  native ,  Hopkinson  first  became  interested  in  painting  when  he  was  a  child.  His  father,  Harold, 
is  also  a  noted  Western  artist  and  Glen  learned  art  techniques  from  him.  In  1971  Glen  was  awarded  the 
Bachelor  of  Fine  Arts  degree  from  Brigham  Young  University.  He  studied  with  Don  Putnam  in  California 
and  the  late  Bob  Meyers  in  Cody.  The  35-year-old  artist  has  exhibited  his  work  in  art  shows  throughout 
the  West.  His  one-man  show  was  on  display  for  nearly  two  months  at  the  Wyoming  State  Art  Gallery 
in  1975.  He  now  lives  and  works  in  Cody.  The  painting  is  in  the  permanent  collection  of  the  AMH 
Department 's  State  Gallery. 


oA. 


NNALS  of  WYOMING 


Volume  54,  No.  2 
Fall,  1982 


GOVERNOR  OF  WYOMING 

Ed  Herschler 

DIRECTOR 

Dr.  Robert  D.  Bush 

CO-EDITORS 

William  H.  Barton 
Philip  J.  Roberts 

ASSISTANT  EDITOR 

Jean  Brainerd 

EDITORIAL  ASSISTANT 

Kathy  Martinez 

PHOTOGRAPHIC 

ASSISTANTS 
Paula  West 
Carroll  Jones 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 

"THE  THRILLIN'EST  FIGHT  EVER!" 

SHERIDAN  RE-ENACTS  CUSTER'S  LAST  STAND   2 

By  Brian  W.  Dippie 

COUNTRY  SCHOOL  LEGACY  IN  WYOMING  10 

By  Andrew  Gulliford 

MEXICAN  WORKERS  IN  WYOMING  DURING  WORLD  WAR  IL 

NECESSITY,  DISCRIMINATION  AND  PROTEST  20 

By  William  L.   Hewitt 

THE  NATIONAL  BANK  FAILURES  IN  WYOMING,  1924  34 

By  Peter  W.  Huntoon 

A  YOUNG  MAN  COMES  OF  AGE: 

THE  LETTERS  OF  CHARLES  RAPP  45 

By  Keith  Beyer 

THE  STORY  OF  ERNEST  AND  LIZZIE  LOGAN— 

A  FRONTIER  COURTSHIP  48 

By  Grace  Logan  Schaedel 

A  TAFT  REPUBLICAN: 

SEN.  FRANCIS  E.  WARREN  AND  NATIONAL  POLITICS 62 

By  Leonard  Schlup 

BAY  STATE  MARKED  AN  ERA   67 

By  Vera  Saban  and  Earl  L.  Hanway 

BOOK  REVIEWS  72 

INDEX     81 

CONTRIBUTORS    84 

Annals  of  Wyoming  is  published  biannually  in  the  Spring  and  Fall. 
It  is  received  by  all  members  of  the  Wyoming  State  Historical  Society  as  the 
official  publication  of  that  organization.  Copies  of  previous  and  current  issues 
may  be  purchased  from  the  Co-Editors.  Correspondence  should  be  address- 
ed to  the  Co-Editors.  Published  articles  represent  the  views  of  the  author 
and  are  not  necessarily  those  of  the  Wyoming  State  Archives,  Museums  and 
Historical  Department  or  the  Wyoming  State  Historical  Society.  ANNALS 
OF  WYOMING  articles  are  abstracted  in  Historical  Abstracts.  America:  History 
and  Life. 

©Copyright  1982  by  the  Wyoming  State  Archives,  Museums  and  Historical  Department. 

1 


"The  Thrillin'est 

Fight  Ever!" 


'^:  dULY  3.4.5 

Y=~s^*'SHiRIDAN    "WYOMING 
^Q_/ND/ANS.       COWBOYS.      HOT  T/ ME 

. . .  EVERYBODY      COME  . . 


The  Great  Gala  Day   of  the    Northwest 


In     The    Land    of    Sun^^hine    and     Promise 


Iowa's  Best  Band 


St-  Xavier  Mission  Band 


Rough  Riders 
Races  Polo 

War    Dances  Etc. 


1000  Indians  in  Native  Costumes  in  Daily  Parade 


1 


<ir«(id    kcproducUon  of    jfu'  cl  Sll  R    H\l  It  t      \\  itli  «  msif  niiu  nt  aiiil 
Statt:   I  riM;t»ii  and  the  S-onts  and  \S  ar  CliiifN    uh,,    s\iiv-  near  [|k  Svcru 

Sheridan  Post.  June  19.  1902.       J 


Sheridan  Rc'cnacts  Custer's  Last  Stand 


Custer's  Last  Stand — the  battle  of  the  Little  Bighorn 
— meant  many  things  to  the  northern  plains  region  in 
1876.  Most  obviously,  it  offered  a  sobering  check  on  the 
expansionist  ambitions  of  white  catdemen  and  others  mov- 
ing onto  Indian  lands  in  the  northeastern  Wyoming- 
southeastern  Montana  area.  It  sent  a  thrill  of  horror  run- 
ning through  the  regional  press,  summed  up  in  the  Bis- 
marck, D.  T.,  Tribune's  fretting  headlines  of  July  6:  "What 
Will  Congress  Do  About  It?  Shall  This  Be  the  Beginning 
of  the  End?" 

The  answer  to  the  second  question,  the  next  few 
months  confirmed,  was  a  resounding  yes:  it  was  the  begin- 
ning of  the  end  of  Indian  resistance  on  the  northern  plains. 
Before  the  year  was  out,  on  December  1,  1876,  the  offi- 
cer in  charge  of  construction  of  the  Tongue  River  Can- 
tonment recorded  in  his  diary,  "Truly  the  Yellowstone 
Valley  is  open  to  civilization."'  His  judgment,  optimistic 
at  the  time,  proved  completely  accurate. 

But  even  in  1876,  Custer's  Last  Stand  was  something 
more  than  an  isolated  Western  event.  It  was,  quite  sim- 
ply, a  sensation,  and  occurring  as  it  did  at  mid-point  in 
the  nation's  Centennial  Year  (news  of  the  disaster  reached 
the  East  just  two  days  after  the  Centennial  Fourth),  it 
generated  a  storm  of  political  and  military  controversy 
and  gave  birth  to  an  American  myth.  Custer's  Last  Stand 
became  an  "epic  of  defeat,"  a  mythic  embodiment  of  the 
clash,  as  contemporaries  put  it,  between  savagery  and 
civilization  that  had  been  part  of  America's  story  since 
white  men  discovered  the  New  World  and  that,  by  1876, 
with  the  United  States  an  independent  nation  for  100 
years,  was  winding  down  into  a  pathetic  mopping  up 
operation  devoid  of  either  drama  or  glory.  Suddenly, 
defeat  had  restored  the  drama,  and  the  totality  of  defeat 
the  glory.  Custer's  Last  Stand  became  a  tale  of  superb 
heroism  in  the  face  of  overwhelming  odds.  It  became  a 
magic  moment  of  reaffirmation  of  those  Anglo-Saxon  vir- 
tues that  had  tamed  a  continent  and  made  America  great. 
It  was  larger  than  its  particulars,  larger  than  the  controver- 
sies that  surrounded  its  participants,  larger  than  its  times. 
Poets,  painters,  novelists  and  dramatists  have  always  been 
responsive  to  its  appeal,  and  in  turning  to  it  for  inspira- 
tion for  over  a  century  now  have  firmly  entrenched 
Custer's  Last  Stand  in  the  national  mythology.^ 

Hard  on  the  heels  of  those  who  found  inspiration  in 
defeat  were,  predictably,  others  who  recognized  that  the 
legend  defeat  engendered  a  chance  to  make  money.  In 
turn,  they  propagated  the  myth  they  were  exploiting. 
Among  these  enterprising  souls,  promoters  of  tourism  to 


the  northern  plains  stand  out.  They  have  always  been 
aware  of  Custer's  Last  Stand's  wild  and  woolly  allure. 
By  the  1890s,  railroad  lines  with  access  to  the  battlefield 
area  were  actively  promoting  it  as  an  essential  stop  on  any 
Western  tour.  It  was  "worthy  a  pilgrimage  from  a 
distance,"  according  to  the  Northern  Pacific,^  while  the 
Burlington  distributed  a  little  pamphlet  reprinting  a  New 
York  reporter's  reaction  to  a  battlefield  visit: 

.  .  my  eyes  rested  on  the  little  white  marble  sentinels  which 
marked  the  steady,  compact  advance,  and  on  every  hero's 
cenotaph  I  seemed  to  see  carved  the  word,   "Duty." 

The  lesson  is  there  for  all  who  may  read — a  lesson  which 
will  be  ever  remembered  by  the  brave  men  of  our  regular 
army.  .  .  .  The  requiem  of  the  winds  over  the  graves  there 
can  never  be  sadder  than  on  that  golden  evening  when  I 
turned  my  back  upon  this  battlefield,  at  once  the  most 
pathetic  and  most  mysterious  of  all  that  our  sun  shines  on . ' 

For  those  who  could  resist  their  patriotic  duty  to  ride  the 
railroads  west  to  Montana  or  Wyoming,  local  promoters 
were  prepared  to  offer  a  further  inducement:  a  show,  a 
gala  extravaganza,  a  full-scale  re-enactment  of  the  battle 
featuring  real  live  Indians. 

Montana,  of  course,  held  claim  to  Custer's  Last  Stand 
by  virtue  of  geography.  The  battle  was  fought  there,  and 
in  situ  commemorations  had  to  recognize  that  fact.  Annual 
anniversary  observations  and  commemorative  activities, 
which  reached  a  peak  with  a  massive  turnout  estimated 
at  between  40-50,000  people  for  the  semi-centennial  exer- 
cises in  1926,  took  place  on  the  battlefield  proper.  But 
the  nearest  towns,  Crow  Agency  and  Hardin,  could  not 
handle  large  crowds  of  visitors;  the  only  centers  in  the  area 
with  adequate  facilities  were  Billings  and  Sheridan.  Bill- 
ings had  the  advantage  of  being  in  Montana,  but  Sheridan 
was  just  as  close  to  the  battle  site.  Thus  when  local  pro- 
moters chose  to  augment  the  formal  commemorative  acti- 
vities by  staging  sham  battles  of  their  own,  both  towns 
laid  claim  to  the  principal  attraction  of  what  was  becom- 
ing known  in  tourist  literature  as  "Custer  Country." 

As  early  as  1891  Crow  Indians  put  on  a  Custer's  Last 
Stand  re-enactment  of  sorts  within  a  mile  of  the  battlefield, 
but  the  first  recorded  full-scale  re-enactment  on  Montana 
soil  pitting  whites  and  Indians  took  place  in  1909  when 
a  company  of  the  Montana  National  Guard  from  Billings 
re-fought  the  Last  Stand  against  a  party  of  Crows  right 
on  the  battlefield.  Since  then,  re-enactments  have  been 
an  accepted  feature  of  Montana  tourism,  and  there  were 
times  during  Montana's  territorial  centennial,  in  1964, 
when  the  battle  was  being  re-created  simultaneously  at 
two  different  locations  in  the  state.  Strangely,  that  same 


By  Brian  W.  Dippie 


"Croivdi  on  the  hill  Hatching  the  spot  "  Commented  the  Sher- 
idan Post/or  July  10,  1902:  "The  immense  mass  of  humanity 
arrayed  along  the  hill  side  north  of  the  battle-ground  yesterday,  was 

year  visitors  to  the  Dakotas  could  have  seen  re-enactments 
both  in  Mandan,  North  Dakota,  and  Hot  Springs,  South 
Dakota — a  reminder  that  South  Dakota,  too,  had  laid 
claim  to  a  slice  of  the  Custer  pie  back  in  1909  when  the 
battle  was  reproduced  daily  from  October  4-9  as  part  of 
Pierre's  Third  Gas  Belt  Exposition.  And  this  claim  had 
been  reconfirmed  in  1927  when  a  re-enactment  of  the 
Custer  Batde  entertained  President  Calvin  Coolidge  at 
the  Deadwood  Days  of  '76  celebration.^ 

How  about  Wyoming?  The  boosters  of  the  Sheridan 
area  were  as  busy  stirring  up  interest  in  Custer's  Last 
Stand  as  any  of  their  counterparts  elsewhere  during  the 
first  three  decades  of  this  century.  Herbert  Coffeen's  lit- 
tle magazine  Teepee  Book,  published  in  Sheridan  from  Jan- 
uary, 1915  through  1916,  was  particularly  active  in  pub- 
licizing the  40th  anniversary  observance  in  1916;  and  the 
Teepee  Book's  special  Custer  Battle  number,  commemor- 
ating the  occasion,  was  expanded  and  reprinted  to  become 
a  popular  memento  of  the  semi-centennial  observance  ten 
years  later.  Indeed,  Sheridan  was  one  of  the  official  semi- 
centennial "headquarters,"  and  the  Sheridan  Post  that  June 
boasted  that  Sheridan's  own  Orpheum  Theater  had  been 
given  the  privilege  of  premiering  at  popular  prices  a  major 
film  about  the  battle.  The  Flaming  Frontier,  starring  Hoot 
Gibson  and  a  cast  of  thousands.^ 

More  than  once,  it  should  be  added,  stories  appear- 
ing in  the  Sheridan  papers  left  the  distinct  impression  that 
Sheridan  was  not  only  within  convenient  distance  of  the 
Custer  Battlefield,  but  that  the  battlefield  was  actually 


the  most  picturesque  sight  imaginable.   It  furnished  food  for  the 
innumerable  camera  fiends. 


located  in  northern  Wyoming!  In  vying  for  the  tourist 
dollar,  all's  fair  after  all.  But  Sheridan's  boosters  suc- 
cessfully pulled  off  a  feat  several  years  earlier — in  1900, 
to  be  precise- — that  entitles  Sheridan  to  claim  the  honor 
of  being  the  first  town  in  the  West  to  stage  a  re-enactment 
of  Custer's  Last  Stand.  The  idea  of  reproducing  the  Last 
Stand  was  old  hat  even  in  1900:  a  "sensation  play" 
exploiting  the  battle  was  running  in  New  York  City  by 
mid-August,  1876 — and  Buffalo  Bill's  Wild  West  had  been 
staging  its  own  version  of  "The  Battle  of  the  Little  Big  Horn, 
Showing  with  Historical  Accuracy  the  scene  of 
CUSTER'S  LAST  CHARGE!"  more  or  less  regularly 
since  1887.  But  there  is  no  record  of  any  Western  town 
sponsoring  a  re-enactment  of  the  battle  before  the  enter- 
prising promoters  of  Sheridan's  first  Mid-summer  Car- 
nival in  July,   1900. 

The  Sheridan  Post  for  June  21,  1900,  devoted  half  of 
its  front  page  to  an  advertisement  for  the  carnival  to  be 
held  July  3,  4  and  5.  Featured  attractions  were  to  be  a 
daily  balloon  ascension  by  Professor  L.  N.  O'Dell  and 
a  grand  fireworks  display  each  evening.  Horse  and  bi- 
cycle races,  polo  matches,  baseball  games  and  shooting 
exhibitions  were  on  the  schedule;  Western  fare  included 
roping  and  tying  exhibitions,  a  street  parade,  an  old  set- 
tlers reunion,  an  Indian  encampment,  and  war  dances. 
But  the  real  treat  was  set  for  the  afternoon  of  July  4th, 
"the  Repetition  of  the  Custer  Batde  between  State  Troops 
and  Indians  ...  on  the  ridge  east  of  the  city."  No  con- 
temporary accounts  of  this  sham  battle  have  been  located. 


but  the  Post  did  record  the  arrival  on  July  1  of  400-600 
Crow  Indians  who,  under  their  chief  Medicine  Crow,  were 
to  "play  a  prominent  part"  in  the  re-enactment.'  How 
popular  it  proved  is  uncertain.  A  Cheyenne  paper  reported 
that  Sheridan's  citizens  "spared  no  expense  to  make  the 
eagle  scream"  on  the  Fourth,  but  made  no  mention  of 
the  Custer  Battle  re-enactment,  noting  only  the  balloon 
ascension  and  firewords  display.^  One  thing  is  certain: 
the  notion  of  staging  a  re-creation  of  Custer's  Last  Stand 
was  popular  enough  to  surface  again  just  two  years  later. 

As  Dr.  Will  Frackelton,  Sheridan's  pioneer 
"Sagebrush  Dentist,"  remembered  it,  when  a  commit- 
tee met  in  1902  "to  solve  the  annual  problem  of  the  big 
spectacle  for  the  Sheridan  County  Fair,  it  was  [O.  P.] 
Hanna  who  leaned  back  in  his  seat,  spat  deftly  at  the 
nearest  cuspidor  and  asked:  'Well,  boys,  if  yore  plumb 
out  of  ideas,  why  don't  you  put  on  the  Custer  mas- 
sacre?' "  Hanna  and  the  other  committee  members 
agreed  to  line  up  the  soldiers;  Frackelton,  the  fair's 
manager,  was  assigned  the  task  of  obtaining  Crow  coop- 
eration, and  on  June  1  he  set  out  north  for  the  Crow  reser- 
vation armed  with  the  promise  of  free  beef  as  a  bribe  for 
participation.  To  his  surprise,  the  Crows  not  only  knew 
all  about  the  fair  but  had  already  decided  to  take  part.' 
They  arrived  in  early  July  in  a  contingent  estimated  at 
1,000-2,000  strong,  once  again  under  Medicine  Crow, 
and  set  up  their  camp  across  Little  Goose  Creek,  a  few 
blocks  east  of  Sheridan's  main  street.  Excitement  was  in 
the  air.  "The  people  are  waking  up  to  the  importance 
of  the  three  days'  carnival" — again  scheduled  for  July 
3-5 — the  Post  had  reported  earlier  in  predicting  "a  hot 
time  at  Sheridan."  The  hotels  would  be  unable  to  han- 
dle the  overflow  crowds  expected;  private  homes  would 
have  to  offer  accommodation  as  well.'°  The  Burlington 
Route  was  cooperating  with  special  excursion  trains  from 
points  east  and  west.  Advertisements,  signed  by 
Frackelton,  also  touted  "The  Great  Gala  Day  of  the 
Northwest."" 

The  boosterism  paid  off.  More  than  half  a  century 
later  Mrs.  Jennie  Parker  remembered  the  carnival.  She 
rode  the  train  from  Ranchester  to  Sheridan  while  her  hus- 
band came  by  horse  and  buggy  so  they  would  "have  a 
conveyance  of  some  kind  to  get  them  around  the  town 
during  the  three-day  celebration."  The  few  hotels 
available  in  Sheridan  were  "literally  bursting  at  the 
seams. "'^  All  the  events  brought  out  the  spectators — 
baseball  and  polo,  foot  races  and  horse  races,  bands  and 
parades.  But  the  carnival's  highlight  was  to  be  the  Custer 
Battle  re-enactment,  "a  very  elaborate  affair,"  the  pro- 
moters promised,  that  "will  take  place  in  a  realistic 
way."'^  Both  sides  in  the  fray  were  featured  attractions. 
The  Crows  in  their  "most  picturesque  and  hideous 
costumes"  wowed  the  Eastern  visitors  each  day  with  a 
so-called  Hideous  Parade:  "They  march  north  on  the 
business  street  and  back,  halting  every  block  to  give  a  war 
dance."'*  Meanwhile,  the  encampment  of  three  com- 


panies of  the  Wyoming  National  Guard  under  command 
of  Major  C.  Z.  Zander  was  a  sight  to  "cause  any  loyal 
citizen  to  feel  proud."  The  150  men  had  brought  their 
own  uniforms,  weapons  and  blank  ammunition — no  small 
consideration  for  a  fair  committee  working  on  a  tight 
budget — and  all  were  "anxious  to  go  into  the  Custer 
batde." 

"This  part  of  the  program  will  be  the  most  exciting, 
and  should  not  be  missed  by  any  one  who  wants  to  see 
a  live  picture  of  Custer's  last  battle,"  the  Post  insisted, 
concluding  the  report  with  a  bit  of  frontier  humor:  "The 
men  are  wondering  how  Major  Zander  will  be  able  to 
shake  long  yellow  curls  (like  Custer's),  as  there  is  a  scar- 
city of  that  material  at  the  major's  command."'^ 

About  4:30  p.m.  on  July  4  the  long-awaited  sham  bat- 
tle took  place.  Mrs.  Parker  recalled  the  scene  as  the  spec- 
tators gathered  and  "the  hills  were  lined  with  wagons, 
buggies  and  the  more  fancy  vehicles  common  in  that 
day."'^  Crowd  estimates  ran  as  high  as  10,000  people. 
Dr.  Frackelton,  who  had  played  such  a  key  role  in  plan- 
ning the  re-enactment,  devoted  two  chapters  to  it  in  his 
autobiography  published  almost  40  years  later.  Frackelton 
was  one  of  the  few  white  men  to  ride  with  the  Indians. 
Smeared  with  red  paint  and  decked  out  in  war  bonnet, 
breech  cloth  and  moccasins,  he  was  all  ready  for  the  big 
fight  when  a  hitch  developed.  Major  Zander,  dressed  as 
General  Custer  in  a  buckskin  suit,  white  hat  and  blond 
wig,  called  him  aside  and  informed  him  that  the  troopers 
would  not  allow  the  Indians  to  capture  their  flag  at  bat- 
tle's end.  "It's  against  all  military  rules,"  Zander 
explained.  The  Indians  were  equally  adamant:  the  flag 
was  to  be  their  legitimate  trophy.  Caught  in  the  middle, 
Frackelton  devised  a  strategy.  "Tell  Medicine  Crow  the 
original  Custer  would  have  acted  just  this  way,"  he  quietly 
advised  one  of  the  Crows.  "Tell  him  I'll  get  that  flag  dur- 
ing the  last  charge,  and  that  I  may  need  some  support 
whUe  I'm  doing  it."  Both  sides  satisfied,  the  re-enactment 
proceeded  without  further  complication: 

.  .  .  the  bucks  went  calmly  about  killing  off  Custer's  cavalry 
according  to  the  pre-arranged  program.  One  by  one,  the 
militia  dropped,  feigning  death. 

The  Indians  rode  in  circles  around  the  dead  or  dying 
men,  giving  their  war  cries,  then  leaned  down  and  brought 
their  hands  high  in  the  air,  holding  a  trophy  in  imitation 
of  a  scalp  or  piece  of  clothing.  Occasionally  a  leader  would 
touch  a  wounded  soldier  with  a  coup  stick,  pretending  that 
he'd  got  that  one  and  that  it  was  a  coup.  .  .  . 

The  time  came  for  the  final  charge.  I  pounded  in  on 
my  barebacked  horse,  rode  through  the  little  group  of  sur- 
vivors gathered  around  the  golden-wigged  Major,  grabbed 
the  flag  and  was  off  After  me  came  the  triumphant  Indians. 
The  massacre  at  this  stage  was  supposed  to  be  complete, 
but  the  Major  refused  to  be  a  corpse. 

"You  lied  to  me,  Frackelton,  you  lied  to  me!" 
"Well,"  I  said,  "we'll  give  you  back  the  flag.  That's 
more  than  Custer  got." 

This  evoked  more  profanity.  Beside  himself  with  rage, 
the  Major  jerked  off  his  blond  wig  and  hurled  it  at  me. 
"You  go  plumb  to  hell,"  he  shouted. 


I  caught  the  curls  as  they  sailed  through  the  air. 
"Another  scalp — another  coup — another  feather.  Go 
lay  down.  You're  supposed  to  be  dead." 
The  antics  momentarily  took  a  serious  turn  when  a  Crow 
went  down,  stung,  it  was  revealed,  but  not  seriously  hurt 
by  a  shotgun  wad  "fired  at  too  close  a  range  in  the  rear 
of  his  person."  The  Indians,  insisting  the  wound  was 
intentional,  were  outraged,  but  Frackelton  mollified  the 
Crow,  Blue  Bead,  with  the  promise  of  $10  and  a  quarter 
of  beef  in  compensation.  "Suddenly  grins  replaced  the 
frowns  and  the  interpreter  gave  the  message  that  ended 
my  worries:  'Blue  Bead,  he  say  you  can  shoot  him  same 
place  on  other  side  for  $10  more  and  more  beef!'  "" 

Such  stories  tend  to  grow  with  the  retelling,  and  this 
one  was  no  exception.  During  a  trip  east — probably  in 
1941  while  he  was  promoting  his  book — Frackelton  related 
another  version  to  a  Cleveland  reporter.  During  a  dress 
rehearsal,  he  now  said.  Blue  Bead  had  demanded  that  he 
be  allowed  to  carry  off  the  soldiers'  colors,  but  the  men 
playing  the  Seventh  Cavalry  had  refused.  Frackelton  then 
told  the  Indians  to  await  the  proper  moment: 

The  big  day  arrived.  Folks  drove  in  from  all  over  Johnson 
County  and  even  down  from  Montana  to  see  the  doings. 
Must  have  been  nigh  a  thousand  out  there  by  Prairie  Dog 
creek  when  we  staged  the  sham  battle  .  .  . 

Man,  that  was  the  thrillin'est  fight  ever!  First  Custer 
and  his  men  made  camp,  then  Indian  scouts  peek  over  the 
top  of  the  hill  to  spot  'em  and  ride  away.  Then  the  big  rush 
of  the  Crows,  mostly  on  horseback.  We  had  those  spectators 
standing  on  the  seats  of  their  buckboards,  with  their  eyes 
hanging  out.  One  by  one  the  guardsmen  dropped  dead. 
There  was  a  final  rush  for  the  big  white  man  with  the  yellow 
curls  who  was  Custer.  I  .  .  .  went  in  with  the  Indians,  Blue 
Bead  right  at  my  elbow.  I  sat  down  on  the  color  sergeant's 
head  while  Blue  Bead  started  ofT  with  the  colors — the  sergeant 
was  cursing  me  something  awful — a  dead  private  rose  up 
and  shot  point  blank  at  the  Crow  chief.  The  slug  from  his 
blank  cartridge  burned  Blue  Bead — proper.  There's  where 
the  spectators  got  their  money's  worth.  Every  guardsman 
came  to  life  and  slugged  the  nearest  Crow.  It  was  a  knock- 
down and  drag-out  all  over  these  hills. 
Mister  Man,  Custer  was  avenged! 

Once  again  Blue  Bead's  wound  was  salved  with  beef  and 
$10. '8 

Granting  Frackelton  the  permissible  storyteller's 
allowance  for  exaggeration,  his  anecdotes  about  the 
dispute  over  the  flag's  capture  and  the  wound  to  Blue  Bead 
have  the  ring  of  truth.  The  re-enactment  was  being  staged 
only  26  years  after  the  real  thing,  and  relations  between 
Indian  and  white  could  still  be  testy.  Crow  veterans  of 
the  1876  campaign  on  hand  for  the  sham  battle  included 
Custer's  scouts  White-Man-Runs-Him,  Hairy  Moccasin 
and  Curley,  popularly  considered  "the  only  survivor  of 
Custer's  command."'^  V/hile  they  fought  on  the  white 
man's  side  in  1876,  the  Crows  seemed  to  enjoy  playing 
their  old  Sioux  and  Cheyenne  enemies.  Some  prominent 
individuals  were  even  assigned  specific  roles — Wolf- That- 
Lies-Down,  for  example,  portrayed  Chief  Gall. ^°  Despite 
the  historical  irony  implicit  in  all  this,  the  Sheridan  Post 


contended  that  the  Crows,  having  seen  service  in  the  Sioux 
campaign,  were  "better  enabled  than  anyone  else  to  take 
part  in  the  presentation  of  the  play. "2'  Sioux  and 
Cheyenne  veterans  of  the  Custer  Battle  might  well  beg 
to  differ,  but  there  was  no  denying  that  the  Crows  put 
on  a  spirited  performance. 

A  contemporary  account,  less  colorful  than  Frackel- 
ton's  but  probably  more  reliable,  described  "The  Sham 
Battle"  as  follows: 

A  reproduction  of  the  historical  .  .  .  [Custer  massacre]  was 
given  on  the  hill  southeast  of  the  city  Friday  afternoon,  and 
was  viewed  by  at  least  8,000  people,  h  was  one  of  the  most 
realistic  sham  battles  ever  given,  and  was  carried  out  accord- 
ing to  the  conditions  and  circumstances  under  which  the 
famous  Custer  fought. 

The  soldiers  representing  General  Custer's  command 
were  stationed  on  the  south  slope  of  the  hill  and  under  com- 
mand of  C.  Z.  Zander,  Major  First  Battalion  Wyoming 
National  Guards.  The  companies  which  took  part  in  the  bat- 
tle were  Co.  "D"  of  Sheridan,  Co.  "A"  of  Newcastle  and 
Co.  "G"  of  Buffalo,  comprising  a  force  of  96  men. 

The  Indians  were  under  command  of  Medicine  Crow 
and  Bear  Claw,  and  their  command  numbered  200  men. 

About  4:30  p.m.  the  troops  came  over  the  hill  and 
marched  down  into  the  death  valley.  Guided  by  Hanna's 
generalship  the  charging  and  yelling  Crow  Indians  sur- 
rounded the  troops  with  a  perfect  wall  of  flame  and  lead. 
From  all  sides  came  the  fiery  and  deadly  ball  and  the  soldiers 
fought  gallantly,  and  grimly  to  the  last.  They  fell  singly  and 
in  groups  until  the  entire  field  was  dotted  with  the  dead  and 
dying  blue-coats.  The  final  Crow  triumph  was  proclaimed 
in  a  long  and  loud  yell  which,  rising  high  above  the  con- 
stant crackle  of  the  guns,  announced  the  fall  of  the  dreaded 
"Yellow  Hair"  himself. 

It  was  one  of  the  most  interesting  scenes  ever  witness- 
ed, and  thousands  of  eager  spectators  from  an  adjoining  hill 
kept  up  the  applause  long  after  the  last  of  the  troopers  had 
succumbed.   .   .   .-- 

The  Sheridan  Enterprise's  description  of  the  mock  bat- 
tle was  more  graphic.  But  even  though  it  mentioned  the 
soldiers'  flag,  it  did  not  directly  corroborate  Frackelton's 
story  either: 

The  location  of  the  battle  grounds  and  its  surrounding  lines 
were  typical  of  the  famous  scene  and  no  part  was  omitted 
to  paint  the  massacre  as  it  took  place  in  reality  with  no  sur- 
vivors left  on  the  part  of  U.S.  troops  to  tell  the  tale. 

The  charge  by  the  troops,  the  attack  by  the  howling  mob 
of  painted  fiends  from  every  glen  and  canyon,  the  Redskin 
in  white  with  hell  written  in  his  every  act  of  vengeance,  the 
rapid  firing  of  volley  after  volley  like  continuous  thunder, 
the  slow  but  forced  reluctant  retreat  of  the  soldiers  and  the 
rapid  thinning  of  the  lines  by  the  circling,  howling  hordes 
of  feathered  savages,  the  retreat  of  the  colors  to  the  brow 
of  the  hill  and  the  determined  stand  taken  by  the  brave  boys 
until  all  were  dead  and  the  standard  fell  to  the  dust;  and  then 
not  content  with  their  work  of  carnage,  the  Indians,  led  by 
the  incarnate  fiend  in  white,  still  continued  to  send  the  leaden 
bullets  into  the  dead  and  dying  mass  of  fallen  humanity  and 
to  cap  their  fiendish  work,  took  the  scalps  of  their  dead  foes 
and  dangled  them  at  their  belts;  all  was  presented  so  true 
to  life  that  the  illusion  was  not  dispelled  until  the  bugle  notes 
revived  the  inanimate  forms  that  covered  the  sloping  hill. 
It  was  a  great  scene  and  one  never  to  be  forgotten." 


fi^^r- 


.■*fita*«^. ; 


^^'^l 


HH  \EV  COLLECTION.  AMERICAN'  HERITAGE  CENTER.  UW 

^  Top — "The  crowd  viewing  the 
Battle.  ' '  Most  of  the  soldiers  seem 
to  have  '  'bit  the  dust ' '  at  this  stage 
oj  things. 

Middle — "Just  before  the  flag 
fell.  "  The  men  rally  around  the 
flag  for  the  Last  Stand. 

Left —  "The  Last  Stand.  'Rain 
in  the  Face,  '  cutting  out  Tom 
Custer's  heart.  "  The  flag  is 
down.  Could  the  stooping  Indian 
he  "  the  incarnate  fiend  in  white" 
whose  dastardly  deeds  were  reported 
and  deplored  by  the  Sheridan 
Enterprise? 


HELVEY  COLLECTION.  AMERICAN  HERITAGE  CENTER.  UW 


'After  the  Battle.  "  Need  more  be  said?  The  Indians  won — again. 


Even  in  1902  there  were  shutterbugs  on  hand  to  record 
the  action.  Indeed,  two  moving  pictures  were  made  at  the 
carnival  by  Chicago  concerns,  one  by  Louis  R.  Bostwick, 
the  other  by  Thomas  Nash  representing  the  Selig  Poly- 
scope company  which  was  preparing  an  advertising  film 
for  the  Burlington  Route  for  release  on  the  Orpheum  cir- 
cuit in  America  and  Europe.  (Seven  years  later,  William 
Selig's  studio  would  produce  the  first  moving  picture 
drama  based  on  the  battle,  Custer's  Last  Stand,  incor- 
porating footage  shot  earlier  that  year  at  either  the  Bill- 
ings or  Pierre  re-enactments.)  Movies  aside,  Bostwick  also 
obtained  75  large  plates  of  frontier  scenes  at  the  fair  to 
illustrate  articles  in  the  papers  he  represented — Chicago 
Tribune,  New  York  World,  Omaha  Bee — while  L.  B.  Glaf- 
cke,  formerly  part-owner  of  a  Sheridan  drugstore,  pur- 
sued his  new  vocation  as  partner  in  a  photography  firm 
by  taking  photographs  "of  the  daily  events  enacted  dur- 
ing the  carnival."  However,  the  Post  commented,  F.  J. 
Angier  of  the  tie-plant  was  said  to  have  procured  "the 
only  good  picture  of  the  Custer  battle." 

Besides  the  photographers,  a  distinguished  painter, 
Charles  Schreyvogel  from  Hoboken,  New  Jersey,  was  on 
hand  filling  the  office  of  the  old-time  combat  artist  by 
sketching  the  re-enactment  and  gathering  firsthand 
impressions  for  future  oils  of  Indian-cavalry  skirmishes 
of  the  sort  that  by  1902  had  established  his  critical  and 
popular  fame.    Despite   all   this   activity — and   the   Post 


observed  many  amateur  camera  buffs  in  the  crowd  mak- 
ing their  own  pictorial  records  of  the  day's  happenings — 
none  of  the  views  of  the  sham  Custer  Battle  has  been  iden- 
tified and  reproduced  in  modern  times. ^'* 

However,  several  photographs  repose  in  the  Robert 
E.  Helvey  Collection  in  the  American  Heritage  Center 
at  the  University  of  Wyoming  that,  unidentified  save  in 
the  most  general  way,  almost  certainly  are  of  one  of  the 
Sheridan  Last  Stands.  While  it  is  likely  that  they  were 
taken  in  1902,  it  is  noteworthy  that  cameras  were  also 
busily  clicking  two  years  earlier  during  the  first  Mid- 
summer Carnival,  and  it  is  possible  that  these  pictures 
were  taken  then.^'  Thus  the  portfolio  accompanying  this 
essay  cannot  be  positively  identified  but  can  be  enjoyed 
on  its  own  terms  as  a  memento  of  early  Sheridan  and 
northern  Wyoming  boosterism  at  a  time  when  the  tourist 
dollar  was  becoming  an  increasingly  important  factor  in 
the  local  economy,  and  the  long-range  prospect  of  attract- 
ing outside  development  was  a  dream  whose  day  seemed 
to  have  dawned  with  the  crowds  that  fiocked  to  the  hills 
east  of  town  to  witness  a  commemoration  of  the  region's 
past  and  a  demonstration  of  that  energetic,  progressive 
.leadership  that,  Sheridan's  boosters  hoped,  would  usher 
in  an  even  more  prosperous  future.^*' 

I  would  like  to  acknowledge  the  kind  assistance  of  the  following 
in  the  preparation  of  this  paper:  Ms.  Helen  Graham,  Margaret  S. 
Fulmer  Memorial  Public  Library,  Sheridan  County,  Sheridan;  and 


Mr.  Tim  Cochrane,  Research  and  Oral  Historian,  Wyoming  State 
Archives,  Museums  and  Historical  Department,  Cheyenne.  Professor 
Gene  M.  Gressley,  Director,  and  Mr.  Charles  G.  Roundy,  then 
Research  Historian,  Western  History  Research  Center,  University 
of  Wyoming,  Laramie,  extended  themselves  back  in  1972  to  provide 
me  with  copies  of  the  photographs  of  the  Custer  Battle  re-enactment 
reproduced  here. 

1.  Major  Alfred  L.  Hough,  in  Robert  G.  Athearn,  ed.,  "A  Winter 
Campaign  Against  the  Sioux,"  Mississippi  Valley  Historical  Review, 
XXXV  (September,  1948),  p.  282;  and  see  Brian  W.  Dippie, 
"  'What  Will  Congress  Do  About  It?':  The  Congressional  Reac- 
tion to  the  Little  Big  Horn  Disaster,"  North  Dakota  History, 
XXXVII  (Summer,  1970),  pp.  160-89. 

2.  This  subject  is  now  receiving  considerable  serious  attention.  See, 
for  example,  Robert  M.  Utley,  Custer  and  the  Great  Controversy:  The 
Origin  and  Development  of  a  Legend  (Los  Angeles,  1962);  Bruce  A. 
Rosenberg,  Custer  and  the  Epic  of  Defeat  (University  Park,  Pa., 
1974);  Paul  A.  Hutton,  "From  Little  Bighorn  to  Little  Big  Man: 
The  Changing  Image  of  a  Western  Hero  in  Popular  Culture," 
Western  Historical  Quarterly,  VII  (January,  1976),  pp.  19-45;  and 
Brian  W.  Dippie,  Custer's  Last  Stand:  The  Anatomy  of  an  American 
Myth  (Missoula,  1976). 

3.  Olin  D.  Wheeler,  "The  Custer  Battlefield,"  in  Wonderland:  1901 
(St.  Paul,  1901),  p.  40. 

4.  John  A.  Cockerill,  in  the  New  York  Herald,  reprinted  in  Custer  Bat- 
tlefield on  the  Burlington  Route  (N.p.,  n.d.   [ca.   1900|). 

5.  Dippie,  Custer's  Last  Stand,  pp.  91-9. 

6.  "Forty  Chieftains  and  Scores  of  Tribes  Reported  Mobilized  at 
'Little  Big  Horn,'  "  Sheridan  Post,  June  23,  1926. 

7.  "Arrival  of  the  Indians,"  Sheridan  Post,  July  5,  1900. 

8.  "The  Eagle  Screamed,"  Cheyenne  Leader,  July  9,  1900. 

9.  Will  Frackelton,  as  told  to  Herman  Gastrell  Seely,  Sagebrush  Dentist 
(Chicago,  1941),  pp.  196-8. 

10.  "Indians  and  Cow  Boys,"  Sheridan  Post,  June  12,  1902. 

11.  Sheridan  Post,  June  19,  1902,  June  26,  1902. 

12.  "Wyoming  Rough  and  Ready  When  Pioneer  Came  Via 
Emigrant  Train,"  Sheridan  Press,  May  22,  1957. 

13.  Sheridan  Post,  June  12,  1902. 

14.  "Carnival  Closes,"  Cheyenne  Daily  Leader,  July  8,   1902. 


24. 


25. 


"National  Guard  in  Camp,"  Sheridan  Post,  July  3,  1902. 
Sheridan  Press,  May  22,  1957. 
Frackelton,  Sagebrush  Dentist,  pp.  215-8. 

Robert  Welles  Ritchie,  "Action  Stuff,"  Cleveland  Plain  Dealer, 
reprinted  as  "Resurrection  Spoils  Drama,"  unidentified  clipping 
from  a  Sheridan  paper  in  the  Custer's  Battle — Memorials  folder, 
C96 — m,  American  Heritage  Center,  Laramie.  The  clipping  pro- 
bably dates  from  1941  when  Frackelton  traveled  east  to  promote 
Sagebrush  Dentist  and  appeared  on  the  New  York  City  radio  pro- 
gram "We  the  People."  He  briefly  described  his  experiences  in 
a  letter  to  Emma  Pearl  (Scoble),  September  23,  1941,  in  my 
possession. 

"Custer's  Last  Battle,"  Sheridan  Post,  July  10,  1902;  and  "Resur- 
rection Spoils  Drama." 

"A  Carnival  Souvenir,"  Sheridan  Post,  July  3,   1902. 
"The  Crow  Indians,"  Sheridan  Post,  July  10,  1902. 
"The  Sham  Batde,"  Sheridan  Post,  July  10,  1902. 
Sheridan  Enterprise,  July  5,  1902,  reprinted  in  "Realism  of  Custer 
Battle  Re-enactment  Stirred  Sheridan  Throng  26  Years  Later," 
Sheridan  Press,  May  20,  1957. 

"Additional  Local,"  and  unheaded  local  notes,  Sheridan  Post,  July 
10,  1902. 

The  Sheridan  Post  issued  a  souvenir  booklet  to  mark  the  1902 
celebration  that  contained  photographs  of  the  Crow  Indian  camp 
taken  during  the  1900  Mid-summer  Carnival.  See  "A  Carnival 
Souvenir."  One  photograph  in  the  AMH  Department's  Double- 
day  Collection  is  of  an  unidentified  Custer  reenactment.  (Photo 
#246) 

The  Sheridan  Post  for  July  10,  1902,  carried  the  following  editorial 
comment:  "Much  to  the  credit  of  the  managers  of  the  carnival 
and  their  friends  our  city  got  lots  of  free  advertising  before  the 
carnival,  and  will  get  more  of  it  in  the  metropolitan  dailies  and 
magazines  after  the  show.  It  always  pays  to  be  wide-awake. 
Sheridan  is  fast  forging  to  the  front,  and  should  be  kept  moving. 
There  are  several  manufacturing  industries  which  could  be 
secured  for  this  place  if  the  proper  effort  were  put  forth.  The  car- 
nival advertising  will  bring  our  city  prominently  before  the 
capitalists.  Now  let  the  home  people  give  encouragement  to 
anyone  who  may  come  here  to  establish  an  industry." 


Countxu  <^cnooL  ^sgcicy 


,ng 


ijihjhf*''  ._ae?*&*»«*»**v 


—Is-xt   and  fikotoi.   by   czff na.X£.uj   ^uLLLfoia. 


...  a  countxu  ±ah.ooL  meant  looti.  and 
a  i£/2i£  of  communitLj ,  ana  ns-ixj  ofifiox- 
tunitiai.  fox  ins  cniLazsn  of  zancnsxi  a± 
ujaLL   a±    no)m±i£.aaEZ±. 


EDITOR'S  NOTE:  The  article  "Country  School  Legacy  in  Wyo- 
ming" is  an  edited  version  of  reports  compiled  for  the  Country  School 
Legacy  project  by  Milton  Riske,  Robert  Barthell,  and  Ruby  Preuit. 
Their  research  topics  included:  Country  Schools  as  Community 
Centers;  Country  Schools  as  Historic  Sites;  Country  Schools  and  the 
Americanization  of  Ethnic  Groups;  Teachers:  Their  Roles,  Rules,  and 
Restrictions;  Country  Schools  Today;  and  Reading,  Writing, 
'Rithmetic,  and  Recitation. 

All  original  research  material  is  at  the  Wyoming  State  Archives, 
Museums  and  Historical  Department.  Through  ERIC/CRESS  at  New 
Mexico  State  University,  copies  of  the  reports  are  available  on 
microfiche  and  in  softbound.  The  Wyoming  State  Archives,  Museums, 
and  Historical  Department  and  the  Wyoming  Council  on  the 
Humanities  have  a  portable  display  and  film  on  the  Country  School 
Legac\'  which  arc  available  for  check  out. 

A  longer  version  of  this  paper  was  presented  at  the  Second  An- 
nual Wvoming  History  Day  and  meeting  of  the  WyomingOral  History 
and  Folklore  Association  at  Western  Wyoming  College,  May,  1981 . 


10 


Enough  has  already  been  written  about  a  West  that 
existed  more  in  fiction  than  in  fact  and  whose  early 
chroniclers,  the  dime  novelists,  readily  saw  an  eager 
reading  market  among  millions  of  Easterners.  The  true 
Cowboy  West  was  a  compilation  of  saddle  sores,  bacon 
and  biscuits,  and  days  on  end  without  clean  clothes  or 
many  companions.  Contrary  to  popular  myth,  cowboys 
rarely  rode  into  town  to  get  drunk  at  the  bar.  When  given 
the  opportunity  they  rode  to  a  general  store  and  splurged 
on  stewed  tomatoes! 

The  West  of  a  thousand  novels  and  countless 
Hollywood  films  never  really  existed.  The  Frontier  offi- 
cially ended  in  1890  and  the  long  cattle  drives  gave  way 
to  barbed  wire  and  windmills.  The  cowboys  became 
homesteaders,  and  the  Indians  also  tried  to  take  up  the 
plow. 

The  1890  Wyoming  school  census,  age  five  to  twenty 
years  inclusive,  lists:   7,518  native  males,  6,488  white 

■<Exterior  of  the  Slater  School,  Slater,  Wyoming.  In  use  from 
1918-1944,  it  was  renovated  by  the  Slater  Women's  Club. 

Interior,  Slater  School. 


females,  1,142  foreign  males,  935  white  foreign  females, 
116  colored  males  and  92  colored  females.'  The  open 
range  had  gone  the  way  of  the  buffalo.  The  time  was  ripe 
for  rural  schools. 

The  role  of  women  in  the  West  has  never  been  clearly 
understood  just  as  the  settlement  and  development  pro- 
cess has  been  ignored  in  favor  of  such  local  legends  as 
Butch  Cassidy  and  Tom  Horn.  It  is  time  now  to  leave 
the  myth  behind  and  to  look  at  the  West  and  Wyoming 
as  the  great  land  it  is  and  to  give  credence  to  the  Country 
School  Legacy  because  no  other  institution  more  suc- 
cessfully bridges  the  gap  between  the  Indian  pony  and 
the  black  Model-T. 

Part  of  the  romance  of  the  West  had  to  do  with  a 
cowboy's  mobility.  Just  as  the  boomtown  syndrome  has 
always  typified  parts  of  Wyoming,  so  single  males  could 
move  on  whenever  the  bunkhouse  got  too  crowded.  But 
a  country  school  meant  roots  and  a  sense  of  community, 
and  new  opportunities  for  the  children  of  ranchers  as  well 
as  homesteaders. 

The  first  school  in  Rock  Springs  was  held  in  a  private 
house  with  Mrs.  Holliday  as  teacher.  The  blackboards 
were  sheets  of  brown  wrapping  paper  tacked  to  the  walls. 


11 


■^ 


^•^4 


bairvnii  School,  Platte  County    It  is  now  in  use  as  a  church 
and  Sunday  School 

and  textbooks  were  scarce.  As  described  in  the  Wyoming 
State  Department  of  Public  Instruction  Release  Number 
21,  1940: 

In  1874  District  4  was  organized  and  a  school  house  was  built 
which  served  as  a  public  gathering  place  for  voting,  danc- 
ing, lectures,  etc.  The  first  teacher  in  this  building  was  a 
man,  about  whom  very  little  is  known  except  that  his  tenure 
was  brief.  A  story  is  told  to  the  effect  that  he  liked  his  morn- 
ing toddy  strong — and  oftentimes  imbibed  too  freely  of  it. 
It  was  upon  one  of  these  occasions,  when  he  appeared  thus 
at  school,  that  the  older  boys  could  not  resist  the  temptation 
to  toss  him  outside  through  an  open  window  where  he  was 
leaning  attempting  to  retrieve  a  lost  pencil  from  the  ground 
below.  This  incident  no  doubt  ended  his  short  career  at  Rock 
Springs. ■-' 

If  teachers  and  drinking  did  not  mix  in  Rock  Springs, 
in  many  rural  schools  there  were  no  windows  to  be  thrown 
out  of.  Cora  Beach  in  Women  of  Wyoming  describes  a  school 
in  Big  Horn  County: 

Later  the  first  school  in  the  vicinity  was  held  in  the  original 

cabin.  The  window  had  been  taken  out  for  the  new  house 

so  they  had  a  gunny  sack  over  the  opening  in  mild  weather 

and  a  deer  skin  when  it  was  very  cold.  There  was  one  long 

bench  upon  which  they  sat  in  front  of  the  fireplace. ' 

F.  O.  Ruch,  teacher  at  Ruch-Town  school  eight  miles 

north  of  Hillsdale  in  Laramie  County,  said  this  when 

preparing  his  school  for  the  session:  "When  school  began 

October  20,  the  fence  surrounding  the  yard  was  practically 

Hand  pump  in  front  of  the  Fairview  School,  Platte  County. 


12 


all  down  and  had  only  half  enough  posts  and  wire.  The 
flag  pole,  ajointed  one,  was  in  four  pieces.  The  coal  house 
door  was  off  the  hinges  ..."'' 

Rosella  Carson,  superintendent  of  Laramie  County 
rural  schools,  took  a  male  teacher  to  his  first  teaching  job 
and  found  the  school  building  so  dilapidated  that  when 
he  surveyed  the  situation  at  the  out-of-the-way  ranch,  the 
teacher  sighed,  "I've  lived  on  jackrabbit  and  beans  for 
16  years,  I  guess  I  can  do  it  again. "^  The  superintendent 
and  the  teacher  cleaned  up  and  plastered  the  walls  so 
school  could  commence.  The  district  bought  the  material 
and  the  teachers,  patrons,  and  pupils  did  the  work. 

The  teacher  could  have  been  worse  off.  When  Han- 
na  Johnson  arrived  from  Nebraska  to  teach  in  Daniel, 
Wyoming,  she  found  her  school  had  four  walls  but  no  roof. 
It  was  spring  and  the  ranchers  were  taking  their  cattle  to 
the  summer  range.  They  stopped  their  work  to  board  the 
roof,  however,  the  mail  order  roofing  paper  did  not  ar- 
rive before  a  heavy  rain  fell.  The  rain  splashed  down  bet- 
ween the  boards  as  the  teacher  taught  from  under  her  um- 
brella while  the  children  continued  their  work  sitting  under 
their  desks. ^ 

In  Wyoming,  more  often  than  not,  the  school  was  a 
log  building  with  walls  covered  with  muslin  or  burlap  that 
moved  frequently  when  the  mice  came  inside  to  explore 
the  interior.  In  1915,  Wyoming  had  63  brick  or  stone 
schools,  141  log  or  sod  schools,  331  frame  schools  and  22 
teachers  who  didn't  answer  the  question  on  the  form!' 

Schools  were  frequently  moved  to  accommodate  shifts 
in  population.  In  Carbon  County,  the  Bunker  Hill  School 
was  moved  so  many  times  that  the  logs  were  numbered 
from  one  to  ten  so  that  they  could  be  easily  put  back 
together.  The  school  was  moved  in  1934  to  Sage  Creek 
above  the  Irene  Ranch;  in  1941  to  Matson's  Ranch;  and 
finally  to  the  Coudin  Ranch  where  it  now  stands  on  a 
knoll.  Parents  and  school  board  members  all  worked  to 
help  move  the  school.^ 

As  for  teaching  contracts,  in  pre-World  War  I  days, 
the  contract  lasted  as  long  as  the  school  district  had  money. 
Once  the  money  ran  out,  after  three  or  four  months,  school 
would  close  and  the  teacher  would  be  sent  home  until  the 
district  raised  enough  money  to  start  over  again.  Janitor 
work  was  carried  out  by  the  teacher,  and  sometimes  she 
was  paid  for  it,  or  she  could  pay  a  student  to  help  her. 
The  stove  had  to  be  tended  and  the  fire  started  before  the 
children  arrived  at  the  school. 

Gertrude  Boberg  Anderson  recalls  the  numbing  cold 
of  the  school  on  Elk  Mountain  in  Carbon  County  despite 
a  hot  stove  in  the  middle  of  the  room.  The  sandwiches 
in  dinner  buckets  were  often  frozen  hard  as  rocks.' 

Teachers  also  helped  with  the  housework  and  cook- 
ing in  times  of  need.  There  are  stories,  too,  of  teachers 
helping  with  rounding  up  stray  cattle,  putting  out  prairie 
fires,  and  assisting  with  haying.  An  experienced  seamstress 
teacher  was  put  to  work  sewing  underclothing  for  the  ran- 
cher's daughters. 


Lucille  Preston  was  part  of  a  haying  crew  for  a 
Laramie  County  rancher  during  World  War  II  when  help 
was  scarce.  Grace  McMillan  helped  the  rancher's  wife 
round  up  cattle  to  save  them  from  a  prairie  fire.'" 

Some  teachers  sewed  their  own  curtains  from  whatever 
materials  they  could  find.  Floors  were  swept  with  a  sweep- 
ing compound,  and  the  oil  and  sawdust  mixture  was  an 
olfactory  remembrance  which  many  teachers  carried  with 
them  long  after  their  rural  teaching  career  had  ended. 

If  no  spring  or  pump  was  nearby,  the  teacher  and 
students  carried  ajar  of  water  to  school  each  day.  It  was 
used  principally  for  drinking,  but  in  some  instances  a  dirty 
pair  of  hands  was  washed,  too.  Teachers  recall  hoarding 
water  with  which  to  wash  chalkboards.  If  a  spring  was 
close,  water  could  be  collected  in  a  barrel  and  dipped  out 
into  a  bucket  kept  in  the  school  building.  But  this  could 
also  present  a  problem  as  illustrated  when  a  teacher  in 
Albany  County  found  this  note  when  she  went  to  get  the 
school  supply  of  water:  "Do  not  use.  A  rabbit  fell  in  last 
night." 

With  or  without  teaching  experience,  often  the  ran- 
cher's wife  became  the  teacher.  Her  teaching  duties  were 
carried  out  along  with  the  housework.  One  woman  recalls 
putting  her  small  child  to  sleep  in  the  woodbox  while  she 
taught  school. 

When  her  husband  was  out  carrying  the  mail,  Dor- 
othy Hecox  described  her  daily  routine  like  this:  "On  mail 
days  we  would  have  school  for  two  hours  in  the  morn- 
ing, then  the  children  and  I  would  bundle  up,  go  out  and 
feed  the  chickens,  feed  and  water  the  work  horses,  clean 
the  barns,  and  then  we  would  run  over  to  the  sheep  and 
throw  off  some  hay  for  them.  Now  we  were  ready  to  return 
to  the  house  for  lunch  and  another  two  hours  for 
homework."" 

From  the  earliest  days  country  schools  functioned  as 
community  centers,  and  were  the  source  of  leisure  acti- 
vities for  almost  all  rural  Wyoming  residents.  Because  the 
rural  school  was  often  the  first  public  building  in  the  area, 
it  was  a  natural  setting  for  community  meetings.  In  the 
same  vein,  as  the  teacher  was  one  of  the  earliest  and 
sometimes  the  only  paid  employee  with  public  funds,  she 
became  the  unofficial  director  of  a  number  of  district  af- 
fairs and  the  building  became  the  center  of  those  activities. 

School  buildings  preceded  churches  in  many  com- 
munities, and  were  used  for  non-denominational  prayer 
meetings  and  church  services.  Some  of  the  services  were 
conducted  by  itinerant  preachers  who  were  latter-day  cir- 
cuit riders.  Ingleside  school  in  the  Iron  Mountain  area 
of  Laramie  County,  boasted  of  a  marriage  ceremony  when 
Gunmar  Andersen,  a  hotel  commissary  clerk,  married  Lil 
the  cook.  A  Baptist  minister  came  from  Cheyenne  to  per- 
form the  ceremony.'^ 

Harmony  Church  in  Albany  County  held  many  of 
their  church  affairs  in  the  Harmony  school  because  the 
church  was  difficult  to  heat. 

In  Boulder,  Wyoming,  while  no  funeral  was  held,  the 


13 


school  was  used  in  which  to  perform  autopsies.  When  a 
town  citizen,  Ben  Walker,  was  murdered  by  Jack  Walters, 
the  body  was  laid  out  on  the  floor  and  a  decision  made 
on  the  cause  of  death.  Students  remembered  that  the  floor 
had  blood  stains  and  set  several  desks  over  that  part  of 
the  floor.  The  body  was  later  exhumed  for  later  study, 
and  the  school  used  again." 

Meetings  held  in  the  schools  were  for  the  cattlemen's 
association,  union,  grange,  Home  Demonstration,  Red 
Cross,  women's  clubs,  and  water  board.  To  this  day, 
many  farm-oriented  clubs  call  themselves  by  the  name 
of  the  one-room  school  in  which  they  first  met.  Early 
telephone  and  ditch  companies  also  followed  school  district 
boundaries  and  took  their  names  from  the  school. 

With  the  advent  of  the  homesteaders,  population 
increased,  and  there  were  more  children  to  attend  school. 
Communication  and  transportation  improved,  school 
buildings  were  constructed  by  plan  and  with  tax  monies. 
They  became  the  center  for  community  activities  to  the 
extent  and  in  the  manner  desired  by  the  individual  com- 
munity. Some  gathered  at  the  school  only  for  the 
Christmas  program  put  on  by  the  school  and  the  "end- 
of-school  picnic"  in  the  spring.  Others  used  the 
schoolhouse  for  box-socials,  pie-socials,  school  board 
meets,  meetings  about  water,  telephones  and  roads, 
literary  societies,  dances,  card  playing,  and  Sunday  school 
and  church.  Some  communities  felt  the  school  building 
was  for  school  and  should  be  used  for  nothing  else.  Some 
felt  it  belonged  to  the  community  and  should  be  used  for 
everything.  Between  the  two  extremes  fell  most  usage  of 
the  country  schools.'* 

The  central  location  of  the  school  within  the  district, 
necessary  to  keep  travel  distance  equal  for  students,  tended 
to  make  the  school  a  logical  site  as  a  voting  center,  town 
hall,  church  and  social  center.  A  cursory  glance  at  the  Park 
County  school  records  for  several  schools  indicates  that 
the  constant  shifting  of  school  district  boundaries  was  an 
attempt  to  keep  up  with  shifting  centers  of  population.'* 
Most  schools  were  also  built  so  students  would  not  have 
to  walk  over  four  miles  to  attend. 

The  shifting  population  often  resulted  from  the  sim- 
ple introduction  of  a  new  crop  such  as  sugar  beets  that 
required  Russian  and  German  immigrants  for  labor:  a 
population  that  would  be  reflected  in  the  community 
dances  held  at  the  schools  where  the  dances  would  include 
waltzes,  two  steps,  schottishes,  polkas,  and  square 
dancing. 

The  schools  were  also  the  center  of  card  parties  which 
were  a  pleasurable  means  of  getting  people  together.  Often 
the  proceeds  from  entertainment  would  be  used  to  buy 
new  texts  and  equipment  for  the  school;  a  method  of  school 
financing  that  seemed  preferable  to  the  raising  of  taxes 
which  would  stay  on  the  books  forever. 

The  hard  daily  work  of  farming  and  ranching  also 
made  people  more  conscious  of  the  need  for  some  form 
of  relaxation.  The  children  themselves  enjoyed  school  for 


that  reason,  and  the  adults,  especially  after  a  long  and 
hard  winter,  felt  the  need  to  meet  neighbors  and  friends. 
It  was  the  parents  who  supported  the  school  as  a  com- 
munity center  and  participated  in  the  preparations  for 
meals  and  in  making  interior  arrangements  for  things  like 
Christmas  programs  and  graduations. 

Socials  were  held  in  the  school  house  -  the  box  lunch 
socials,  cake  walks,  raffles,  and  popularity  contests.  Many 
times  these  affairs  were  instigated  by  the  teacher  to  raise 
funds  for  extra  books,  playground  equipment,  a 
phonograph  or  even  a  piano.  Jelm  school  in  Albany 
County  had  a  pie  social  to  purchase  a  full-sized  wall  map."' 
Box  suppers  were  probably  the  most  popular  money 
raising  affairs  in  the  country  schools.  The  girl  who  packed 
the  lunch  usually  put  in  enough  food  for  four  and 
decorated  the  box  with  tissue  paper  and  ribbon.  It  was 
against  the  rules  for  the  girl  to  tip  off  the  boy  which  box 
was  hers,  but  sometimes  she  gave  a  hint  to  a  boy  she  lik- 
ed by  saying,  "I  only  had  yellow  ribbon."  One  teacher 
recalls  the  box  she  prepared  for  the  social  was  held  up- 
side down  by  the  auctioneer!" 

Margaret  Hoglund  Coe  wrote  about  her  experiences 
at  the  Upper  Sage  Creek  School: 

Sometimes  in  reminiscing,  the  ones  that  are  still  around  think 
of  the  church  services  held  in  the  old  school  house;  the  school 
programs;  the  spelldowns  with  Lower  Sage  Creek  School  and 
Mountain  View  School;  and  the  picnics,  where  almost  all 
came  back  smelling  of  wild  onions  and  garlic,  and  a  few  bun- 
ches of  wild  flowers,  a  mouse  or  two  to  drop  in  someone's 
pocket,  a  smile  and  a  feeling  of  happiness  at  being  alive  on 
such  a  beautiful  day.'* 

Christmas  programs  were  always  the  highlight  of  the 
year  in  rural  schools.  These  were  much  appreciated  by 
the  patrons  and  the  mistakes  provided  chuckles  for  weeks. 
It  was  a  break  from  the  monotonous  routine  of  school, 
and  teachers  and  students  alike  recall  beginning  practice 
soon  after  Thanksgiving  for  the  recitations,  songs  and 
short  skits.  An  example  of  how  important  the  program 
was  is  shown  by  this  incident.  Nina  Keslar  Finley,  suf- 
fering from  whooping  cough  and  not  able  to  attend  the 
Christmas  program,  was  bundled  up  in  cloaks  and 
blankets  and  taken  by  buggy  to  the  window  of  the  school 
where  Santa  Claus  plucked  a  doll  from  the  tree  and 
presented  it  to  her  more  than  50  years  ago." 

When  a  school  had  too  few  pupils,  several  schools  in 
the  district  would  combine  to  put  on  a  program  at  a  cen- 
tral location.  The  Palmer  Canyon  Dance  Hall,  a  log 
building  in  Albany  County,  was  used.  Mrs.  Boberg 
Anderson  remembered  a  place,  the  Garden  Spot  Pavilion, 
a  dance  hall  used  for  Christmas  programs  in  Carbon 
County.  As  a  student  she  could  not  understand  why  a  man 
sat  and  stared  at  the  candle-lit  tree.  Later  she  discovered 
he  was  the  fire  watch!  Before  electricity,  trees  were 
decorated  with  candles.  Buckets  of  water  were  set  close 
by  to  squelch  the  flame  should  the  tree  catch  on  fire.^° 
In  another  instance,  it  was  not  fire  but  firewater  prob- 
lems at  a  Christmas  program.  One  cowboy  had  agreed 


14 


Interior  of  the  Ctntral  School,  a  log 
building  circa  1900  that  is  now 
located  at  the  Stage  Coach  Museum 
in  husk. 


Interior,  Central  School,  Niobrara 
County. 


15 


to  play  Santa  Claus,  but  had  stopped  along  the  way  at 
a  ranch  or  saloon  for  some  Christmas  cheer.  His  antics 
at  the  program  were  the  topic  of  conversation  for  weeks. ^' 

Other  types  of  programs  were  also  presented.  Spell- 
ing bees,  arithmetic  contests  and  debates  were  held  in  the 
schools.  A  debate  in  a  rural  school  in  Uinta  County 
discussed  the  topic:  "Is  a  load  of  seed  potatoes  or  a  load 
of  women  most  needed  in  the  community? "^^ 

Although  Christmas  programs  were  the  most  popular, 
the  end  of  the  year  school  day  was  one  that  everyone  in 
the  community  participated  in  whether  they  had  children 
or  not.  Parents  who  had  traveled  long  distances  felt  the 
entire  day  should  be  given  over  to  pleasure,  and  a  picnic 
usually  capped  off  the  graduation  ceremony.  This  was  also 
a  time  to  reward  scholarship  and  attendance  and  the 
county  superintendents  tried  to  make  the  ceremonies  as 
impressive  as  possible. 

Award  certificates  were  signed  by  the  superintendents 
and  presented  by  them.  It  was  expected  that  the  teacher 
would  organize  the  graduation  ceremony  and  picnic. 
Many  teachers  dug  into  their  own  pocketbook  to  come 
up  with  mementos  of  the  occasion.  These  were  usually 


little  books  or  pamphlets  that  were  adorned  with  stand- 
ardized engravings  of  patriotic  or  religious  themes  and 
poetry  that  emphasized  good  citizenship  and  a  love  of 
education.  These  small  tokens  of  appreciation  are  the  most 
prized  possessions  of  many  former  country  school  students. 
Other  holidays  were  handled  in  the  same  manner.  An- 
na Schlick  Ballard  remembered: 

My  third  year  of  teaching  was  at  the  Owen  school  50  miles 
north  of  Douglas.  Rosalie  Brewen  had  a  lively  school  six  miles 
away.  Wc  had  several  joint  projects.  One  delightful  ex- 
perience was  our  Easter  egg  hunt.  Rosalie  and  I  bought  many 
chocolate  chickens  and  rabbits  so  each  child  would  be  able 
to  find  at  least  one  chocolate  candy.  The  mothers  dyed  eggs. 
Rosalie  and  I  were  overwhelmed  with  the  milk  pails  full  of 
colored  eggs.  We  hid  them  around  the  school  house  and  let 
the  little  ones  hunt  on  one  side,  the  older  children  on  the 
other.  Wyoming  sagebrush  has  never  yielded  such  trea- 
sures!-' 

Easter  egg  hunts  may  have  provided  leisure  activities 
for  the  school  children,  but  the  adults  loved  to  dance!  Vera 
Saban  states: 

I  remember  attending  dances  at  the  Lower  Beaver  Creek 
schoolhouse,  riding  with  an  escort  down  the  creek  several 
miles.  Once  we  even  rode  12  miles  to  Shell  Town  to  a 


Shawnee  School,  Shawnee,    Wyoming,  has  been  in  continuous  use  since  Oct.   18,   1919.  Fifteen  students  were  enrolled  there  m  1980. 
16 


Axjord  School,  Platte  County    was 


1919    The  school  has  been  razed  since  this  photograph  uas  taken  in  1981 


dance — I  believe  it  was  an  election  dance  in  1926.  During 
my  second  term  at  Beaver  Creek  the  people  of  the  community 
with  a  yen  for  some  entertainment,  had  a  series  of  'surprise 
parties' — unexpectedly  converging  on  some  ranch  home. 
Furniture  was  pushed  aside,  somebody  played  a  fiddle  or 
an  organ,  or  even  just  a  harmonica,  and  all  danced,  chiefly 
square  dances,  until  nearly  morning.  Of  course,  getting  to 
these  parties  was  by  means  of  horses  on  a  wagon  or  a  sleigh, 
or  horseback  since  the  roads  were  not  passable  for  cars. 
Children  were  loaded  into  the  conveyance  and  taken  along, 
and  put  to  sleep  when  they  tired  at  the  dance. -^ 
The  dances  were  the  main  attractions  through  the 
year,  and  the  teacher  often  hired  the  fiddler  and  planned 
the  refreshments.  These  were  truly  community  affairs  even 
though  some  families  frowned  on  dancing. 

Wanna  Clay  Olson  tells  of  coming  to  Wyoming  in 
1919  from  Missouri  to  teach  in  a  log  school.  A  dance  was 
given  in  her  honor  at  the  "nearby  ranch"  about  10  miles 
away.  She  described  the  welcome  at  the  dance:  "As  my 
party  of  friends  arrived,  all  the  cowboys  greeted  us  with 
shooting  their  six-guns  into  the  air  just  for  my  welcome. 
Scared  and  excited  would  hardly  describe  my  feelings. 
Two  brothers  furnished  the  music,  each  taking  his  turn 
playing  the  accordian.  Just  before  daylight,  we  went 
home."^^ 


That  the  community  gatherings  were  well  attended 
speak  to  their  value  in  an  isolated  community.  The  enthu- 
siasm which  people  entered  into  the  program  was  evi- 
denced often  by  the  damage  done  to  the  building  or  other 
signs  of  audience  approval.  At  the  old  Evergreen  school 
in  Hot  Springs  County,  Pete  King  remembers  the  gasoline 
lanterns  going  out  during  a  dance  because  the  dust  raised 
by  the  enthusiastic  dancers  clogged  the  air  vents  in  the 
lanterns.  The  dancers  were  forced  to  take  a  rest.^^ 

If  country  schools  were  the  source  of  leisure  activities, 
the  rural  school  "marms"  themselves  were  equally  coveted 
in  a  lonesome  land  where  cowboys  grew  tired  of  having 
only  cows  for  companions. 

Teachers  followed  the  railroad,  the  rancher,  and  the 
homesteaders  to  the  wide  open  spaces  of  Wyoming.  They 
came  for  a  variety  of  reasons.  Their  searches  were  for  land, 
for  romance,  for  adventure  or  for  better  paying  jobs. 

Teaching  was,  as  some  expressed,  the  one  respectable 
job  for  a  woman;  being  able  to  live  on  a  ranch  was  an 
incentive  for  a  girl  to  come  to  Wyoming.  A  male- 
dominated  area  was  also  an  attraction  for  a  single  female 
teacher.  In  the  late  1890s  the  male-female  ratio  in  Wyo- 
ming had  to  be  at  least  12  to  one.  Unmarried  ranchers 


17 


became  school  board  members  just  so  they  could  help 
screen  prospective  teachers. 

How  many  teachers  were  influenced  by  Owen 
Wister's  novel,  The  Virginian,  cannot  be  determined.  Some 
claimed  to  have  read  the  novel;  some  said  it  had  affected 
their  move  to  Wyoming.  Wister's  image  of  the  cowboy 
as  a  knight  of  the  range  instead  of  a  hired  man  on 
horseback  was  somewhat  unrealistic.  But  the  portrayal  of 
Molly  Wood  as  a  school  teacher  from  the  East  dropped 
into  a  vast,  unknown  West  was  reliable.  There  are  those 
who  believe  that  the  model  for  Wister's  heroine  was  Mary 
A.  Wright  who  arrived  from  the  East  in  1885,  although 
there  were  several  other  teachers  in  the  area  of  Medicine 
Bow  when  Wister  was  researching  the  story. ^' 

The  tales  of  bashful,  tongue-tied  cowboys  checking 
out  the  new  school  marm  are  innumerable.  A  much 
recounted  anecdote  is  the  one  of  the  cowboy  who  wanted 
to  meet  the  comely  new  teacher.  With  reins  in  hand  he 
rapped  on  the  door  of  the  teacherage  inquiring  the  direc- 
tion to  a  certain  ranch  by  the  name  of  the  brand.  The 
teacher  read  the  brand  on  the  horse,  and  hinted  that  the 
horse  might  know  the  way.  Cowboys  would  knock  on  the 
door  for  a  variety  of  reasons,  but  what  they  were  really 
seeking  was  a  glimpse  of  the  school  marm. 

May  McAlister  had  answered  an  advertisement  for 
a  teaching  job  near  Kemmerer.  She  had  read  about  the 
cowboys,  but  had  met  none  until  being  entertained  at  a 
school  board  meeting.  A  group  of  big-hatted,  suntanned 
men  skidded  their  horses  to  a  stop  before  the  picnic  tables. 
She  recalled  they  needed  but  one  invitation  to  stop  and 
eat. ^8 

When  Alvina  Gluessig  came  from  Wisconsin  to  teach 
at  a  ranch  school  in  Wyoming,  a  Texas  cowboy,  George 
Lucy,  swept  the  schoolhouse  floors  on  weekends  and 
started  the  fire  in  the  pot-bellied  stove  each  frosty  morn- 
ing. Eventually  they  married  and  took  up  homesteading. 
The  first  summer  they  lived  outdoors  and  covered  their 
four  poster  bed  with  a  canvas  canopy.  They  ate  their  food 
off  a  barn  door  set  on  logs.  To  make  ends  meet  they  trap- 
ped coyotes  for  bounty. 

On  another  occasion,  a  teacher  and  her  cowboy  were 
unable  to  get  to  the  county  seat  at  Cheyenne  to  get  a  mar- 
riage license.  They  enlisted  the  service  of  a  railroad  con- 
ductor who  made  the  run  from  the  small  community  to 
town  where  he  purchased  the  license  and  brought  it  back 
on  the  next  train. 

A  teacher  who  had  come  to  Iron  Mountain,  Wyo- 
ming, to  meet  a  cowboy  possibly  received  more  than  she 
bargained  for.  Tom  Horn  was  a  cowboy  who  made  the 
ranch  dances  to  "check  out"  the  school  marms.  He  was 
remembered  by  teachers  as  an  excellent  horseman,  first- 
rate  cowboy  and  gentleman.  Glendoline  Kimmel,  a  new 
teacher  from  Missouri,  became  infatuated  with  Horn,  who 
was  also  a  hired  gun.  When  he  was  brought  to  trial  for 
murder.  Miss  Kimmel  became  a  star  witness.  In  an 
attempt  to  save  Tom  Horn,  she  accused  the  son  of  the 


rancher  with  whom  she  was  boarding  of  the  murder.  She 
was  to  be  tried  for  perjury,  but  left  Wyoming  for  Missouri. 
After  Horn  was  found  guilty  and  hanged,  the  charges 
against  her  were  dropped.^' 

Not  every  teacher  was  interested  in  marrying  a 
cowboy  or  even  meeting  one,  but  there  were  enough  mat- 
ches made  that  school  boards  instituted  clauses  in  con- 
tracts which  prohibited  teachers  from  marrying  during 
the  school  year.  A  few  documents  prohibited  marrying 
for  three  years.  In  an  attempt  to  keep  the  teacher  from 
sowing  the  seeds  of  matrimony,  a  clause  was  inserted  in 
some  of  the  contracts  forbidding  the  teacher  to  take 
'pleasure  trips'  out  of  the  district.'" 

Truly  the  Country  School  Legacy  in  Wyoming  is  rich 
in  history,  folklore,  and  tradition.  Teachers  married  and 
raised  community  standards,  and  parents  and  community 
members  worked  hard  to  build  and  equip  pioneer  schools. 
It  was  those  schools  that  helped  'civUize'  the  vast  stretches 
of  Wyoming  mountains  and  plains. 


1.  1890  Wyoming  School  Census  Records  from  Terrence  D. 
Fromong,  "The  Development  of  Public  Elementary  and  Secon- 
dary Education  in  Wyoming  1869-1917,"  thesis  completed 
August,  1962.  This  is  the  standard  reference  for  the  history  of 
Wyoming's  early  schools.  Also  see  "The  Development  of  Public 
Elementary  and  Secondary  Education  in  Wyoming  1917-1945," 
by  John  A.  Barthlow.  Thesis  completed  June,  1969.  Refer  to 
pages  41,  42,  54  and  55. 

2.  Wyoming  State  Department  of  Public  Instruction,  Release 
.Number  21 ,  1940;  at  the  University  of  Wyoming,  Archive  of  Con- 
temporary History,  Laramie.  Early  schools  are  also  mentioned 
in  "A  History  of  the  Development  of  Territorial  Public  Educa- 
tion in  the  State  of  Wyoming  1869-1890,"  by  George  Justin  Bale, 
Wyoming  Annals,   1939-1940. 

3.  Cora  M.  Beach,  Ed.,  Women  of  Wyoming,  (Casper:  S.  E.  Boyer 
and  Company,  1927),  p.  260. 

4.  Milton  Riske,  "Teachers;  Their  Roles,  Rules,  and  Restrictions," 
unpublished  manuscript  from  "Country  School  Legacy: 
Humanities  on  the  Frontier"  sponsored  by  the  Mountain  Plains 
Library  Association  and  the  National  Endowment  for  the 
Humanities,"  p.   12,  citing  from  Hillsdale  Heritage- 

5.  Rosella  Carson,  former  Laramie  County  Schools  Superintendent, 
interviewed  by  Milton  Riske,  1981. 

6.  Milton  Riske,  "Teachers:  Their  Roles,  Rules  and  Restrictions," 
p.  8,  citing  from  Let  Your  Light  Shine. 

7.  Fromong,  p.   313,  Table  L. 

8.  Donna  J.  Connor,  county  superintendent,  History  of  the  Schooh 
of  Carbon  County,  1876-1888-1889-1959,  History  of  Schools  in 
District  No.  2 — Kortes,  Wyoming,  page  1,  1964.  Spiral  bound 
booklet  at  the  Wyoming  State  Archives,  Museums  and  Historical 
Department.  For  additional  information  on  log  schools  see  "The 
Twin  Buttes  School"  by  E.  K.  Rubottom  in  The  Buffalo  Bulletin. 
section  7A,  August  16,  1979. 

9.  Frances  Elizabeth  Strayer  Hanson,  A  History  of  the  Elk  Mountain 
Sehool,  Elk  Mountain,  Carbon  County,  Wyoming  1880-1962.  (Waseca. 
Minn.:  Walter's  Publishing  Company,  June,  1979),  p.  33. 

10.  ,Milton  Riske,  "Teachers:  Their  Roles,  Rules,  and  Restrictions," 
p  1  1  citing  from  Hillsdale  Heritage.  Note  that  teachers  not  only 
lulpid  with  farm  chores  but  were  expected  to  act  as  impromptu 


18 


11 


12 


15 


babysitters  when  the  parents  went  to  town  and  did  not  want  to 
take  along  their  children  who  were  too  young  for  school. 
Ibid.,  p.  5,  citing  from  Sublette  School  Days.  If  in  the  early  days 
rancher's  wives  became  teachers,  by  the  1920s  schools  flourished. 
Niobrara  County  for  the  academic  year  1923-1924  had  58  one- 
room  schools  in  session. 

Milton  Riske,  "Country  Schools  as  Community  Centers," 
unpublished  report  for  the  Mountain  Plains  Library  Associa- 
tion/National Endowment  for  the  Humanities,  page  1,  citing  From 
These  Roots. 

Ibid.,  p.  1,  citing  from  They  Made  Wyoming  Their  Own. 
Ruby  Preuit,  Country  School  Legacy  Final  Report,  p.  1, 
February,  1981.  As  an  example  of  country  schools  gi\ing  their 
names  to  other  associations,  the  Keas  School  community  in  the 
Wheatland  area  also  became  the  Keas  Lateral  Ditch  and  the  Keas 
Farm  Bureau. 

Sites  for  country  schools  easily  shifted  with  changes  in  popula- 
tion. Because  the  schools  had  no  plumbing,  heating,  or  electric- 
ity they  were  easy  to  move.  Once  the  school  was  moved  its  name 
was  often  changed  which  further  complicates  positive  identifica- 
tion of  country  schools  as  historic  sites.  See  Albany  County  Cow- 
Belles,  Cow-Belles  Ring  School  Bells,  (Cheyenne:  Pioneer  Printing 
Co.,  1976),  p.  290.  For  Park  County  records  contact:  Park  Coun- 
ty Chapter  of  the  Wyoming  State  Historical  Society,  c/o  F.  T. 
Hayden,  Bo.x  787,  Cody,  WY  82414. 

Cow-Belles  Ring  School  Bells,  p.  78.  Parents  and  school  board 
members  by  far  preferred  raising  funds  with  box  socials.  If  they 
increased  local  taxes,  such  an  increase  would  remain  on  the  books! 

17.  In  isolated  farm  and  ranch  settlements,  the  community  value  of 
getting  together  over  a  pie  social  can  not  be  overestimated. 
Cowboys  saved  money  for  weeks  in  order  to  buy  the  box  belong- 
ing to  the  girl  of  their  choice.  Naturally,  competing  bids  kept  the 
auctions  quite  lively. 

18.  Margaret  Hoglund  Coe,  "Upper  Sage  Creek  School,"  unpub- 
lished history,  undated. 


16 


19.  Milton  Riske,  "Country  Schools  as  Community  Centers,"  p. 
.'5,  citing  from  Calico  Hill.  Throughout  the  West  the  country  school 
Christmas  program  traditionally  was  the  biggest  event  of  the  year. 
Escryone  attended.  Pupils  often  began  memorizing  their  parts 
for  the  Christmas  play  soon  after  Thanksgiving. 

20.  Frances  Hanson,  A  History  of  the  Elk  Mountain  School,  p.  35. 
2! .    Milton  Riske,  "Country  Schools  as  Community  Centers,"  p.  4. 

22.  Ibid.,  p.  4,  citing  They  Made  Wyoming. 

23.  Anna  Schlick  Ballard,  unpublished  history  of  normal  training  pro- 
gram at  Douglas  High  School,  undated. 

24.  Vera  Saban,  "Wyoming  Rural  Schools  in  the  20s  and  30s," 
unpublished  history,  undated. 

25.  Cow-Belles  Ring  School  Bells,  "My  First  Year  of  Teaching  in  Wyo- 
ming," Wanna  Clay  Olson,  p.   132. 

26.  Peter  King,  taped  interview  by  Robert  Barthell,  Thermopolis, 
Wyoming,  January  31,  1981. 

27.  Milton  Riske,  "Teachers:  Their  Roles,  Rules,  and  Restrictions," 
p.  1 1 .  Milton  Riske  has  published  on  Owen  Wister  and  the  per- 
sonalities and  settings  he  may  have  used  in  writing  The  Virginian. 
Also  see  Cow-Belles  Ring  School  Bells,   p.   145. 

28.  Ibid.,   p.   11,  citing  from   They  Made  Wyoming  Their  Own. 

29.  Ibid  ,  p.  4.  An  additional  reference  is  Ruth  Southworth  Brown, 
Walk  on  the  Sky, (Cheyenne:  Pioneer  Printing  Co.,  1973).  Seethe 
chapter  on  the  Muleshoe  School. 

30.  Teachers  frequently  married  in  the  middle  of  their  terms  and  often 
left  the  school  board  in  the  lurch  to  find  a  suitable  replacement. 
On  the  other  hand,  unmarried  ranchers  coveted  positions  on  the 
school  board  so  they  could  evaluate  and  help  select  teachers  for 
their  district.  Naturally  the  girls  they  chose  were  invariably 
unmarried.  The  Edgington  School  in  Albany  County  even  earned 
the  nickname  "Mating  Ground"  because  of  the  couples  that  met 
there.   Cow-Belles  Ring  School  Bells,   p.   172. 


19 


Children  of  Mexican  sugar  beet  factory  workers,    Torrington,  date  unknown. 

Mexican  Workers  in  Wyoming 
During  World  War  II: 


Necessity,  Discrimination  and  Protest 


By  William  L.  Hewitt 


World  War  II  opened  an  era  of  increasing  hope  and 
frustration  for  Mexicans  in  Wyoming.'  After  a  decade  of 
depression,  the  war  and  the  government's  need  for  man- 
power led  Mexicans  to  expect  a  better  share  of  the 
American  dream.  The  sense  of  contribution  to  the  war 
effort  in  military  and  civilian  capacities  intensified  the 
indignation  of  Mexicans  when  they  heard  stories  of  race 
riots  in  California  involving  Mexicans  and  experienced 
discrimination  in  their  own  lives.  In  the  so-called  "zoot- 
suit"  riots  in  Los  Angeles  a  mob  of  over  1,000  whites, 
mainly  soldiers  and  sailors,  roamed  the  city  attacking  zoot- 
suit  clad  Mexicans.  The  city  and  military  police  looked 
the  other  way  and  often  aided  and  abetted  the  rioters.  The 
Los  Angeles  City  Council  ordered  the  arrest  for 
"vagrancy"  of  those  who  had  been  beaten.^ 

Mexicans  settled  in  Wyoming  and  experienced  more 
subtle  forms  of  discrimination  beginning  many  years  prior 


20 


to  World  War  II.  The  sugar  beet  industry  drew  many 
Mexicans  to  Wyoming  in  the  early  1900s.  Mexican 
Nationals  and  Mexican-Americans  provided  a  ready  sup- 
ply of  labor  for  the  sugar  companies.  A  contemporary 
historian  of  seasonal  farm  labor,  Harry  Schwartz,  also 
noted  migration  of  Mexican  workers  within  Wyoming, 
as  well  as  a  subtle  bias  of  his  own.  He  observed  that  many 
Mexican  workers  in  the  state  migrated  from  rural  beet 
fields  only  as  far  as  Cheyenne,  combining  "living  on  a 
combination  of  casual  unskilled  labor  and  charity  while 
they  hibernated  between  beet  seasons."^  More  numerous, 
though,  were  Mexican  enclaves  in  established  agricultural 
towns. 

Mexican  communities  within  Wyoming  grew  in  areas 
where  their  labor  displaced  that  of  other  groups.  In  Lovell, 
Wyoming,  for  example,  an  acute  labor  shortage  induced 
local  farmers  to  seek  Mexican  laborers  beginning  in  1918. 
Recruiters  for  the  sugar  companies  loaded  special  trains 
with  Mexicans  in  El  Paso,  Texas,  for  transport  to  Denver, 
then  to  Wyoming  and  Montana.  After  they  arrived,  they 
found  poor  housing,  low  wages  and  prejudice.  Discrimina- 
tion in  bars,  pool  halls,  churches  and  restaurants  was 
ignored  by  Great  Western  Sugar  and  persisted  until  after 
World  War  II.* 

Mexicans  in  the  Powell  area  endured  discrimination 
similar  to  that  of  Mexicans  in  Lovell.  The  Rodriquez  fam- 
ily migrated  between  the  beet  fields  of  Powell  and  New 
Mexico  where  they  spent  winters.  In  the  1930s  they  settled 
permanently  in  the  O'Donnell  community  on  the  Powell 
flats.  Paul  Rodriquez,  Jr. ,  recalled  much  prejudice  against 
Mexicans  in  Powell.  He  could  not  swim  in  the  local  pool 
and  there  were  signs  in  many  cafes,  bars,  and  barber  shops 
prohibiting  Mexicans.  Ill-will  was  so  strong  that  some  of 
the  Rodriquez  family  moved  to  California. 

This  migration  of  beet  workers  from  New  Mexico  to 
Wyoming,  accelerated  during  the  war.  Sociologist  Charles 
P.  Loomis  completed  a  study  for  the  Social  Science 
Research  Council  in  December,  1942,  charting  the  migra- 
tion of  New  Mexicans  from  Taos  and  San  Miguel  Coun- 
ties to  various  communities  in  Wyoming.  The  larger 
proportion  of  the  migrants  in  the  Loomis  study  went  into 
defense  work,  but  it  can  be  assumed  that  those  who  went 
to  Wyoming  probably  engaged  in  agricultural  work.^ 

By  the  1940s  two  stereotypes  of  Mexicans  had  become 
widespread  in  the  West.  Since  most  Mexican  immigrants 
came  from  rural  backgrounds,  North  Americans  assumed 
they  were  well  suited  for  agricultural  work.  Related  to  this 
idea  was  the  usefulness  of  Mexicans  in  unskilled  industrial 
employment.  The  second  stereotype  ascribed  docility  to 
Mexican  workers,  who  worked  hard  for  long  hours  at  low 
wages,  with  few  if  any  complaints.®  In  the  1940s  these 
beliefs  had  become  widespread  and  engrained  in  the 
public's  mind.  These  stereotypes  influenced  the  treatment 
"the  government's  need  for  manpower  led  Mexicans 


of  all  Mexican  workers  during  the  war  years.  ' 

War-time  labor  shortages  in  Wyoming  affected  ran- 
ches, the  Casper  Air  Base,  coal  mines,  dairies  and  the  tie 
and  timber  industry.  The  war  siphoned  off  22  to  39  per- 
cent of  agricultural  workers  throughout  the  state.  The 
government's  first  attempt  to  alleviate  the  labor  shortage 
on  farms  involved  assigning  Works  Progress  Administra- 
tion (WPA)  workers  to  agricultural  work.  John  E.  Gross, 
regional  representative  of  the  United  States  Employment 
Service,  acknowledged  that  women  and  children  would 
have  to  be  used  to  harvest  sugar  beets  or  the  crop  would 
rot  in  the  fields  due  to  the  shortage  of  farm  workers. 
Various  sources  of  domestic  and  foreign  labor  provided 
the  necessary  workers  to  harvest  Wyoming  crops.  Seasonal 
workers  who  migrated  from  other  states  and  braceros,  or 
Mexican  Nationals  contracted  under  the  terms  of  a  bina- 
tional  agreement,  joined  Mexicans  living  in  the  state  per- 
manently, such  as  those  at  Lovell  and  Powell.'  Still  the 
number  of  workers  did  not  meet  the  war-time  need. 

In  March,  1942,  for  example,  to  meet  this  acute  labor 
shortage  school  students  in  the  Rock  Springs  area 
registered  for  emergency  farm-ranch  work.  Manager  D. 
N.  Macdonald  of  the  Rock  Springs  Employment  Service 
provided  registration  forms  to  the  area  high  schools  and 
estimated  he  had  received  986  returns.  Miss  Esther  Ander- 
son, state  superintendent  of  public  instruction,  approved 
the  plan.  The  harvesting  effort  was  dubbed  "Food  for  Vic- 
tory" by  the  government.  The  novelty  of  females  work- 
ing in  the  beet  fields  was  revealed  in  the  Northern  Wyo- 
ming Daily  News  (Worland)  headline,  "Fair  Coeds  Arise 
At  4  A.M.  And  Thin  Sugar  Beets  With  The  Best  Of 
Them."  The  students,  joined  by  area  businessmen,  saved 
1 ,000  acres  of  sugar  beets  in  the  Sheridan  area.  Worland 
businessmen  "temporarily  crippled  and  unable  to  stand 
erect"  were  offered  free  chiropractic  adjustments  by  Dr. 
F.  W.  LeBaron.8 

Although  the  use  of  school  children,  women,  and 
businessmen  proved  successful  for  bringing  in  the  1942 
harvest,  it  was  only  to  be  an  emergency  measure.  Local 
authorities  sought  more  satisfactory  and  permanent  solu- 
tions for  the  labor  shortage.  A  field  representative  for  the 
Holly  Sugar  Company  near  Riverton,  Dick  Pickett, 
sought  unemployed  workers  from  Oklahoma  and  Mex- 
icans from  the  Pueblo,  Colorado,  area  to  hoe  beets.  In 
desperation,  J.  Irl  Pritchard,  manager  of  the  United  States 
Employment  Service  at  Sheridan,  wrote  to  relocation 
authorities  at  Cody  requesting  Japanese  evacuees  from 
the  West  Coast.  Government  regulations  for  their 
transport  impeded  their  utilization  by  Wyoming  growers 
at  this  time.' 

Washington  responded  to  the  crisis  by  raising  the 
minimum  wage  for  beet  labor.  Secretary  of  Agriculture 
Claude  R.  Wickard  announced  on  March  19,  1942,  wage 
to  expect  a  better  share  of  the  American  dream  ..." 


21 


n 

« 

^ 

1 

-Jl 

V 

■ 

^^^ 

• 

~~~^ 

^"^^   . 

Gov.  Lester  C.  Hunt 


hikes  in  District  3  comprising  Nebraska,  Colorado,  Kan- 
sas, and  southern  Wyoming:  blocking  and  thinning,  $9.50 
per  acre  or  45  cents  an  hour;  first  hoeing,  $3  an  acre  or 
40  cents  an  hour;  each  subsequent  hoeing  or  weeding  $2 
an  acre  or  40  cents  an  hour.  In  District  5  comprising 
southern  and  eastern  Montana,  northern  Wyoming  and 
western  North  Dakota,  the  rate  was  set  at  $11  an  acre 
for  blocking  and  thinning;  $3  an  acre  for  first  hoeing,  and 
$2  for  each  subsequent  hoeing  or  weeding.'" 

Despite  wage  increases,  enthusiasm  for  beet  work 
quickly  declined  during  the  1942  harvest.  By  October  1, 
only  28  workers  showed  up  for  work  at  Sheridan.  Seventy- 
five  excuse  cards  submitted  by  high  school  students  largely 
eliminated  this  source  of  labor.  Growers  frantically  sent 
25  telegrams  to  Paul  V.  McNutt,  War  Manpower  Board 
Director,  and  to  Secretary  of  Agriculture  Wickard.  At  Buf- 
falo, the  superintendent  closed  the  school  to  aid  with  the 
harvest.  Gov.  Lester  C.  Hunt  gave  20  boys  from  the  Wyo- 
ming Industrial  Institute  permission  to  work  in  the  beet 
fields.  By  November,  Buffalo  officials  resorted  to  the 
expedient  adopted  elsewhere  by  closing  every  shop,  office, 
hotel  and  cafe  to  allow  workers  to  harvest  beets." 

At  the  beginning  of  1943  it  was  estimated  that  approx- 
imately 25,000  workers,  of  whom  17,000  were  agricultural 
workers,  had  left  the  state  for  the  armed  forces  or  war 
industries.  Gov.  Hunt  acknowledged  that  sugar  beets  were 
the  state's  most  profitable  crop  and  employed  the  most 
agricultural  laborers.  Nevertheless,  due  to  the  difficulty 
in  getting  laborers,  acreage  had  been  cut  by  50  percent 
in  early  1943.'^  The  cut-back  in  sugar  beets  and  subse- 
quent closing  of  three  sugar  beet  factories  prompted  Hunt 


to  write  to  Secretary  of  Agriculture  Wickard,  "These  fac- 
tories have  been  operating,  I  believe,  since  1916  and  have 
never  had  any  labor  trouble  or  serious  disagreement  with 
the  farmers  at  any  time  and  the  industry  has  become  more 
or  less  the  stabilizer  of  the  Big  Horn  Basin  and  Northern 
Wyoming.""  Hunt  would  later  feel  impelled  to  maintain 
good  labor  relations  with  Mexico  to  insure  the  supply  of 
agricultural  labor. 

But  recruitment  of  Mexicans  for  beet  labor  fell  far 
short  of  the  need.  J.  S.  Veeder,  Chairman  of  the  Wage 
Labor  Board,  announced  a  total  of  only  300  Mexican 
Nationals  had  been  recruited  and  brought  to  Wyoming 
by  May,  1943.  The  small  number  of  Mexicans  recruited 
required  other  measures  to  meet  the  labor  shortage.  To 
entice  workers  to  remain  in  sugar  beets  or  to  enter 
agricultural  work,  Paul  O.  Hines,  inspector  in  charge  of 
the  Casper  office  of  the  Wage-Hour  and  Public  Contracts 
Divisions  of  the  United  States  Department  of  Labor, 
raised  wages  to  40  cents  an  hour  in  sugar  beet  factories 
under  the  Fair  Labor  Standards  Act  of  June  21 .  The  old 
minimum  had  been  30  cents.  Hines  estimated  that  approx- 
imately 12,000  of  the  60,000  workers,  in  sugar  beet  fac- 
tories and  related  production  areas,  would  be  affected. 
In  addition,  the  Wyoming  Selective  Service,  in  January 
1943,  agreed  with  the  Wyoming  office  of  the  War  Man- 
power Commission  that  agricultural  workers  could  not 
be  referred  by  the  United  States  employment  offices  to 
other  types  of  employment,  except  under  special  condi- 
tions. Referrals  could  only  be  made  if  it  was  shown  that 
other  employment  would  be  to  the  definite  advantage  of 
the  war  program.''' 

The  1943  effort  to  secure  agricultural  laborers  was  bet- 
ter organized  because  of  the  efforts  of  John  H.  McElroy, 
State  Supervisor  of  Emergency  Farm  Labor.  McElroy  had 
been  Carbon  County  Agricultural  Extension  Agent  for 
nine  years  prior  to  his  appointment  as  agronomist  at  the 
University  of  Wyoming  from  1936  through  1938.  He  was 
the  extension  service  secretary  of  the  Agricultural  Adjust- 
ment Administration  from  1938  to  1942  and  Executive 
Secretary  of  the  National  Beet  Growers  Association  for 
a  short  time  in  1942.  When  McElroy  reported  to  Hunt 
on  August  10,  1943,  he  said  that  German  and  Italian 
prisoners  of  war,  Japanese  evacuees  and  Mexicans  com- 
prised the  labor  pool  for  the  coming  harvest.  Mexican 
Nationals  were  being  imported  by  train  from  Mexico  City 
to  Basin.  Sugar  beet  company  contracts  regulated  their 
employment  which  was  to  begin  September  25.  Local 
farmers  subcontracted  with  the  beet  companies  to  supply 
individual  needs  for  labor  in  the  Basin  area.'^  McElroy 
certified  a  need  for  500  more  Mexican  Nationals  for  the 
sugar  beet  harvest  in  Goshen,  Washakie,  Sheridan  and 
Platte  Counties.  Fifty  had  already  been  sent  to  Platte 
county  and  95  to  Goshen.  Only  100  more  Mexicans 
received  permission  to  work  in  the  state.  McElroy  blamed 
recruitment  problems  in  Mexico  for  the  lack  of  needed 
laborers.'^ 


22 


The  Mexican  Nationals  imported  to  work  at  Basin 
did  so  under  the  provisions  of  the  bracero  program,  an 
Executive  Agreement  of  August  4,  1942,  which  provided 
for  the  first  legal  importation  of  Mexican  labor  during  the 
war.  Mexicans  contracted  to  work  temporarily  in  the 
United  States  would  not  be  subject  to  military  service, 
would  not  be  discriminated  against  and  would  enjoy 
guaranteed  transportation,  living  expenses  and  the  prevail- 
ing wage  in  the  areas  where  they  worked.  The  Mexican 
government  managed  the  recruitment  phase  of  the 
program.'^ 

After  selection,  the  braceros  were  shipped  north  to 
work  in  camps  in  areas  with  severe  shortages  of 
agricultural  workers.  An  administrator  for  the  War  Food 
Administration,  Robert  C.Jones,  acknowledged  that  liv- 
ing conditions  in  bracero  camps  usually  represented  sub- 
standard housing  conditions.  He  commented  that, 
"Although  the  camps  offer  the  barest  minimum  of  sanitary 
living  facilities  they  represent  a  considerable  improvement 
in  shelter  and  sanitary  arrangements  over  what  most  of 
the  migrants  had  before  .  .  .   ."'^ 

As  the  1943  season  drew  to  a  close,  Wyoming  farmers 
anticipated  using  Mexican  Nationals  and  war  prisoners 
more  extensively  in  the  coming  year.  At  an  October  7, 
1943,  meeting  of  the  Wyoming  State  U.S.D.A.  War 
Board  in  Cheyenne,  McElroy  declared  that  the  increased 
goal  for  the  production  of  sugar  beets  had  to  be  anticipated 
and  planned  for.  Meanwhile,  the  Mexican  Nationals  in 
the  Basin  area  finished  harvesting  and  dispersed  in 
November,  1943.  Of  these,  128  returned  to  Mexico  and 
135  were  transported  to  California." 

Wyoming  sugar  beet  communities  anticipated  increas- 
ed coordination  of  efforts  to  secure  labor  for  the  coming 
year.  A  labor  conference  at  Basin  presided  over  by  R. 
E.  Varner,  newly  appointed  emergency  farm  labor  super- 
visor for  the  Agricultural  Extension  Service,  addressed 
labor  needs  for  the  area.  County  Agent  K.  D.  Van 
Wagner,  manager  of  the  Lovell  sugar  factory  and  field 
man  for  the  sugar  company,  Varner's  assistant  Wess 
Newton,  and  Paul  Murphy,  labor  assistant  for  Big  Horn 
County  also  attended.  They  aimed  for  planning  and  coor- 
dination to  meet  a  projected  need  for  150  Mexican 
Nationals.  Similar  coordination  efforts  were  made  at 
Powell.  Varner  concluded  after  these  local  meetings  that 
4,000  agricultural  workers  would  be  needed  statewide  for 
the  coming  harvest  of  1944.  Varner  envisioned  the  use 
of  Mexican  Nationals,  Jamaicans,  Bahamians,  German 
and  Italian  prisoners  of  war  and  Japanese  internees  from 
Heart  Mountain,  in  addition  to  local  labor. 2° 

To  help  meet  the  state's  labor  shortage,  the  War  Food 
Administration  received  $30,000,000  from  the  federal 
government  to  recruit  and  train  farm  labor  in  1944.  The 
year  began  with  state  supervisor  Varner's  announcement 
that  approximately  100  Mexicans  were  scheduled  to  arrive 
in  Wyoming  about  April  10.  Wyoming  residents  enthus- 
iastically received  news  from  Marvin  Jones,  Director  of 


the  War  Food  Administration  in  Washington,  that  20,000 
Mexican  Nationals  were  to  labor  in  America's  beet  fields 
in  15  states.  This  figure  augmented  the  40,000  Mexican 
Nationals  already  working  in  the  United  States.^' 

Labor  figures  for  1944  showed  a  marked  increase  in 
the  use  of  out-of-state  labor  sources.  The  Wyoming 
Employment  Service  imported  45  Navajo  Indians  from 
Holbrook,  Arizona,  and  155  Mexicans  from  Arizona  and 
New  Mexico  to  work  in  the  state  early  in  1944.  In  June, 
A.  E.  Bowman,  Director  of  Extension,  communicated  to 
Wyoming's  junior  senator,  Edward  V.  Robertson  that  990 
Mexican  Nationals  had  arrived:  75  to  Powell,  187  to 
Basin,  155  to  Worland,  65  to  Riverton,  80  to  Sheridan, 
20  to  Buffalo,  75  to  Wheatland,  313  to  Torrington,  and 
20  to  Newcastle.  Twenty  had  to  be  repatriated  for  various 
reasons  and  55  more  were  expected  momentarily.  To  pro- 
tect the  braceros,  the  War  Manpower  Commission  issued 
an  11-page  booklet  on  June  23,  1944,  specifying  the 
requirements  of  employers  within  the  state  repeating  the 
employment  practices  proscribed  by  the  bracero 
agreement. ^^ 

In  an  effort  to  evaluate  and  devise  policies  to  meet 
Wyoming's  labor  needs.  Hunt  and  Bowman  decided  to 
form  a  State  Advisory  Committee.  The  board  was  made 
up  of  cattlemen,  sheepmen  and  farmers.  Two  women 
served.  One  was  Mrs.  D.  B.  Robertson  of  Lovell,  Presi- 
dent of  Associated  Women  of  Wyoming  Farm  Bureau 
Federation  who  Bowman  noted  was  a  capable  organizer 
and  a  "Farm  woman  who  actually  assists  with  farm 
work."  The  other  was  Mrs.  Curtis  Eveling  of  Torrington 


A.  E.  Bowman  headed  the  University  Extension  Servic 
during  World  War  II. 


23 


K 


:  I        (Left)   Great    Western   Sugar 

Factory,  Lovell,  Oct.,  1916. 

(Below)  Torrington  beet  fac- 

i-^  ji-      tory,  April,  1931.    The  map 

I   ■        shows  the  primary  sugar  beet 

^SM\mi     j  1       producing  acreages  in  1939.  It 

-  U^^'evs     i  I       i^  from  the  "Wyoming  Agri- 

^:     ^■'■^*-    culture  Bulletin,  #3,"  1943. 


who  was  vice  president  of  the  Wyoming  Home  Demon- 
stration Council  representing  6,000  women  enrolled  in 
Extension  Service  Clubs  and  who  Bowman  characterized 
as  a  "Small  town  garden  type  farmer  rather  than  farm 
woman.  "^-^  No  Mexicans  served  on  the  committee.  And 
yet.  Hunt  and  McElroy  realized  Wyoming's  treatment 
of  Mexicans  placed  the  state  in  a  difficult  position. 

Events  out  of  state  probably  weighed  heavily  in  Hunt's 
and  McElroy's  attempts  to  smooth  relations  with  represen- 
tatives of  the  Mexican  government.  Wyoming  desperately 
needed  Mexican  laborers,  but  events  in  Texas  did  not 
bode  well  for  Wyoming.  Braceros  were  not  permitted  to 
go  to  Texas  after  1943  when  Roberto  Medellin  of  the  Mex- 
ican Ministry  of  Labor  refused  to  release  them  due  to  the 
"number  of  causes  of  extreme,  intolerable  racial 
discrimination."^**  Clearly,  Wyoming  might  also  be  put 
off  limits  to  braceros  if  officials  did  nothing  to  improve 
working  and  living  conditions. 

A  number  of  developments  contributed  to  growing 
Mexican  uneasiness  with  the  bracero  program.  Richard 
B.  Craig  in  his  study  of  braceros  gives  three  reasons  why 
the  program  was  nationalistically  humiliating  for  Mex- 
icans. First,  Mexicans  in  America  were  submitted  to  racial 
and  religious  discrimination.  The  Mexican  press  voiced 
considerable  criticism  of  the  discrimination  experienced 
by  Mexican  Nationals  in  the  United  States.  Their  evalua- 
tion of  the  entire  program  was  frequently  unfavorable. 
Second,  braceros  performed  the  most  menial  agricultural 
tasks  under  salary  and  working  conditions  that  only  the 
most  desperate  domestics  would  accept.  Third,  Mexicans 
swarmed  to  the  recruiting  centers  in  Mexico  in  order  to 
emigrate  to  the  United  States,  a  development  of  great 
embarrassment  to  the  Mexican  government. ^^ 

Events  in  Wyoming  in  no  way  allayed  the  concern 
of  Mexican  officials.  A  persistent  pattern  of  discrimina- 
tion within  the  state  came  to  the  attention  of  the  Mex- 
ican government.  The  difficulty  Wyoming  officials  had 
in  getting  Mexican  Nationals  was  related,  in  large  part, 
to  the  protests  made  by  braceros  concerning  their  treat- 
ment and  the  attitudes  of  the  state's  citizens. 

Sentiment  in  the  state  against  Mexican  Nationals  and 
other  "foreigners"  ran  high  in  late  1944  as  more  of  them 
came  to  the  state  to  work.  Bessie  Homer,  a  Big  Piney  resi- 
dent, wrote  to  Sen.  Joseph  O'Mahoney  a  one  sentence 
request  on  the  back  of  a  postcard:  "Please  use  your  influ- 
ence to  stop  immigration  to  the  United  States."^* 
O'Mahoney  responded  by  describing  two  bills  pending 
Congress  dealing  with  immigration.  Senate  Bill  240 
authored  by  Arthur  Thomas  Stewart,  a  Senator  from  Ten- 
nessee, would  have  excluded  all  foreign  nationals  from 
this  country  so  long  as  there  were  a  minimum  of  one 
million  unemployed.  Senate  Bill  1907  sponsored  by  Sen. 
John  William  Elmer  Thomas  from  Oklahoma,  stipulated 
that  no  foreign  nationals  would  be  admitted  for  five 
years. ^^ 

The  disdain  of  a  large  portion  of  the  American  public 


for  foreign  workers,  especially  Mexicans,  found  a  sym- 
pathetic outlet  in  Wyoming's  press.  Under  a  headline 
reading  "Unemployment  Has  Become  Problem  Despite 
Talk  of  'Labor  Shortage'  ",  a  radio  broadcast  by  Albert 
N.  Dennis  began  by  asserting  that  the  number  of 
unemployed  in  the  country  was  between  1 .5  and  2  million 
and  increasing.  His  weekly  show  "Labor  News  Review" 
broadcast  over  WTOP  of  the  Columbia  Broadcasting 
System  leveled  a  sarcastic  backhand  at  efforts  to  recruit 
labor:  "So  the  WFA  (War  Food  Administration),  to  spend 
their  millions,  is  bringing  in  52,000  Mexican  peon  laborers 
and  others  from  elsewhere,  even  in  the  face  of  growing 
unemployment  in  this  country.  That  may  be  cited  as 
perhaps  too  typical  of  the  present  official  approach  to  the 
employment  situation.  "^^ 

Despite  criticism,  Wyoming  growers  sought  the 
importation  of  more  Mexicans  under  the  terms  of  the 
bracero  agreement.  Farmers  in  Wyoming,  as  well  as 
farmers  in  other  western  states,  readily  acknowledged  their 
preference  for  Mexican  workers  over  school  children, 
businessmen  and  other  inexperienced  workers.  Mexicans 
were  experienced,  more  efficient  and  much  harder 
workers.  Nevertheless,  the  attitude  of  the  Wyoming  Stock 
Growers  Association  revealed  another  aspect  in  regard  to 
Mexican  workers.  Despite  stock  growers  concern  for  the 
shortage  of  labor  in  hay  harvesting,  they  did  not  desire 
Mexican  workers  because  they  believed  Mexicans  were 
better  suited  to  "stoop  labor.  "^'  Wyoming  needed  Mex- 
ican laborers  but  only  in  a  particular  job  category,  that 
of  beet  laborer. 

Wyoming  agriculturalists  considered  braceros  suitable 
only  for  "stoop  labor"  from  the  start,  although  other  uses 
were  possible.  Sheep  ranchers  rejected  the  use  of  Mex- 
icans as  herders,  preferring  to  seek  importation  of  Bas- 
que herders  from  Spain.  A.  A.  Simpson  of  Buffalo,  Wyo- 
ming, applied  for  the  immigration  of  30  Basques  in 
September,  1943.  He  wrote  to  Earl  G.  Harrison,  Com- 
missioner of  Immigration  and  Naturalization  in  the 
Department  of  Justice  who  forwarded  Simpson's  request 
to  the  War  Manpower  Commission  for  consideration. 

Simpson  had  discussed  the  use  of  Mexicans  with  four 
prominent  Johnson  County  sheep  ranchers:  Bernard  Mar- 
ton,  Simon  Harriet,  Gaston  Irigaray  and  John  Camino. 
They  regretfully  concluded  that  from  one-half  to  two-thirds 
of  their  sheep  would  have  to  be  marketed  due  to  lack  of 
help.  Simpson  said  he  had  suggested  that  they  get  Mex- 
ican sheepherders,  but  that  the  ranchers  had  tried  Mex- 
icans and  found  them  to  be  unsatisfactory.  The  consen- 
sus was  that  $20,000  to  $25,000  worth  of  sheep  and  ewes 
could  not  be  turned  over,  "to  a  man  in  whom  they  have 
no  particular  confidence  and  who  belongs  to  a  class  of 
men,  who,  past  experience  has  shown,  are  unreliable."^" 
Another  objection  to  the  use  of  Mexicans  was  that  Nav- 
ajo Indians  already  herded  sheep  in  Wyoming  as  emer- 
gency laborers,  and  Mexicans  and  Navajos  could  not  work 
side  by  side,  according  to  the  sheepmen." 


25 


Wyoming  beet  growers  desperately  needed  Mexican 
Nationals  to  work  in  the  beet  fields,  yet  at  the  same  time 
relegated  them  to  inferior  status.  Discrimination  against 
Mexicans  was  ignored  by  the  sugar  beet  companies  and 
growers  as  it  had  been  in  Lovell  and  Powell  two  decades 
earlier.  The  parochial  and  nativistic  attitudes,  long  pre- 
sent under  the  surface  in  American  society,  emerged  when 
Mexicans  entered  the  community.  In  most  communities, 
residents  side  with  their  own  against  outsiders'^  and  Wyo- 
ming communities  were  no  exception.  They  persistently 
discriminated  against  Mexicans  during  the  war. 

Community-wide  discrimination  against  braceros  first 
developed  in  Worland.  County  Agent  C.  A.  Johnson  and 
Leroy  E.  Laird,  manager  of  the  Holly  Sugar  plant  in 
Worland,  divulged  to  a  meeting  of  the  Washakie  county 
farm  bureau  that  an  investigation  was  under  way  of  con- 
ditions in  the  community  by  Salvador  Lopez  Lira, 
representative  of  the  Mexican  government.  Lopez  Lira 
reported  finding  that  some  Worland  businesses  refused 
to  extend  service  to  Mexican  Nationals.  He  recommended 
to  the  Mexican  government  that  if  the  condition  was  not 
rectified  immediately,  the  88  Mexican  Nationals  work- 
ing there  would  be  removed  and  that  an  order  for  75  others 
to  arrive  on  September  29  would  be  cancelled.  Laird 
declared  that  without  the  163  Mexican  Nationals,  the 
Worland  area  would  not  have  enough  labor  for  the  beet 
harvest.  The  farm  bureau  then  requested  the  businesses 
in  question  to  welcome  the  Mexican  workers." 

In  the  wake  of  growing  concern  that  Mexican 
Nationals'  labor  would  be  lost,  John  J.  McElroy  wrote 
to  Hunt  on  September  20,  that  the  problem  of  racial 
discrimination  in  the  Big  Horn  Basin  and  Wheatland  was 
"beginning  to  straighten  itself  out."  He  reported,  "Mr. 
(Lopez)  Lira  of  the  Department  of  Labor  in  the  Mexican 
Government,  who  visited  those  areas  and  made  the  com- 
plaints, has  informed  the  Denver  Office  of  the  War  Food 
Administration  that  he  is  well  satisfied  with  the  conditions 
at  Basin;  better  satisfied  with  the  conditions  at  Lovell  and 
Cowley;  but  still  questioning  Worland  and  Wheatland."'* 

Intervention  of  Wyoming  officials  influenced  Lira's 
changed  assessment.  Governor  Hunt  and  McElroy  had 
implemented  a  scheme  to  alleviate  growing  tension 
between  whites  and  Mexicans.  They  had  promoted  Mex- 
ican Independence  Day  celebrations  at  Basin  and 
Sheridan.  McElroy  observed  that  the  celebrations, 
"should  go  a  long  way  in  convincing  Mexico  of  our 
friendliness  and  tolerance."'^  The  Basin  Rotary  Club 
sponsored  the  celebration  providing  a  free  dinner  and  a 
band  concert  by  the  Basin-Greybull  Band.  Bernard  J. 
Valdez,  labor  representative  for  the  Basin  area,  gave  an 
address  to  the  gathering.  R.  E.  Varner,  assistant  to 
County  Agent  K.  D.  Van  Wagner,  provided  helpful 
expertise  in  dealing  with  the  Mexican  Nationals  because 
he  had  spent  13  years  working  in  Uruguay  prior  to  work- 
ing in  Wyoming.  County  Agent  Van  Wagner  capped 
the  Basin  effort  at  smoothing  relations  with  the  Mexicans 


by  giving  a  farewell  testimonial  to  them  on  November  1 1 
and  thanking  them  for  services  rendered  in  the  agricultural 
crisis."' 

At  Sheridan  the  Holly  Sugar  Company  took  the  ini- 
tiative in  pacifying  the  Mexicans.  The  Sheridan  Flour- 
ing Mills,  Beet  Growers  Association  and  local  Chamber 
of  Commerce  provided  a  luncheon,  a  Spanish  language 
movie  entitled  "Los  Muertos  Hablan,"  ("The  Dead  Ones 
Speak")  and  a  dance  at  the  Knights  of  Pythias  Hall. 
McElroy  judged  both  Independence  Day  celebrations  "a 
great  success."'' 

McElroy's  efforts  in  other  localities  succeeded  as  well. 
The  Washakie  County  Farm  Bureau  at  Worland,  an 
organization  with  a  membership  of  over  200  ranchers  and 
farmers,  set  up  a  committee  to  work  with  the  townspeople, 
ranchers,  farmers  and  sugar  companies  in  working  out 
this  problem.'"  At  Wheatland,  County  Agent  Neff  Tip- 
pets and  W.  D.  Nicholson,  manager  of  the  Great  Western 
Sugar  Company,  managed  the  situation  without  the 
apparent  glowing  success  achieved  at  Basin  and  Sher- 
idan." However,  Hunt's  and  McElroy's  success  was 
short-lived. 

Discrimination  against  Mexican  Nationals  occurred 
again  in  July,  1944.  The  Mexican  Consul  at  Denver, 
Frederico  Gutierrez  Pastor,  wrote  to  Gov.  Hunt  on  July 
13  regarding  discrimination  in  Torrington.  Pastor  sent 
carbon  copies  to  the  Secretary  of  Foreign  Affairs  at  Mex- 
ico City,  the  Mexican  Embassy  at  Washington,  D.C.,  and 
the  Consulate  General  of  Mexico  at  El  Paso,  Texas. 
Laborers  complained  that  they  were  forbidden  entrance 
to  a  beer  hall  operating  next  door  to  the  police  depart- 
ment. They  also  protested  against  segregated  seating 
arrangements  in  the  Wyoming  Theatre.  Pastor  regretted 
that  the  efforts  of  the  Mexican  government  to  assist  the 
Allied  war  effort  by  providing  workers  was  not  better 
appreciated  by  the  residents  of  Torrington.  He  implored 
Hunt  to  "excert  (sic)  all  your  influence  and  goodwill  to 
eliminate  situations  like  the  one  mentioned  above  .  .  .  ."*" 
Hunt  wasted  no  time  in  responding.  On  July  14  he 
wrote  to  Torrington  Mayor  Floyd  M.  Roush,  Secretary 
of  Foreign  Affairs  at  Mexico  City,  the  Mexican  Embassy 
at  Washinton,  D.C.,  the  Consulate  General  of  Mexico 
at  El  Paso,  Texas,  and  A.  E.  Bowman.  Hunt  first  acknow- 
ledged what  was  at  stake.  Wyoming  had  been  appropri- 
ated $75,000  to  recruit  and  import  Mexican  Nationals. 
He  added,  "It  has  taken  a  very  considerable  amount  of 
recruiting,  organization,  and  work  to  get  these  workers 
into  the  State,  and  it  would  be  quite  detrimental  to  the 
Wyoming  producer  should  anything  cause  their  with- 
drawal from  any  area."  Hunt  disclaimed  any  wish  to 
regulate  local  practices.  However,  he  added,  "If,  through 
your  good  offices  and  a  visit  with  those  business  houses 
who  discriminate,  this  situation  could  be  corrected  for  the 
duration,  it  would  be,  I  am  sure,  mutually  helpful  in  every 
way  and  to  all  parties."'"  Hunt  hoped  he  could  answer 
Pastor  with  the  news  that  the  difficulty  had  been  resolved. 


26 


Other  charges  of  discrimination  lodged  by  Mexicans 
against  Basin  firms  received  a  rebuttal  from  Bill  Scott, 
President  of  the  Farm  Labor  Agency  and  Big  Horn 
County  Assessor.  The  charge  in  question  alleged  that 
Martin's  Cafe  forced  Mexican  Nationals  to  eat  in  a  "small 
and  dirty  side  room,"  rather  than  the  larger  and  cleaner 
service  room  which  accommodated  the  general  public.  In 
defense,  Scott  explained  that  the  side  room  was  a  semi- 
private  dining  room  adjoining  the  larger  dining  room  and 
that  it  was  used  by  the  management  to  accommodate  extra 
customers.  He  said  that  this  side  room  was  cleaned  and 
redecorated  in  just  the  same  manner  as  the  other  part  of 
the  building.  During  the  summer  the  room  was  used  by 
a  banker  in  Basin  for  an  anniversary  party,  and  was  also 
used  by  the  local  Rebekah  Lodge  for  their  banquet, 
according  to  Scott.  He  concluded,  "We  believe  that  this 
charge  is  poorly  founded  and  perhaps  was  a  misunder- 
standing from  the  beginning."''^ 

In  any  case,  Mexicans  were  making  their  complaints 
known.  Because  of  these  charges  of  discrimination,  George 
Hill,  of  the  Washington  office  of  the  War  Food  Adminis- 
tration, met  with  representatives  of  the  beet  growers  and 
the  Seventh  Service  Command  of  the  Army  in  Omaha, 
Nebraska,  on  September  29,  1944,  to  discuss  the  use  of 
Mexicans.  In  addition  to  the  Mexicans  already  in  Wyo- 
ming, 200  received  permission  to  be  transported  to  the 
state,  along  with  1,607  prisoners  of  war. ''^ 

While  Wyoming  farmers  sought  more  Mexican 
laborers,  and  enjoyed  the  highest  prices  ever  paid  for  beets, 
they  also  attempted  to  keep  workers'  wages  low.  Growers 
proposed  a  method  already  recognized  as  serving  that  pur- 
pose by  California  growers.  In  the  California  fruit  indus- 
try, growers  shifted  braceros  to  hourly  rates  when  pick- 
ing was  thick,  and  back  to  piece  rates  when  it  was  thin. 
Brigadier  General  Phillip  G.  Burton,  Director  of  Labor 
with  the  War  Food  Administration,  received  a  wire  from 
president  C.  C.  Gay  of  the  Washakie  Beet  Growers  Assoc- 
iation on  January  10,  1945,  arguing  that  Mexican 
Nationals  should  earn  more  than  the  prevailing  wage  of 
50  cents  per  hour.  Burton  wired  the  Holly  Sugar  Cor- 
poration in  Sidney,  Montana,  that  the  Mexicans  deter- 
mined not  to  send  beet  workers  north  in  1945.  They  were 
"considerably  disturbed"  over  payroll  difficulties,  mis- 
understandings as  to  earnings  when  doing  piece  work, 
and  the  delay  in  computation  and  final  settlement.  The 
complaints  to  the  consul  at  Denver,  concerning  payment 
of  wages  later  in  the  year,  were  so  numerous  that  on  June 
30,  1945,  the  Mexican  Ministry  of  Labor  requested  that 
workers  be  moved  from  Colorado  to  California.'*'* 

Work  assignments  and  wages  paid  to  workers  other 
than  Mexican  Nationals  in  Wyoming  revealed 
agriculturalists'  discriminatory  attitudes.  Caucasian 
workers  imported  from  Oklahoma  and  Arkansas  were 
deemed  unacceptable  for  work  in  the  sugar  beet  fields. 
McElroy  noted,  "Our  Oklahomans  were  particularly  suc- 
cessful in  the  hay  fields  but  I  cannot  visualize  them  in  the 


sugar  beet  fields."'*^  The  366  Oklahomans  already  work- 
ing in  the  state  received  higher  wages  that  the  Mexican 
Nationals  working  in  sugar  beets.  The  farmers  paid 
Oklahomans  $5  per  day  instead  of  the  prevailing  wage 
of  $4,  and  $6.50  for  stacking  hay  instead  of  $5.  Several 
of  the  ranchers  took  these  men  on  fishing  and  sightseeing 
trips  to  Grand  Teton  and  Yellowstone  National  Parks.'"' 

Wage  discrimination  complicated  Burton's  efforts  to 
secure  more  Mexican  workers  for  Wyoming.  He 
represented  Wyoming's  labor  needs  to  the  Mexican 
government  and  had  to  assuage  Mexican  fears  when  he 
tried  to  secure  more  braceros.  Burton  traveled  to  Mex- 
ico City  in  January,  1945,  to  negotiate  with  Padillo  Nar- 
vo.  Assistant  Secretary  of  the  Ministry  of  Labor.  The 
Mexican  government  took  a  hard  line  in  negotiations  for 
workers.  To  clarify  wage  misunderstandings,  H.  W. 
Vallee,  Chief  Agriculturalist  of  the  Holly  Sugar  Corpora- 
tion, submitted  a  report  of  earnings  by  Mexican  Nationals 
in  the  state  of  Wyoming  during  the  1944  season.  The  chart 
showed  that  1,440  men  worked  for  average  earnings  of 
$3,016.16.  W.  J.  Gorst,  President  of  the  National  Beet 
Grower's  Association  in  Worland,  wired  Burton  that 
"ambitious  workers"  could  earn  even  more  under  the 
piece  work  system  than  on  a  straight  hourly  setup.'*' 

Burton  had  communicated  to  R.  E.  Varner  on 
September  19,  1944,  that  an  expected  350  Mexican 
Nationals  promised  from  Chicago  were  not  forthcoming. 
The  wage  dispute  and  the  Torrington  incident  probably 
contributed  to  Burton's  difficulty.  Lovell  Mayor  Frank 
H.  Brown  confirmed  that  the  Mexicans  were  not  coming 
and  that  a  severe  labor  shortage  was  imminent.  The  ensu- 
ing need  for  labor  severely  hurt  the  state's  farmers.  John 
K.  Phifer,  President  of  the  Platte  County  Labor  Associa- 
tion, reported  to  O'Mahoney  that  the  1,066  acres  of  beets 
ready  to  be  harvested  could  not  be  due  to  the  lack  of  labor. 
W.J.  Gorst  in  Worland  expressed  concern  over  the  inad- 
equate labor  supply  as  well.'*^ 

The  labor  situation  was  severe.  In  desperation.  Hunt 
unsuccessfully  tried  to  secure  200  soldiers  from  Fort  War- 
ren to  help  harvest  the  beet  crop.  Goshen  County  farmers 
reported  that  30  percent  of  the  potato  crop  would  be 
unharvested  if  laborers  were  not  found.  AU  the  while,  the 
Federal  government  continued  to  call  for  increased 
acreages  in  sugar  beets.  Sen.  O'Mahoney  protested  in 
December,  1944,  in  the  wake  of  the  recent  labor  short- 
age, that  farmers  needed  more  assurance  that  labor  would 
be  available  during  the  1945  harvest.*' 

Despite  Wyoming's  problems  in  securing  enough 
labor  in  1945,  discrimination  in  Torrington  continued. 
Consul  Frederico  Gutierrez  Pastor  wrote  Hunt  on  April 
23  citing  incidences  of  discrimination  against  Mexicans  in 
Torrington.  Hunt  admitted  to  Pastor  that  discrimination 
in  Torrington  business  houses  jeopardized  the  importa- 
tion of  Mexican  Nationals  for  farm  labor,  but  that  he  could 
offer  little  direct  action.  Hunt  wrote  to  the  mayor  of  Tor- 
rington, D.  M.  Kellamer,  that  there  was  no  formal  action 

27 


he  could  take,  adding,  "I  think  I  can  say  to  you,  however, 
that  the  possibiHty  of  securing  Mexican  Nationals  to  work 
in  the  sugar  beet  fields  this  coming  cropping  season  is 
jeopardized  to  some  extent  by  this  situation."^"  Hunt 
realized  that  only  with  the  approval  of  the  Consul,  based 
on  the  assurance  that  Mexican  Nationals  would  not  be 
discriminated  against,  would  the  Mexican  government 
allow  braceros  to  go  to  Wyoming. 

The  state's  labor  shortage  in  agriculture  at  the  end 
of  the  war  was  what  it  had  been  at  the  beginning.  Wyo- 
ming citizens'  attitudes  toward  Mexicans  exacerbated  the 
shortage  and  caused  braceros  to  seek  relief.  However, 
Mexican  Nationals  could  not  sustain  their  efforts  to  bet- 
ter working  and  living  conditions  for  three  reasons.  First, 
they  had  to  lodge  their  complaints  to  American  govern- 
ment officials  through  their  agent  in  the  Mexican  Con- 
sul. Second,  Mexican  officials  labored  under  an  avalanche 
of  complaints  to  investigate  and  rectify  problems  with  a 
small,  underpaid  staff.  And  third,  braceros,  in  contrast 
to  long  time  Mexican  residents,  had  no  permanent  stake 
in  the  state's  communities  because  they  were  moved  to 
other  states  or  were  repatriated,  at  the  termination  of  a 
six-month  contract. 

Complaints  of  discrimination  did,  nevertheless,  reach 
Washington  officials  during  the  war  and  some  gave  their 
support  to  equality.  On  September  1,  1944,  a  press  release 
entitled  "Labor  Must  Show  The  Way"  by  Secretary  of 
the  Interior  Harold  L.  Ickes  appeared  in  the  Wyoming  Labor 
Journal.  Ickes  had  been  president  of  the  Chicago 
N.A.A.C.P.  prior  to  his  post  in  the  administration,  and 
he  had  shown  concern  for  the  position  of  Blacks  in  soci- 


ety especially.  He  offered  a  proscription  for  American 
labor  saying,  "Neither  racial  or  religious  intolerance  can 
be  supported  by  labor  if  the  working  man's  future, 
regardless  of  his  race  or  creed  or  color,  is  to  be  safeguarded 
and  kept  on  that  high  plane  which  we  in  America  have 
so  long  striven  to  achieve."^'  The  protests  of  agricultural 
and  non-agricultural  workers  kept  national,  state  and  local 
officials  apprised  of  worker's  discontent. 

Looking  at  non-agricultural  Mexican  workers  reveals 
an  even  more  vigorous  effort  to  combat  patterns  of 
discrimination  by  Mexicans  of  established  residence  in 
Wyoming.  In  the  state's  railroad  industry,  Mexicans  con- 
fronted the  power  of  organized  labor.  It  should  be  noted, 
though,  that  Mexican  workers  on  the  railroads  did  receive 
better  wages  than  their  counterparts  in  agriculture. 
Agricultural  wages  lagged  behind  those  of  organized  labor. 
While  beet  workers  earned  $19.20  for  a  48  hour  week, 
organized  labor  engaged  in  a  publicity  campaign  to  justify 
wages  of  $50.00  per  week.^- 

Nevertheless,  working  conditions  on  the  railroads 
caused  Mexicans  to  seek  immediate  relief  directly  from 
their  agent.  Workers  for  the  Union  Pacific  Railroad  in 
Wyoming  took  their  complaints  to  the  Fair  Employment 
Practices  hearings  in  Washington,  D.C.  The  Commit- 
tee was  created  by  President  Franklin  D.  Roosevelt  with 
Executive  Order  8802  on  June  25,  1941,  and  was  charged 
with  encouraging  full  participation  in  defense  industries 
of  all  citizens,  regardless  of  race,  color,  creed  or  national 
origin.  This  committee  investigated  all  cases  of  alleged 
discrimination  in  agencies  of  the  Government,  industries 
holding  government  contracts,  industries  essential  to  the 


Railroad  workers  in  Cheyenne,  circa  1946. 


28 


war  effort  and  unions  of  employees  in  essential  industries, 
whether  or  not  they  held  government  contracts. ^^ 

The  hearings  held  in  September,  1943,  concerned 
discrimination  charges  against  23  railroads  and  14  labor 
unions.  The  chief  complaint  coming  under  scrutiny  by 
the  committee  was  the  practice  of  the  railroads  and  unions 
that  considered  Black  and  Mexican  workers  "non- 
promotables."  This  allegedly  was  done  by  negotiated 
agreements  between  unions  and  the  railroads.  The  Union 
Pacific  Railroad  Company  and  its  Cheyenne  shops  were 
included  in  the  charges  being  leveled  by  disgruntled 
employees.  Testimony  conducted  on  September  15,  16 
and  17,  1943,  in  Washington,  D.C.,  comprised  more  than 
1,000  pages  of  typewritten  manuscript,  but,  the  pro- 
ceedings of  the  FEPC  were  not  published.  Malcolm  Ross 
chaired  the  committee  and  Personnel  Assistant  F.  E. 
Baukhages  represented  the  Union  Pacific  Railroad.  The 
International  Association  of  Machinists  and  the  Interna- 
tional Brotherhood  of  Boilermakers,  Iron  Shipbuilders  and 
Helpers  of  America  declined  to  be  represented  at  the 
hearings. ^"^ 

Workers  charged  the  unions  with  discrimination  in 
prohibiting  the  promotion  of  shop  employees  at  the  train 
yards  in  Cheyenne.  Three  specific  charges  concerned  the 
treatment  of  Mexicans.  First,  the  Union  Pacific  Railroad 
refused  to  hire  or  to  promote  Mexicans  and  Blacks  because 
of  race  or  national  origin.  These  workers  desired  admis- 
sion to  positions  as  machinists  or  machinist's  helpers,  sheet 
metal  workers  or  their  helpers,  boilermakers,  car  men, 
blacksmiths  or  electricians.  They  could  not  gain  access 
to  those  better  paying  positions.  Second,  the  U.P.  and 
the  unions  conspired  to  deny  employment  of  Mexicans 
to  unskilled  labor  positions.  Third,  written  agreements 
with  the  International  Brotherhood  of  Firemen  and  Oilers 
had  been  violated  by  the  refusal  to  promote  Mexicans. 

Testimony  by  Jesse  J.  Gonzales,  an  employee  at  the 
Cheyenne  railroad  yard,  substantiated  the  charges.  Gon- 
zales had  been  employed  by  the  Union  Pacific  intermit- 
tently since  1918  and  continually  since  1929,  and  was  the 
local  chairman  of  the  International  Brotherhood  of 
Firemen  and  Oilers.  He  testified  as  to  the  efforts  of  Mex- 
icans to  secure  promotions.  Beginning  with  a  1922  strike 
of  the  shops  crafts  the  company  freely  hired  Mexicans  and 
other  ethnic  and  racial  groups  permitting  them  to  fill  any 
position  for  which  they  were  qualified.*' 

However,  when  the  American  Federation  of  Labor 
organized  shops  of  the  U.P.  on  November  1,  1934,  the 
agreement  entered  into  by  the  Firemen  and  Oiler's  Union 
and  the  company  did  not  contain  a  provision  for  the  pro- 
motion of  laborers.  Subsequent  agreements  included  one 
in  1937  between  the  Company  and  System  Federation  No. 
105,  including  Firemen  and  Oilers,  which  protected  their 
seniority  as  laborers  for  60  days.  Another  agreement  of 
May  8,  1942,  involving  the  Railway  Department  of  the 
American  Federation  of  Labor,  or  the  craft  unions,  pro- 
vided for  the  promotion  of  apprentices,  apprentice  helpers 


Railroad  ivorken  Alaivin  Martinez  and  Dtlfino  Cruz.  Cheyenne, 
1947. 

and  mechanic's  helpers  to  positions  as  mechanics  in  the 
weeks  of  labor  shortages.  But,  only  "Anglo-American" 
laborers  received  promotions.  According  to  Gonzales, 
Mexicans  or  persons  of  Mexican  descent  were  obliged  to 
remain  within  the  ranks  of  the  lowest  level  laborers.*^ 

Gonzales  assumed  the  chairmanship  of  the  Firemen 
and  Oilers  in  1942  and  immediately  agitated  for  promo- 
tion of  Mexicans.  He  approached  John  Caserman, 
General  Chairman  of  the  Firemen  and  Oiler's  Union,  who 
in  turn  contacted  System  Federation  No.  105  and  the 
Railway  Department  of  the  American  Federation  of 
Labor.  It  was  to  no  avail.  So,  Gonzales  took  his  complaints 
directly  to  the  U.P.'s  Charles  Pickert,  Shop  Superinten- 
dent; a  Mr.  Lake,  District  Foreman;  and  the  General 
Superintendent  of  the  line,  and  received  "excuses  to  the 
effect  that  such  employees  are  incompetent,  cannot  speak 
English  or  do  not  have  sufficient  education."  District 
Foreman  Lake  disclosed  to  Gonzales  that  "the  unions 
opposed  favorable  action  and  ,  ...  he  had  certain  orders 
from  'higher-ups.'  "*■'  As  a  consequence,  the  company 
hired  579  new  and  inexperienced  workers,  60  of  whom 
were  teenage  boys,  in  the  year  prior  to  the  hearings.  These 
employees  received  helper's  jobs  in  preference  to  exper- 
ienced Mexicans.*^ 

Another  Mexican  employee,  Phillip  Mercado,  testified 
as  to  his  inability  to  get  a  helper's  job.  Mercado  was 

29 


employed  by  the  U.P.  as  an  engine  cleaner  with  senior- 
ity from  May  8,  1939.  In  March,  1941,  he  applied  for 
a  helper's  job  and  was  directed  by  the  Chief  Clerk  of  the 
Shop  Superintendent  to  take  his  request  to  the  commit- 
tees of  the  different  crafts.  Late  in  the  same  month  he  con- 
ferred with  a  Mr.  Ricardo,  committeeman  of  the  Boiler- 
makers Union,  about  a  promotion  and  was  told  he  would 
be  "kept  in  mind."  In  the  beginning  of  April,  Mercado 
approached  a  Mr.  Cox,  committeeman  of  the  machinist's 
union,  who  at  first  promised  Mercado  he  would  be  con- 
sidered as  a  machinist's  helper.  Mercado  apparently 
pressured  Cox  who  then  bluntly  refused  him  because  he 
was  of  Mexican  descent. ^^ 

To  verify  the  testimony  of  Mexican  employees  of  the 
U.P.,  the  FEPC  examined  seniority  rosters  furnished  by 
the  company  and  found  that  they  "do  not  indicate  those 
who  are  Mexicans,  persons  of  Mexican  descent  or 
Negroes. "''°  Very  few  Spanish  surnames  showed  up  on 
the  rosters  of  the  crafts  or  helpers.  However,  examina- 
tion of  the  laborer's  roster  revealed  a  great  majority  of 
Spanish  surnames. 

The  company's  position  was  represented  by  its  Per- 
sonnel Assistant,  F.  E.  Baukhages.  He  asserted  that, 
"While  the  summary  of  the  complaints  received  by  the 
President's  Committee  on  Fair  Employment  Practice  .  .  . 
is  vague  as  to  time,  we  are,  nevertheless  confident  that 
your  examination  into  such  complaints  will  develop  to 
your  satisfaction  that  the  charges  summarized  are  not 
justified."''' 

As  for  the  employment  rosters,  Baukhages  asserted 
that  they  revealed  the  inclusion  of  Spanish-surnamed 
employees  in  many  types  of  positions.  But  he  added, 
"Since  .  .  .  the  hearings  have  developed  specific  instances 
of  alleged  discrimination  .  .  .  we  will  fully  investigate  with 
a  view  towards  the  speedy  correction  of  any  situation 
inconsistent  with  the  Company's  policy."  Apparently,  the 
company  privately  acknowledged  that  their  position  was 
shaky  and  concluded  that  discrimination  existed  because 
"Two  days  after  the  above  statement  the  Committee  was 
informed  that  the  Company  had  hired  or  upgraded  four 
men  (presumably  Mexicans  or  persons  of  Mexican  des- 
cent), one  as  a  boilermaker  and  three  as  helpers.  "^^ 

The  defensive  reaction  of  the  company  revealed  what 
the  committee  findings  confirmed.  The  Union  Pacific 
Railroad  Company  had  discriminated  against  Mexicans 
in  its  Cheyenne  shops  and  yard.  It  refused  to  hire  them 
for,  or  upgrade  them  to,  helpers,  machinists,  boilermakers, 
metal  workers,  sheet  metal  workers,  carmen,  blacksmiths 
and  electricians.  The  committee  included  a  quotation  by 
the  company  which  indicated  the  company's  willingness 
to  investigate  discriminatory  practices.  The  company 
would  qualify  its  investigation,  "with  a  view  towards  the 
speedy  correction  of  any  situation  inconsistent  with  the 
Company's  policy. "^^ 

Thus,  the  company  would  correct  only  what  did  not 
conform  to  its  own  policy  decisions.  In  addition  to  the 


Union  Pacific,  both  unions,  the  International  Association 
of  Machinists  and  the  International  Brotherhood  of  Boiler- 
makers, Iron  Ship  Builders  and  Helpers  of  America,  had 
discriminated  against  Mexicans  by  opposing  or  refusing 
to  permit  their  upgrading  and  promotion.''"' 

The  committee,  with  no  means  to  enforce  compliance, 
issued  ten  directives  telling  the  U.P.  and  the  unions  to 
stop  their  discriminatory  practices  affecting  employment 
and  upgrading  of  Mexicans.  The  new  policies  of  the  com- 
pany were  to  be  disseminated  to  the  unions,  the  Railroad 
Retirement  Board  through  which  it  recruited  workers,  and 
the  FEPC.  The  committee  gave  the  U.P.  and  the  unions 
30  days  to  report  back  to  the  committee  their  steps  taken 
in  compliance  with  the  directives.''^  The  railroads  only 
needed  to  report  to  the  committee  what  it  wanted  to  hear 
in  order  to  defuse  minority  discontent. 

The  FEPC  has  been  described  by  Harvard  Sitkoff  in 
his  article  entitled  "Racial  Militancy  and  Interracial 
Violence  in  the  Second  World  War,"  as  "The  Wailing 
Wall  for  minorities,  virtually  powerless  to  act  but  handy 
as  a  safety  valve.  "^''  The  railroads'  and  unions'  unwill- 
ingnesss  to  comply  with  the  FEPC's  directives  supports 
Sitkoff's  sardonic  appraisal.  The  committee,  as  a  result 
of  the  September  hearings,  ordered  22  major  railroads  and 
seven  railroad  labor  unions  to  end  discrimination  within 
30  days.  Sixteen  of  the  carriers  sent  a  joint  letter  to  the 
FEPC  outlining  reasons  for  their  inability  or  refusal  to 
do  so.  In  their  letter,  "They  stated  that  employment  rela- 
tions on  the  railroads  were  governed  by  collective  bargain- 
ing contracts,  and  the  carriers  were  without  power  to  make 
one-sided  changes;  .  .  .  that  they  were  willing  to  confer 
with  the  Unions  and  see  if  a  satisfactory  solution  to  the 


JOBS  FOR  ALL' 

/^g^CEMEN  AND 
WAR WORKrwS  ALIKE! 


30 


racial  problem  could  be  worked  out  .  .  .  ."''■'  Given  their 
contempt  for  the  FEPC,  compliance  would  have  been 
negligible,  at  best. 

War-time  propaganda  emphasized  the  need  for 
cooperation.  The  public,  according  to  a  cartoon  in  the 
Wyoming  Labor  Journal,  desired  tranquility  from  labor,  not 
labor  strikes  or  indications  that  labor  conditions  interfered 
with  the  war  effort.  This  may  explain  the  government's 
decision  not  to  publish  the  FEPC  findings.  This  feeling 
became  more  pronounced  as  the  war  progressed. 

Six  American  labor  leaders  touring  French  battlefields 
after  D-Day  in  the  summer  of  1944  voiced  concern  over 
"quarrels  at  home"  which  interrupted  productivity.  The 
War  Department  sent  this  message  to  William  Green, 
president  of  the  American  Federation  of  Labor,  and  Phillip 
Murray,  head  of  the  Congress  of  Industrial  Organizations 
for  dissemination  to  local  labor  leaders. 

The  employment  of  returning  servicemen  concerned 
organized  labor  leaders  in  mid- 1944.  Labor  propaganda 
began  to  call  for  the  cooperation  of  industry  to  supply  jobs 
for  servicemen  and  war  workers.'''  (For  example,  see  car- 
toon. War  Labor  Journal,  September  8,  1944.)  Mexican 
veterans,  as  well  as  all  others,  would  expect  to  be  offered 
their  fair  share  of  the  available  jobs.  The  pressure  for  fair 
employment  exerted  by  Mexicans  and  others  during  the 
FEPC  hearings,  gave  notice  to  employers  that  more  assert- 
ive attitudes  by  employees  for  their  rights  was  develop- 
ing momentum. 

Wyoming  was  swept  along  in  the  current  of  discrim- 
ination against  Mexicans.  By  seeing  Mexicans  as  "stoop 
laborers"  and  the  lowest  level  of  industrial  worker,  Wyo- 
ming residents  put  Mexicans  at  a  disadvantage  in  seek- 
ing higher  levels  of  employment.  Reinforcing  the  relega- 
tion of  Mexicans  to  low  levels  in  employment  was  the 
establishment  of  discriminatory  practices. 

Still,  war-time  manpower  requirements  in  Wyoming 
forced  agriculture  and  industry  to  consider  new  roles  for 
Mexicans.  Anglo-Americans  on  the  farm  and  in  industry 
worked  more  closely,  and  sometimes  alongside  Mexicans 
more  than  ever  before.  The  mutual  objective  of  security 
and  survival  necessitated  greater  cooperation. 

Discrimination  against  Mexicans  persisted  during 
World  War  11,^'  but  greater  steps  had  to  be  taken  to  arrest 
it,  due  to  the  need  for  Mexican  laborers,  their  increased 
assertion  of  their  rights,  and  their  contribution  in  the 
workplace.  Protests  by  Mexicans  forced  communities  and 
employers  to  be  aware  of  social  practices  which  Mexicans 
questioned  and  attempted  to  change.  Mexican  perfor- 
mance on  the  job  opened  doors  of  opportunity  for  others 
who  followed.'"  Motivation  for  higher  economic  and  social 
levels  combined  with  the  protests  of  braceros  and  other 
Mexican  workers  in  Wyoming,  offered  a  model  for  Mex- 
ican assertiveness  in  the  future,  and,  in  fact,  was  the 
heritage  for  Mexicans  out  of  their  World  War  II 
experiences. 


*        I  would  like  to  express  my  gratitude  to  Dr.  Lawrence  Cardoso 
lor  the  idea  lor  this  manuscript  and  for  suggestions  after  reading  it. 

1 .  For  the  purpose  of  this  study  the  term  Mexican  will  be  used  when 
referring  to  Spanish-language  agricultural  and  industrial  workers 
regardless  of  whether  they  were  native  to  the  United  States  or 
Mexico.  The  term  bracero  will  refer  exclusively  to  Mexican 
Nationals  working  in  the  United  States. 

2.  For  the  military  experiences  of  the  Mexican-American  military 
and  the  resulting  rise  in  levels  of  expectations  see:  Raul  Morin, 
Among  the  Valiant  (Los  Angeles:  Borden  Publishing  Co.,  1963), 
passim.  Mexican  expectations  coincided  with  those  of  Black 
soldiers:  Their  hope  of  improved  status  was  legitimized  by  the 
American  creed  which  emphasized  achievement  as  the  basic  norm 
for  rewards.  Strouffer,  Samuel  A.,  et.  al,  The  American  Soldier: 
Adjusting  During  Army  Life.  Vol.  L  (Princeton:  Princeton  Univer- 
sity Press,  1949),  p.  599.  "Zoot-Suit  War,"  Time  ^\  (June  21, 
1943):  pp.  18-19;  Carey  McWilliams,  "The  Zoot-Suit  Riots," 
New  Republic  108  (June  21,  1943):  pp.  818-820;  Carey 
McWilliams,  North  From  Mexico:  The  Spanish  Speaking  People  of  the 
United  States  (The  Peoples  of  America  Series,  edited  by  Louis 
Adamic),  (New  York:  J.  B.  Lippincott  Company,  1949),  pp. 
228-265;  Soloman  James  Jones,  "The  Government  Riots  of  Los 
Angeles,  June,  1943,"  Thesis,  (Los  Angeles:  University  of 
California,  1969),  passim. 

3.  Harry  Schwartz,  Seasonal  Farm  Labor  in  the  United  States  with  Special 
Reference  to  Hired  Workers  in  Fruit  and  Vegetable  and  Sugar-Beet  Pro- 
duction (New  York:  Columbia  University  Press,  1945),  p.   114. 

4.  Augustine  Redwine,  "Lovell's  Mexican  Colony," /4nna/i  o/JVj'o- 
ming  Vol.  51  (Fall,  1979):  pp.  27-35  passim. 

5.  The  Cody  Enterprise,  November  8,  1978.  For  a  general  discussion 
of  life  in  the  United  States  for  the  Mexican  family  at  this  time, 
see  Robert  C.  Jones,  "Ethnic  Family  Patterns:  The  Mexican 
Family  in  the  United  States,"  The  American  Journal  of  Sociology  53 
(May,  1948):  pp.  450-452.  Charles  P.  Loomis,  "Wartime  Migra- 
tion From  the  Rural  Spanish  Speaking  Villages  of  New  Mexico," 
Rural  Sociology  1  (December,  1942):  p.  390. 

6.  Abraham  Hoffman,  Unwanted  Mexican  Americans  in  the  Great  Depres- 
sion: Repatriation  Pressures  1929-1939  (Tucson,  Arizona:  The 
University  of  Arizona  Press,  1974),  pp.  16-17.  A  perfect  exam- 
ple of  these  attitudes  as  shown  by  Coloradoans  is  in:  Harry 
Schwartz,  Seasonal  Farm  Labor,  pp.  115-117;  Lawrence  A.  Car- 
doso, Mexican  Immigration  To  The  United  States,  1897-1931 :  Socio- 
Economic  Patterns  (Tucson,  Arizona:  The  University  of  Arizona 
Press,  1980).  See  Chapter  7:  "American  Policy  and  Attitudes, 
1918  to  1930,"  especially  pp.   124-126. 

7.  Laramie  Republican  Boomerang,  July  24,  1942;  Star  Valley  Indepen- 
dent, September  3,  1942;  Wyoming  State  Journal,  September  17, 
1942;  Thermopolis  Independent  Record,  October  15,  1942;  Sheridan 
Press.  October  20,  1942;  Minutes,  United  States  Department  of 
Agriculture,  Bureau  of  Agricultural  Economics,  Laramie,  Wyo- 
ming, June  24,  1942,  F.  P.  Lane  Chairman  of  the  State 
Agricultural  Extension  Service,  p.  3;  Billings  Gazette,  March  27, 
1942;  Wyoming  Eagle,  April  1,  1942;  Casper  Tribune  Herald,  May 
21,  1942;  Edward  L.  Schapsmeier  and  Frederich  H.  Schapsmeier, 
Encyclopedia  of  American  Agricultural  History  (Westport,  Connecticut: 
Greenwood  Press,  1975)  p.  44. 

8.  Rock  Springs  Miner,  April  12,  1942;  Riverton  Review,  April  9,1942; 
Saratoga  Sun,  May  14,  1942;  Northern  Wyoming  Daily  News,  June 
11,  1942;  Wyoming  Eagle,  June  20,  1942;  Rock  Springs  Daily  Rocket, 
March  13,  June  23,  1942;  Casper  Tribune  Herald,  April  18,  1942; 
The  Douglas  Budget,  April  4,  1942;  The  Lusk  Free  Lance,  April  29, 
1942.  The  turning  out  of  an  entire  rural  community  to  bring  in 
a  harvest,  during  a  war-time  labor  shortage,  was  a  widespread 
practice.  Harry  Schwartz,  Seasonal  Farm  Labor,  p. 24.  Sheridan  Press, 
October  7,   1942;  Northern  Wyoming  Daily  News,  June  9,   1942. 


31 


Supt'iintcndent  C.  D.  Carter  of  the  National  Defense  Training 
School  and  National  Youth  Administration  closed  school  to  allow 
the  students  to  work.  Tom  Bracken,  agricultural  agent  of  the  Holly 
Sugar  Company  in  Goshen  County  considered  the  use  of  Indians 
from  Pine  Ridge  but  noted  that  they  did  not  stay.  Goshen  County 
News.  June  11,  1942. 
9.  Riverlon  Review,  June  25,  1942;  Sheridan  Press.  June  9,  September 
9,   1942. 

10.  Riierlon  Review.  March  19,  1942.  For  a  detailed  discussion  of 
agricultural  wages  during  the  war  see  Samuel  Liss,  "Farm  Wage 
Boards  Under  the  Cooperative  E.xtension  Service  During  World 
War  II,"  Agricultural  History  27  (July,  1953);  pp.  103-108,  and 
"F'arrn  Wage  Boards  Under  the  Wage  Stabilization  Program  Dur- 
mg  World  War  U." Agricultural  History  30  (July,  1956);  pp. 
128-137.  For  the  first  year  under  the  bracero  program  see  Otey 
\I.  Scruggs,  "The  Bracero  Program  Under  the  Farm  Security 
Administration,  1942-1943, "  Labor  History  3  (Spnnir.  1962);  pp. 
149-168. 

11.  Sheridan  Press.  1,  October  6;  November  29.  1942.  Holly  Sugar 
gave  out  200  movie  tickets  as  a  reward  to  high  school  boys  who 
helped  with  the  harvest  to  see  Mickey  Rooney  in  "A  Yank  at 
Eton,"  on  December  30  and  31.  Northern  Wyoming  Daily  News, 
October  20,  1942. 

12.  Wyoming  Stock  Growers  Association,  "Wyoming's  Ranch  Labor 
Emergencv,"  July  22,  1942,  Fred  E.  Warren,  Chairman  of  the 
Executive  Committee  to  Lester  C.  Hunt,  p.  2,  Hunt  MSS, 
Western  History  Research  Center,  University  of  Wyoming, 
Laramie,  Wvoming.  The  Wyoming  Stock  Growers  Association 
estimated  labor  needed  at  this  time  was  16,824,  p.  3,  Hunt  scrap- 
book  #3,  Hunt  MSS;  Worland  News.  July  22,  1942;  Laramie 
Bulletin,  July  22,  1943. 

13.  Sheridan  Press.  July  23,   1943;  Creybull  Standard.  July  22.   1943. 

14.  Wyoming  Labor  Journal,  January  8;  May  28;  June  25,  1943.  Col- 
orado officials  estimated  that  the  transportation  cost  to  get  one 
Mexican  National  from  Mexico  City  to  Palisade,  Colorado,  was 
approximately  $100.  John  R.  McCuster,  Regional  Director  of 
the  W,u  Manpower  Commission,  to  Hunt,  September  29.  1943, 
Hum  .\ISS.  The  figure  was  in  an  attached  memorandum  from 
McCusker  to  Lawrence  A.  Appley,  Executive  Director,  War 
Manpower  Commission,  regarding  the  Colorado  Peach  Hai-\est, 
p.  3,  Hunt  MSS.  The  United  States  Senate  moved  to  provide 
agricultural  labor  as  well.  The  78th  Congress  passed  H.  J.  Res. 
96  which  became  Public  Law  45  on  April  29,  1943.  It  appropriated 
$26,000,000  to  the  Administrator  of  Food  Production  and 
Distribution  to  cover  the  costs  of  a  program  of  recruiting,  train- 
ing, and  placing  former  workers  (including  workers  imported  from 
North,  South,  and  Central  America  and  adjacent  islands).  Not 
less  than  $9,000,000  nor  more  than  $13,050,000  was  to  be  appor- 
tioned to  States  for  expenditure  by  the  agricultural  extension  ser- 
vices of  the  land-grant  colleges  in  carrying  out  the  program.  Not 
more  than  $13,050,00  was  to  be  available  to  the  Administrator 
for  direct  expenditures  in  facilitating  the  program. 

15.  Northern  Wyoming  Daily  News,  September  1,  1943;  Laramie  Daily 
Bulletin,  June  30,  \9i3:  Saratoga  Sun,  May  28,  1936;  Wyoming  State 
Tribune,]u\y  1,  1942.  McElroy  to  Hunt,  August  10,  1943.  Hunt 
MSS. 

16.  McElrpy  to  Hunt,  September  20,  1943,  Hunt  MSS. 

17.  Nelson  Gage  Copp,  "Wetbacks  and  Braceros:  Mexican  Migrant 
Laborers  and  American  Immigration  Policy,  1930-1960,"  Ph.D. 
Dissertation  (Massachusetts;  Boston  University  Graduate  School, 
1963),  p.  54.  The  agreement  was  amended  on  April  29,  1943, 
pro\iding  greater  protection  for  Mexican  Nationals.  For  a  detailed 
discussion  see  pp.  57-60;  Wayne  D.  Rasmussen,  A  History  of  the 
Emergency  Farm  Labor  Supply  Program,  1943-47  (Agriculture 
Monograph  No.  13)  (Washington,  D.C.;  U.S.  Department  of 
Agriculture,    Bureau    of  Agricultural    Economics,    September, 


26. 


1951),  pp.  202-205,  213-217,  224-225.  Dorothy  M.  Tcrcers, 
"Workers  from  Mexico,"  Bulletin  oj  the  Pan  American  Union  78 
(September,  1944):  pp.  500-506.  Proof  of  farm  labor  experience 
was  shown  by  the  prospective  bracero  showing  the  callouses  on 
his  hands.  See  picture,  p.  501. 

Robert  C.  Jones,  Mexican  War  Workers  in  the  United  States/  The 
Mexico- United  States  Manpower  Recruiting  Program  and  Its  Operation 
(Washington,  DC;  Pan  American  Union,  Division  of  Labor  and 
Social  Information,  1945),  p.   15. 

Minutes  of  Special  Meeting  of  the  Wyoming  Stale  U.S. DA.  War 
Board.  Thursday,  October  7,  1943,  O'Mahoney  MSS,  Western 
History  Research  Center,  University  of  Wyoming,  Laramie, 
Wyoming,  pp.  6-7;  Wyoming  Labor  Journal,  November  26,  1943. 
Northern  Wyoming  Daily  News,  August  28,  1943;  February  11,  1944; 
Lovell  Chronicle.  February  17,  1944;  Laramie  Daily  Boomerang, 
September  29,  1943;  Laramie  Republican,  March  17,  1944.  A.  A. 
Simpson  received  permission  to  import  Basques,  under  certain 
conditions,  on  March  18,  1944.  O'Mahoney  to  Simpson,  March 
18,  1944,  O'Mahoney  MSS.  O'Mahoney  received  notification 
from  Commissioner  Harrison,  March  17,  1944,  to  import  30  Bas- 
ques. An  interesting  development  in  April,  1944,  occurred  when 
German  prisoners  of  war  had  the  temerity  to  strike  against  work- 
ing conditions  which  were  probably  better  than  many  Mexicans 
had.  The  Germans  complained  of  leaky  barracks  and  lack  of  ben- 
ches to  sit  on  in  transportation  trucks.  Military  authorities  placed 
them  on  bread  and  water  rations  and  the  strike  quickly  ended. 
Lowell  .A.  Bangerter,  "German  Prisoners  of  War  in  Wyoming,' 
Journal  of  German-American  Studies  14  (June,  1979);  p.  90. 
Wyoming  Labor  Journal,  April  7;  July  8,  1944. 
The  yearly  figures  for  Wyoming's  importation  of  braceros  are; 
August  28,  1943  -  339;  August  1,  1944  -  1,026;  August  3,  1945 
-  405;  July  28,  1946  -  328;  Rasmussen,  Emergency  Farm  Labor, 
p.  226.  Wheatland  Times,  May  18,  1944.  A.  E.  Bowman  to  E.  V. 
Robertson,  June  9,  1944,  O'Mahoney  MSS.  James  W.  Morgan, 
"Amended  Employment  Stabilization  Program  for  the  State  ol 
Wyoming."  Mimeographed.  (Casper,  Wyoming;  War  Man- 
power Commission,   1944). 

.\.  E.  Bowman  to  Hunt,  July  5,   1944,  Hunt  MSS. 
Copp,  "Wetbacks  and  Braceros,"  p.  21. 

Robert  C.  Jones,  Mexican  War  Workers,  p.  44;  Rasmussen.  .4 
History  of  the  Emergency  Farm  Labor,  p.  228.  When  officials  quer- 
ried  braceros  in  Spanish,  a  much  greater  number  of  unanswered 
problems  became  known.  Richard  B.  Craig,  The  Bracero  Program: 
Interest  Groups  and  Foreign  Policy  (Austin;  University  of  Texas  Press, 
1971).  pp.  22-23. 

Bessie  Homer  to  O'Mahoney,  September  4,  1944,  O'Mahoney 
MSS. 

Biographical  Directory  oJ  the  American  Congress  1774-1971  (United 
States;  Government  Printing  Office,  1971),  pp.  1754-1755; 
1806-1807.  Joseph  O'Mahoney  to  Bessie  Homer,  September  25, 
1944,  O'Mahoney  MSS. 

Wyoming  Labor  Journal,  April  7,  1944.  Organized  labor  was 
generally  always  hostile  to  braceros  because  they  were  considered 
a  threat  to  domestic  labor.  StaJJ  Report  of  the  Select  Commission  on 
Immigration  and  Refugee  Policy,  April  30,  1981,  "U.S.  Immigialion 
Policv  and  the  National  Interest."  (Washington,  D.C.;  n.p., 
1981).  p.  672. 

Wvoming  Stock  Growers  Association,  "Wyoming's  Ranch  Labor 
Emergency,"  July  22,  1943.  Fred  E.  Warren,  Chairman  of  the 
Executive  Committee  to  Lester  C.  Hunt,  p.  3,  Hunt  MSS.  Dean 
L.  Williams,  "Some  Political  and  Economic  Aspects  of  Mexican 
Immigration  in  the  United  States  Since  1941;  With  Particular 
Reference  to  this  Immigration  into  the  State  of  California,"  Ph.D 
Dis.sertation  (Los  Angeles;  Univeisity  of  California,  1950),  p.  23. 
A.  .A.  Simpson  to  Chief,  Department  of  Immigration  and 
Naturalization,  Department  ofjustice,  September  22,  1943,  Hunt 


32 


MSS.  Numerous  requests  were  sent  to  other  officials  requesting 
the  use  of  Basques  to  alleviate  the  labor  shortage  in  the  sheep 
industr)'.  Buffalo  residents  encouraged  their  immigration  and  Sen. 
Joseph  C.  O'Mahoney  and  Hunt  attempted  to  expedite  the  pro- 
cess. Hunt  to  William  C.  Holland,  Buffalo,  July  26,  1943;  Hunt 
to  Department  of  Immigration  and  Naturalization,  Department 
of  Justice,  July  26,  1943;  A.  A.  Simpson  to  Hunt,  April  14,  1944, 
Hunt  MSS. 

31.  J.  B.  Wilson  to  O'Mahoney,  February  22,  1945,  O'Mahoney 
MSS. 

32.  Juan  Ramon  Garcia,  Operation  Wetback:  The  Mass  Deportation  of 
Mexican  Undocumented  Workers  in  1954,  (Westport,  Connecticut: 
Greenwood  Press,  1980),  p.  34. 

33.  For  a  short  biographical  sketch  of  Laird  see  The  Northern  Wyo- 
ming Daily  News,  August  24,  1950.  Lopez  Lira  received  no 
allowance  for  travel  or  other  expenses.  Robert  C.  Jones,  Mexican 
War  Workers,  p.  13.  Wyoming  State  Tribune,  September  19,  1943. 

34.  McElroy  to  Hunt,  September  20,  1943,  Hunt  MSS.  Quoted  and 
briefly  described  in  T.  A.  Larson,  Wyoming's  War  Years  J 941 -1945, 
(Laramie,  Wyoming:  The  University  of  Wyoming,  1954),  p.  62. 

35.  McElroy  to  Hunt,  September  20,  1943,  Hunt  MSS. 

36.  Basin  Republican  Rustler,  September  23,  1943;  November  11,  1943. 

37.  Sheridan  Press,  September  16,  1946.  McElroy  to  Hunt,  September 
20,  1943,  Hunt  MSS. 

38.  McElroy  to  Hunt,  September  20,  1943,  Hunt  MSS. 

39.  Ibid. 

40.  Pastor  to  Hunt,  July  13,  1944,  Hunt  MSS.  T.  A.  Larson,  Wyo- 
ming's War  Years,  p.   162. 

41.  Hunt  to  Roush,  July  14,  1944,  Hunt  MSS. 

42.  Scott  to  Hunt,  September  13,  1944,  Hunt  MSS. 

43.  O'Mahoney  to  Hunt,  September  29,  1944,  O'Mahoney  MSS. 

44.  Ernesto  Galarza,  Merchants  of  Labor:  The  Mexican  Bracero  Story:  An 
Account  of  the  Managed  Migration  of  Mexican  Farm  Workers  in  Califor- 
nia: 1942-1960  (Santa  Barbara,  California:  McNally  &  Loftin, 
Publishers,  1964),  p.  153.  Guy  to  Burton,  January  10,  1945, 
O'Mahoney  MSS.  Burton  to  Holly  Sugar  Corporation  (Copy), 
January  10,  1945.  O'Mahoney  MSS.  Rasmussen,  A  History  of 
the  Emergency  Farm  Labor,  p.  232. 

45.  McElroy  to  Hunt,  September  20,  1943,  Hunt  MSS.  A.  E. 
Bowman,  Director  of  the  Extension  Service,  provided  a  tabula- 
tion of  men  from  the  eastern  counties  of  Oklahoma  for  use  in 
the  hay  fields  of  southwestern  Wyoming  dated  September  21, 
1943. 

46.  A.  E.  Bowman  report  to  the  Members  of  the  State  Emergency 
Farm  Labor  Committee.  McElroy  to  Hunt,  September  20,  1943, 
Hunt  MSS. 

47.  Joseph  O'Mahoney  to  J.  Bryan  Wilson,  January  22,  1945; 
O'Mahoney  to  H.  W.  Vallee,  January  16,  1945,  O'Mahoney 
MSS.  Vallee  to  Joseph  O'Mahoney;  E.  V.  Robertson  to  Con- 
gressman Frank  A.  Barrett,  January  11,  1945,  O'Mahoney  MSS. 
Composite  of  earnings  for  1,440  Mexican  Nationals  employed 
in  the  state  of  Wyoming  for  the  1 944  season .  By  Sponsoring  Com- 
mittees, Compiled  by  the  War  Food  Administration,  Office  of 
Labor,  Basin,  Wyoming,  Paul  Gallegos,  Area  Representative. 
Gorst  to  Brigadier  General  Philip  G.  Burton,  Office  of  Labor  War 
Food  Administration,  Washington,  D.C.,  January  10,  1945, 
O'Mahoney  MSS. 

48.  Burton  to  Bowman;  T.  L.  Bonnen  to  O'Mahoney,  September 
20,  1944,  O'Mahoney  MSS;  Telegram,  Brown  to  O'Mahoney, 
September  26,  1944,  O'Mahoney  MSS;  Phifer  to  O'Mahoney, 
September  22,  1944,  O'Mahoney  MSS;  Joseph  O'Mahoney  to 
Gorst,  September  23,  1944,  O'Mahoney  MSS. 

49.  Hunt  to  O'Mahoney,  October  17,  1944,  O'Mahoney  MSS; 
William  M.  Lynn  to  O'Mahoney,  October  14,  1944,  O'Mahoney 


MSS.  O'Mahoney  to  Harold  D.  Smith,  Director,  Bureau  of  the 
Budget,  December  5,  1944,  O'Mahoney  MSS. 

50.  Hunt  to  Kellam,  May  9,  1945,  Hunt  MSS.  Hunt  to  Pastor,  May 
9,  1945,  Hunt  MSS. 

51.  Wyoming  Labor  Journal,  September  1,  1944,  p.   12. 

52.  For  a  discussion  of  the  disparity  in  wages  see  Wyoming  Crop 
Reporting  Service,  Wyoming  Agriculture  Bulletin  No.  75  (Wyoming: 
Compiled  jointly  by  Wyoming  and  United  States  Departments 
of  Agriculture,  Division  of  Agricultural  Statistics,  December, 
1943),  p.  55.  Wyoming  Labor  Journal,  July  2,  1943,  p.  3.  Braceros 
working  for  railroads  earned  57  cents  an  hour.  Robert  C.  Jones, 
Mexican   War  Workers,  p.  31. 

53.  On  July  30,  1942,  the  Fair  Employment  Practices  Commission 
was  transferred  to  the  War  Manpower  Commission  and  was 
subsequently  abolished  by  Executive  Order  9346  of  May  27,  1943. 
The  FEPC  was  recreated  as  an  independent  agency  within  the 
Office  for  Emergency  Management  on  the  same  day.  Civilian  Agen- 
cies: Federal  Records  of  World  War  U.  (Washington,  D.C. :  The  Na- 
tional Archives,  National  Archives  and  Records  Service,  1947), 
p.  527.  A  copy  of  the  order  is  in  Yearbook  of  American  Labor,  Vol 
\:  War  Labor  Policies  (New  York:  Philosophical  Library,  [1945]), 
pp.  393,  627. 

54.  Yearbook  of  American  Labor,  p.  399.  General  findings  and  direc- 
tives of  this  investigation  can  be  found  on  p.  400.  O'Mahoney 
to  Mr.  Mack  Hernandez,  March  22,  1944.  The  "Findings  and 
Directives"  of  the  hearings  were  forwarded  to  O'Mahoney  by 
George  M.Johnson,  Deputy  Chairman  of  the  President's  Com- 
mittee on  Fair  Employment  Practices  on  March  21 ,  1944,  George 
M.Johnson  to  O'Mahoney,  March  21,  1944,  O'Mahoney  MSS. 

55.  Malcolm  Ross,  Summary,  Findings  and  Directives  in  Re  Union  Pacific 
Railroad  Company  International  Association  of  Machinists  and  Interna- 
tional Brotherhood  of  Boilermakers,  Iron  Shipbuilders  and  Helpers  of 
America  (Washington,  D.C:  Public  Hearings  Held  Before  the 
President's  Committee  on  Fair  Employment  Practice,  September 
15-18,  1943),  p.  1.  (Unpublished  typescript),  O'Mahoney  MSS. 


Ibid. . 

Ibid. , 

Ibid. 

Ibid. 

Ibid. 

Ibid. , 

Ibid. , 

Ibid. 

Ibid. , 

Ibid. , 

Harvard  Sitkoff,  "Racial  Militancy  and  Interracial  Violence  in 

the  Second  World  V^  ar ,"  Journal  of  American  History  58  (December, 

1971):  661-681. 

Yearbook  of  American  Labor,  p.  400.  For  the  impact  of  the  hearings 

upon  Roosevelt  administration  officials  see  John  Morton  Blum, 

V  Was  For  Victory:  Politics  and  American  Culture  During  World  War 

II.  (New  York:  Harcourt,  Brace,  Jovanovich,  1976),  pp.  198-99. 

Wyoming  Labor  Journal,  January  8,  1943,  p.  1;  The  New  York  'Times, 

August  26,  1944. 

For  a  general  description  of  Mexicans  vis-a-vis  other  nationalities 

in  Wyoming  see  Gordon  O.   Hendrickson,   "Immigration  and 

Assimilation  in  Wyoming,"  Peopling  The  High  Plains,   Wyoming's 

European    Heritage    (Edited     by    Gordon     Olaf    Hendrickson), 

(Cheyenne:  Wyoming  State  Archives  and  Historical  Department, 

1977),  p.   184. 

Matt  S.  Meier  and  Feliciono  Rivera,  The  Chicanes:  A  History  of 

Mexican  Americans,  (New  York:  Hill  and  Wang,  1972).  See  Chapter 

11:   "Heros,  Second  Class"  and  Chapter  12:   "Braceros." 


33 


THE 


NATIONAL  BANK 
FAILURES 

IN 

WYOMING, 

1924 


By  Peter  W.  Huntoon 


National  banks  in  Wyoming,  1871-1935. 


GRAPHS  COURTESY  OF  THE  AUTHOR 


34 


The  Great  Depression  for  the  typical  Wyomingite 
began  in  the  early  1920s — not  with  the  later  collapse  which 
precipitated  the  bank  holiday  in  1933.  In  fact,  people  who 
lived  through  the  depression  years,  repeatedly  say  they 
felt  the  most  suffering  in  the  twenties.  The  thirties  just 
seemed  like  more  of  the  same.  This  situation  prevailed 
in  just  about  every  area  of  the  country  dominated  by  an 
agricultural  economy. 

Every  crisis,  especially  one  involving  money,  has  seers 
who  purport  to  know  why  "disaster  is  upon  us,"  and  of 
course  why  "the  other  guys  are  to  blame."  With  years 
hindsight  improves  and  real  truths  tend  to  emerge  from 
the  ashes.  Quite  often,  such  as  in  this  case,  the  fault  falls 
rather  uniformly  over  the  whole  crowd. 

The  collapse  of  the  1920s,  which  is  the  focus  of  this 
article,  resulted  to  a  large  extent  from  the  very  founda- 
tion of  American  success  and  greatness — unbounded 
optimism.  The  more  cynical  will  claim  that  the  root  of 
the  problem  was  greed — but  what  is  the  difference  when 
it  comes  to  matters  of  money? 

Much  of  the  blame  for  the  economic  failures  of  the 
1920s  rests  squarely  on  the  institution  of  banking.  What 
happened  to  the  Wyoming  national  banks  was  repeated 
many  times  over  in  the  state  banking  system.  In  fact,  the 
mess  with  the  national  banks  is  too  narrow  a  perspective 
to  understand  this  period.  Statistics  of  the  competing  state 
banks  must  be  used  to  round  out  this  story. 

The  economics  of  the  early  1920s  were  shrouded  in 
a  blanket  of  smoke  coming  from  Washington  and  myths 
spread  by  influential  financial  circles.  The  "bottom  line" 
from  these  sources  was  that  a  little  recession  was  good  for 
the  soul.  There  was  complete  indifference  to  the  citizens 
comprising  the  bottom  of  the  pyramid.  The  farmers  and 
laborers  of  that  era  were  treated  with  what  appears  to  be 
callous  disregard  as  the  rich  scrambled  for  more.  Certainly 
financial  safeguards  have  been  built  into  the  system — 
Federal  Deposit  Insurance,  better  securities  laws,  etc. — 
but  those  innocents  who  walked  into  all  those  early  banks 
and  blithely  placed  their  savings  on  the  counter  had  the 
same  major  human  flaw — unbinded  optimism.  "Things 
can  only  get  better — it  can't  happen  to  me!" 

Figure  1  shows  a  record  of  the  number  of  Wyoming 
national  banks  in  operation  for  each  year  during  the 
National  Bank  Note  issuing  period.  As  1921  came  to  a 
close,  there  were  47  operating  national  banks  in  Wyoming. 
During  the  next  eight  years,  one  new  bank  would  open 
(First  National  Bank  of  Parco)  and  one  bank  would  totally 
reorganize  under  a  new  charter  (First  National  Bank  of 
Thermopolis).  In  contrast,  23  banks  would  go  out  of 
business,  10  as  failures.  All  the  failures  were  compressed 
into  the  years  1923-1924.  Many  of  the  other  13  banks  were 
so  weakened  during  this  period  that  they  had  to  seek  exits 


through  the  merger  or  liquidation  route  before  the  end 
of  1929.  (See  Tables.) 

Nothing  dominates  Figure  1  more  than  the  precipitous 
drop  in  1924.  In  that  year  national  bank  casualties 
included  nine  receiverships  and  four  liquidations  or  con- 
solidations. Thirteen  banks  in  all,  or  30  percent  of  the 

1923  total,  were  gone  in  just  11  months.  One  of  the 
receiverships,  the  Powell  National  Bank,  was  restored  to 
solvency  but  remained  sufficiently  crippled  that  its  presi- 
dent, J.  E.  Dowling,  resumed  business  only  to  wind  up 
its  affairs  in  order  to  honorably  liquidate  in  1929. 

Figure  2,  which  shows  the  total  resources  of  the 
national  banks,  illustrates  that  the  1924  dip  was  severe, 
down  $15.7  million  or  25  percent  from  year  end  1923 
figures.  The  reality  that  resources  were  down  25  percent 
as  compared  to  a  30  percent  decline  in  the  number  of 
banks  illustrates  that  losses  were  disproportionately  borne 
by  the  over-extended  smaller  banks.  This  was,  in  fact, 
the  case. 

The  remarkable  fact  for  Wyoming  was  that  the 
national  bank  shakeout  during  the  1920s  was  so  complete, 
there  were  no  failures  or  liquidations  in  the  depression 
years  of  the  thirties.  This  record  was  attained  even  though 
the  dip  in  resources  in  the  early  1930s  recorded  on  Figure 
2  was  percentagewise  somewhat  greater  than  that  of  the 

1924  period.  By  the  1930s  Wyoming's  national  banks  were 
financially  postured  and  sufficiently  case  hardened  to 
weather  the  storm.  Clearly  by  the  end  of  1936,  national 
bank  resources  had  bounded  back  to  pre-bank  holiday  con- 
ditions, indicating  an  intrinsic  strength  in  the  surviving 
banks  as  well  as  gains  in  economic  recovery,  or  at  least 
a  new  stability  in  the  adjusted  Wyoming  economy. 

If  things  looked  bleak  on  the  national  bank  front  in 
Wyoming  during  the  early  1920s,  they  were  nothing  short 
of  horrendous  for  the  state  and  private  banks  (Figures  3 
and  4).  The  purge  involving  the  state  supervised  banks 
began  in  1920  and  lasted  well  into  the  1930  depression 
years  with  but  a  slight  lull  in  1928  and  1929. 

On  February  28,  1920,  the  Wyoming  State  Examiner 
reported  a  record  110  state  and  private  banks.'  This 
number  continued  to  grow  with  the  chartering  of  five  more 
banks  before  May  4,  1920.  However,  during  that  short 
period  two  banks  went  out  of  business  through  liquida- 
tions or  mergers.  The  number  of  active  state  and  private 
banks  therefore  stood  at  113,  a  record  figure  that  would 
hold  only  through  the  first  week  of  September. 

During  June,  1920,  a  harbinger  of  events  to  come 
descended  when  the  Bank  of  Arvada  failed.  This  marked 
Wyoming's  first  bank  failure  since  December,  1903.^ 
Between  February  20,  1920,  and  December  31,  1927,  a 


"Forty-seven  of  the  76  closings  were  outright  failures,  not  counting  three  banks 
which  failed  but  later  reopened." 


35 


total  of  133  state  and  private  banks  engaged  in  business 
in  Wyoming.'  But  the  grim  reaper  had  already  arrived 
with  a  voracious  appetite  in  1920  and  would  begin  drop- 
ping his  checkered  flag  over  no  less  than  76  (57  percent) 
of  these  institutions  within  the  next  seven  years  (see  table, 
pages  42-43).  Forty-seven  of  the  76  closings  were  outright 
failures,  not  counting  three  banks  which  failed  but  later 
reopened.  The  remaining  29  banks  disappeared  through 
mergers  or  liquidations. 

Failures  in  the  state  banking  system  continued  to 
wreak  havoc  through  the  mid- 1930s.  Thousands  of  depos- 
itors found  their  funds  tied  up  in  receiverships  that  paid 
dividends  slowly  and  which  returned  only  fractions  of  the 
original  deposits.  By  the  end  of  1927,  the  1920  total  of 
1 13  state  and  private  banks  was  decimated  to  57;  by  the 
end  of  1936  the  total  was  down  to  32.* 

The  major  impact  of  World  War  I  on  the  frontier  state 
of  Wyoming  was  an  unprecedented  boom  in  agriculture. 
The  number  of  cattle  almost  doubled  between  1914  and 
1918  and  prices  went  through  the  roof.*  By  1920,  steers 
were  selling  for  $150  per  head.  Another  factor  contributing 
to  the  boom  was  Wyoming  was  still  open  to  homesteading. 
In  fact,  incentives  to  homestead  nonirrigable  lands  were 
increased  by  an  act  dated  February  19,  1909,  which 
doubled  the  free  land  available  under  the  original  1862 
Homestead  Act  to  320  acres. ^  As  prices  for  grains  began 
their  spiraling  climb  in  response  to  the  war  effort,  dryland 


homesteaders  found  it  profitable  to  plant  crops  such  as 
wheat. 

The  boom  was  fueled  by  feverish  speculation  in  bank- 
ing and  real  estate.  The  inflation  in  agricultural  com- 
modities coupled  with  euphoria  that  prosperity  was  here 
to  stay  created  a  climate  where  banks  loaned  readily  to 
dryland  homesteaders  on  the  promise  of  continued  pro- 
duction, and  to  stockmen  on  vastly  inflated  range  herds 
now  heavily  populating  the  state.  Dozens  of  new  banks 
were  organized  on  shoestrings  in  order  to  capitalize  these 
ventures.  Inflation  multiplied  the  values  of  the  land,  stock 
and  grain  resources  which  could  be  credited  on  the  positive 
side  of  bank  ledgers  as  collateral  against  loans. 

The  overheated  economy  had  sufficient  momentum 
that  it  careened  unabated  for  a  year  after  the  armistice 
on  November  11,  1918.  However,  after  the  war  several 
factors  converged.  Among  them  were  hoards  of  returned 
soldiers  thrust  into  an  economy  totally  unprepared  for 
them.  No  massive  federal  programs  awaited  them  to  insure 
their  orderly  assimilation  into  their  homeland  economy. 
Unemployment  became  a  major  concern.  A  major  shock 
was  the  shattered  European  economy.  Left  to  its  own 
devices,  the  recovery  of  the  devastated  European  economy 
floundered.  Without  even  a  hint  of  prosperity  in  Europe, 
that  major  agricultural  market  dried  up  overnight. 

By  the  end  of  1920,  the  peak  of  prosperity  had  passed 
and  American  agriculture  in  general,  and  western  agri- 


Figure  2 


Total  resources  of  national  banks  operating  in  Wyoming,   1871-1935. 


36 


Wyoming  National  Banks  which  failed  or  liquidated  during  the  ten  years  1921  to  1930.  (Data  from  Comptroller  of  the  Currency,  various  dates.) 


Bank 


Reason  for  Failure 


FAILED: 

Rock  River 

Manville 

Lusk 

Lingle 

Torrington 

Powell 

Newcastle 

Basin 

Cheyenne 

Cheyenne 

Torrington 

LIQUIDATED: 

Newcastle 

Douglas 

Casper 

Rawlins 

Shoshoni 

Worland 

Thermopolis 

Casper 

Hanna 

Rock  Springs 

Parco 

Casper 

Sheridan 

Powell 


First  National  Bank 
First  National  Bank 
First  National  Bank 
First  National  Bank 
Torrington  National  Bank 
Powell  National  Bank 
First  National  Bank 
First  National  Bank 
First  National  Bank 
Citizens  National  Bank 
First  National  Bank 


Newcastle  National  Bank 
First  National  Bank 
National  Bank  of  Commerce 
Stockgrowers  National  Bank 
First  National  Bank 
First  National  Bank 
First  National  Bank  of 
Citizens  National  Bank 
First  National  Bank 
First  National  Bank 
First  National  Bank 
Stockmen's  National  Bank 
Sheridan  National  Bank 
Powell  National  Bank 


Large  losses,  defalcation  of  officers 

Heavy  withdrawals 

Depleted  reserve 

Unable  to  realize  on  assets 

Heavy  withdrawals 

Heavy  withdrawals 

Large  losses,  withdrawals,  and  insufficient  credit 

Depreciation  of  securities 

Injudicious  Banking 

Unable  to  realize  on  assets 

Local  financial  conditions 


June  14,  1923 
Dec.  11,  1923 
Feb.  7,  1924 
Mar.  19,  1924 
Mar.  19,  1924 
Mar.  27,  1924 
June  12,  1924 
June  14,  1924 
July  9,  1924 
July  21,  1924 
Dec.  16,  1924 

Dec.  1,  1922 
Dec.  15,  1923 
July  18,  1924 
Oct.  28,  1924 
Nov.  29,  1924 
Dec.  29,  1924 
Feb.  21,  1925 
April  19,  1927 
May  2,  1927 
Nov.  7,  1927 
Dec.  31,  1927 
Feb.  11,  1928 
Mar.  10,  1928 
Feb.  2,  1929 


Figure  3 


State,  private  and  savings  banks,  and  trust  companies  operating  in  Wyoming,  1911-1936. 


37 


culture  in  particular,  began  reeling  from  the  severe 
contraction  as  overproduced  agricultural  commodities 
competed  for  a  seemingly  bottomless  floor. 

John  T.  McDonald,  eastern  Wyoming  banker, 
lamented  in  his  1924  address  as  president  of  the  Wyo- 
ming Bankers  Association,  that  in  Wyoming  $150  steers 
fell  to  $60,  cows  went  from  $75  to  $25,  choice  farmland 
from  $250  to  $75  an  acre,  and  Torrington  potatoes  were 
a  glut  at  40  cents  per  100  pounds.'  In  retrospect, 
McDonald's  anxiety  was  particularly  poignant.  Every  one 
of  the  banks  in  which  he  held  a  major  interest  was  gone 
by  the  end  of  the  year,  including  the  flagship  of  the  chain, 
the  First  National  Bank  of  Torrington. 

During  this  period,  bankers  left  records  that  bring 
sympathy  to  their  plight.^  But  what  of  the  farmers  who 
plowed  the  eastern  Wyoming  prairie  in  response  to 
patriotic  urgings  and  profit  incentives  during  the  war 
years?  Many,  faced  with  bank  loans  based  on  boom  land 
and  commodity  prices,  and  sales  of  crops  at  below  cost, 
quietly  walked  away  from  their  farms.  It  was  a  precursor 
of  the  great  midwestern  migration  that  would  occur  in 
the  next  decade.  Wyoming  bankers  were  left  holding  the 
bag  and  they  searched  frantically  for  scapegoats. 

On  the  front  page  of  the  Wednesday,  July  9,  1924, 
Wyoming  State  Leader  of  Cheyenne,  is  a  second  level 
headline  announcing  "Two  National  Banks  Closed  in 
Cheyenne."  The  casualties  were  the  First  National  Bank 
of  Cheyenne,  which  was  the  first  national  bank  chartered 
in  Wyoming,  and  Citizens  National  Bank  of  Cheyenne. 
George  Abbott,  president  of  the  First  National,  stated  in 
an  interview  that  there  were  three  reasons  for  his  failure: 
depreciation  in  cattle,  agricultural  commodities  and  land; 
excessive  taxation;  and  the  policy  of  his  bank  of  going  to 
the  aid  of  other  faltering  banks  in  the  region.  Faltering 
they  were — the  next  day  the  Leader  reported  the  closing 
of  four  more  Wyoming  state  banks  and  one  in  a  nearby 
town  in  Colorado.' 

Others  offered  reasons  for  the  economic  blight.  R.  W. 
Collins  in  addressing  the  Wyoming  Bankers  Association, 
saw  roots  of  the  problem  in  the  dry  summer  of  1919  and 
severe  winter  that  followed  (see  Figure  5).  He  concluded 
that  this  stunned  the  agricultural  sector,  a  reverse  that 
was  compounded  with  the  "bad  luck"  of  falling  prices. 
In  his  address  he  also  complained  of  the  inadequacy  of 
bank  examinations,  both  state  and  national,  which  could 
have  aided  the  banker.  "They  were  not  qualified  to  give 
us  the  words  of  caution  that  most  of  us  needed  at  the 
time."'"  The  words  of  caution  that  Collins,  the  exper- 
ienced Wyoming  banker,  wanted  from  the  examiners  were 
in  his  words:  "Had  our  loans  of  1919  and  1920  been  based 
on  livestock  values  covering  a  period  of  years,  had  the 
loans  been  made  only  to  men  who  understood  the  business 
and  who  were  equipped  to  properly  take  care  of  their  stock, 
had  we  always  kept  in  mind  normal  values  in  place  of  the 
inflated  values  of  the  period,  we  would  have  escaped  the 
headaches  that  came  to  us."" 


The  perspective  of  State  Bank  Examiner  Newlin  was 
one  of  foresight  in  1918.'^  He  recommended  legislation 
forcing  directors  of  state  banks  to  own  at  least  five  per- 
cent of  the  capital  stock  of  their  banks  rather  than  the  cur- 
rent one  percent,  thus  encouraging  them  to  look  after  their 
investments  more  seriously.  He  also  favored  a  law  pro- 
hibiting officers  and  directors  from  borrowing  amounts 
in  excess  of  10  percent  of  the  capital  and  surplus  of  their 
banks. 

The  word  "surplus"  was  missing  from  the 
vocabularies  of  many  state  bankers.  It  was  common  prac- 
tice for  state  banks  to  declare  dividends  to  shareholders 
which  wiped  out  all  accumulated  surpluses.  Newlin  wanted 
to  see  a  provision  whereby  banks  would  over  a  period  of 
time  be  forced  to  accumulate  surpluses  amounting  to  at 
least  50  percent  of  the  capital,  protecting  depositors  from 
the  full  risks  of  bad  debts. '^ 

In  1920  State  Examiner  R.  J.  Hoffman  reiterated 
these  legislative  pleas,  further  requesting  that  the  banks 
pay  a  fee  for  examinations,  thus  facilitating  the  duties  of 
his  department  in  supervising  the  banks.'*  By  the  time 
of  Hoffman's  report,  the  dry  summer  of  1919  and  bad 
winter  of  1920  were  history,  and  he  reported:  "The  banks 
throughout  the  state  have  been  placed  under  a  severe  strain 
in  order  to  meet  the  credit  demands  of  their  customers. 
They  were  obliged  to  finance  them  in  shipping  stock  into 
other  svates  where  feed  was  available  and  in  buying  feed 
at  high  prices  for  stock  held  in  the  state.  As  a  consequence, 
the  banks  were  obliged  to  strain  their  credit  to  the  limit 
and  borrowed  large  amounts  through  rediscounts  and  bills 
payable.  About  half  the  state  banks  have  been  running 
on  low  reserves  during  the  present  year." 

By  the  time  Hoffman  filed  his  1922  biennial  report 
in  October,  he  had  seen  11  state  bank  failures,  only  one 
from  his  preceding  biennium.  He  could  only  report:  "This 
period  has  undoubtedly  been  one  of  the  hardest  through 
which  the  banks  of  this  state  have  ever  gone  ....  The 
experiences  of  this  department  for  the  last  two  years  have 
brought  out  many  weaknesses  of  our  present  banking  laws 
.  .  .  ."'^  He  recommended  increasing  the  capital  required 
to  organize  a  state  bank  from  $10,000  to  $25,000,  plac- 
ing a  limit  on  the  amount  of  business  that  could  be  con- 
ducted by  banks  based  on  capital  invested,  fixing  limits 
on  the  rediscounting  of  assets  and  practice  of  endorsing 
paper  "without  recourse,"  requiring  that  officers  and 
employees  furnish  security  bonds,  and  making  it  impossi- 
ble for  a  stockholder  to  sell  his  stock  in  a  failing  bank  in 
an  effort  to  escape  liability."^  The  previous  calls  for  legisla- 
tion to  create  surplus  accounts  and  restricting  loans  to  offi- 
cers and  directors  were  again  reiterated. 

Banking  in  Wyoming,  both  state  and  national,  suf- 
fered enormous  damage.  The  crunch  focused  on  banks 
heavily  extended  to  the  eastern  dryland  farmers  and  banks 
throughout  the  state  which  carried  stockgrowers  involved 
in  both  cattle  and  sheep.  The  burden  fell  dominantly  on 
undercapitalized  rural  banks,  and  heavily  on  banks  formed 


38 


?i8»tiomalt«iHPeiM-5r  Ji?'i;? 


IJHITEDSmESDFAHERlM*^; 


'V681726D 


g   wai^^e^m   9289 


Prior  to  1936,  national  banks  had  the  privilege  of  issuing  currency  bearing  the  bank  title  and  signatures  of  two  bank  officers.  This 
currency,  printed  in  Washington,  DC,  was  secured  by  bonds  deposited  by  the  banks  with  the  U.S.  Treasurer.  The  "circulation" 
of  a  bank  was  the  total  dollar  value  of  its  outstanding  notes  at  any  given  time. 


(BONDS  COURTESY  OF  THE  AUTHOR) 


39 


during  the  rising  curve  of  the  World  War  I  years. 
National  banks  as  well  as  state  banks  in  similar  cir- 
cumstances suffered  equally. 

Wyoming  Bankers  Association  President  McDonald, 
on  the  eve  of  his  own  tragic  bank  failures,  was  driven  to 
new  insights.  He  observed:  "The  past  three  annual 
meetings  of  this  Association  have  been  filled  with  the 
lugubrious  moans  of  the  deflated,  those  in  course  of  defla- 
tion, and  those  about  to  be  deflated,  plus  the  loud 
assurances  of  wise  men  out  of  the  East  that  deflation  is 
good  for  the  soul,  and  that  a  little  hair  of  the  dog  that 
bit  it  will  cure  the  pain  .  .   ."" 

McDonald  went  on  with  wry  cynicism: 

It  has  been  said  that  a  period  of  depression  is  nothing  more 

than  a  state  of  mind.  This  saying  is  supported  by  biblical 

authority:  'As  a  man  thinketh,  so  is  he.'  According  to  this 

reasoning,  all  that  we  of  the  Northwest  have  to  do  to  bring 

about  an  unprecedented  era  of  prosperity  is  vote  Republican, 

wear  a  silly  smile  and  chant  sweetly  with  Coue:  'Every  day 

in  every  way,  we  are  getting  better  and  better.' 

As  McDonald  spoke  on  September  5,  1924,  the  system 

upon  which  he  had  optimistically  built  his  own  house  of 

cards  was  pulling  the  rug  from  under  him. 

Because  banking  is  a  human  endeavor,  it  is  never  suf- 
ficient to  develop  a  simple  list  of  the  banks  involved  in 
a  period  such  as  described  here.  The  true  fascination 
comes  in  discovering  who  was  involved,  how  they 
operated,  and  with  whom  they  associated.  The  existing 
record  is  skeletal  at  best.  Missing  are  minutes  of  board 
meetings  which  would  provide  clues  into  interpersonal 
interactions  and  motives.  Vague  hints — often  incomplete 
— which  drop  a  few  names  here  and  there  to  titillate  the 
curiosity  are  all  that  can  be  found. 

Of  the  76  banks  which  failed,  consolidated  or  liquid- 
ated during  the  1920  to  1926  period,  a  hst  of  1920-1921 
presidents  and  cashiers  for  all  but  one  bank  from  state 
examiner  reports  was  compiled.'*  In  two  boxes  of  mixed 
records  in  the  State  Examiner's  office  were  incorporation 
papers  for  36  of  the  76  deceased  1920-1926  banks  span- 
ning the  years  1894  to  1922. '^  Although  these  records 
involved  only  about  half  of  the  banks  of  interest,  the  ini- 
tial lists  of  incorporators  and  shareholders  were  reveal- 
ing. In  the  same  boxes  were  charters  for  31  of  the  76  banks, 
some  for  banks  other  than  those  represented  in  the  articles 
of  incorporation.  Names  and  dates  gleaned  from  these 
various  sources  could  be  compared  to  national  bank  data 
to  help  flesh  out  the  total  state  bank  scene. ^^ 

In  the  majority  of  cases,  the  state  and  national  banks 
were  separate  entities,  each  with  independent  officers  and 
shareholders.  However,  in  a  number  of  cases  were  similar 
lists  of  shareholders,  interlocking  officers,  and  surprising 
alliances  between  members  of  distinctly  different  groups 
of  bankers  joining  in  new  ventures.  The  terse  summaries 
that  follow  are  based  on  the  incomplete  data  developed 
from  these  sources. 

On  October  6,  1908,  Henry  S.  Clarke,  Jr.,  John  T. 
McDonald,  and  E.  P.  Perry  organized  the  First  National 

40 


Bank  of  Torrington.^'  It  appears  that  this  was  the  first 
bank  that  they  became  involved  with  in  Wyoming,  so  the 
bank  would  serve  as  the  flagship  for  their  future  chain. 
Torrington  is  located  along  the  North  Platte  River  just 
west  of  the  Nebraska  state  line  and  is  the  center  of  a  large 
farming  region  comprised  of  both  dryland  and  irrigated 
crop  land.  This  district  was  one  of  the  most  seriously 
impacted  of  the  boom-bust  agricultural  areas. 

Clarke,  apparently  always  in  the  company  of 
McDonald,  and  usually  with  Perry,  founded  or  gained 
a  controlling  interest  in  five  state  banks:  Torrington  State 
Bank,  Lingle  State  Bank,  Fort  Laramie  State  Bank,  Com- 
mercial State  Bank  of  Guernsey,  and  the  Cheyenne  State 
Bank.  With  the  exception  of  the  Cheyenne  State  Bank, 
each  of  these  enterprises  was  situated  in  a  town  along  U.S. 
Highway  26  where  it  parallels  the  North  Platte  River  just 
west  of  Torrington. 

The  Torrington  State  Bank,  their  selfmade  competitor 
to  the  First  National,  did  not  fail,  but  rather  it  went  out 
of  business  in  the  winter  of  1 9 1 8- 1 9 1 9 .  Apparently  it  finally 
merged  with  the  First  National  Bank.  All  the  banks  in 
the  chain  were  modest  in  terms  of  total  resources  for  their 
settings,  including  the  First  National  Bank  of  Torrington. 
Each  was  feeding  off  the  speculative  boom  in  agriculture 
taking  place  in  the  Platte  Valley.  The  move  to  acquire 
control  over  the  Cheyenne  State  Bank  can  be  seen  as  a 
sign  of  growing  confidence  as  these  men  rode  to  the  crest 
of  the  boom. 


t40 


Total  resources  of  state,  private  and  savings  banks,  and  trust 
companies  operating  in  Wyoming,  1911-1936. 


The  post- 1920  deflation  in  agriculture  seriously 
depleted  reserves,  and  suddenly  in  1924,  Wyoming  was 
overtaken  by  one  of  its  worst  drought  years  on  record  (see 
Figure  5).  Depositors  began  to  panic  as  they  realized  the 
banks  containing  their  funds  could  not  collect  on  delin- 
quent loans. 

The  Fort  Laramie  State  Bank  disappeared  early  in 
1924.  The  Lingle  State  and  Cheyenne  State  banks  went 
into  receiverships  on  December  10,  1924.  The  First 
National  Bank  of  Torrington  failed  and  was  placed  in 
receivership  on  December  16.  The  Commercial  State 
Bank  of  Guernsey  also  was  gone  by  the  end  of  December 
but  how  and  why  remains  a  mystery.  It  probably  failed 
along  with  the  others  in  mid-December.  J.  T.  McDonald, 
president  of  the  Wyoming  Bankers  Association,  was  no 
longer  in  banking.  Another  area  banker  was  in  similar 
trouble. 

Benjamin  Franklin  Yoder  joined  the  eastern  Wyoming 
banking  fraternity  in  a  big  way  between  1917  and  1919.^^ 
This  was  the  height  of  the  boom  and  a  period  during  which 
people  had  convinced  themselves  that  prosperity  was  here 
to  stay.  Like  the  Clarke  group,  Yoder  focused  his  atten- 
tion on  the  agricultural  belt  surrounding  the  North  Platte 
Valley,  but  his  influence  spread  to  towns  more  distant 
from  the  river. 

Yoder's  style  was  highly  visible.  He  usually  installed 
himself  as  president  of  the  banks  which  he  controlled.  In 
1922  his  chain  included  the  Glendo  State  Bank  and  Bank 


Figure  5 


o 

o 

O 

CVi 

to 

* 

2? 

2? 

o» 

1 

1     1 

1       1      1 

1     1      1     1     1 

1 

(O 

UJ 

— 

I 
o 

UJ 

_i 

z 
o 

- 

?20- 

1- 
< 

1- 
ca 
z     .» 

^  i   f"\ 

— 

z 
o 

1- 

l-6v 

- 

< 

\ '. '  /  ^/ 

— 

F 

v  1 

\     \ 

Q. 

\ 

M  / 

,>     i.-  /\/..  . 

\   1 

- 

O  10- 

I 

/'V   / 

,\j    t' 

\  1 



UJ 

a. 

O       1 
Z       1 

< 

_/ 

/ 

\J 

v\,y' 

\    1 

- 

_i 
< 

I     / 
\    / 

H 

,      GREAT      , 

VJ 

_ 

3 

CM 

2J 

v"                  ^ 

Z 

'  DROUGHT 

~ 

Z    n- 

<    ° 

1 

1     1 
o 

i    1    1 

1        1        1        1        1 

o 

I 

o 

CVJ 

ro 

-a- 

■10 


Annual  precipitation  at  three  agricultural  centers  in  Wyoming, 
1918-1940.  Note  the  sharp  decline  in  1919-1920  and  1924 
which  intensified  instabilities  in  banks  in  those  regions.  (Wyoming 
Water  Resources  Research  Institute  data). 


of  Glenrock,  both  founded  in  1917;  the  Torrington 
National  Bank  and  First  National  Bank  of  Manville,  both 
organized  in  1919;  and  the  Citizens  National  Bank  of 
Cheyenne  which  he  took  over  in  1918.  He  also  was  a  prin- 
cipal in  the  Platte  County  State  Bank  of  Wheadand,  but 
apparently  was  not  its  president.  Yoder  appears  to  have 
severed  his  relationship  with  the  Citizens  National  Bank 
of  Cheyenne  in  1924. 

The  Platte  County  State  Bank,  capitalized  at  $20,000, 
was  the  first  to  fail.  It  closed  on  February  17,  1923.  But 
the  First  National  Bank  of  Manville,  capitalized  at  only 
$25,000,  was  the  first  of  Yoder's  national  banks  to  run 
into  trouble.  The  bank  sustained  a  run  and  was  forced 
into  receivership  on  December  11,  1923.  It  holds  the 
distinction  of  being  the  first  of  Wyoming's  national  banks 
to  succumb  to  the  post-war  depression,  although  plenty 
of  state  banks  had  already  gone  under  by  that  time.^^ 

Next  to  fail,  on  March  19,  1924,  was  the  Torrington 
National  Bank,  also  closed  by  a  run.  This  closing  was 
followed  on  July  9,  by  Yoder's  former  holding,  the 
Citizens  National  Bank  which  closed  along  with  the  First 
National  Bank  of  Cheyenne.  The  Citizens  National  Bank 
was  in  the  hands  of  a  receiver  on  July  21,  1924.  The  Bank 
of  Glenrock  disappeared  early  in  1924,  fate  unknown,  and 
the  Glendo  State  Bank  was  placed  in  a  receivership  at  the 
same  time.  However,  the  Glendo  State  Bank  was  restored 
to  solvency  and  lasted  until  1926  when  it  expired  of 
unknown  causes.  It  is  possible  that  Yoder  was  able  to 
"unload"  it  along  the  way. 

These  sad  events  left  B.  F.  Yoder  a  disspirited  man 
with  his  hands  full  of  litigation.  Gladys  Jones  of  Cheyenne 
remembers  that  summer  day  when  both  the  First  National 
Bank  and  Yoder's  former  Citizens  National  Bank  closed. 
Her  father  returned  home  early  from  his  job  and  advised 
his  daughter  and  the  rest  of  the  family  to  stay  away  from 
the  business  district  that  afternoon.  The  crowds  gather- 
ing downtown  around  the  two  closed  banks  looked  "rowdy 
and  potentially  volatile."^*  Meanwhile,  all  was  not  well 
two  counties  north,  either. 

The  picturesque  town  of  Newcastle  is  south  of  the 
Black  Hills  a  few  miles  inside  Wyoming's  eastern  border. 
U.S.  Highway  16  west  to  Devils  Tower  passes  through 
scenic  rolling  country  and  through  the  small  towns  of 
Osage,  Upton  and  Moorcroft.  These  towns  were  the 
domain  of  John  L.  Baird,  a  banker  who  was  instrumen- 
tal in  founding  the  First  National  Bank  of  Newcastle  on 
March  23,  1904.  The  dominant  figure  in  the  early  history 
of  the  bank  was  Thomas  A.  Cosgriff,  an  entrepreneur  who 
established  or  owned  stock  in  a  host  of  state  and  national 
banks  in  the  region.  Baird  served  as  cashier  of  the  bank 
in  1904  and  1905,  then  apparently  bought  out  Cosgriff 
to  become  president  in  1911,  a  post  he  held  until  the  bank 
failed  in  1924." 

Baird,  following  the  example  of  Cosgriff,  invested  in 
other  banks.  He  became  president  of  the  First  National 
Bank  of  Worland  in  1912  and  served  in  that  capacity  until 


41 


67  Wyoming  Towns  Lost  Banks  in  the  Period  . . . 


Wyoming  State  Banks  which  went  out  of  business  during  the  eight 
years  1920  to  1927.  F  -  failure;  C  -  consolidated  with  another  bank; 
L  -  liquidated.  Sources  of  data  include  Cheyenne  Leader  (1924b),  Hoff- 
man (1922),  Wyoming  State  E.xaminer  (periodic,  various  dates-a). 


Reason 

and  Date 

Town 

Bank 

(if  known) 

1920 

Arvada 

Bank  of  Arvada 

F 

Casper 

Citizens  State  Bank 

C  or  L 

Hanna 

Carbon  State  Bank 

C  or  L 

Lusk 

Bank  of  Lusk 

F 

Meeteetse 

State  Bank  of  Meeteetse 

F-Dec.  22 

Otto 

Otto  State  Bank 

C  or  L 

Ross 

LeRoy  Moore,  Banker 

C  or  L 

1921 

Dayton 

The  Dayton  Bank 

C  or  L 

Garland 

Garland  State  Bank 

F 

Gillette 

Citizen's  State  Bank 

F 

J.   L.   Band — hii  northeaitern   Wyoming  banking  empire 
^  collapsed  in  1924. 


FRANNIEO      COWLEY 

"        OKANE       DAY 
g°GARLAND 
POWELL 

OTTO     "GHE^BUU 
°         0  BASIN 

OHANDEI|« 
OMEETEETSE 

WORLAND 

BTHERMOPOl 
o  DUBOIS 

aSHOSHON 

oFREEDOM 

ORIVERTON 
oHUDSON 

oBIG  PINEY 

RAW 

DROCK  SPRINGS 

WYOMING 

BAGGSo ' 

Towns  in  Wyoming  which  lost  state  banks  ( 
banks  (squares)  between  1920  and  1930  t!i 

{W.W  COURTKS'l'  OF  THE  AUTHOR) 


Guernsey 

Guernsey  State  Bank 

F 

Kaycee 

Powder  River  State  Bank 

F-Oct.  20 

Moorcroft 

Moorcroft  Bank 

F-Aug.  5 

Moorcroft 

People's  Bank 

F-Oct.  29 

Powell 

Farmer's  State  Bank 

C  or  L 

Rock  River 

Rock  River  State  Bank 

C  or  L 

Slater 

Farmers'  State  Bank 

C  or  L 

Sundance 

Citizens'  Bank 

C  or  L 

Upton 

Citizens  State  Bank 

F-Oct.  27 

1922 

Basin 

Big  Horn  County  Bank 

F-May  15 

Cheyenne 

Wyoming  Trust  and  Savings 

Bank  C  or  L 

Frannie 

Bank  of  Frannie 

Greybull 

Commercial  Bank 

C  or  L 

Kane 

First  State  Bank 

Manville 

Bank  of  Manville 

C 

1923 

Big  Piney 

Marbleton  State  Bank 

F-July  5 

Buffalo 

Stockgrowers  Bank 

Chugwaler 

State  Bank  of  Chugwater 

Di.xon 

Stockgrowers'  Bank 

LaGrange 

Stockgrowers  State  Bank 

F-June  14 

Lusk 

Wyoming  State  Bank 

Medicine  Bow 

Stockmen's  State  Bank 

F 

42 


iRANCHESTER 
B  SHERIDAN 

CLEARMONT 
°        OARVAOA 


3  D  PARCO 


SUNDANCE 
OMOORCROFT 
OUPTON 
OSAGE o 

a 

NEWCASTLE 


CASPER  8S  oGLENROCK  k?l/NGS      ^N^'^hf 

DOUGLAS H  o"      °"  *''■"='< 

^  VAN  TASSEL 

oGLENDO  I 

GUBRNSEYo      [aRAMIE 

lingleO       I 

WHEATLANDO     toRRINGTON  ; 

>MEDICINE  BOW 

_  OCHUGWATER     1 

QROCK  RIVER  ^ 

lagrange! 


OSARATOGA 
OENCAMPMENT 


!es)  between  1920  and  1927,  and  national 
tgh  liquidations,   mergers  or  failures. 


B.  F.    Yoder — his  banks  at  Wheatland,  Manville, 
Torrington,  Glenrock  and  Glendo  all  failed  in  1923-24. 


Ranchester 

Ranchester  State  Bank 

Sheridan 

Sheridan  Trust  and  Farmers  Bank 

C 

Wheatland 

Platte  County  State  Bank 

F-Feb.   1 

1925 

1924 

Baggs 

Buffalo 

Johnson  County  Bank 

F-Sept.   10 

Burns 

Carpenter 

Bank  of  Carpenter 

F-July  9 

Hudson 

Cheyenne 

Cheyenne  State  Bank 

F-Dec.  10 

Lavoye 

Clearmont 

Clearmont  State  Bank 

F-Apr.  23 

Shawnee 

Cowley 

Cowley  State  Bank 

F-July  9 

Sheridan 

Douglas 

Commercial  Bank  and  Trust  Co. 

Sheridan 

Fort  Laramie 

Fort  Laramie  State  Bank 

Shoshoni 

Glenrock 

Bank  of  Glenrock 

Ten  Sleep 

Guernsey 

Commercial  State  Bank 

Hillsdale 

Hillsdale  State  Bank 

F-July  9 

1926 

Kaycee 

First  State  Bank 

F-Nov.  24 

Freedom 

Keeline 

Bank  of  Keeline 

F-July  10 

Glendo 

Lavoye 

Salt  Creek  State  Bank 

Lost  Springs 

Lingle 

Lingle  State  Bank 

F-Dec.   10 

Pine  Bluffs 

Manderson 

Manderson  State  Bank 

F-May  25 

Saratoga 

Newcastle 

Weston  County  Bank 

F-Feb.  2 

Osage 

Osage  State  Bank 

F 

1927 

Riverton 

First  State  Bank 

Dubois 

Sheridan 

Citizens'  State  Bank 

F-May  15 

Encampment 

Thermopolis 

Thermopolis  State  Bank 

F-June  10 

Greybull 

Upton 

Bank  of  Upton 

F-July  9 

Riverton 

Van  Tassell 

Bank  of  Van  Tassell 

Shoshoni 

First  State  Bank 

Burns  State  Bank 

Farmers  and  Mechanics  Bank 

Bank  of  Salt  Creek 

Bank  of  Shawnee 

Sheridan  Banking  Company 

Sheridan  County  Savings  Co. 

Shoshoni  State  Bank 

Stockgrowers'  Bank 


Freedom  State  Bank 
Glendo  State  Bank 
Citizens  State  Bank 
Pine  Bluffs  State  Bank 
Stockgrower's  State  Bank 


Amoretti,  Welty,  Helmer  and  Co. 
Encampment  State  Bank 
First  State  Bank 
Farmers'  State  Bank 
First  State  Bank 


F-Jan.  27 
C 

F-Jan.   17 

C 
C 

F 


43 


1914  when  he  apparently  sold  his  Worland  interests.  He 
also  helped  incorporate  the  Bank  of  Moorcroft  on 
December  28,  1909,  along  with  T.  A.  Cosgriff,  and 
George  E.  Abbott  and  A.  D.Johnson  of  the  First  National 
Bank  of  Cheyenne.  The  ultimate  fate  of  that  bank  is  not 
known  although  it  is  probable  that  it  never  opened. 

By  1921,  J.  L.  Baird  was  serving  as  president  of  the 
Osage  State  Bank,  Bank  of  Upton  and  First  National  Bank 
of  Newcastle.  Trouble  came  for  all  these  banks  in  1924. 
The  First  National  Bank  of  Newcastle  sustained  a  run 
which,  combined  with  large  losses  and  insufficient  credit, 
forced  it  into  receivership  on  June  12,  1924.  The  Osage 
State  Bank  failed  at  about  the  same  time  and  the  Bank 
of  Upton  failed  on  July  9.  The  Baird  banking  enterprise 
had  collapsed,  and  most  of  the  citizens  of  northeastern 
Wyoming  were  without  banking  services  as  a  result. 

From  the  lists  of  shareholders  on  the  incorporation 
papers  and  officers  listed  on  the  examiner's  reports  it 
appears  that  banking  in  the  1910  to  1922  period  was 
besieged  by  a  speculative  boom  similar  to  the  one  recently 
witnessed  in  penny  oil  stocks.  A  number  of  names  appear 
time  and  again.  Because  a  director  had  to  own  only  one 
percent  of  the  capital  stock  of  a  state  bank,  one  could 
become  a  director  in  a  small  bank  capitalized  at  $10,000 
for  only  $100.  Some  enterprising  bankers  did  quite  well, 
others  not  so  well. 

In  1921,  A.  H.  Marble  is  listed  as  the  president  of 
the  Cheyenne  State  Bank  (later  taken  over  and  lost  by 
the  Clarke  group),  Wyoming  Trust  and  Savings  Bank  of 
Cheyenne,  Stockgrowers  Bank  of  LaGrange,  Farmers 
State  Bank  of  Slater,  and  the  important  Stockgrowers 
National  Bank  of  Cheyenne.  If  this  is  not  enough.  Mar- 
ble was  also  president  of  the  Montana  National  Bank  of 
Billings.  The  State  Bank  of  Slater  and  Wyoming  Trust 
and  Savings  Bank  of  Cheyenne  were  liquidated  under 
honorable  circumstances  in  1921  and  1922,  respectively. 
The  Stockgrowers  Bank  of  LaGrange  failed  on  June  14, 
1923,  but  at  the  time  Marble  may  have  dissassociated 
himself  from  it  like  he  had  with  the  ill-fated  Cheyenne 
State  Bank.  In  any  event,  Marble's  major  interests,  the 
Stockgrowers  National  Bank  and  Montana  National  Bank 
survived  the  depression  years  and  he  continued  to  serve 
as  their  presidents  well  beyond  that  time. 

George  E.  Abbott,  president  of  the  First  National 
Bank  of  Cheyenne,  was  financially  involved  in  numerous 
Wyoming  state  banks,  sometimes  with  his  cashier,  A.  D. 
Johnson.  In  general  these  investments  did  not  work  out 
well  and  this  may  have  helped  to  propel  the  First  National 
Bank  of  Cheyenne  to  its  grave  in  1924.  Interestingly, 
Abbott  sometimes  appears  on  the  same  shareholder  lists 
as  Thomas  A.  Cosgriff.  Thomas  A.,  John  B.,  and  James 
E.  Cosgriff  seem  to  hold  the  record  for  investing  in  banks 
throughout  Wyoming  and  the  region  in  the  1900  to  1930 
period.  The  Cosgriffs  survived  the  depression  years  vir- 
tually unscathed  and  eventually  consolidated  their  posi- 
tion in  Denver. 


Where  there  were  once  133  active  banks,  by  1927  only 
the  strongest  57  were  left.  By  1936  there  were  only  32 
banks  doing  business  in  the  state.  For  Wyoming  depositors 
and  bankers,  the  depression  started  in  1924,  "the  year 
of  the  bank  failures." 


1 .  Wyoming  State  Examiner,  Periodic  abstracts  of  reports  made  to 
the  examiner  showing  the  condition  of  state,  private  and  savings 
banks  and  loan  and  trust  companies  in  the  state  of  Wyoming, 
1920. 

2  R.  J.  Hoffman,  "Biennial  Report  of  the  State  E.xaminer  from 
Oct  1.  1920-  Sept.  30,  1922, "report  to  Gov.  Robert  D.  Carey 
(typewritten),  State  Examiner's  files. 

3.  Wyoming  State  Examiner,  Periodic  abstracts  .  .  .,  1927. 

4.  Ibid.,  1936. 

5.  T.  A.  Larson,  Wyoming:  A  Bicentennial  History C>iew  York:  W.  W. 
Norton  and  Co.,  1977),  p.   134 

6.  I  hid. 

7.  J.  T.  .McDonald,  "Address  of  President  McDonald:  Wyoming 
Bankers  Association  Proceedings  of  the  16th  Annual  Conven- 
tion," Riverton,  Wyoming,  Sept.  5,  1924,  pp.  8-9. 

8.  H.  B.  Henderson,  "Report  of  the  Secretary:  Wyoming  Bankers 
Association  Proceedings  of  the  16th  Annual  Meeting,"  River- 
ton,  Wyoming,  Sept.  5,  1924,  pp.   16-23. 

9.  Wyoming  State  Leader,  July  10,   1924. 

10.  R.  W.  Collins,  "Address  to  the  Wyoming  Bankers  Association 
Proceedings  of  the  16th  Annual  Convention,"  Riverton,  Wyo- 
ming, Sept.  5,  1924,  pp.  8-9. 

11.  Ihid. 

12.  I.e.  Newlin,  "Biennial  Report  of  the  State  Examiner  from  Sept. 
30,  1916 — Oct.  1 ,  1918,"  report  to  Go\'.  Frank  Houx  (typewrit- 
ten). State  Examiner's  files. 

13.  Ibid. 

14.  R.J.  Hoffman,  "Biennial  Report  of  the  State  Examiner,  Sept. 
30,  1918  -  Oct.  1,  1920,"  report  to  Gov.  Robert  D.  Carey 
(typewritten).  State  Examiner's  files. 

15.  Hoffman,  1922. 

16.  Ibid. 

17.  McDonald,  p.  8-9. 

18.  Wyoming  State  Examiner,  "Miscellaneous  Files,"  containing 
articles  of  incorporation  for  state  banks,  state  bank  charters,  exam- 
iner's reports  on  conditions  of  state  banks,  1918,   1920,  1922. 

19.  Ibid. 

20.  "Annual  Reports  of  the  Comptroller  of  the  Currency,  "  U.S. 
Treasury  Department,  (Washington:  U.S.  Government  Printing 
Office,  various  dates). 

21.  Information  for  the  biographies  is  from  numerous  newspaper 
articles,  biographical  files  and  other  materials  in  the  collections 
of  the  Wyoming  State  Archives,  Museums  and  Historical  Depart- 
ment, Cheyenne;  C.  S.  Peterson,  Men  of  Wyoming  (Denver: 
privately  printed,   1915). 

22.  Ibid. 

23 .  Note  that  the  First  National  Bank  of  Rock  River  which  had  failed 
the  previous  June  had  been  looted  from  within,  a  circumstance 
unrelated  to  the  economic  conditions  of  the  time. 

24.  Interview  of  Gladys  Jones,  Cheyenne,   1981. 

25.  AMH  Department  files. 


44 


A  Young  Man 
Comes  of  Age: 


The  Letters  of 
Charles  Rapp 


By  Keith  Beyer 


The  letters  on  which  this  article  is  based  are  in  the  Charles  Rapp 
Collection,  Harold  McCracken  Research  Library,  Buffalo  Bill 
Historical  Center. 


On  April  14,  1875,  young  Charles  Rapp  wrote  home 
to  Columbia  Center,  New  York,  from  Camp  Brown, 
Wyoming  Territory.  He  had  started  west  some  time  in 
1874,  partly  as  a  result  of  his  own  temperament  and  pro- 
pensity for  getting  into  trouble.  "I  was  wild,  and  the  far- 
ther that  I  got  away  from  home,  the  farther  I  wanted  to 
get." 

But  in  the  three  years  spanned  by  the  14  letters  he 
sent  to  Eva  Shepard,  he  grew  into  manhood  and  accep- 
tance of  the  fate  that  sent  him  so  far  away  from  the  home 
he  knew  and  the  people  he  loved.  Also  in  those  three  years, 
he  stumbled  by  historic  events,  but  he  understood  them 
and  the  people  involved  in  them  only  in  the  biased  way 
many  white  Americans  understood  them. 

In  his  earliest  letters  he  was  homesick.  He  frequently 
predicted  the  time  he  would  return  to  New  York,  but 
above  all,  he  asked  for  letters;  he  cajoled,  scolded,  even 
begged  for  letters.  He  tried  to  tell  Eva  where  he  would 
be  in  the  future,  so  she  would  know  where  to  send  his 
letters.  From  Camp  Brown,  for  example,  he  planned  to 
"go  up  in  the  Gold  mines  about  a  Hundred  miles  South 
.  .  .,"  but  eventually  he  spent  the  majority  of  his  gold- 
seeking  time  at  Miner's  Delight  near  South  Pass. 

In  his  own  way,  he  described  the  beauties  of  Wyo- 
ming Territory  to  Eva,  especially  the  colors  and  richness 
of  plant  life.  In  many  of  his  letters,  he  displayed  a  sen- 
sitivity to  the  beauty  of  good  weather  and  sunshine,  and 
to  what  he  called  "his  own  bird,"  the  meadowlark.  Later, 
when  his  homesickness  began  to  wear  away,  he  spoke  of 
the  trout  to  be  fished  for,  the  young  badgers  he  dug  up 
for  pets,  or  the  thrill  of  the  hunt  "when  I  get  to  following 
a  Deer  or  Sheep." 

But  there  was  one  feature  of  the  Wyoming  Territory 
for  which  he  had  no  use:  "thay  are  danceing  tonight  out 
on  the  open  ground  and  such  a  noise  you  never  heard 
as  thay  make  yelling  and  screaming  it  is  now  about  Twelve 
o'clock  but  thay  Dance  all  night  untill  tomorrow  noon." 
This  was  the  most  positive  thing  he  had  to  say  about 
Native  Americans. 

In  his  next  letter,  the  second  in  the  series  to  Eva,  he 
noted  an  encounter  in  which  "we  got  two  of  our  men 
wounded  and  three  Horses  killed.  ..."  Within  nine 
months,  he  wrote  from  "Camp  Pepper"  that  a  band  of 
Snake  Indians  came  into  the  valley  and  frightened  the 
miners  because  they  were  thought  to  be  Sioux.  Most 
whites  considered  the  Snakes  to  be  "good  Indians," 
Charlie  wrote  that  he  had  seen  "but  one  good  Indian  and 
he  was  dead. " 

Charlie's  feelings  against  Native  Americans  were 
never  really  mitigated.  Many  of  his  letters  mention  con- 
flicts between  Native  Americans  and  whites,  some  leading 
to  death.  On  April  26,  1877,  he  wrote  from  Lander  City 
that  Indians  were  worse  than  ever,  "stealing  everything 
thay  can  and  murdering  everybody  that  thay  can."  They 
ran  off  20  head  of  horses,  killed  three  men  and  "wounded 
one  Poor  Fellow  so  bad  that  it  took  him  six  days  to  go 


45 


thirty  .   .   .  ." 

Charlie  had  opportunities  to  aher  his  views,  but  he 
turned  away  from  such  options.  Once  a  Snake  chief  cor- 
rectly advised  Charlie  that  more  troops  were  needed  to 
combat  the  Sioux  who  he  believed  were  going  on  the  war- 
path in  the  spring  of  1876.  Of  course,  the  chief  was  cor- 
rect, because  Custer  fought  and  lost  the  Battle  of  the  Lit- 
tle Big  Horn  in  June  of  that  year. 

Later,  Charlie  claimed  friendship  with  Chief 
Washakie,  who  made  him  a  "presant  of  A  very  nice  Ponie 
and  a  Bridle  made  of  Hair.  ..."  Charlie  also  noted  that 
Washakie  "has  always  been  friendly  to  me  and  what  few 
wite  men  thare  is  in  this  country.  ..."  But  "some  of 
his  braves  are  bad  Indians"  colored  Charlie's  main  view, 
and  his  earlier  wish  that  General  Crook  "would  exter- 
minate them  all  and  send  them  to  the  happy  Hunting 
Ground"  summed  up  his  attitude. 

In  October  of  1876,  Charlie  wrote  Eva  that  he  was 
at  the  Custer  Battlefield  three  days  after  the  battle.  There 
is  no  way  of  knowing  if  this  is  true,  but  there  was  con- 
siderable traffic  among  the  miners  between  Lander  and 
the  Black  Hills.  Furthermore,  Charlie  said  repeatedly  that 
he  was  going  to  the  Black  Hills,  so  there  is  reason  to  believe 
he  could  have  been  there.  He  wrote; 

the  scene  at  the  Custer  Battle  ground  was  Heartrending  and 

one  never  to  be  forgotten.  I  was  thare  three  days  after  the 

Battle  and  I  never  want  to  witness  anything  of  the  kind  again. 

how  many  A  poor  Mother  mourns  the  loss  of  her  dear  boy, 

for  the  most  of  them  were  young  men.  lots  of  them  only  in 

thair  teens. 

Charlie's  description  of  the  battleground  was  different 
for  him,  especially  in  its  diction.  But  perhaps  the  enor- 
mity of  the  experience  provoked  him  to  give  the  event  the 
significance  he  felt  it  should  have.  The  other  possibility 
is  that  Charlie,  like  others  in  the  West,  was  reading  news- 
papers from  back  East  and  parroted  the  language  and 
tone,  and,  in  particular,  the  elements  that  held  the  imag- 
ination of  those  who  only  knew  the  West  from  the  words 
of  others.  It  must  be  concluded  that  no  one  will  ever  be 
able  to  verify  Charlie's  experiences  in  the  West. 

In  any  case,  Charlie  was  in  Wyoming  at  a  time  when 
events  happened  quickly,  and  when  even  minor  incidents 
had  significance  in  helping  to  shape  the  future.  He  was 
a  part  of  these  happenings,  and  his  observations,  while 
not  contributing  new  knowledge,  at  least  reconfirm  the 
experiences  and  mood  of  the  time.  He  described  a  dance 
held  when  some  Mormons  spent  several  nights  at  Miner's 
Delight;  he  related  how  Lander  was  growing;  he  admired 
the  settlers  coming  in,  especially  the  women  who  braved 
every  hardship;  and  he  once  humorously  noted  that  he 
was  writing  from  Camp  Centennial:  "I  named  my  Pre- 
sant camp  centennial  because  you  [Eva]  say  everything 
has  centennial  attached  to  it  at  home." 

While  there  is  some  information  of  historical  interest 
in  his  letters,  perhaps  the  most  important  element  in  them 
is  what  is  learned  of  Charlie  Rapp.  To  begin,  he  came 
to  Wyoming  seeking  gold  and,  probably,  avoiding  some 


problem  back  home. 

Charlie's  first  three  letters  to  Eva  were  mailed  about 
a  month  apart,  beginning  on  April  14,  1875.  He  told  only 
a  little  of  the  new  country  he  was  in;  instead,  it  was  clear 
that  he  was  homesick.  He  wanted  letters,  from  the  "Home 
of  my  Boyhood."  And  he  talked  mostly  of  people  and 
events  he  and  Eva  knew  together.  He  wrote  to  Eva  of  his 
strong  desire  to  be  back  at  hop  picking  time  and  to  have 
some  pepper  sauce  and  cider.  He  said  he  wanted  to  come 
home  now  rather  than  next  winter  or  spring. 

But  by  the  fall,  he  was  somewhat  over  his  homesick- 
ness— he  had  gold  fever.  When  he  still  mentioned  hop 
picking  time,  he  was  not  sure  he  wanted  the  pepper 
sauce — it  was  too  hot.  Even  though  he  said  he  was  home- 
sick, the  content  of  his  September  letter  indicated  he  was 
much  less  so.  For  one  thing,  his  immediate  future  was 
in  the  West  rather  than  in  New  York.  He  told  Eva  he 
would  go  to  the  Black  Hills  for  the  winter  because  "these 
diggens  are  all  played  out."  From  this  point  on,  when 
he  talked  of  his  next  move,  it  was  usually  to  another  min- 
ing site,  but  rarely  back  to  New  York.  At  the  end  of  two 
years,  June  of  1877,  he  stated  clearly  his  new  affliction — 
gold  fever.  He  wanted  to  get  over  it,  but  he  had  seen  much 
money  made.  "I  have  never  seen  such  spendthrifts  as 
some  of  these  miners  are  that  get  rich  in  one  summers 
work  and  then  spend  thair  fortune  during  the  winter." 
In  this  natural  adaptation  to  his  new  land,  one  sees 
him  coming  to  terms  with  the  fate  that  he  said  sent  him 
to  the  West.  In  his  second  letter  to  Eva,  May  15,  1875, 
he  wished  his  old  teacher  had  used  the  birch  rod  more 
on  him,  because  he  could  have  used  the  schooling.  But, 
he  says,  "I  am  a  man  now  and  my  good  school  days  is 
gone  by."  The  development  of  his  letters  shows  this  state- 
ment was  not  true.  He  was  in  a  position  where  he  had 
to  accept  manhood,  but  his  acceptance  did  not  really  come 
until  later.  About  a  year  after  his  second  letter  to  Eva, 
December,  1876,  he  spoke  with  regret  about  an  incident 
in  Ilion,  New  York,  that  seemed  to  have  sent  him  on  his 
way  to  Wyoming.  It  can  be  inferred  from  this  letter  and 
others  that  he  was  involved  in  a  fracas.  He  wrote  that  his 
nose  was  broken,  and  he  considered  himself  disfigured. 
He  lamented  the  fortunes  of  his  life,  the  "ups  and 
downs"  and  troubles.  He  regretted  leaving  Eva's  house 
to  go  to  Ilion.  you  remember  the  time  don't  you  I  do  and 
allways  will,  had  I  stayed  thare  and  let  Ilion  run  itself  wich 
I  think  it  could  without  my  assistance  I  might  still  be  among 
my  Friends.  But  I  suppose  that  fate  ment  that  I  should  go 
that  way  and  that  way  I  went. 

It  was  at  this  time  he  finally  sent  the  picture  of  himself 
to  her.  She  had  not  seen  him  since  his  nose  had  been 
broken,  and  he  simply  did  not  have  the  courage  to  send 
a  photograph.  Curiously,  he  spoke  of  the  image  of  himself 
in  the  photograph  in  the  third  person: 

See  if  you  can  tell  who  this  Fellow  is  with  the  Broken  nose. 

he  is  an  old  friend  of  mine  and  I  am  afraid  that  he  thinks 

more  of  me  than  he  does  of  anybody  else,  changed  somewhat 

since  I  left  Old  Columbia  haven't  I. 


46 


He  told  Eva,  "I  have  been  a  bad  boy  in  days  gone  by, 
but  I  think  I  have  improved  some  in  the  last  four  years, 
if  I  do  say  so  myself."  Finally,  in  this  letter  of  June,  1877, 
one  can  see  he  had  come  to  put  his  past  in  perspective. 
His  tone  was  one  of  acceptance  and  resignation  rather  than 
remorse.  He  wanted  Eva  to  tell  a  Mr.  Browning  that  he 
was  no  fighter  any  longer.  He  had  "grown  as  Mild  &  as 
Meek  as  a  Lamb,  well  Broken  and  easily  Handled." 
Above  all,  Charlie  let  Eva  know  he  had  no  plans  to  return. 
He  said  he  had  changed  a  lot.  "Do  you  think  you  will 
know  me  when  I  come  Home  in  about  40  years  from 
now?"  By  then,  he  wrote,  he  would  have  made  his  for- 
tune. 

From  these  letters,   one  can  reasonably  infer  that 
Charlie  was  quick  to  fight  and  slow  to  fit  comfortably  into 
Columbia  Center,  and  that  he  was  probably  very  young 
when  he  first  wrote  from  Lander  in  the  spring  of  1875. 
His  relationship  with  Eva  never  seemed  particularly  affec- 
tionate, but  on  several  occasions  he  made  statements  that 
could  have  encouraged  such  feeling  in  her.  Early  in  the 
series  of  letters,  Charlie  learned  that  Eva's  father  has 
bought  her  grandfather's  house.  Charlie  wrote  that 
I  will  have  to  come  and  bank  his  new  house  for  him  this  fall, 
shant  I.  or  has  he  got  some  other  Little  Peat  now  to  do  it 
for  him.  if  thare  is  a  Peat  there  Makeing  Banks  for  that 
House,  he  had  better  look  out  for  this  Little  Peat  when  he 
comes  Home  thare  may  be  trouble. 

Eva  sometimes  asked  him  how  he  looked  or  how  he 
had  changed,  which  led  him  eventually  to  promise  a  pho- 
tograph. But  it  was  clear  in  his  last  letter  that  he  was  tell- 
ing her,  gently,  not  to  waste  any  emotion  on  him:  "Do 
you  think  you  will  know  me  when  I  come  Home  in  about 


40  years  from  now?"  Her  letter  to  him  must  have  men- 
tioned some  playfulness  she  and  he  had  shared,  because 
he  wrote  that  she  could  surely  handle  him  if  she  was  as 
large  as  Libbia  said  she  had  become.  Libbia  was  another 
girl  in  the  Shepard  household,  probably  Eva's  sister.  Fin- 
ally, and  in  this  the  last  letter  in  the  series,  he  referred 
to  their  former  quarrels  and  said  "them  times  is  all  gone 
by  now."  There  is  a  note  of  finality  in  these  words,  as 
though  Eva  was  a  part  of  his  past. 

This  last  letter  in  the  series  was  mailed  fully  a  year 
after  the  letter  which  showed  his  coming  to  manhood  and 
acceptance.  It  is  a  letter  that  was  particularly  poignant 
and  may  reveal  his  emotional  state  upon  hearing  of  his 
mother's  death. 

my  Dear  Friend  you  will  never  know  what  A  mother  is  to 
you  until  it  is  to  late.  I  am  grieved  so  that  I  hardly  know 
what  to  write,  the  weather  here  is  like  Summer  the  sun  is 
shineing  here  in  the  valley  while  five  or  six  miles  above  here 
in  the  Mountains  it  is  snowing  like  Fury. 
There  was  in  this  quotation  the  unusual  conjunction 
of  his  statement  about  the  depth  of  his  feelings,  followed 
immediately  and  without  introduction  by  a  description 
of  the  weather.  But  what  a  desciption  it  was.  It  seems  much 
like  Charlie:  sunny  and  controlled  on  the  surface,  but 
somewhere  else  in  the  vicinity  "it  is  snowing  like  Fury." 
Perhaps  this  is  the  fury  that  got  Charlie  into  trouble  in 
New  York. 

This  collection  of  letters  at  the  Buffalo  Bill  Historical 
Center  leaves  no  clue  about  what  became  of  Charlie.  It 
is  not  known  if  he  left  the  West,  when  he  died,  or  where. 
We  only  know  that  his  story  is  partly  and  tantalizingly  told. 


47 


/(Sf^    ^^  "^^^^^  (>/~<S^y^e^  and 


^  S^rofitier- 


SCHAEDEL  COLLECTION.  AMH  DEPARTMENT 


Editor  J  note: 

The  following  article  is  material  excerpted  from  a  manuscript 
written  by  Grace  Logan  Schaedel,  daughter  of  Wyoming  pioneers, 
Ernest  Logan  and  Lizzie  Walker  Logan. 

Ernest  Logan,  the  son  of  Hill  Logan  and  Elizabeth  Kille 
Logan,  was  born  in  Ohio  and  traveled  to  Wyoming  with  his  mother 
and  sister  in  1871  to  join  his  father  who  worked  at  Camp  Carlin 
as  an  armorer.  The  younger  Logan  worked  for  a  time  in  the  carpentry 
shop  at  Carlin  and  later  as  a  baker's  apprentice  where  he  learned 
to  make  candy. 

His  love  of  wide  open  spaces  and  skill  with  horses  led  him 
to  seek  work  as  a  cowboy  on  ranches  in  Wyoming  Territory.  These 
were  some  of  his  happiest  days  and  years  later,  he  would  recall 
with  vivid  clarity,  many  of  his  experiences  and  adventures. 

Young  Logan  was  employed  by  the  Cheyenne  to  Deadwood 
stage  line  in  1881  and  worked  as  a  driver  for  that  organization. 
It  was  at  this  time  that  he  became  life-long  friends  with  such  well- 
known  Wyoming  figures  as  Luke  Voorhees  and  Russell  Thorp. 
While  the  Indians  had  ceased  to  be  the  threat  they  were  in  the  1860s 
and  1870s,  this  was  still  considered  a  perilous  occupation  and 
the  young  men  who  worked  for  the  stage  line  had  to  possess  both 
courage  and  strength. 

Hill  Logan  gave  up  his  position  at  Camp  Carlin  in  1874 
and  with  Homer  Roberts,  opened  a  hardware  and  tinsmith  shop. 
He  continued  in  this  line  of  business  until  his  death  by  drowning 
in  1878.  He  was  returning  home  from  his  shop,  walking  across 
the  frozen  waters  of  Lake  Minnehaha  when  he  fell  through  a  hole 
in  the  ice  made  by  teamsters  who  had  needed  water  for  their  horses. 

Ernest  became  the  head  of  the  family,  and  although  he  con- 
tinued to  work  on  ranches  as  a  cowboy,  he  spent  his  winters  in 


Cheyenne.  During  this  period,  he  became  a  superb  metal  worker, 
producing  beautiful  bits  and  spurs  with  gold  or  silver  inlay.  His 
mother,  incidentally,  earned  a  well-deserved  reputation  as  a  com- 
munity nurse  through  thoughtful  and  understanding  care  of  the  ill. 

Lizzie  Walker,  who  became  Logan 's  wife  in  1893,  came  west 
in  1886  to  join  her  sister  Jennie  who  had  started  a  dress-making 
business  in  Cheyenne.  Lizzie  was  skilled  at  pattern  making  and 
dress  design,  while  her  elder  sister  Jennie  was  an  accomplished 
milliner.  Between  the  two  of  them,  they  saw  to  it  that  the  wives 
of  such  territorial  greats  as  Joseph  M.  Carey  and  Francis  E.  Warren 
were  elegantly  dressed. 

In  1891,  Logan  opened  a  book  and  stationery  store  that  featured 
a  soda  fountain,  home-made  candy  and  ice  cream.  Over  the  years, 
the  location  changed  several  times  and  the  shop  evolved  into  one 
that  specialized  in  Western  curios  and  rare  books  on  Western 
Americana.  Because  Cheyenne  was  a  major  stop  on  the  Union 
Pacific  Railroad,  the  shop  became  known  from  coast  to  coast  and 
Logan  made  friends  with  many  people  traveling  through  town  on 
their  way  to  or  from  the  Pacific  Coast. 

He  and  his  wife  Lizzie  remained  in  Cheyenne  all  their  lives, 
raising  three  children.  Their  youngest  daughter,  Grace  Logan 
Schaedel,  has  based  her  work  on  memoirs  written  by  her  father, 
her  own  diaries  and  her  recollections.  The  result  is  a  fine  example 
of  folk  history  based  in  part  on  the  oral  tradition.  Ernest  Logan 
and  Lizzie  Walker  are  representative  of  the  pioneer  stock  who  came 
to  Wyoming  at  a  very  exciting  period  in  its  history  and  who  helped 
to  build  a  unique  state  in  the  American  West.  Their  courage  and 
hard  work  are  to  be  commended.  Their  story  is  one  that  gives  us 
a  fine  picture  of  life  in  another  era — that  of  Territorial  Wyoming. 


48 


Grace 


Logan 


Schaedel 

In  1877  and  1878  when  Ernest  Logan  was  20,  he  went 
on  an  expedition,  helping  to  trail  100  head  of  horses  from 
Fort  D.  A.  Russell  to  new  Fort  Keogh,  Mont.,  near  the 
present  Miles  City.  The  expedition  was  made  up  of  25 
horse-handlers,  12  packers,  and  Bill  Huston  as  boss  of 
the  pack  train.  There  were  five  men  to  a  tent.  Dr.  Compte, 
civilian  contract  doctor,  traveled  with  them  and  their  escort 
included  25  soldiers  and  a  first  sergeant.  Lt.  Andrus  was 
in  command  of  the  entire  outfit,  starting  out  with  them 
from  Fort  D.  A.  Russell. 

The  horses  they  were  trailing  north  were  well-bred 
stock,  shipped  in  from  Kentucky  and  Missouri,  so  they 
needed  plenty  of  protection  on  the  way  to  Keogh.  The 
country  was  full  of  hostile  Indians,  who  thought  horse 
stealing  was  no  sin.  The  West  was  still  acutely  aware  of 
Custer's  fate  on  the  Little  Big  Horn,  less  than  18  months 
before. 

Their  guide,  Frank  Grouard,  had  lived  with  the  Sioux 
on  Powder  River  and  was  familiar  with  that  part  of  the 
country.  He  became  famous  as  a  guide  on  many  expedi- 
tions, later  recorded  in  his  book,  Life  and  Adventures  of  Frank 
Grouard,  an  Autobiography. 

It  was  the  day  after  Christmas,  1877,  when  they  left 
Fort  D.  A.  Russell,  starting  out  in  a  blizzard  and  travel- 
ing very  slowly  on  the  first  lap  of  their  horse-trailing  exped- 
ition. Their  first  lay-over  was  at  Fort  Laramie,  96  miles 
north,  where  they  had  a  three-day  rest.  The  weather 
turned  warmer  as  they  headed  for  Fort  Fetterman,  another 
100  miles  to  the  northwest,  but  when  they  were  within 
seven  or  eight  miles  of  Fetterman,  it  started  to  snow  and 


another  blizzard  came  up.  They  camped  on  LaPrele  Creek 
that  night  and  reached  the  garrison  the  next  morning 
about  10  a.m.  It  was  very  cold  and  clear  that  morning. 
By  night,  the  government  thermometer  at  the  hospital 
registered  36  below  zero.  Many  froze  their  feet  and  ears. 
About  2,000  Arapahoes  were  camped  on  the  river  near 
the  fort.  The  expedition  had  barely  finished  making  camp 
when  10  or  12  Indian  children  came  over  to  the  cook  tent 
and  watched,  wistfully  and  silently.  Dick  Thomas,  the 
cook,  took  a  tin  plate,  poured  it  two-thirds  full  of  molasses 
and  handed  it  to  the  little  girl  about  10,  who  seemed  to 
be  their  leader.  Placing  the  pan  in  the  snow,  she  motioned 
for  them  to  help  themselves  to  the  molasses.  From 
somewhere  in  the  folds  of  their  blankets,  they  each  dug 
up  a  hardtack  and,  taking  turns,  carefully  dipped  up  every 
drop  of  the  thick  syrup.  There  was  no  quarreling,  or  shov- 
ing. Telling  about  it  afterward,  Logan  always  said  they 
made  a  pretty  sight,  as  they  so  thoroughly  enjoyed  their 
treat.  After  a  rest  of  three  days  at  Fetterman,  the  expedi- 
tion proceeded  north  to  Cantonment  Reno. 

Logan  said  some  60  years  later,  "At  Cantonment 
Reno,  Lt.  Goldman  (who  died  a  brigadier  general)  took 
over  the  command  of  our  expedition  and  Lt.  Andrus 
returned  to  Fort  Russell.  Here  we  were  joined  by  Frank 
Grouard  as  guide.  There  was  none  better."  His  opinion 
of  Frank  Grouard  as  a  guide  and  as  a  man  was  shared 
universally  throughout  the  West.  Grouard  was  one  of  35 
scouts  who  served  under  Gen.  Crook.  The  general  once 
remarked,  "I  would  sooner  lose  a  third  of  my  command 
than  Frank  Grouard."  Grouard's  mother  was  from 
Hawaii  and  his  resemblance  to  the  Indians  was  strong. 
The  country  was  covered  with  about  a  foot  of  snow, 
so  they  had  to  travel  on  the  ice  of  the  river  in  some  places; 
they  couldn't  make  any  time  through  the  snow  that 
covered  the  trail.  Cloud  Peak  to  the  west  was  pure  white 
above  the  blue  foothills.  It  was  said  that  Indians  did  not 
like  to  fight  in  bitter,  snowy  weather,  preferring  instead 
to  remain  in  their  lodges  when  possible.  This  may  have 
been  a  factor  in  the  safe  passage  through  Indian-infested 
territory  with  such  tempting  bait.  It  may  have  been  one 
reason  for  sending  the  horses  north  in  midwinter.  From 
Kentucky  to  Missouri  to  frigid  Montana  was  a  harsh 
change  of  climate  for  the  100  horses. 

They  had  been  going  northeast  and  had  turned  north 
when  Grouard  and  Huston  stopped  the  outfit  and  went 
on  ahead  to  look  over  the  country  before  making  camp 
for  the  night.  There  were  Crows  to  the  west  and  Sioux 
to  the  east  but  they  stayed  out  of  sight. 
Logan  later  recalled: 

I  am  reminded  of  how  cold  it  was  that  day,  by  something 
that  happened  while  we  waited  to  make  camp.  There  was 
a  middle-aged  Indian  with  us  on  this  trip.  He  sat,  hunched 
up  on  his  horse,  but  as  the  cold  became  more  intense,  he 
slid  off  his  horse  and  started  stamping  his  feet,  trying  to  get 
some  warmth  into  them.  Lt.  Goldman  turned  to  him  and 
said,  "It's  pretty  cold."  The  Indian  grunted,  walked  away 
a  short  distance  to  a  place  where  some  dry  grass  was  stick- 


49 


ing  up  through  the  snow,  and  gathered  a  handful!  and  started 
wadding  it  into  a  tight  ball.  He  placed  it  on  a  bare  spot  on 
the  ground  and  lighted  it;  then,  pulling  his  blanket  over 
himscHand  the  fire,  he  proceeded  to  get  warm.  Toward  even- 
ing, Grouard  and  Huston  returned  to  the  command,  and 
we  started  out  again.  The  wind  came  up  and  made  the  cold 
even  more  bitter. 

Lt.  Goldman's  report  after  their  return  to  Canton- 
ment Reno,  shows  what  rugged  terrain  they  were 
traversing: 

The  \  alley  of  Crazy  Woman's  Creek  is  cut  by  many  deep 

washings,  and  winds  around  many  hills  whose  sides  are  very 

steep.  From  it  to  Lodge  Pole  (Clear  Creek),  the  road  is  very 

broken  and  in  many  places  the  gulches  are  30  feet  deep,  so 

that  pack  animals  could  hardly  cross  them.  They  cannot  be 

avoided  without  a  detour,  according  to  the  guide.  Crossing 

the  extreme  left  portion  of  the  bad  lands,  no  road  could  be 

constructed  without  great  expense  and  labor.  This  portion 

was  the  most  difficult  and  tiresome  of  all. 

They  went  over  the  divide  and  came  out  at  the  head 

of  Otter  Creels  in  Montana  and  traveled  down  a  short 

distance,  where  they  camped.  Some  men  shot  a  couple 

of  buffalo,  so  they  had  welcome  fresh  meat  for  supper. 

Otter  Creek  was  frozen  solid.  They  had  trouble  getting 

enough  water  for  cooking,  and  washed  their  faces  and 

hands  with  snow. 

The  next  morning  they  started  down  Otter  Creek  and 
were  about  five  miles  downstream  when  they  heard  two 
shots  ahead  of  them,  then  five  or  six  in  rapid  succession. 
The  outfit  closed  up  and  concentrated  in  a  small  space, 
the  horses  in  the  middle.  Grouard  and  Huston  started  out 
on  a  run  for  a  high  hill  a  quarter  of  a  mile  away.  A  hun- 
dred feet  from  the  top,  they  dismounted  and  crawled  up 
to  the  brow  and,  through  field  glasses,  looked  the  coun- 
try over.  They  finally  signaled  for  the  outfit  to  come  on. 
They  had  seen,  not  Indians,  but  buffalo  hunters. 

They  crossed  Tongue  River  17  times  in  75  miles,  but 
it  was  a  fairly  good  wagon  road.  From  this  point,  they 
went  straight  through  to  Fort  Keogh  and  arrived  at  the 
garrison  toward  the  end  of  January  without  loss  of  a  single 
horse.  They  had  averaged  about  23  miles  a  day,  which 
was  doing  well  with  the  weather  so  cold  and  snow  so  deep. 
Along  the  banks  of  the  Tongue  were  strange-looking 
stumps  of  Cottonwood  about  12  or  15  feet  high.  It  was 
easy  to  see  that  the  trees  had  been  cut  down  by  squaws, 
beaver-wise,  so  their  ponies  could  eat  the  buds  and  bark 
from  the  branches.  The  snow  was  so  deep,  the  horses 
couldn't  get  down  to  the  grass.  In  some  of  the  tall  trees 
along  the  stream,  the  bodies  of  dead  warriors,  sewn  in 
rawhide,  were  fastened  in  the  high  branches. 

While  resting  at  Fort  Keogh,  Logan  and  a  friend,  Joe 
Houseaux,  decided  to  wash  their  clothes  and  clean  up  a 
bit  before  starting  home.  For  a  washtub,  they  made  a  circle 
of  rocks  about  two-and-a-half  feet  across  and  a  foot  deep, 
on  the  bank  of  the  Tongue.  They  spread  a  tarp  over  this 
circle  of  rocks  and,  by  putting  a  second  circle  inside  the 
first,  made  a  depression  deep  enough  to  hold  water.  Mean- 
while they  heated  a  pile  of  rocks  in  a  good  fire.  They  had 


to  chop  a  hole  in  the  river  ice  to  get  water,  and  even  get 
down  into  the  hole  to  cut  through  to  running  water.  By 
the  time  they  had  filled  their  tarp  tub,  the  rocks  were  sizzl- 
ing hot.  Into  the  water  they  went,  and  soon  it  was  hot 
enough  for  their  soap  and  clothes — no  small  job  for  a  cou- 
ple of  young  fellows  to  wash,  Indian  fashion,  and  hang 
the  clothes  on  the  brush  to  dry. 

They  returned  to  Fort  D.  A.  Russell  much  the  way 
they  had  gone  up,  but  traveled  closer  to  Powder  River 
to  shorten  the  trip  by  six  miles.  Too,  it  was  faster  without 
the  horses  they  had  driven  north  .... 

.  .  .  For  several  years  in  the  1880s,  Logan  rode  the 
range  in  spring,  summer  and  fall.  When  spring  came,  he 
could  hardly  wait  to  get  back  in  the  saddle.  First  the  horse 
roundup  and  the  calf-branding,  summers  with  the  cool 
Wyoming  breezes  fanning  his  cheeks,  and  the  first  little 
pink  wild  roses  on  the  creek  bottoms,  then  on  into  the 
beef  roundup  in  the  fall.  For  a  time  in  1878  he  worked 
for  Goldsmith  and  Eaton  on  the  Diamond  A  Ranch,  head- 
quartered at  Bull's  Bend,  southwest  of  Fort  Laramie. 
Sometimes  he  missed  seeing  people  in  Cheyenne  he  would 
have  liked  to  have  seen  again,  such  as  W.  H.  Jackson, 
the  U.S.  Geological  Survey  photographer.  The  survey  was 
camped  at  Carlin,  headed  for  Yellowstone. 

Rosy  (Harry)  Card,  a  longtime  rancher  at  Manville, 
Wyoming,  remembered  in  later  years  that  in  1878  he  and 
Logan  rode  together  near  Fort  Laramie.  In  an  interview 
with  this  writer  in  1947,  Card  said: 

Alter  my  initiation  in  the  storm  in  March  of  1878,  soon  after 
I  got  to  Wyoming,  the  snow  still  lay  on  the  ground  in  drifts 
late  in  the  spring.  I  went  in  to  Cheyenne  and  bought  a  four- 
point  wool  blanket.  Ernest  and  I  punched  cows  together  for 
Sturgis,  Lane  and  Godell  on  the  Bridle  Bit,  on  their  range 
near  Fort  Laramie. 

Harry    Card    had    come    to    Wyoming,    a    young 

greenhorn  from  Ohio,  and  had  worked  first  for  T.  W. 

Chaffee,    and   then  on   the   Bridle   Bit.    The   nickname 

"Rosy"  was  given  him  by  Chalky,  the  foreman. 

They  was  [sic]  several  other  new  hands,  all  a-settin'  around 

the  fire,  and  four  of  us  by  the  name  of  Harry.  So  Chalky 

said,  "This  will  never  do.  We  got  to  name  some  of  yuh 

somepn'  else.  You!"  he  said  to  one,  "you  got  red  hair.  We'll 

call  you  'Pinky'."  He  turned  to  me,  settin'  there  in  a  vest 

with  red  bindin'.  "And  you,  Harry  Card,  we'll  call  you 

'  Rosy' . ' '  And  you  know,  they  called  me  Rosy  for  years  and 


The  year  1878  drifted  into  December.  After  the  fall 
roundup  and  shipping.  Camp  Carlin  needed  Logan  again. 
A  new  man,  a  lieutenant  in  the  Civil  War,  had  come  on 
the  job  as  military  storekeeper,  asking  questions  about 
the  territory,  especially  politics  and  mining.  He  had  met 
Logan's  father  at  the  Roberts  and  Logan  hardware  store 
in  Cheyenne.  Ernest  was  to  know  him  later  as  a  Wyo- 
ming historian,  I.  S.  Bartlett  .... 
***** 

...  In  the  blustery  March  of  1880,  Logan  took  a 
riding  job  for  Kingman  on  what  was  in  1883  to  become 


50 


the  Wyoming  Hereford  Ranch,  seven  miles  east  of 
Cheyenne.  He  had  ridden  for  the  original  owners,  Bax- 
ter and  Bernard  when  he  was  16.  This  time,  he  and  two 
other  hands  were  out  hunting  stock  that  had  drifted  south, 
near  Gait,  a  deserted  stage  station  just  over  the  Colorado 
hne.  One  of  those  sudden  Rocky  Mountain  spring  bliz- 
zards came  up,  and  they  were  lucky  to  be  near  an  old  cabin 
in  a  draw  where  they  could  "hole  up,"  with  a  wood  fire 
in  the  little  stove.  The  one  problem  was  that  they  ran  out 
of  food. 

Snowed  in  for  two  days,  the  three  Kingman  riders 
were  plain  hungry.  When  the  wind  let  up  a  little,  Logan 
offered  to  ride  to  the  Chalk  Bluffs  Ranch  and  ask  for 
enough  grub  for  one  more  day.  He  put  some  of  the  boys' 
smoking  tobacco  in  his  pocket. 

When  he  stepped  down  at  the  Chalk  Bluffs  house,  he 
knocked,  and  a  woodchopper  named  Jack  Abney  opened 
the  door.  Ernest  told  how  they  were  snowbound  at  the 
old  cabin  to  the  south,  and  were  hungry.  He  had  money 
to  pay.  Abney  listened  without  even  a  grunt,  and  made 
no  move  to  invite  him  in,  let  alone  offer  him  a  cup  of  cof- 
fee. He  started  to  shut  the  door. 

Logan  said,  "I  brought  some  tobacco." 

Abney's  face  lighted  up  and,  reaching  out,  he  grabbed 
him  by  the  front  of  his  coat  and  pulled  him  in.  "Why 
the  hell  didn't  you  say  so?"  Ernest  went  back  with  two 
day's  groceries  in  a  flour  sack  tied  behind  his  saddle  .... 

When  gold  was  discovered  in  the  Black  Hills  of  South 
Dakota,  the  need  for  transportation  overland  of  men, 
money,  mail,  gold  -  and  women  -  prompted  the  establish- 
ment of  a  stage  line  from  Cheyenne  to  Deadwood  in  1876. 
Gilmer,  Salisbury  and  Patrick,  who  had  operated  a  stage 
line  from  Ogden,  Utah,  to  Helena,  Mont.,  in  1869,  heard 
of  the  gold  strike  in  the  Black  Hills  and  decided  to  set  up 
a  similar  line  from  Cheyenne  to  Deadwood. 

They  sent  H.  E.  (Stuttering)  Brown  to  Cheyenne  as 
a  business  scout.  A  shrewd  company  man.  Brown  bought 
up  a  new,  half- formed  stage  line  which  Luke  Z.  Voorhees 
took  over  as  superintendent.  Brown  was  appointed 
superintendent  on  the  dangerous  run  north  of  Fort 
Laramie.  Voorhees  later  was  a  prominent  cattleman  and 
served  as  Wyoming  territorial  treasurer  in  1888.  The  stage 
coach  line  proved  to  be  one  of  the  most  dramatic  ven- 
tures ever  operated  in  Wyoming. 

A  stagecoach  with  valuable  horses,  traveling  in  wild 
unsettled  country,  miles  from  military  protection,  was  a 
target  for  both  Sioux  on  the  rampage  and  white  holdup 
men.  The  Indians  resented  the  fact  that  as  soon  as  gold 
was  reported  in  the  Black  Hills,  their  treaty  with  the 
government  promising  to  keep  the  white  man  south  of 
the  Platte  River  and  out  of  the  Indians'  hunting  ground 
north  of  it,  was  repeatedly  violated.  Prospectors  swarmed 
over  the  area,  demanding  that  their  government  pro- 
tect them  from  Indians  who  attacked  settlers  north  of  the 
Platte,  burning  them  out,  stealing  their  horses,  and 
sometimes  torturing  their  families.   But  the  vulnerable 


coaches  were  their  primary  targets.  White  renegades,  often 
disguised  as  Indians,  also  held  up  the  stages  and  stole  gold 
from  the  treasure  chests,  shooting  drivers,  shotgun 
messengers  and  any  passengers  who  got  in  their  way. 

One  day  Stuttering  Brown  had  a  heated  argument 
with  the  leader  of  a  band  of  horse  thieves  and  accused 
him  of  stealing  a  team  of  horses  corralled  for  use  on  a 
stagecoach.  The  man  denied  it  and  vowed  to  get  Brown. 
One  April  night  in  1876,  near  the  dangerous  Hat  Creek 
Station  (north  of  present-day  Lusk),  Brown  and  two 
fellow-travelers  were  shot  from  ambush.  Brown,  mortally 
wounded,  begged  the  man  who  found  him  to  go  after 
Superintendent  Voorhees,  so  he  could  tell  him  who  had 
shot  him.  Voorhees  made  the  long  ride  almost  to  Hat 
Creek,  only  to  learn  that  Brown's  report  of  his  assailant 
had  died  with  him.  Although  the  horse  thief  was  suspected, 
the  assailant  was  never  apprehended. 

Five  years  later,  when  Logan  was  on  the  scene,  the 
Indians  were  pretty  well  subdued.  After  the  spring 
roundup  of  1881 ,  when  Voorhees  offered  Logan  a  job  as 
a  driver,  Logan  accepted  before  he  told  his  mother.  "I'll 
fix  it  with  your  mother,"  said  Voorhees.  He  looked  at 
Logan's  slight  figure  up  and  down.  "I'll  explain  that  it 
won't  be  a  big  treasure  coach,  the  kind  to  draw  hold-ups. 
Anyway,  the  Sioux  are  mostly  corralled  on  the  Agencies 
nowadays." 

In  1877,  a  friend  of  the  Logan  family,  Johnnie 
Slaughter,  had  been  the  first  driver  on  the  Cheyenne  Black 
Hills  line  to  be  killed.  Johnnie  had  been  a  lot  bigger  and 
more  experienced  that  young  Logan.  Logan  knew  how 
his  mother  was  shocked  by  Johnnie's  death. 

Logan  rode  beside  the  driver,  learning  how  to  han- 
dle the  lines  of  a  six-horse  team.  It  wasn't  long  before  he 
climbed  down  at  Rawhide  Buttes  and  into  a  new  job.  In 
his  estimation,  it  turned  out  to  be  too  civilized.  He  saw 
Indians,  but  they  were  not  the  threat  they  had  been  earlier. 

Once  when  he  was  driving  with  a  married  couple  as 
passengers,  a  strap  worked  loose  on  the  harness  and,  while 
he  was  fixing  it,  a  man  with  a  gun  rode  out  from  behind 
some  rocks.  The  woman  screamed,  and  Logan  whipped 
out  his  six-gun.  It  was  only  a  man  from  a  nearby  ranch, 
trailing  a  wolf  that  had  killed  a  calf.  His  horse  was  jumpy 
from  the  smell  of  the  wolf.  Afterward,  they  heard  two  shots 

and  hoped  the  man  got  a  wolf  hide.   .  .  . 

***** 

Logan  was  too  young  to  realize  the  significance  of  the 
transitional  period  in  western  history  of  which  he  was  a 
part.  John  Hunton,  up  from  his  home  at  Bordeaux,  told 
him  that  Fort  Laramie  had  been  in  four  successive  ter- 
ritories without  ever  moving  an  inch — Nebraska,  Idaho, 
Dakota  and  Wyoming. 

Logan  met  Hunton  at  the  sutler's  store,  and  heard 
him  discuss  with  other  pioneer  ranchers  details  of  the  past 
events.  Logan's  name  appears  occasionally  in  Hunton's 
famous  diaries. 

Logan  thought  these  men  were  justified  when  they 

51 


objected  to  some  of  the  punishment  of  enhsted  men  at  the 
fort,  such  as  hanging  a  prisoner  by  his  thumbs. 

But  a  sociable  young  fellow  also  found  much  to 
enjoy  in  the  commotion  and  color  of  a  frontier  fort,  with 
wagon  trains  from  everywhere  arriving  daily.  Soldiers, 
afoot  or  on  horseback,  lowered  the  flag  at  sunset, 
sometimes  to  band  music.  Officers'  ladies  laughed  and 
twirled  their  parasols.  Young  boys  roamed  the  coun- 
tryside, just  as  he  and  his  sister  had  done  in  Carlin.  Old 
men  told  tales  of  Indian  battles,  before  the  Indians  were 
confined  on  the  agencies. 

The  sutler's  store,  a  long  low  adobe  building,  sold  the 
essentials  like  flour,  bacon,  tobacco,  Hniment,  castor  oil 
and  liquor.  Buffalo  hides  were  piled  in  a  corner.  The 
original  structure  had  been  built  in  1836  by  the  American 
Fur  Company  for  a  company  store.  The  army  took  over 
Fort  Laramie  in  1849.  In  1852,  the  army  retained  part 
of  the  old  thick-walled  building  and  added  a  larger  sec- 
tion, its  doorway  weathered  to  a  stark  grey  .... 

On  his  mail  route,  Logan  might  lend  a  stamp  or  lead 
a  horse  to  Fort  Laramie  as  a  favor  to  a  rancher — or  even 
buy  butter  for  the  sutler. 

One  time  I  remember,  because  of  the  high  price  I  had  to 
pay  for  butter.  The  sutler  at  Fort  Laramie,  B.  A.  Hart,  also 
in  charge  of  the  bachellor  [sic]  officers'  mess  at  Old  Bedlam, 
asked  me  to  bring  back  some  butter  from  Rawhide  Buttes. 
He  didn't  care  what  price  I  had  to  pay,  as  long  as  I  got  the 
butter.  It  was  so  scarce,  it  brought  as  high  as  50t  a  pound. 
A  sister  of  Luke  Voorhees,  Mrs.  Amasa  Lowrie  at  the  Buttes, 
made  excellent  butter  and  shipped  it  to  Cheyenne. 

Mrs.  Lowrie  had  just  packed  20  pounds  to  send  to 
market  when  I  went  to  her.  At  first  she  refused  to  sell  me 
any.  Said  she  had  promised  it  to  a  firm  in  Cheyenne,  but 
I  finally  persuaded  her  to  part  with  all  of  it  to  me  for  one 
dollar  a  pound. 

***** 
One  ranch  that  Ernest  visited  was  that  of  John 
McGinnis,  ten  miles  north  of  Fort  Laramie  on  Cotton- 
wood Creek.  There  was  always  something  going  on. 
Mrs.  McGinnis  added  a  touch  of  excitement  to  his  sum- 
mer. Much  later,  in  1948,  her  daughter,  Mrs.  Tom 
Snow  told  of  her  visit  for  John  Charles  Thompson's  col- 
umn, "In  Old  Wyoming,"  Sept.   14,   1948: 

Wyoming  takes  on  an  added  flavor  of  remembrance  in  the 
summertime  with  the  return  of  those  early  settlers  who,  in 
their  later  years,  spend  the  winter  in  milder  climates  (Long 
Beach)  and  trek  homeward  to  summer  in  Wyoming.  Among 
these  is  Mrs.  Tom  Snow  of  Torrington,  Wyoming,  who  has 
recently  been  calling  on  old  friends  in  Cheyenne.  She  may 
complain  a  little  of  the  altitude,  or  tell  how  many  old-timers 
died  since  last  summer,  but  her  sense  of  humor  is  as  lively 
as  ever.  Her  white  hair  is  just  as  becoming  as  were  her  red- 
gold  braids  in  1874  when  she  came  to  Cheyenne  with  her 
family  from  Illinois.  To  old-timers,  she  will  always  be  Liz- 
zie McGinnis  .... 

When  the  Black  Hills  gold  fever  struck  Cheyenne  in 
seventy-six,  John  McGinnis  loaded  his  wife  and  four  children 
into  a  wagon  and  headed  north.  But  the  Sioux  were  ram- 
paging north  of  the  Platte,  and  at  Fort  Laramie  Mrs.  McGin- 
nis set  her  foot  down.  She  refused  to  take  her  four  children 
anv  farther  until  the  Indians  were  subdued. 


After  six  months  at  tangy  Fort  Laramie,  McGinnis 
homesteaded  on  Cottonwood  Creek,  ten  miles  to  the  north 
and  invested  in  cattle.  There  Lizzie  watched  soldiers.  Black 
Hillcrs  and  notorious  characters  head  north,  the  Black  Hills 
fever  in  their  eyes.  To  this  day  she  cannot  believe  all  the 
evil  tales  she  hears  about  Calamity  Jane  because  that 
shouting,  cursing,  female  bull-whacker,  in  her  fringed 
buckskin  skirt,  once  sat  in  Mrs.  McGinnis's  best  chair  and 
ran  her  hand  over  Lizzie's  red-gold  hair  until  tears  ran  down 
her  hard  face  at  the  memory  of  the  little  girl  she  herself  had 
been. 

John  McGinnis  died  in  1880  .  .  .  Mrs.  McGinnis  stayed 
on  in  Wyoming,  operating  her  ranch  home  as  a  wayside  inn 
or  roadhouse,  because  travelers  stopped  and  demanded  beds 
and  meals.  Lizzie  was  15  by  that  time,  the  only  girl  for  miles 
around.  She  had  been  to  Cheyenne  to  school  for  a  few  terms, 
but  aside  from  that,  most  of  her  education  had  been  on  a 
horse  and  in  her  mother's  house. 

Mrs.  McGinnis  had  the  best  floor  in  the  country,  and 
all  the  cowhands  used  to  beg  her  to  give  dances.  So  she  would 
mail  invitations — Ernest  Logan,  then  riding  for  the  4P  out- 
fit, wrote  them  for  her  once — and  the  boys  would  bring  an 
old  fiddle,  a  banjo  and  two  or  three  mouthharps  with  which 
to  beat  out  such  tunes  as  Money  Musk.  Irish  Washerwoman  and 
Turkey  in  the  Straw  for  the  square  dancing.  And  Mrs.  McGin- 
nis would  make  mincemeat  from  cottontails  and  send  all  the 
way  to  Cheyenne  for  delicacies  for  the  big  midnight  feast. 
She  was  an  excellent  cook  and  huge  cakes  and  pies  and  great 
boiled  hams,  and  Ellis  candies  were  none  too  good  for 
cowboys  weary  of  beef  and  beans,  boys  who  had  ridden  75 
or  100  miles  horseback  to  the  dance. 

In  that  same  big  room,  in  a  log-cabin  wedding,  the  post 
chaplain  from  Fort  Laramie  married  Lizzie  McGinnis  to 
Tom  Snow,  foreman  of  the  Pratt  and  Ferris  Cattle  Com- 
pany. They  established  a  ranch  on  the  Rawhide  and  later, 
a  winter  home  in  Torrington,  so  their  son  and  daughter  could 
go  to  school. 

When  their  son  died  in  World  War  I,  and  Torrington's 
Travis  Snow  Post  of  the  American  Legion  was  named  for 
him,  the  Snows  took  to  spending  their  winters  in  Califor- 
nia. A  decade  later,  Mrs.  Snow  went  to  France  to  visit  the 
boy's  grave. 

Now  that  Tom  Snow  is  gone,  too,  Mrs.  Snow  comes 
back  alone  in  the  summer  to  inspect  and  enlarge  the  ranch 
on  the  Rawhide.  These  days  she  talks  more  than  ever  of  those 
other  days  when  life  in  Wyoming  was  e.xciting  and  glamorous 
for  little  Lizze  McGinnis. 

Logan  enjoyed  his  work  around  Rawhide  and  Fort 
Laramie  and  riding  many  miles  to  a  dance  was  a  bit  of 
a  lark.  But  he  realized  that  carrying  the  mail  and  short- 
haul  passenger  runs  had  no  future.  He  had  substituted 
as  a  driver  on  a  big  coach.  Suddenly  he  realized  that 
he  wanted  to  get  back  to  the  range  -  to  working  cattle. 
In  the  fall  of  188'2  he  caught  a  glimpse  in  the  distance 
of  a  roundup  wagon  on  the  move,  and  rode  out  that  night 
for  supper  around  the  open  fire.  He  knew  some  of  the 
riders  and  they  introduced  him  around.  The  cook  was 
extra  nice  to  him.  A  feeling  of  homesickness  for  the 
roundup  came  over  him,  and  he  felt  hemmed  in  by  his 
daily  routine.  He  missed  the  frosty  mornings  with  your 
horse  bucking  the  minute  you  stepped  into  the  saddle. 
He  recalled  circling  the  herd  in  the  starlight  -  a  stampede 
in  the  night,  when  he  had  almost  no  sleep.  He  had  been 


52 


annoyed  at  the  time,  but  now  he  looked  back  on  it  as 
aUve  and  exciting. 

One  day  he  met  George  Cross,  a  rider  he  had  worked 
with  in  1881  on  the  Number  One  Roundup,  when  there'd 
been  125  men  starting  at  Durbin's  Crossing  on  Pole  Creek 
the  first  day  of  May.  Cross  was  three  years  older  than 
Logan  but  they  had  hit  if  off  from  the  first.  Meeting  him 
again  now  at  Fort  Laramie,  then  watching  him  ride  away, 
free  in  the  saddle,  stirred  in  Logan  a  longing  to  ride  again 
for  a  good  cow  outfit. 

Besides,  he'd  had  a  letter  from  his  mother.  After  his 
father  drowned,  she  had  kept  her  grief  to  herself  more 
than  was  good  for  her,  and  lately  she  had  been  writing 
that  she  never  saw  Ernest  anymore.  He  was  so  far  away, 
and  his  letters  didn't  tell  her  much.  Her  plaintive  appeal 
stirred  him  to  make  a  decision. 

The  thermometer  at  Laramie  had  gone  down  to  31 
below,  Jan.  20,  1883,  and  he  wondered  how  his  mother 
was  managing  alone.  Spring  would  be  coming.  Roundups 
would  be  starting  at  every  roundup  district  in  the  territory, 
and  Logan  wanted  intensely  to  be  on  one — the  horse 
roundup  about  the  first  of  May,  and  calf  roundup  and 
branding  right  after  that.  If  he  quit  the  next  month,  he 
could  go  to  Cheyenne,  visit  his  mother,  and  work  on  some 
spurs  for  which  he  had  drawn  a  wild-rose  design.  He  could 
then  look  for  a  riding  job  in  May,  somewhere  new.  He 
would  miss  his  friends  at  Fort  Laramie  and  around,  but 
surely  their  trails  would  cross  again,  sometime,  some- 
where. 

In  March  when  the  boss  rode  in,  Logan  discussed  his 
plans.  Voorhees  understood  how  he  felt.  He  already  knew 
how  Mrs.  Logan  felt,  because  she  had  written  him,  ask- 
ing about  Ernest.  Voorhees  said  it  would  be  fine  for  the 
young  man  to  quit.  Voorhees  confessed  that  he  would  like 
to  get  his  money  out  of  the  stage  line  and  start  cattle  ran- 
ching up  in  that  part  of  the  country.  Logan  and  the  older 
man  were  in  agreement  on  many  issues.  In  a  couple  of 
weeks,  a  young  fellow  took  over  the  reins  on  Logan's  run, 
and  Logan  rode  south. 


From  a  high  spot  on  the  road  Logan  looked  down  on 
Cheyenne  and  it  looked  very  good.  His  mother  was  so 
happy  to  have  him  home  that  for  a  day  or  two  she  didn't 
want  to  let  him  out  of  her  sight.  He  felt  guilty  about  being 
away  so  much.  Maybe  in  another  two  or  three  years  he 
would  make  bits  and  spurs  as  a  business,  but  not  yet.  For 
the  time  being,  he  went  to  work  on  the  spurs  in  his  father's 
workshop,  blowing  the  dust  off  his  father's  familiar  tools, 
the  mallets,  stamping  tools  and  the  vise. 

He  began  to  look  around  for  a  riding  job.  His  mother 
realized  that  he  was  restless  when  she'd  had  her  visit,  and 
she  was  satisfied  to  give  him  up  again  for  a  while.  If  he 
would  be  a  cowhand,  she  could  at  least  have  him  home 
winters. 

In  April,  he  had  a  chance  to  ride  for  a  Scot  named 
John  Clay  on  the  71  Quarter  Circle  on  the  Sweetwater. 
He  could  work  on  into  the  fall  and  be  back  in  Cheyenne 
for  the  winter.  His  mother  had  heard  of  Clay  and  his  Scot- 
tish connections,  and  felt  he  would  be  a  good  influence. 
A  good  influence  -  Logan  had  to  laugh  -  Mothers!  He 
was  25  years  old,  and  he  knew  he  was  his  own  man. 

The  end  of  April,  1883,  he  took  the  Union  Pacific  to 
Rawlins,  his  saddle  and  bedroll  in  the  baggage  car.  One 
of  the  71  Quarter  Circle  hands  met  the  train,  and  they 
set  out  on  the  long  ride  north  and  west.  The  horse  herd 
was  kept  at  a  point  farther  north,  near  Moneta.  Logan 
learned  he  was  to  work  up  there  with  a  fellow  about  his 
own  age,  John  Carmody.  In  a  short  time,  Logan  and  Car- 
mody  formed  a  friendship  that  was  to  last  for  years  .... 

Logan  had  heard  of  this  country  and  how  it  fared  in 
the  big  storm  of  1872.  Some  50  years  later  in  Cheyenne, 
he  met  an  elderly  lady,  Mrs.  Alverna  Markle  Dean,  who 
as  a  young  girl  had  come  to  Wyoming  from  Pennsylvania. 
They  settled  at  Point  of  Rocks,  southwest  of  Clay's  head- 
quarters, when  Wyoming  was  virgin  territory. 

It  was  at  Point  of  Rocks  that  Mrs.  Dean  saw  one  of 
Wyoming's  miracles  of  nature.  A  storm  came  up  early 
in  the  afternoon  late  in  November,  1872.  Shortly  after 
it  descended,  there  started  a  general  exodus  of  wild 
animals,  apparently  sensing  that  the  storm  would  be 
severe. 

Little  Alverna  stood  outside  their  home  with  her  father 
and  young  brother  and  watched  hundreds  of  deer, 
antelope  and  elk  trekking  southward.  The  area  between 
Point  of  Rocks  and  the  adjacent  hills  was  a  mass  of  mov- 
ing animals  as  the  exodus  continued  until  dusk.  Follow- 
ing them  were  wolves  and  coyotes.  There  were  no  buf- 
falo, most  of  which  were  gone  from  the  hills  by  that  time, 
and  the  bears  had  already  gone  into  hibernation. 

"Remember  this  day,  children,"  Mrs.  Dean's  father 
said.  "You  will  never  see  its  like  again." 

Later  she  heard  of  the  trek  continuing  into  Colorado, 
crossing  the  South  Platte  near  Evans,  and  reaching  Texas, 
where  the  herd  was  greatly  depleted  by  hunters  and 
predatory  animals.  The  snow  that  fell  remained  on  the 


53 


ground  for  90  days,  making  grazing  virtually  impossible. 
There  were  few  cattle  outfits  in  the  country  yet,  or  the 

stock  losses  would  have  been  enormous. 

***** 

Riding  for  Clay  up  on  the  Sweetwater  in  1883  and 
1884,  Logan  made  other  new  friends,  some  of  whom  kept 
in  touch  with  him  most  of  his  life.  There  was  Ed  Harris, 
whose  daughter,  Mrs.  John  Kirk,  in  1937  came  to 
Cheyenne  from  Split  Rock  for  Logan's  80th  birthday.  And 
Billy  Johnson,  who  in  the  1930s  was  appointed  United 
States  Land  Commissioner  at  Cheyenne.  The  two  old 
cowboys  talked  over  the  days  when  they  rode  for  the  71 
Quarter  Circle  brand. 

At  one  time,  rioting  Texas  cowboys  struck  for  higher 
wages  and  talked  of  tar  and  feathering  Clay  when  he 
refused  their  demands,  they  rode  away  just  as  the  beef 
herd  had  been  gathered  to  drive  to  the  railroad  for  ship- 
ping. Logan  was  up  at  the  horse  corrals.  A  small  nucleus 
of  faithful  hands  were  led  by  Clay  himself,  who  wrote  that 
they  turned  the  beeves  out  to  water  and  graze,  corralled 
them  overnight,  and  the  next  day  the  hay  crew  came  in, 
drove  the  beeves  to  the  railroad.  It  was  the  first  and  last 
time  Clay  had  any  trouble  with  cowpunchers. 

Logan  knew  how  to  move  cattle  slow  and  easy  and 
not  get  them  stirred  up.  Sometimes  on  roundup  he  had 
to  run  them  a  little  to  flush  them  out  of  a  thicket  or  a  draw, 
but  after  he  got  a  bunch  gathered,  he  never  hurried  them. 
It  ran  off  all  the  tallow — all  the  profit.  Sometimes  young 
Logan  lost  his  temper  because  some  cowhand  he  was 
paired  with  kept  a  herd  on  the  run,  and  wouldn't  listen. 
I  told  the  boss  that  if  he  wanted  his  beef  run  like  that,  he'd 
have  to  get  someone  else  to  work  with  that  smart-alec, 
because  I  wasn't  gonna  be  a  part  of  it.  So  the  boss  cussed 
out  the  other  hand  and  stopped  that,  and  then  he  listened. 
You  got  to  handle  cattle  like  a  basket  of  eggs. 
When  he  was  over  80,  Logan  wrote  down  in  pencil 
two  or  three  incidents  from  the  summer  of  1884,  about 
the  Indians'  and  cowboys'  rivalry  on  the  Wind  River 
before  the  spring  roundup: 

I  worked  lor  some  of  the  prominent  ranchers  in  Wyoming 
when  I  was  a  young  fellow  in  the  '80s,  Some  of  the  owners 
are  famous,  like  John  Clay.  The  big  spring  roundup  in  1884 
was  scheduled  to  start  May  4th.  The  roundup  wagons,  with 
35  or  40  men,  were  camped  at  the  forks  of  Big  and  Little 
Wind  River  at  the  foot  of  Beaver  Hill,  about  25  miles  from 
Lander,  waiting  for  the  weather  to  clear  and  the  snow  to  melt 
off. 

Just  above  us  was  Black  Kettle's  band  of  Shoshone 
Indians,  also  waiting  for  the  snow  to  clear  off,  with  all  their 
ponies,  etc.  There  was  about  a  foot  of  snow  on  the  ground 
that  day,  but  there  were  five  or  six  wagons  already  in  camp 
and  several  more  arrived  that  afternoon. 

After  they  came,  the  Indians  came  over  to  our  camp  to 
do  some  trading.  One  of  them  was  lame,  a  small  Indian, 
very  quick  and  bright,  named  Lame  Antelope,  who  had 
sometimes  acted  as  a  guide  and  scout  for  the  United  States 
Army.  He  asked  if  we  wanted  to  race  some  of  our  horses 
against  their  ponies,  and  we  all  agreed.  We  held  two  races 
and  our  outfit  won  both. 


The  Indians  weren't  satisfied,  so  once  more  Lame 
Antelope  acted  as  go-between  and  suggested  that  if  we  had 
a  foot  racer,  they  would  like  to  take  him  on  with  one  of  their 
braves.  So  the  boss  told  him  yes,  we  had,  and  pointed  out 
Johnnie  (Shorty)  McCarty,  a  little  fellow.  The  Indian  looked 
him  all  over  and  hurried  back  to  camp,  to  bring  on  his  man, 
along  with  about  100  Indians  of  their  tribe. 

Johnnie's  head  came  about  to  the  Indian's  shoulder.  The 
Indian  was  tall  and  lank,  and  looked  as  if  he  could  fly.  He 
looked  like  a  race  horse,  and  Johnnie  like  a  little  pot-bellied 
pony. 

Well,  the  Indians  put  up  everything  they  had,  and  we 
put  up  all  the  money  we  had,  which  wasn't  very  much.  The 
Indians  piled  all  their  bets — furs,  gloves,  moccasins,  etc, — on 
one  side  of  the  road,  and  we  put  all  our  money  on  a  flat  rock 
on  our  side.  An  Indian  and  one  of  our  side  measured  off 
a  hundred  yards  on  the  road,  and  their  racer  stripped  down 
to  his  breech-cloth  and  moccasins,  and  Johnnie  took  off  his 
coat  and  vest. 

They  got  off  to  a  good  start.  But  I  wish  you  could  have 
seen  the  faces  of  the  Indians  when  our  little  bench-legged 
Irish  feist  run  right  away  from  their  long-legged  racer.  Also 
I  wish  you  could  have  seen  Lame  Antelope's  description  of 
the  race  to  an  Indian  who  was  too  late  to  see  the  race.  He 
pointed,  "Him  Indian — himjohnnie,"  Then  he  showed  how 
they  ran,  and  the  rest  was  "sign  talk,"  and  good  plain  talk 
it  was,  with  his  feet  traveling  up  and  down  in  place,  I  still 
has  c  a  beaded  Indian  purse  I  won  on  that  race 

This  was  in  May,  1884,  and  so  far  as  I  know,  I  am  the 
only  one  of  the  camp  still  alive  today,  —  E,  A,   Logan. 
Cheyenne,  Wyo,,  Aug,  21st,   1940, 
Logan's  memoirs  furnish  other  Indian  tales  at  that 
locale. 

One  day  a  blind  old  Indian  and  his  grandson,  about  seven, 
drifted  into  camp.  Lame  Antelope  interpreted  how  the  old 
man  and  the  boy  had  traveled  from  Pine  Ridge  in  the  sand 
hills  of  Nebraska,  to  the  camp  in  the  middle  of  Wyoming, 
He  said  the  Indian,  then  about  90  years  old,  had  known  the 
country  before  he  became  blind;  so  when  they  started  out 
on  their  journey,  they  got  up  at  sunrise  and  the  old  man  asked 
his  grandson  to  ride  with  him  to  the  highest  point  in  the 
\icinity.  The  boy  would  describe  the  most  prominent  point 
ahead  of  them,  and  also  the  country  back  of  them.  The 
grandfather  would  then  tell  the  boy  whether  to  go  to  the  right 
or  the  left,  and  about  how  far.  In  this  way,  they  traseled 
all  the  way  to  Lander, 

The  horses  were  wintered  at  the  71  Quarter  Circle 
horse  ranch,  farther  north,  and  the  wranglers  generally 
stayed  there  for  a  few  days  to  gather  the  horses  for  the 
roundup.  While  they  were  there,  in  the  spring  of  1884, 
another  old  Indian  with  a  grandson  in  tow  stopped  at  the 
ranch.  The  hands  had  just  finished  supper,  but  the  cook 
warmed  up  the  leftovers  and  invited  the  travelers  to  help 
themselves.  They  were  very  hungry  and  ate  a  tremendous 
meal. 

All  at  once  the  little  fellow  began  to  cry.  When  the 
cook  asked  what  the  trouble  was,  the  old  man  grinned 
a  toothless  grin  and  made  motions  to  the  effect  that  the 
boy  had  eaten  all  he  could,  but  felt  bad  because  there  was 
food  left  that  he  couldn't  hold. 

The  roundup  of  1884,  one  of  the  largest  in  the  state, 
was  made  up  of  31  separate  roundups.  Logan  rode  in  No. 


54 


Louise  Van  Tassel,  daughter  of 
cattle  baron  Alexander  Swan 
and  wife  of  cattleman  R.  S. 
Van  Tassel,  was  a  regular 
customer  at  the  Walker  sisters ' 
establishment.  Her  name  ap- 
pears in  the  '  'size  book,  ' '  now 
in  the  personal  collection  of  the 
author. 


21  roundup.  The  following  is  copied  from  the  notice  sent 
out  by  the  Wyoming  Stock  Growers  Association  to  all  its 
members: 

1884  Round-Ups 

of  the 

Wyoming  Stock  Growers  Association 

William  (Billy)  C.  Irvine,  President 

Round-up  No.  21 

Commence  May  5  at  the  mouth  of  Muskrat  on  the 
easterly  side  of  Wind  River;  thence  up  Wind  River  to  the 
mouth  of  Beaver;  thence  to  Alkali  Springs,  then  cross  over 
to  the  head  of  Muskrat;  then  down  Muskrat  to  its  mouth; 
thence  up  Poison,  working  its  tributaries  as  each  is  reached, 
to  the  head  of  Poison  over  to  the  head,  and  to  the  mouth 
of  Bad  Water. 

Fall  round-up  to  begin  Sept.  15th.  T.  J.  Turner, 
foreman;  John  Gatlin,  assistant  foreman. 

When  shipping  was  over,  Logan  returned  to 
Cheyenne  for  the  winter.  In  1884,  John  Clay  had  bought 
the  ranch  holdings  of  E.  W.  Whitcomb  and  Hi  Kelly, 
about  50  miles  north  of  Cheyenne,  thus  acquiring  head- 
quarters for  the  extensive  Swan  Land  and  Cattle  Com- 
pany, the  famous  Two  Bar  .... 

Ernest  Logan  didn't  know  it  yet,  but  far  off  in  New 
York  City,  something  was  brewing  in  1885  that  was  to 
bring  a  well-defined  change  of  direction  in  his  life.  Little 
"North-of-Ireland"  Jennie  Walker,  a  handsome  reddish 
blonde  of  thirty-some,  with  imperious  ways  and  a  year's 
business  education  in  Dunganon,  Ireland,  had  been 
brought  up  in  the  British  tradition  that  the  oldest  was  the 
boss  of  the  family.  Her  brother  Will  was  older,  but  Will 
was  not  on  the  scene.  This  tradition  she  did  not  hesitate 
to  exercise  as  her  holy  right.  Miss  Jennie  had  heard  that 
Cheyenne  was  rich  and  progressive,  calling  itself  the 
"Magic  City  of  the  Plains."  Its  streets  were  lined  with 
the  beautiful  homes  of  moneyed  cattlemen,  some  with 
British  titles  or  Scottish  financial  backing.  These  men  had 


built  the  Cheyenne  Club,  known  the  world  over,  where 
members  entertained  their  ladies  at  lavish  dinners  and 
balls.  Cheyenne  also  had  professional  men  and  political 
appointees  from  the  East. 

Jennie  Walker  was  not  interested  in  the  cattlemen. 
Well  trained  in  millinery,  and  with  a  working  knowledge 
of  dressmaking,  acquired  from  her  skilled  middle  sister 
Lizzie,  she  had  the  inspired  idea  that  if  she  went  west, 
wives  of  those  well-to-do  men  would  need  someone  to 
make  stylish  hats,  on  which  they  could  spend  their 
husbands'  money.  In  business  in  New  York  City  and  in 
summer  at  Saratoga  Springs,  Jennie  Walker  was  never 
short  on  self-confidence  and  business  acumen. 

It  was  before  the  era  of  ladies'  ready-to-wear.  Women 
had  a  seamstress  in  to  sew  for  a  week,  what  they  couldn't 
sew  themselves.  If  they  had  the  means,  they  had  a 
fashionable  dressmaker  tailor  beautifully  fitted  gowns.  It 
was  this  business  Jennie  sought.  She  wanted  to  bring  her 
dark-haired  sister  Lizzie  out  from  New  York  to  set  up  a 
fashion  establishment  like  no  other  in  Wyoming.  She 
wanted  a  third  sister,  Minnie,  to  come  west  and  teach 
school. 

Logan  did  not  fall  in  love  with  Miss  Jennie.  He  did, 
in  fact,  have  a  running  battle  of  words  and  wits  with  Miss 
Jennie  for  some  40  years.  By  that  time,  he  decided — in 
Indian  words — to  "let  the  war-trails  grass  over."  Maybe 
he  at  last  realized  how  greatly  indebted  he  was  to  Jennie 
for  persuading  Lizzie  to  forsake  "Sodom",  as  Jennie 
called  New  York,  and  join  her  in  Cheyenne. 

The  letters  covering  her  journey  on  "the  cars"  to 
Cheyenne  and  her  experiences  are  full  of  enthusiasm, 
unlimited  self-confidence,  and  plain  nerve.  The  first  cor- 
respondence was  addressed  to  Lizzie  and  Minnie  at 
Saratoga  Springs,  New  York,  and  the  balance,  to  their 
flat  in  New  York  City.  Brother  Will,  oldest  of  them  all, 
lived  in  New  York.  Younger  brothers  had  stayed  in 
County  Armagh,  Ireland.  Jennie's  story  of  her  journey 
west  began  with  a  bounce: 

Sept.  12,  1885.  Well,  girls,  I  have  had  a  wonderful  exper- 


55 


E.  A.  Logan's  first 
store  was  located  at 
the  site  of  the  defunct 
M.  E.  Post  bank. 


iencc.  There  are  not  many  passengers  on  our  tar.  I  did  not 
take  a  sleeper.  Too  expensive.  Do  not  kit  anyone  I  did  nol  iake 
a  steeper.  About  9:00  o/c  I  lay  down  on  the  seat  to  sleep,  and 
woke  up  at  1:00  o/c  A.M.,  and  realized  that  we  weren't  mov- 
ing. I  asked  the  lady  next  to  me,  and  she  smiled  and  said, 
"Is  that  all  you  know?  We  have  been  wrecked.  The  sleepers 
at  the  end  of  the  train  have  split  a  rail  and  run  off  the  track." 
I  was  glad  I  wasn't  on  a  sleeper.  Well,  we  were  kept  there 
five  hours  in  Ohio,  275  miles  from  Chicago. 

At  the  Chicago  depot  in  the  morning,  I  could  make  no 
connection  soon,  so  where  should  I  stay?  I  was  afraid  to  go 
to  a  hotel  without  a  recommendation.  I  walked  around  the 
streets  and  looked,  and  I  thought  of  a  buyer  I  had  heard  of 
in  New  York,  A.  A.  Christie,  and  thought  I  knew  his  wife. 
I  remembered  his  business  address.  I  thought.  Well  I  will  try. 

I  went  to  that  address  and  saw  a  gentleman  whom  I 
asked  if  there  was  a  buyer  named  Christie,  and  he  said  yes, 
and  pointed  out  a  gentleman.  I  went  up  to  him  and  asked, 
"Are  you  an  American?" 

He  said,  "No." 

"Do  you  come  from  Ireland?" 

"Yes," 

"Do  you  know  the  Doak  family,  and  did  you  marry 
Sarah?" 

"Yes!"  He  said  afterward  that  he  kept  thinking,  "Who 
the  deuce  are  you?"  Finally  I  asked  if  he  knew  Shephard 
Walker,  and  he  said,  "Yes!" 

So  I  said,  "I  am  his  sister."  So  he  shook  my  hand  heart- 
ily and  was  very  glad  to  see  me.  I  said,  "Sister  Lizzie  was 
in  Ireland  two  years  ago,  and  she  and  Sarah's  sister  Lizzie 
Doak  had  their  picture  taken  together  on  High  Street  in 
Belfast.  Such  beautiful  dresses  .  .  .  ." 

"I  have  one  of  those  pictures!" 

I  then  asked  if  he  could  recommend  a  good  hotel,  and 
he  said,  "Yes,  our  hotel,"  meaning  his  house.  So  he  gave 
me  directions  to  find  the  house,  an  hour's  ride  on  the  street 
car.  I  then  went  back  to  the  depot  and  had  some  trouble  get- 
ting my  ticket  extended  to  Monday.  I  didn't  care  to  travel 
on  Sunday.  I  had  half  the  agents  and  conductors  in  Chicago 
exerting  themselves  in  my  behalf.  Reached  Sarah's  about 
seven  P.M.  A  nice  married  gentleman  about  60  escorted  me 
to  Lakewood,  carrying  my  baggage,  and  Sarah  made  him 
stay  for  dinner.  Her  husband  had  telephoned,  and  she  was 
overjoyed  to  see  me.  She  talked  about  the  baby  she  had  just 
lost,  and  asked  about  all  the  people  in  County  Armagh  in 


good  old  Ireland.  There  were  three  nice  men  turned  up,  one 
a  Mr.  Henderson,  Alex  Christie  is  coming  out  to  Denver 
to  go  in  business  with  me.  Don't  laugh.  Mr.  Henderson  is 
coming,  too.  Lots  of  beaux.  I  went  to  church  with  handsome 
Mr.  Henderson  and  made  quite  a  mash. 

Sept.  16,  1885.  We  are  still  in  III.  And  I  now  behold 
the  grandest  red  sunset  I  ever  saw,  reflected  in  the  Mississippi 
River.  At  Rock  Island  a  gentleman  came  in  who  knows  all 
about  the  West.  He  was  kind,  and  one  you  could  trust,  was 
interesting  and  talked  continually  all  evening  and  next  morn- 
ing. All  the  way  through,  I  have  had  just  the  same  good  luck. 

7  A.M.  Wed.  We  are  about  20  miles  from  Denver  on 
the  U.P.,  passing  vast  plains  of  buffalo  grass,  all  public  land, 
I  think.  Now  we  can  see  the  Rocky  Mtns.  They  look  very 
formidable,  dark  and  capped  with  snow  ....  Later.  Well, 
I  reached  Denver  this  morning.  The  gentleman  carried  my 
baggage.  I  am  staying  with  a  Mrs.  Jackson  I  thought  I  knew. 
I  didn't,  but  never  mind,  she  invited  me  to  stay,  and  I  am 
eating  out.  I  think  I  will  stay  until  Friday  and  rest  up. 

They  all  speak  highly  of  Cheyenne.  Some  people  named 
Beaton  invited  me  to  spend  the  evening.  I  never  saw  anything 
like  how  things  turn  up.  It  is  wonderful  how  hospitable  the 
Denverites  are,  and  will  do  anything  for  you.  A  beautiful 
city,  the  air  bracing.  I  walked  all  forenoon  without  feeling 
tired.  Trees  all  the  way  on  the  streets,  and  streams  of  water 
running  through  the  gutters. 

Saturday.  Well,  here  I  am  at  the  T.  J.  Fisher  Hotel, 
Chevenne,  telling  everyone  I  am  an  accomplished  costume 
designer.  So  don't  tell  anyone  I  am  an  amateur.  I  wish  I 
had  learned  the  chart  system  you  use,  Lizzie,  to  cut  patterns. 
Here  are  the  measurements  of  a  lady  customer.  Please  cut 
a  pattern  for  her.  It  will  save  me  so  much  trouble.  Bust  32, 
waist  24,  across  the  shoulders  15  14  ,  hip  38  (over  bustle),  arm 
'IWi ,  elbow  10,  under-arm  8  Vi ,  hand  8;  length  bodice,  front 
12,  back  155/2.  I  am  going  to  cut  a  handsome  pink  and  blue 
morning  dress  with  watteau  back  and  loose  pleats  to  the 
ground.  Tell  Min  to  send  me  some  needles.  Here  are  the 
sizes  .... 

Dec.  2,  1885.  Weather  like  June.  My  sealskin  sacque 
I  ha\e  worn  only  about  half  a  dozen  days,  my  muff  yester- 
day for  the  first  time.  I  have  joined  the  M.  E.  Church 
Lyceum.  We  have  meetings  and  debates.  And  Rev.  Rayder 
invited  some  young  ladies,  myself  included,  for  supper  Mon- 
day evening  after  Thanksgiving.  There  are  no  Irish  in  the 
Methodist   church,    but   several   English,    and   they   have 


56 


included  me,  and  say  I  speak  like  a  Londoner. 

Tom  Guston  wants  me  to  go  into  partnership  with  him 
on  a  ranch.  Almost  every  morning  at  6  o/c,  some  of  us  go 
horseback  riding  over  the  prairie.  It  is  exhilarating.  When 
you  come,  we  can  buy  a  horse  and  divide  the  cost  of  its  board 
among  us.  Lizzie  your  patterns  are  so  perfect,  I  am  getting 
a  reputation  as  a  good  fit  ...  .  If  the  boys  could  come  from 
Ireland,  I  would  take  up  a  ranch  or  homestead  and  in  a  few 
years  the  money  would  double  itself,  and  you  and  Minnie 
and  I  could  carry  on  the  dressmaking,  and  Shephard  and 
James  could  live  on  the  ranch.  You  buy  young  calves,  say 
for  $15.  The  next  year,  they  would  be  worth  $30,  and  the 
next  $60,  and  so  on.  This  is  the  way  it  is  done,  and  women, 
too  take  up  the  land.  Lots  of  ways  of  making  money  here, 
all  better  than  the  chances  in  New  York.  I  never  want  to 
go  back  to  Sodom  again. 

I  make  gowns  for  some  of  the  wealthiest  here,  and  I 
pray  for  the  good  Lord  to  make  them  fit.  [Years  later,  when 
Ernest  read  that,  he  said,  "I  wonder  how  the  Old  Gentleman 
liked  that  assignment?"] 

Dec.  14,  1885.  I  wish  I  could  be  there  for  Christmas. 
I  guess  I  am  homesick.  Minnie's  picture  is  before  me  in  a 
frame,  and  as  I  look  up,  she  seems  to  say,  "I  am  ready." 
You  know  how  she  steps  into  a  room.  Well,  she  seems  like 
stepping  toward  me,  tall  and  straight  and  blond.  On  no 
account  forget  to  have  father's  picture  made  from  that 
photograph  taken  in  Belfast.  It  seems  a  pity  for  you  to  spend 
your  time  there  when  there  is  so  much  work  here.  Is  it 
impossible  to  come  now?  Minnie,  where  are  those  needles? 
You  sent  me  some,  but  they  are  so  fine,  I  cannot  use  them. 
//  is  urgent.  Lizzie,  here  are  some  more  measurements  to  make 
two  more  patterns.  Waist  28  ...  .  My  letters  must  be  more 
trouble  than  otherwise. 

March  25,  1886.  Today  they  vote  on  $400,000  bonds 
for  a  north-south  railroad  through  Cheyenne.  If  it  goes 
through,  Cheyenne  will  boom.  There  is  no  place  we  could 
do  as  well.  Our  success  is  assured.  Later.  The  bonds  have 
carried  by  an  overwhelming  majority,  and  all  the  busincs.^ 
and  ranch  men  I  have  asked  say  it  means  there  will  certain- 
ly be  increasing  trade  for  Cheyenne.  I  will  look  for  a  house 
for  a  millinery  and  dressmaking  establishment,  where  we  can 
have  our  own  business.  This  is  our  providential  path.  Min- 
nie can  teach  if  she  takes  her  exams.  I  feel  the  responsibility 
of  bringing  you  here,  and  do  want  you  to  like  it. 


18lh  Street  and  Central  Avenue, 
Cheyenne,  1889.  Standing,  left  to 
right,  are:  Lizzie  Walker,  Minnie 
Walker,  Jennie  Walker  and  Louis 
Casper. 


March  30,  1886.  I  was  sick  with  a  sore  throat,  and  now 
have  more  of  that  rheumatism  like  I  had  in  New  York,  and 
my  hands  are  so  sore,  I  can  hardly  sew  or  write.  Dr.  Crook 
gave  me  a  course  of  medicine  and  rest.  The  snow  is  too  deep 
for  me  to  go  to  church,  but  the  sun  is  bright,  the  snow  clean 
and  white — a  delightful  climate. 

(Miss  Jennie  was  so  bent  on  playing  up  Cheyenne's 
good  points  that  she  never  wrote  that  on  March  28,  1886, 
the  temperature  fell  to  16  degrees  below  zero.] 

April  1.  The  last  measurements  were  for  Miss  Whip- 
ple, Mrs.  Dr.  Hun's  sister,  who  is  to  be  married.  I  have  four 
gowns  to  make.  Lizzie  I  am  obliged  for  drafting  the  patterns. 
I  like  Cheyenne  people  better  all  the  time.  I  am  said  to  be 
the  best  fitter  in  town.  I  don't  tell  them  that  Lizzie  draws 
up  the  patterns.  Min,  send  me  those  needles,  size  7.  Now 
tend  to  this,  Minnie.  I  need  those  needles. 

April  5,  1886.  I  can  get  Minnie  a  position  to  teach  for 
May  10,  in  a  school  on  a  ranch,  a  lovely  place  in  summer, 
30  miles  northwest  from  here,  where  Miss  Whipple  taught. 
$50  per  month  salary  and  pay  $15  or  $18  for  board,  and 
from  there  you  would  have  a  chance  for  the  city  schools. 
Write  and  say  when  you  are  coming.  Is  it  not  possible  to 
come  AT  ONCE?  Min  will  have  to  take  an  examination  in 
arithmetic,  sp.,  geography,  reading,  writing,  etc.,  so  study 
on  the  cars;  there  will  be  so  little  time  here  before  the  exams. 
Go  to  McCreery's  and  Wanamakers  and  make  arrangements 
for  wholesale  prices  on  goods,  braid,  jet,  linings,  findings, 
etc.  And  girls,  when  you  step  off  the  cars,  be  dressed  in  pretty 
colors  and  look  as  stylish  as  you  can,  for  the  good  of  the 
business.  And  don't  bring  any  ink! 

Lizzie  knew  very  well  what  Jennie  meant  about  the 
ink.  When  13-year-old  Lizzie  had  come  by  ship  from 
Ireland  to  New  York  in  1871,  she  had  some  beautiful 
cashmere  for  a  dress,  a  rich  brownish  purple  called  puce, 
in  her  trunk.  Also  packed  was  a  bottle  of  ink  that  she  hated 
to  leave  behind,  which  had  spilled  in  transit.  When  Liz- 
zie had  pulled  open  the  parcel,  she  had  cried  out  in  pain, 
"Oh,  my  puce  cashmere!  My  handsome  puce  cashmere!" 
And  she  had  cried  in  brother  Will's  arms. 

At  Christmas,  Will  and  his  wife  gave  Lizzie  a  length 
of  plum-colored  cashmere,  and  she  had  wept  again.  And 
then  she  beamed  on  them  all. 


57 


The  last  of  the  Jennie  Walker  letters  to  New  York  were 
dated  April,  1886.  Early  in  May,  Lizzie  and  Minnie 
Walker  arrived,  dressed  in  their  stylish,  appropriate  best. 
Lizzie  also  proudly  wore  a  going-away  gift  from  a  close 
girl  friend,  a  gold  ring  set  with  six  stones,  ruby,  emerald, 
garnet,  amethyst,  ruby  and  diamond,  the  first  letters  of 
each  stone  spelling  REGARD.  (It  is  still  in  the  family.) 

At  18th  and  Central  they  bought  a  big  house  to  fix 
up  for  living  and  dressmaking.  The  Downtown  Motor  Inn 
stands  there  now,  but  sometimes  the  sense  of  the  past 
hovers  close. 

Business  ballooned.  They  had  a  fat  blank  leather- 
bound  book  made  for  measures  and  orders,  with  spaces 
for  all  the  measurements  of  customers  that  Jennie  had  writ- 
ten about  to  Lizzie:  neck,  bust,  chest,  wrist,  under-arm, 
and  those  big  hips  over  the  bustle.  Once  Miss  Louise 
Smith,  of  an  old  Cheyenne  family,  and  retired  vice- 
president  of  the  Stock  Growers  National  Bank  (now  First 
National)  looked  through  the  names,  identifying  the 
customers,  from  Laramie,  Buffalo  and  Cheyenne.  Asked 
whether  her  mother  and  sisters  had  had  dresses  made  at 
the  Walkers',  she  said,  "Indeed,  we  did  not.  We  couldn't 
afford  to." 

Jennie  wrote  the  patrons'  names  by  their  husbands' 
titles.  They  included  Mrs.  Judge  Carey  and  Mrs.  Gov. 
Warren  (later  U.S.  Senator).  Some  wore  their  Walker 
gowns  to  affairs  in  Washington,  and  one  was  worn  in 
Paris. 

Jennie  burned  the  old  style  books  at  each  season's  end, 
so  that  no  customer  would  be  tempted  to  want  a  dress 
like  last  year's  styles.  Those  Elites,  Bon  Tons  and  LaModes 
in  color  would  now  be  almost  as  valuable  as  Godeys. 

Business  paper  was  ordered  with  a  fancy  heading: 
J.  &  L.  Walker,  French  Millinery  and  Costumes,  1721 
Central  Ave.,  Cheyenne,  so  different  from  Lizzie's  modest 
1884  printed  cards:  Miss  L.  Walker,  Fashionable 
Dressmaking,  217  East  Forty-fifth  Street,  New  York. 

As  a  free-roving  cowboy,  Logan  wouldn't  have  given 
up  the  saddle  for  any  girl  he  ever  met.  He  took  them  on 
picnics,  buggy  or  horseback  rides,  to  oyster  suppers  or 
the  theater.  He  had  many  good  bachelor  friends.  Percy 
Hoyt  had  bought  the  ranch  seven  miles  west  of  Cheyenne 
on  Crow  Creek  where  Whitcomb  had  erected  a  red  brick 
house  (later  the  Polo  Ranch),  not  far  from  Camp  Carlin. 

The  first  of  July,  1889,  Hoyt  invited  Logan  to  ride 
out  for  the  4th.  "We  can  hunt  for  a  wolf  that  got  one  of 
my  calves,  and  is  still  around."  Some  little  round  pic- 
tures on  cards  are  evidence  that  he  went.  In  Hoyt's  hand- 
writing is,  "Ernest  on  a  wolf  hunt,  July  4,  1889."  and 
"Ernest  on  Puss."  Logan  is  in  a  light  brown  mustache, 
a  straight-brimmed,  four-dent  campaign  Stetson,  wool 
pants,  short  gloves,  boots  almost  to  his  knees,  and  Logan- 
made  silver-mounted  spurs,  glinting  in  the  late  afternoon 
sun,  his  shadow  long  on  the  prairie.  His  saddle  was  a 
single-rigger  with  almost  no  swells.  And  Puss's  tail  was 
"pulled"  in  rangeland  fashion,  halfway  up  her  legs,  to 

58 


keep  her  from  switching  Logan. 

Now  Logan  was  over  30,  and  it  was  said  that  a  cowboy 
was  good  for  no  more  than  eight  or  ten  years  in  the  sad- 
dle. It  was  so  hard  on  a  man.  And  his  mind  was  turning 
toward  settling  down.  Friends  who  had  married  seemed 
so  pleased  with  themselves.  Later,  one  of  Logan's  favorite 
poets,  Charles  Badger  Clark,  put  it  into  words: 
Yes,  maybe  there's  something  I've  missed 
And  maybe  it's  more  than  I've  won. 
Just  a  door  that's  my  own,  while  the  cool  shadows  creep, 
And  a  woman  a-singin'  my  baby  to  sleep 

When  I'm  tired  from  the  wind  and  the  sun. 
Then  one  day  Logan  was  walking  down  the  street,  think- 
ing about  whether  to  take  that  job,  carrying  mail  in 
Cheyenne,  when  he  met  Lizzie  McGinnis  from  Fort 
Laramie,  where  he  had  driven  a  stagecoach  a  few  years 
back.  Lizzie  had  become  quite  a  young  lady.  Happily  they 
discussed  his  bit-and-spur  business  and  her  Tom  Snow, 
a  ranch  foreman: 

"Mama  is  at  the  Walker  sisters  right  now,  being  fit- 
ted. I  suppose  you  know  the  Walkers?" 

"My  mother  knows  them  from  the  Methodist  Church, 
but  no,  I've  never  met  them." 

"Miss  Jennie,  the  oldest,  is  the  boss.  Then  there's 
Lizzie,  the  dark,  quiet  one,  the  middle  sister,  a  real  artist 
at  designing  and  fitting  dresses.  You  would  like  her.  I  haven't 
met  the  youngest  sister  yet.  Mama  and  I  are  going  there  for 
more  fittings  tomorrow  morning.  Why  don't  you  drop  in 
—  say  around  10:30"  She  glanced  away  and  back.  "I  don't 
think  Miss  Jennie  likes  cowboys.  She's  pretty  high-toned." 
"The  postmaster  says  I  can  carry  mail  here  in  town. 
I've  got  to  decide. " 

Many  years  later  in  Torrington,  Lizzie  McGinnis 
Snow  reported  to  this  writer  that  she  and  her  mother  had 
finished  their  fittings  and  were  dressed  when  the  door- 
pull  sounded,  and  the  Black  cook  answered  it.  "And  there 
was  Ernest  Logan,  all  dressed  up  and  full  of  bright  say- 
ings. Miss  Jennie  tried  to  do  all  the  talking,  but  he  ignored 
her  and  talked  to  Lizzie"  ....  The  very  next  Sunday 
he  hitched  the  team  to  his  mother's  buggy  and  took  Liz- 
zie for  a  drive. 

From  the  beginning,  Jennie  fought  it.  She  didn't  want 
her  sister  to  fall  in  love  just  now  and  break  up  a  profitable 
business.  Logan  splurged  on  Lizzie.  Lizzie  protested,  but 
she  did  enjoy  it  all.  He  took  her  to  the  opera  house  to 
hear  Faust  performed  by  a  New  York  company,  to  church 
fairs,  and  oyster  suppers  and,  of  course,  on  drives. 

He  termed  "A-Number-l"  the  concerts  at  Turner 
Hall  by  the  local  German  male  chorus,  the  Cheyenne 
Turnverein,  a  blend  of  full,  well-trained  voices  in  mostly 
German  classics.  Their  accompanist,  Oscar  Braun,  had 
studied  piano  and  organ  at  Heidelberg  University. 

Logan's  courtship  could  hardly  be  described  as  whirl- 
wind. Jennie  saw  to  that.  They  would  barely  be  seated 
on  the  ruby  cut-velvet  loveseat  in  the  parlor  before  Jen- 
nie would  shut  an  upstairs  door  and  start  down  the 
carpeted  stairs.  Halfway  down,  she  would  peer  in  the  glass 
transom  over  the  parlor  door  to  see  what  was  up,  march 
in  without  knocking,  and  announce  that  it  was  time  for 


Interior  of  the  Logan 
store,  circa  1910. 


him  to  go  home.  Lizzie  was  going  to  have  a  full  day  tomor- 
row and  needed  her  sleep.  After  about  three  rounds,  and 
Logan  not  budging,  Jennie  would  flounce  upstairs  again, 
to  call  down  every  five  minutes,  "Lizzie,  send  that  young 
man  home  right  now!" 

One  night  they  slipped  quiedy  out  to  Ellis'  candy  store 
for  oyster  stew,  and  when  they  got  home,  laughing 
together,  Jennie  was  highly  indignant  that  all  her  off-stage 
scolding  had  been  wasted. 

Logan  was  thankful  for  warm  Sundays  when  he  could 
take  Lizzie  away  from  1721.  Being  a  Methodist,  he  knew 
she  never  sewed  on  Sunday.  Bringing  a  little  mare  for  Liz- 
zie, he  would  lift  her  in  her  sweeping  navy  velveteen  riding 
skirt,  from  the  carriage  block  onto  the  horse,  her  knee 
hooked  over  the  leaping  horn,  and  step  nimbly  into  his 
own  stirrups  before  Jennie  could  get  out  the  door.  Lizzie 
thought  that  if  Logan  were  looking  for  a  horseman,  a 
fearless  one,  he  should  have  picked  Jennie. 

"She's  just  jealous  of  us  going  riding,"  said  Logan. 

Lizzie  liked  it  better  in  the  buggy,  when  he  handed 
her  up  between  cramped  wheels.  He  knew  a  number  of 
quiet  and  lovely  summer  spots,  like  the  Hereford  ranch 

grove,  seven  miles  east  of  town. 

***** 

In  1889,  Logan  began  carrying  mail  in  Cheyenne, 
working  on  his  bits  and  spurs  on  free  days,  to  be  com- 
pany for  his  mother  on  the  nearby  ranch.  He  had  always 
liked  handling  mail  at  Camp  Carlin  and  Fort  Laramie. 

The  carriers  often  helped  each  other  out  in  an 
emergency,  or  traded  schedules  if  there  was  the  need.  One 
time  when  a  little  boy  was  not  expected  to  live  through 
a  siege  of  typhoid,  Logan  quietly  delivered  the  mail  to 
the  back  door.  The  child  did  recover.  When  Mark  Draper 
had  a  long  illness,  the  others  divided  up  his  route  and  car- 
ried his  mail  so  he  wouldn't  lose  his  pay. 


It  was  a  happy  day  when  Lizzie  finally  said  "yes", 
on  a  lovely  summer  evening.  She  braced  herself  and  broke 
the  news  to  Jennie  after  breakfast.  Jennie  exploded.  "You 
mean  you  would  break  up  our  business,  when  it  is  mak- 
ing money,  to  marry  a — a  cowboy?'^  Lizzie  said  that  he 
was  more  than  a  cowboy,  he  was  a  fine  man,  turned  her 
back  and  walked  out.  On  the  stairs,  tall  blond  Minnie  had 
been  listening,  hugged  her  close  and  giggled. 

Lizzie  wrote  the  news  to  brother  Will,  at  his  office 
in  New  York.  His  answer  was  prompt. 

Dear  Lizzie: 

"Speechless!  I  am  simply  speechless!  If  it  had  been  Jen- 
nie, I  wouldn't  have  been  surprised.  In  fact,  I  thought  the 
letter  was  from  Jennie  until  I  got  to  the  end  and  saw  Lizzie. 
You  have  spoiled  my  afternoon.  When  are  you  coming  to 
tell  us  about  Ernest?  You  don't  say  when  you  will  be  mar- 
ried. If  I  know  Jennie,  it  won't  be  soon.  Money,  money, 
money.  You  have  the  warmest  blessing  of  your  Brother, 

WILL 

One  twilight  in  1890,  Ernest  took  her  out  in  the  car- 
riage to  a  quiet  road.  Two  hours  later  they  came  back, 
a  sly  secret  between  them.  Her  REGARD  ring  was  on 
her  right  hand,  and  in  its  place  was  a  diamond  with  four 
purple  amethysts  at  the  corners.  Jennie  did  not  notice  it 
until  morning.  She  was  wild.  Lizzie  just  kept  her  secret 
smile.  When  the  workroom  girls  came,  all  17  seamstresses 
and  milliners  gathered  around,  squealing  in  excitement 
until  Jennie  marched  in,  glaring  them  into  silence.  It  was 
three  long  years  before  Lizzie  got  her  wedding  band. 

Lizzie  and  Ernest  frequently  discussed  what  line  of 
work  he  should  go  into.  Still  strong  in  her  memory  was 
her  own  father,  bearded  Thomas  Walker  in  County 
Armagh,  more  English  than  Irish,  a  Quaker,  who  had 
been  a  merchant  in  Richill.  Her  mother,  Elizabeth  Sin- 


59 


^!22^' 


ifiiif 


16th  Street,  Cheyenne,  1886  or  1887. 


ton  Walker,  had  died  there  when  Lizzie  was  six,  her  death 
blamed  on  the  potato  famine,  and  her  father  had  failed 
in  business  from  hard  times.  He  later  sailed  to  Australia 
to  start  over,  writing  for  his  children  to  come  and  help 
him  open  a  shop.  Instead,  they  had  gone,  one  at  a  time, 
to  New  York,  and  he  had  died  alone  in  Melbourne. 

A  merchant.  Lizzie  began  to  think  of  a  store  for 
Logan.  Why  not?  His  father  had.  Logan  squinted,  listen- 
ing. "But  where  would  I  get  the  money?  What  I  have 
saved  wouldn't  be  half  enough." 

"  You  could  save,  and  /  could  save.  Start  small  and 
work  it  up.  You've  a  quick  head  for  figures.  You  sell  your 
bits  and  spurs." 

"But  what  kind  of  a  store?  Papa's  was  a  hardware 
and  tin  shop,  but  there  are  plenty  of  those,  and  two  sad- 
dle shops." 

In  the  post  office  on  16th  Street  one  day,  he 
remembered  that  there  had  once  been  a  bookstore  in  the 
post  office  lobby.  Why,  sure!  Books  and  writing  paper, 
and  maybe  candy.  He  had  learned  to  make  candy  in  a 
bakery  as  a  youth. 

And  so  in  1892,  at  216  West  16th  Street,  near  the  Inter 
Ocean  Hotel,  famous  in  the  West,  he  opened  his  store. 
It  was  to  move  six  or  seven  times  in  40  years,  sometimes 
pushed  out  for  a  theater  or  larger  store  that  needed  the 
space,  but  it  was  in  operation  for  all  40  years,  later  on 
handling  rare  books  and  curios.  Logan's  Book  and  Curio 
Store  is  most  remembered  at  the  17th  and  Carey  Avenue 
location.  Once  it  was  located  where  the  Atlas  Theater  was 
built  on  16th  Street.  In  1977,  the  Cheyenne  Little  Theatre 
Melodrama — an  annual  summertime  affair — displayed  an 


ad  of  Logan's  store  on  its  stage  curtain. 

The  big  house  at  1721  Central  buzzed  constantly  with 
romance.  One  or  the  other  of  the  seamstresses  or  milliners 
was  always  in  love,  or  getting  married,  in  a  country  short 
of  women.  And  the  Walker  sisters,  all  three,  had  their 
young  men,  held  firmly  under  control  by  Jennie,  who  had 
a  fine-looking,  blue-eyed  man  of  her  own — Harry  Crain 
from  Vermont,  who  called  her  Pet,  and  was  willing  to 
let  Jennie  be  the  boss.  After  all,  Jennie  was  older  than 
he  was.  And  Minnie,  the  school  teacher,  surprised  them 
all  by  becoming  engaged  to  Louis  Casper,  a  Western 
Union  employee  and  avid  worker  for  the  Republican 
Party,  who  marched  in  night  parades  with  dramatic 
flambeaux  during  the  campaign.  Later  he  developed  skill 
as  a  telegraph  inventor. 

Jennie  was  a  shrewd  business  woman.  All  else  must 
wait  in  the  wings  while  business  was  center  stage,  herself 
the  star.  She  was  smart  enough  to  see  that  Lizzie  was 
determined  to  get  married.  In  1892,  she  decided  that  Liz- 
zie should  have  a  house,  but  not  just  any  house — one  with 
a  side  to  live  in  and  the  other  to  help  pay  for  it.  Lizzie 
bought  a  66x132  foot  lot  on  26th  Street,  two  blocks  from 
the  Capitol,  and  Jennie  pushed  until  a  two-story  duplex 
was  started. 

Lizzie  refused  to  let  Jennie  draw  the  plans.  If  Lizzie 
could  chart  a  dress  pattern,  she  could  plan  a  house,  foot 
by  foot,  tape  measure  in  hand,  and  in  her  three  dimen- 
sional mind,  visualize  how  a  room  would  look.  She  could 
use  every  inch  of  space  better  than  Jennie  ever  could.  Jen- 
nie could  just  stick  to  her  hats.  The  house  was  assigned 
street  numbers,  414  and  416  West  26th  Street. 

In  New  York,  the  Walker  sisters  had  often  taken  holi- 
day trips.  Now  they  managed  to  take  little  trips,  to  board 
at  a  ranch  or  a  hotel  for  a  few  days.  The  summer  of  1892, 
when  Lizzie  was  boarding  at  Mrs.  Gooding's  ranch  on 
the  Colorado  border,  and  hunting  arrowheads,  Jennie  took 
over  the  supervision  of  her  house  under  construction, 
writing  letters  that  sounded  like  the  same  Jennie  who  had 
written  Lizzie  and  Minnie  their  instructions  to  New  York 
in  1885. 

J  &  L  Walker 

French  Millinery  &  Costumes 

1721  Central  Ave. 

Cheyenne,  Wyo. 

August  16,  1892 

Dear  Lizzie, 

I  paid  Mr.  Wilson  another  V,  but  before  doing  so  I  had 
him  give  me  a  bond.  He  had  no  bills,  as  before.  We  had 
a  lew  words,  but  I  said,  Mr.  Wilson,  I  am  not  going  to  quar- 
rel with  you,  I  simply  want  what  is  right,  and  I  must  have 
it.  so  the  sooner,  the  better. 

And  then  he  cooled  down  and  ended  up  by  taking  me 
for  a  drive.  He  commences  plumbing  tomorrow  morning. 
I  am  not  going  to  have  the  downstairs  bathroom  and  bay 
window,  but  everything  else.  I  really  thought  you  couldn't 
spare  the  money.  Stained  glass  for  the  front  door  is  here. 
Don't  hurry  home. 

Your  Sister,  Jennie 


60 


But  Lizzie  did  get  her  bay  window  to  let  in  the  strong 
sunshine  in  the  winter  and  hold  her  little  marble-top  gilt 
plant  stand  for  a  fern.  The  contract  was  for  $2800  for  the 
two  sides,  each  six  rooms  and  bath,  with  tin  tub  and  toilet, 
its  own  high  tank  and  chain  to  pull.  There  was  no  brown 
marble  basin  like  the  one  in  the  front  upstairs  bedroom 
at  1721.  It  had  a  stone  foundation  and  cellar,  and  attic 
with  access  up  a  ladder,  through  a  trap  door  and  a  big 
hall  closet.  Lizzie  and  Ernest  had  a  new  house  nearly  ready 
to  move  into. 

The  seamstresses  in  the  big  sewing  room,  each  with 
her  own  drawer  in  a  long  table,  watched  it  all.  There  were 
frequent  weddings.  One  girl  came  back  from  her  honey- 
moon, blushing  and  laughing,  and  when  they  asked  her 
what  it  was  like,  she  stood  behind  the  door  and  peeked 
out,  "It  was  naughty — but  nice." 

One  little  girl  of  16,  a  beginner,  fresh  out  of  Ireland, 
was  so  good  at  her  work,  and  so  accommodating,  she  was 
trusted  with  the  key  to  the  ware  room,  where  yards  of  tulle 
and  merino  and  silesia  and  broadcloth  were  stored, 
together  with  white  box  upon  box  of  jet,  French  metal 
buttons,  silver  thimbles  and  silk  buttonhole  twist, 
stacked  on  shelves,  nearly  to  the  high  ceiling.  She  later 
married  Pete  Waurlamont. 

And  still  Jennie  refused  to  let  Lizzie  and  Ernest  get 
married.  Ernest  was  furious.  They  were  not  going  to  let 


Jennie  run  their  lives  any  longer  and  he  set  a  deadline. 

In  later  years,  Lizzie  told  her  daughters  how  she  had 
written  Jennie,  in  New  York  on  business,  that  she  was 
to  come  back  for  Lizzie's  wedding  on  March  22nd,  and 
stay  for  her  own  on  the  29th.  Miraculously,  it  happened 
just  that  way,  with  Lizzie  coming  down  the  walnut  stairs 
at  1721  on  March  22,  1893,  to  be  married  in  the  parlor 
by  the  Methodist  minister  from  across  the  street.  The 
Black  cook  proudly  served  chicken  salad,  buttery  twisted 
rolls  and  wedding  cake.  It  was  a  blizzardy  March  day, 
but  nothing  could  dampen  Logan's  spirits.  He  had  his 
bride.  As  Lizzie  McGinnis  said  about  the  day  Logan  met 
Lizzie,  he  was  "full  of  bright  sayings." 

Lizzie  was  such  a  proper  young  lady,  she  was  embar- 
rassed the  rest  of  her  life  because  Mabel  was  born  two 
days  before  the  nine  months  were  up.  As  a  matter  of  fact, 
there  was  further  delay.  Ernest  had  made  reservations  at 
the  Brown  Palace  Hotel  in  Denver  for  the  22nd,  but  the 
storm  had  a  mind  of  its  own.  The  train  was  snowed  in, 
somewhere  between  Cheyenne  and  Greeley,  so  that  they 
had  to  spend  their  wedding  night,  snowed  in  on  the  train. 
Ernest  wondered  aloud  whether  Jennie  had  influenced 
even  the  weatherman. 

Jennie  and  Harry  Grain  were  married  on  the  29th. 
Even  Minnie  was  married  a  month  later. 


^S^^SS® 


Logan  store,   17th  and  Carey,  circa  1910.  Logan  (lejtj  is  shown  posing  with  his  daughter  Mabel  and  an  unidentified  man. 


61 


Sen^   Francis  E.    Warren 


''Warren  counted  as  his  friend  every 
American  President  in  the  period  be- 
tween Grover  Cleveland  and  Herbert 
Hoover." 


ATaft 

Republican: 

Sen.  Francis  E.  Warren 
and  National  Politics 

By  Leonard  Schlup 


Pres.    William  Howard  Toft 


62 


Ignored  by  historians  and  frequently  forgotten  by  the 
people  of  his  adopted  state,  Francis  Emroy  Warren, 
United  States  Senator  from  1895  to  1929,  was  a  promi- 
nent public  figure  in  late  19th  and  early  20th  century 
Wyoming  history.  Along  with  Clarence  Don  Clark  and 
Franklin  Wheeler  Mondell,  he  belonged  to  the  famous 
triumvirate  that  dominated  politics  in  Wyoming  for  nearly 
three  decades.  In  addition  to  heading  a  political  machine, 
Warren  gained  attention  as  an  influential  businessman 
whose  shrewd  dealings  in  real  estate,  livestock,  lighting 
and  mercantile  enterprises  made  him  a  millionaire. 

Born  at  Hinsdale,  Berkshire  County,  Massachusetts, 
on  June  20,  1844,  the  year  of  James  K.  Polk's  election 
as  President  of  the  United  States,  he  attended  the  com- 
mon schools  and  Hinsdale  Academy.  Enlisting  in  the 
Forty-ninth  Regiment  of  the  Massachusetts  Volunteer 
Infantry,  Warren,  a  private  during  the  Civil  War,  received 
the  Congressional  Medal  of  Honor  for  gallantry  on  the 
batdefield  at  the  siege  of  Port  Hudson.  A  captain  in  the 
Massachusetts  militia  and  a  farmer  following  the  conclu- 
sion of  the  conflict,  he  relocated  in  Wyoming,  a  part  of 
the  Territory  of  Dakota,  in  1868,  to  begin  a  business 
career. 

Warren's  early  success  in  financial  affairs  prompted 
friends  to  persuade  him  to  enter  politics.  His  first  oppor- 
tunity came  as  a  member  of  the  Territorial  Senate  in 
1873-1874.  He  was  president  of  that  body,  and  member 
of  the  Cheyenne  City  Council.  Warren's  career  acceler- 
ated rapidly  after  these  experiences.  He  served  as 
Treasurer  of  Wyoming  in  1876,  1879,  1882,  and  1884, 
and  held  a  seat  in  the  Territorial  Senate  in  1884,  but  he 
relinquished  this  position  to  become  mayor  of  Cheyenne 
in  1885.  Although  selected  as  governor  of  the  Territory 
of  Wyoming  by  President  Chester  A.  Arthur  in  February, 
1885,  he  lost  this  appointment  in  November  of  the  follow- 
ing year  when  Grover  Cleveland,  the  Democratic  Chief 
Executive,  removed  him  from  power.  After  President  Ben- 
jamin Harrison,  an  Indiana  Republican,  moved  into  the 
White  House  in  March,  1889,  he  reappointed  Warren  as 
territorial  governor,  a  role  he  assumed  until  elected  as  the 
first  governor  of  the  State  of  Wyoming  in  1890. 

Warren  resigned  his  gubernatorial  office  at  the  end 
of  two  months  to  accept  election  by  state  legislators  as  one 
of  the  two  new  United  States  senators.  Although  a  dead- 
lock in  the  Wyoming  legislature  in  1893  temporarily 
returned  him  to  private  life  and  agricultural  pursuits,  War- 
ren again  succeeded  in  obtaining  the  coveted  Senate  prize 
in  1894,  remaining  in  that  station  until  his  death  from 
bronchial  pneumonia  at  his  home  in  Washington,  D.C., 
on  November  24,  1929,  one  month  after  the  stock  market 
crash.  Following  funeral  services  in  the  Senate  chamber, 
the  body  of  the  85-year-old  legislator  was  taken  to  Chey- 
enne for  interment  in  Lakeview  Cemetery.' 


When  death  finally  claimed  Warren  at  the  beginning 
of  the  Great  Depression,  it  removed  from  Congress  an 
able  spokesman  for  Wyoming  as  well  as  a  historical  fig- 
ure. Easily  distinguished  by  colleagues  for  his  white  hair 
and  mustache,  he  won  their  respect  for  his  forthright  stand 
on  controversial  issues,  including  support  of  irrigation, 
reclamation  of  western  lands,  woman's  suffrage  and  oppo- 
sition to  the  prohibition  amendment.  An  important  chair- 
man of  the  Appropriations  Committee,  among  others, 
Warren  utilized  his  length  of  service  to  provide  represen- 
tation not  usually  afforded  people  in  sparsely  populated 
states.  In  short,  he  strengthened  the  voice  of  Wyoming 
as  a  senior  Congressional  leader  during  a  generation 
dominated,  for  the  most  part,  by  the  Republican  party. 

Although  political  and  economic  concerns  highlighted 
his  career,  Warren  engaged  in  a  variety  of  activities  that 
enlarged  his  regional  and  national  reputation.  These 
included  the  building  of  Cheyenne's  Opera  House  in  1882 
and  serving  as  President  of  the  National  Wool  Growers 
Association  from  1901  to  1907.  Moreover,  he  was  the 
Wyoming  manager  of  the  American  Cattle  Trust,  orga- 
nized in  1887,  with  headquarters  in  New  York  City. 

Warren  counted  as  his  friend  every  American  Presi- 
dent in  the  period  between  Grover  Cleveland  and  Herbert 
Hoover.  He  especially  maintained  close  personal  and 
political  associations  with  William  Howard  Taft,  Presi- 
dent of  the  United  States  from  1909  to  1913.  These  two 
Republican  leaders  shared  several  ideas  and  traits  in  com- 
mon. Both  had  a  profound  understanding  of  public  affairs 
and  possessed  an  extraordinary  combination  of  talents  and 
each  set  high  standards  of  conduct  and  acquired  reputa- 
tions for  honesty  and  integrity.  Both  politicians  were  more 
Hamiltonian  in  their  interpretation  of  the  Constitution 
than  generally  perceived  by  contemporaries  and  histori- 
ans. They  wanted  to  constitutionalize  presidential  prerog- 
ative rather  than  adopt  the  stewardship  theory  of  executive 
power  favored  by  Abraham  Lincoln  and  Theodore  Roose- 
velt. Unlike  Taft,  however,  Warren  was  a  more  astute 
leader  of  public  opinion  and  followed  an  elective,  instead 
of  appointive,  road  to  political  prominence,  thereby 
developing  and  refining  campaign  skills  in  the  process. 

The  relationship  between  Warren  and  Taft,  a  friend- 
ship overlooked  by  presidential  scholars,  offers  historians 
an  opportunity  to  explore  two  fascinating  personalities. 
An  examination  of  their  correspondence  particularly 
reveals  characteristics  of  Taft  and  Warren  as  men  and 
politicians.  The  following  five  letters,  which  Warren  wrote 
to  Taft,  show  these  qualities  and  provide  an  analysis  of 
issues,  elections,  and  contemporaries.  They  are,  of  course, 
only  one  part  of  a  larger  story. 

In  1908,  Warren  endorsed  Taft  for  the  presidency  and 
sent  a  letter  outlining  his  views  on  the  national  conven- 
tions and  the  possible  outcome  of  the  electorial  contest. 


63 


United  States  Senate 

Committee  on  Military  Affairs 

F.  E.  Warren,  Chairman 


(Personal.) 


Cheyenne,  Wyo.,  7/11/ 


Hon.  William  H.  Taft, 
Virginia  Hot  Springs, 
Virginia 

My  dear  Judge:^ 

I  have  just  returned  from  Denver  where  I  spent  four 
days  with  the  Democratic  convention;  also  one  day  before 
and  one  after.  From  my  viewpoint  I  believe  we  could  hardly 
have  fixed  things  better  if  allowed  to  direct  the  whole 
matter — i.e. ,  fixed  things  better  for  the  Republicans.  It  was 
not  exactly  a  case  of '  'All  were  for  Bryan'  but  nobody  wanted 
him,"  but  it  was  nearer  that  than  anything  I  have  ever 
known.  During  the  entire  week,  among  the  many  Democrats 
with  whom  I  conversed,  I  did  not  find  any  conservative, 
strong  business  or  professional  men  who  wanted  Bryan  or 
who  were  willing  to  stake  their  reputations  upon  the  asser- 
tion that  Bryan  could  be  elected.  Colorado,  particularly  the 
City  of  Denver,  was  once  a  Bryan  hot-bed.  Colorado  was 
one  of  the  most  extreme  Bryan  states  when  the  free  silver 
fad  was  at  its  zenith,  and  a  few  are  now  predicting  that  Col- 
orado may  be  carried  for  the  Democratic  state  ticket  and 
possibly  for  Bryan  if  they  can  get  up  a  state  ticket  and  plat- 
form that  will  placate  the  business  interests;  that  Nebraska 
may  be  carried  for  Bryan  on  account  of  state  pride;  and  quite 
a  few  think  that  Nevada  may  go  to  Bryan;  but  I  heard  no 
one  venture  the  opinion  that  any  of  the  other  western  or 
mountain  states  could  be  carried  for  Bryan. 


With  proper  attention  in  Nevada— and  of  course  the 
same  in  Colorado  and  Nebraska— I  believe  we  can  clean  up 
everything  west  of  the  Mississippi,  down  to  the  solid  south. 
And  it  may  be  reasonably  expected  that  we  will  make  a  pretty 
thorough  clean-up  east  of  the  Mississippi. "* 

I  think  you  have  made  the  proper  choice  in  Hitchcock^ 
for  chairman  of  the  National  Committee.  I  feel  very  confi- 
dent that  he  will  "make  good"  all  the  way  through. "= 

Hastily  and  faithfully  yours, 
F.  E.  Warren 
Shortly    after   Taft's   triumphant   victory   over   the 
beleaguered  William  Jennings  Bryan,  Warren  suggested 
that  the  President-elect  consider  retaining  a  Cabinet  offi- 
cer who  had  been  well-respected  in  Wyoming. 
United  States  Senate 
Committee  on  Military  Affairs 
F.  E.  Warren,  Chairman 


(Personal) 

Honorable  William  H.  Taft 
Augusta,  Georgia 


Washington,  D.C.,  1/13/09 


My  dear  Judge: 

Acknowledging  heartily  the  principle  that  the  selection 
of  a  President's  Cabinet  should  be  like  a  man's  choice  of 
a  wife — entirely  his  own,  without  the  influence  or  advice  of 
anyone — yet  after  serving  on  the  Agricultural  Committee 
of  the  Senate  longer  than  on  any  other  committee  during 
my  entire  service  in  this  body,  and  being  a  farmer  and  a 
Western  farmer  at  that,  I  must  acknowledge  the  truth  and 


President  Taft  visited  Cheyenne  in  1911.  He  is  in  the  silk  top  hat,  standing  up  in  the  back  of  the  touring  car. 


64 


say  that,  should  your  choice  happen  to  fall  upon  Secretary 
Wilson,'  the  present  incumbent,  there  would  be  general  com- 
mendation and  a  feeling  of  satisfaction  all  around  in  the  outer 
circles. 

With  kindest  personal  regards  to  you  and  Mrs.  Taft, 
I  am" 

Faithfully  yours, 

F.  E.  Warren 
The  presidential  campaign  of  1912  was  a  perplexing 
period  in  Warren's  career.  The  division  within  the 
Republican  party  between  the  followers  of  President  Taft 
and  supporters  of  former  President  Theodore  Roosevelt 
resulted  in  a  Democratic  victory  on  the  national  level  for 
the  first  time  since  1892.  As  soon  as  the  outcome  had  been 
ascertained,  Warren  sent  a  message  to  the  defeated  Taft. 

Francis  E.  Warren,  Chairman 

Committee  on  Appropriations 

United  States  Senate 

Washington,  DC. 

Personal  Cheyenne,  Wyo.,  11/9/12 

Honorable  William  H.  Taft 
White  House 
Washington,  D.C. 

Dear  Mr.  President: 

I  am  heartbroken  over  the  result! 

I  have  not  written  nor  wired  you  sooner  because  of  the 
uncertainty  of  our  results  locally  and  of  the  quickly-decided 
certainty  on  Election  night  as  to  the  general  result — which 
naturally  destroyed  interest  in  the  results  in  minor  States. 

We  were  in  the  field  here,  and  in  the  thickest  of  the  fight 
constantly,  up  to  the  closing  of  the  polls,  hoping  and  believ- 
ing that  we  could  give  you  the  State.  But  as  a  certainty  of 
Wilson's'  election  was  so  early  apparent  after  the  polls  closed, 
interest  switched  from  the  head  of  the  ticket  to  the  legislative 
ticket,  on  account  of  the  bitterness  of  the  fight  against  me; 
and  as  many  of  our  voting  places  are  remote  from  the  railroad 
and  even  from  telephone  communication,  it  has  taken  a  long 
time  to  determine  what  at  last  seems  certain — that  Wilson 
has  carried  Wyoming  with  a  few  hundred  plurality.'" 

The  nastiest,  meanest  campaign  ever  waged  anywhere 
was  undoubtedly  the  one  here  in  Wyoming — with  certain 
outside  help — against  me.  With  the  present  prospects  of  a 
Democratic  President,  Senate,  and  House,  I  would  be  much 
happier  in  the  long  run  had  I  gone  down  in  the  wreck  with 
the  rest.  But  as  one  dislikes  to  be  eliminated  because  of  infam- 
ous accusations,  I  feel  some  satisfaction  in  knowing  that  pre- 
sent figures  show  that  in  the  Wyoming  Senate  the  Republi- 
cans have  a  majority  of  three;  in  the  House,  a  majority  of 
two;  or  a  majority  of  five  on  joint  ballot.  This  may  be 
increased  two  or  three  members  on  the  Republican  side,  and 
it  is  barely  possible,  although  not  probable,  that  we  may  lose 
one  or  possibly  two. 

With  a  degree  of  regret  that  I  cannot  express,  I  am" 

Faithfully  yours, 
F.  E.  Warren 

In  1919,  Warren  and  Taft  turned  their  attention  to 
the  Treaty  of  Versailles  with  its  incorporation  of  a  League 
of  Nations.  Taft  enthusiastically  supported  the  establish- 


ment of  a  world  organization  for  the  preservation  of  peace 
and  favored  the  League  with  certain  clarifying  reserva- 
tions designed  to  protect  the  interests  of  the  United  States. 
He  encouraged  Warren  to  adopt  this  objective.  The  Sen- 
ator responded  to  Taft's  initiative  by  complaining  about 
obstinate  Democratic  leadership  on  the  controversial  issue 
and  by  revealing  his  views. 

Francis  E.  Warren 

United  States  Senate 

Washington,  D.C. 

November  17,  1919 

Hon.  William  H.  Taft 
New  Haven,  Conn. 

My  dear  Judge  Taft: 

I  enclose  herewith  confirmation-copy  of  my  telegram 
sent  to  you  this  morning. 

I  have  already  voted  against  Reservation  No.  14,  and 
shall  surely  vote  against  Reservation  No.   15. 

In  my  opinion  the  Democratic  management  of  this  mat- 
ter has  been  execrable,  because  for  weeks  and  months  there 
could  have  been,  at  any  time,  a  few  very  moderate  reserva- 
tions forced  through,  since  a  large  number  of  Republicans 
were  so-called  "mild  reservationists" — and  in  saying  this  I 
am  not  including  myself  in  either  extreme,  although  I  was 
not  prepared,  and  am  not  now,  to  vote  to  confirm  the  Treaty 
exactly  as  it  was  written.  It  may  be  that  Senator  Hitchcock'^ 
and  those  associated  with  him  have  only  been  carrying  out 
the  President's"  wishes — or  orders,  I  should  say — i.e.,  that 
nothing  should  go  through  except  the  Treaty  as  written 
without  change  in  the  dotting  of  an  "i"  or  the  crossing  of 
a  "t"  (I  am  using  Hitchcock's  own  language). 

After  the  Democratic  management  had  forced  the 
Republicans  to  stand  together  and  had  driven  the  wrought- 
iron  nail  through  and  clinched  it  on  the  other  side,  by  offer- 
ing all  kinds  of  single,  one-at-a-time  reservations,  with  no 
attempt  to  agree  upon  all  in  compromise,  then  lesser  reser- 
vations were  offered,  but  too  late. 

With  all  good  wishes." 

Cordially  yours, 
F.  E.  Warren 
Senator  Warren  dispatched  a  congratulatory  letter  in 
1921  to  Taft,  professor  of  law  at  Yale  University,  upon 
learning  that  his  friend  had  been  chosen  by  President  War- 
ren G.  Harding  to  serve  as  Chief  Justice  of  the  United 
States  Supreme  Court.  When  Taft  accepted  this  appoint- 
ment, he  earned  a  unique  distinction  in  American  history 
in  that  he  gained  both  the  presidency  and  the  chief  justice- 
ship. Ironically,  Taft,  a  judicial  President,  turned  out  to 
be  a  political  Chief  Justice. 

Francis  E.  Warren 
United  States  Senate 
Washington,  D.C. 


July  2,  1921 


Honorable  William  H.  Taft 
Chief  Justice  of  the  United  States 
New  Haven,  Conn. 


65 


My  dear  Friend: 

I  am  now  satisfied  that  my  advice,  as  given  at  the  time, 
was  good — ahhough  your  decision  was  of  course  made  quite 
apart  froni  it;  that  is,  that  you  should  refuse  appointment 
as  an  Associate  Justice  of  the  Supreme  Court  and  secure  what 
your  friends  prophesied  for  you — the  Presidency  of  the 
United  States — and  a  place  on  the  Supreme  Bench  later.  And 
to  the  delight  of  all,  and  to  your  own  supreme  satisfaction, 
the  Chief  Justiceship  of  that  great  Court  has  come  to  you. 

Please  accept  from  Mrs.  Warren'*  and  me  for  you  and 
Mrs.  Taft  profoundest  congratulations. 

With  affectionate  regards."" 

Sincerely  yours, 
F.  E.  Warren 

Several  qualities  characterize  the  letters  of  Warren  to 
Taft.  They  reveal  Warren's  support  of  Taft  in  1908  and 
1912  and  his  opposition  to  William  Jennings  Bryan,  Theo- 
dore Roosevelt,  and  Woodrow  Wilson,  the  progressive 
leaders  of  the  era.  Moreover,  Warren  did  not  hesitate  to 
disagree  with  Taft  as  he  did  during  the  Senate  debate  over 
the  League  of  Nations.  The  letters  also  point  out  that 
Senator  Warren  suggested  political  appointments  for 
Taft's  cabinet  and  approached  him  on  matters  of  patron- 
age. 

Warren,  the  last  Union  survivor  of  the  Civil  War  in 
the  upper  house,  served  in  the  Senate  longer  than  any 
other  person  in  American  history  up  to  that  time.  Known 
as  the  ' '  Father  of  the  Senate ' '  and  ' '  Dean  of  the  Senate , ' ' 
he  had  a  life  span  that  covered  twenty-one  presidential 
administrations. 

1 .  General  information  pertaining  to  Warren  can  be  located  in  stan- 
dard biographical  directories  of  Congress,  dictionaries  of  promi- 
nent American  politicians,  local  histories,  and  obituaries.  See, 
for  example,  Bwgrapical  Directory  of  the  American  Congress,  1774-1961 
(Washington,  D.C.:  United  States  Government  Printing  Office, 
1961),  p.  1778;  The  New  York  Times,  November  25,  1929,  p.  1; 
and  T.  A.  Larson,  History  of  Wyoming  (Lincoln:  University  of 
Nebraska  Press,  1965),  p.  316.  Warren's  two  political  allies  also 
represented  Wyoming  in  Congress.  Franklin  Wheeler  Mondell 
(1860-1939),  who  engaged  in  the  development  of  coal  mines  and 
oil  property,  was  a  Republican  Congressman  from  1895  to  1897 
and  again  from  1899  to  1923.  Clarence  Don  Clark  (1851-1930), 
a  Republican  lawyer  from  Evanston,  Wyoming,  served  in  the 
House  of  Representatives  from  1890  and  1893  and  in  the  Senate 
from  1895  to  1917. 

2.  Prior  to  his  appointment  as  Governor-General  of  the  Philippine 
Islands  and  his  Cabinet  position  as  Secretary  of  War  under  Presi- 
dent Theodore  Roosevelt,  Taft  held  several  judicial  offices,  includ- 
ing Judge  of  the  Superior  Court  of  Cincinnati  (1887-1890)  and 
a  judge  on  the  United  States  Federal  Circuit  Court  (1892-1900). 
He  also  served  as  United  States  Solicitor  General  from  1890  to 
1892. 

3.  William  Jennings  Bryan,  Democrat  from  Nebraska,  had  run 
unsuccessfully  as  his  party's  presidential  nominee  in  1896  and 
1900.  In  1908,  at  the  Denver  convention,  he  secured  the  nomina- 


tion for  the  third  time. 

4.  Taft  carried  every  county  in  Wyoming  in  1908,  and  the 
Republicans  swept  to  victory  there  in  other  offices.  Bryan  cap- 
tured the  electoral  votes  of  Colorado,  Nebraska,  and  Nevada, 
the  three  western  states  mentioned  by  Warren  in  his  letter  to  Taft. 
As  predicted,  Taft  won  in  the  northern  and  eastern  regions  of 
the  nation  while  Bryan  once  again  claimed  the  South. 

5.  Frank  Harris  Hitchcock,  who  managed  Taft's  1908  presidential 
campaign,  was  Chairman  of  the  Republican  National  Commit- 
tee (1908-1909)  and  served  as  Postmaster  General  from  1909  to 
1913.  President  Roosevelt  and  many  progressive  Republicans 
questioned  Taft's  choice  of  Hitchcock  as  party  chairman  because 
ol  his  conservative  credentials. 

6.  Francis  Emroy  Warren  to  William  Howard  Taft,  July  1 1 ,  1908, 
William  Howard  Taft  Papers,  Division  of  Manuscripts,  The 
Library  of  Congress,  Washington,  D.C. 

7.  James  Wilson,  an  Iowa  Republican,  served  as  Secretary  of 
Agriculture  (1897-1913)  during  the  presidencies  of  William 
McKinley,  Theodore  Roosevelt,  and  William  Howard  Taft. 

8.  Warren  to  Taft,  January  13,  1909,  Taft  Papers. 

9.  Governor  Woodrow  Wilson  of  New  Jersey  was  the  Democratic 
presidential  standard-bearer  in  1912. 

10.  Wilson  received  Wyoming's  three  electoral  votes  in  1912.  Taft 
carried  only  Utah  and  Vermont.  The  political  animosity  between 
Warren  and  Joseph  Maull  Carey  (1845-1924)  once  again  surfaced 
during  the  presidential  campaign  of  1912.  Carey,  a  Republican 
lawyer  involved  in  cattle  and  ranching  business,  had  been  mayor 
of  Cheyenne  (1881-1885),  Delegate  for  the  Territory  of  Wyoming 
(1885-1890),  and  United  States  Senator  (1890-1895).  He  served 
as  Governor  of  Wyoming  from  1911  to  1915  and  in  1912  was 
one  of  the  organizers  of  the  Progressive  party,  an  organization 
tormed  by  Theodore  Roosevelt  and  his  followers  after  Roosevelt 
failed  to  seize  the  Republican  nomination  from  Taft.  Running 
on  this  "Bull  Moose"  platform  for  President,  Roosevelt  divided 
the  Republicans  nationally,  and  this  split  also  occurred  on  the 
local  level,  including  Wyoming.  Although  Warren  and  Carey  had 
frequently  feuded  over  various  matters,  the  conservative- 
progressive  dichotomy  in  Wyoming  between  the  senator  and 
governor  mirrored  the  national  dilemma  and  further  revealed  the 
political  differences  of  these  two  state  leaders. 

11.  Warren  to  Taft,  November  9,  1912,  Taft  Papers. 

12.  Gilbert  Monell  Hitchcock,  a  United  States  Senator  from  Nebraska 
from  1911  to  1923,  was  Democratic  minority  leader  (1919-1920) 
during  the  debate  over  the  League  of  Nations. 

13.  President  Woodrow  Wilson  adamantly  refused  to  compromise 
on  the  issue  of  the  League  and  committed  several  errors  that  in 
the  end  cost  him  the  treaty,  including  his  partisan  appeal  for  a 
Democratic  Congress  in  1918  and  his  failure  to  include  any 
members  of  the  Senate  or  leading  figures  of  the  Republican  party 
on  his  peace  commission  to  Versailles. 

14.  Warren  to  Taft,  November  17,  1919,  Taft  Papers. 

15.  On  January  26,  1871,  Warren  married  Helen  Marie  Smith,  a 
native  of  Middlefield,  Connecticut,  who  died  in  1902.  Nine  years 
after  the  death  of  his  first  wife,  Warren  married  Clara  LeBaron 
Morgan,  of  Groton,  Connecticut,  on  June  28,  1911.  His  son-in- 
law,  John  Joseph  Pershing,  commanded  the  American  Expedi- 
tionary Forces  during  World  War  I.  See  "The  Supreme  Court 
Appointment  of  Willis  Van  Devanter,"  by  Daniel  A.  Nelson, 
Annals  of  Wyoming,  Fall,  1981,  for  Warren's  request  for  patronage. 

16.  Warren  to  Taft,  July  2,  1921,  Taft  Papers. 


66 


Bay  State  Marked  an  Era 


By  Vera  Saban  and  Earl  L.  Han  way 


All  over  western  Nebraska,  from  the  forks  of  the  Platte 
on  the  east  to  Scott's  Bluff  brooding  alongside  the  ruts 
of  the  old  Oregon  Trail  on  the  west,  thousands  of  cattle 
were  on  the  move  in  the  summer  of  1887.  The  dust  clouds 
of  their  passing  rose  in  the  high  clear  air  of  the  Panhan- 
dle like  exclamation  points,  marking  the  last  big  roundup 
of  the  open  range  in  Nebraska. 

Since  early  spring  the  yelling,  sweating,  dust-caked 
cowboys  of  the  Bay  State  Land  and  Cattle  Company — 
with  other  outfits,  big  and  small — had  been  busy  with 
rope,  knife  and  branding  iron,  gathering  and  sorting  the 
vast  herds  into  manageable  bunches  of  about  5,000,  all 
bearing  the  Half  Circle  Block  of  the  Bay  State. 

In  Nebraska's  Cheyenne  County  the  homesteaders 
had  once  more  bested  the  catdemen  in  a  referendum,  leav- 
ing the  big  outfits  nowhere  to  turn — except  across  the  line 
into  Wyoming  where  no  hated  Herd  Law  could  collapse 
their  dream  of  empire. 

The  moving  of  those  herds  out  of  Nebraska  into 
Wyoming  marked  the  passing  of  an  era,  the  time  when 
the  catde  kings  ruled.  Considering  its  impact  on  the  history 
of  the  West  it  was  a  surprisingly  brief  time,  less  than  two 
decades.    But    neither   those    migrating   cowmen    from 


Nebraska  nor  their  counterparts  in  Wyoming  were  ready 
to  concede  that  a  way  of  life  had  ended.  The  Johnson 
County  War  of  1892,  caused  in  part  by  that  influx  of 
Nebraska  herds,  was  the  dying  scream. 

The  establishment  of  those  cattle  kingdoms  is  credited 
to  John  Wesley  Iliff  who,  with  the  coming  of  the  Union 
Pacific  Railroad,  threw  his  herds  into  the  Cheyenne  vicin- 
ity in  1868.  A  year  later  Edward  Creighton  was  ranging 
his  herds  on  Pumpkin  and  Rush  Creeks  in  the  Panhan- 
dle, and  Jim  Moore  arrived  with  thousands  of  Texas  cat- 
tle. The  Coad  brothers,  Mark  and  John,  shipped  in  long- 
horns  from  Texas  and  fine  bulls  from  Illinois.  Others 
followed — Kane,  Bedington,  the  Bosler  brothers,  J.  J. 
Mcintosh.  North  of  the  Platte,  William  Paxton  located 
his  Keystone  Ranch  and  across  the  river  to  the  south  was 
the  nucleus  of  the  outfit  that  became  the  Bay  State. 

The  widely  flung  ranges  of  Nebraska  and  Wyoming 
became  known  worldwide  as  the  place  to  get  an  amazing 
return  for  money  invested,  with  the  added  advantage  of 
adventure  and  romance.  So  they  came  to  the  West — men 
seeking  a  fortune  or  merely  a  change,  some  from  rural 
districts  but  more  from  the  cities  or  abroad.  Within  a  short 
time  all  that  free  range  was  claimed  and  stocked. 


i  t  r-^ 


67 


For  some  years  their  returns  were  almost  fabulous — 
range  was  good,  water  plentiful,  calf  crops  adequate, 
marketing  simple  with  the  Union  Pacific  and  the  military 
posts  handy.  Of  course  there  were  some  bad  times.  The 
winter  of  1871-72  was  so  severe  that  catde  losses  were 
extremely  high.  But  the  range  was  soon  stocked  again. 

It  was  a  great  time,  while  the  herds  of  the  catde  kings 
roamed  government  land — the  free  range.  Perhaps  a  cat- 
deman  would  homestead  a  quarter  section  on  a  stream 
and  establish  his  headquarters  there.  Often  his  cowboys 
would  prove  up  on  homesteads  for  the  boss,  good  sites 
for  second  headquarters  or  a  line  camp. 

From  these  central  points  the  herds  of  the  cattle  baron 
wandered  over  thousands  of  acres  of  federal  land.  He 
would  claim  certain  areas  by  "possessory  rights"  and  occa- 
sionally put  up  fences  although  fences  were  an  uncom- 
mon sight  in  those  days.  A  cattleman  could  control  vast 
areas  though  he  legally  owned  little  land.  He  had  the  faith 
to  believe  that  Cheyenne  County,  with  the  little  frontier 
town  of  Sidney  as  county  seat,  would  never  change. 

But  changes  came.  With  the  discovery  of  gold  in  the 
Black  Hills  in  1874  the  Camp  Clarke  Bridge  was  built 
over  the  North  Platte.  It  was  one-half  mile  long,  had  60 
spans,  and  was  opened  for  travel — for  a  toll — in  May  of 
1876.  The  bridge  linked  the  south  part  of  the  Panhandle 
with  the  north,  and  Sidney,  40  miles  to  the  south  on  the 
Union  Pacific,  became  one  of  the  wildest  towns  in  the 
West.  Gold  seekers,  military  men,  freighters,  Indian 
scouts,  and  Easterners  surged  through  the  streets.  Of 
course,  there  were  the  cowboys  from  the  outlying  spreads. 

The  Bay  State  became  perhaps  the  biggest  in  the 
Panhandle  and  many  colorful  stories  are  told  about  the 
famous  ranch.  According  to  Lewis  Phillips  of  Kimball, 
Nebraska,  who  spent  many  years  researching  county 
records,  the  popular  image  of  the  Bay  State  is  untrue.  It 
was  not  a  British  financed  venture  where  the  ne'er-do- 
well  sons  of  titled  English  lords  dressed  for  dinner  and 
"rode  to  the  hounds."  British  aristocracy  never  played 
the  romantic  role  of  cowboy  on  the  Bay  State. 

The  true  founding  and  operating  of  the  Bay  State  was 
much  more  commonplace.  Several  families  of  the  mid- 
west organized  a  cattle  company  in  1873  and,  in  1877, 
incorporated  under  the  name  of  Evans-Jackson  Livestock 
Company,  capitalized  at  $100,000  with  the  principal  office 
in  Council  Bluffs,  Iowa.  In  addition  to  the  original  ranch 
on  the  Lodgepole  there  was  some  homesteaded  land  along 
Pumpkin  Creek. 

In  1882,  the  corporation,  now  called  Evans-Mead, 
bought  out  several  outfits  in  the  Antelope  (now  Kimball) 
area,  including  the  John  Sparks  holdings  in  the  Lodgepole 
valley,  and  the  Carrigan  and  Allen  ranch  and  cattle.  Three 
weeks  after  the  purchase  of  these  ranches  John  A. 
McShane,  nephew  of  the  Creighton  brothers,  sold  to 
Evans-Mead,  and  was  hired  as  superintendent  of  the  entire 
spread.  That  fall  the  Evans-Mead  Company  had  a  change 
of  names,  becoming  the  Bay  State  Livestock  Company. 


Across  the  river  to  the  north  was  another  rapidly 
expanding  empire.  William  Paxton  of  the  Keystone  pur- 
chased the  Bosler  herds  and  other  neighboring  outfits  in 
1883,  and  organized  the  Ogallala  Land  and  Cattle  Com- 
pany. The  appetites  of  the  big  outfits  were  whetted  by 
the  proven  fact  that  cost  per  cow  unit  decreased  with  an 
increase  in  numbers  of  cows. 

The  37  stockholders  of  the  Bay  State  Livestock  Com- 
pany were  eager  to  acquire  more  holdings.  Early  in  1883 
the  corporation  bought  the  Bushnel  ranch,  including  cat- 
tle, for  $37,000  and,  a  month  later,  paid  John  Creighton 
$750,000  for  his  Circle  Arrow  cattle  and  holdings. 
Seymour  Robb  and  John  Snodgrass  also  sold  to  the  Bay 
State  and  took  jobs  as  foremen  on  the  ranch. 

In  March  of  1884,  the  Bay  State,  now  with  $3,000,000 
in  capital  stock,  paid  almost  a  million  dollars  for  "Coad's 
Kingdom,"  which  included  all  land,  livestock  and  ranch 
equipment  of  the  Coad  brothers,  Mark  and  John.  In  the 
early  '70s  the  Coads  had  taken  over  the  abandoned  Bluffs 
Pony  Express  Station  as  their  headquarters  ranch.  Their 
herds,  the  progeny  of  those  first  Texas  longhorns  and  the 
blooded  bulls  from  Illinois,  eventually  ranged  south  of  the 
Platte  from  Scott's  Bluff  to  Courthouse  Rock,  between 
the  Wildcat  Range  and  the  river. 

The  acquisition  of  Coad's  Kingdom  with  a  reputed 
22,000  head  of  cattle  "book  count,"  180  horses,  1000  acres 
of  deeded  land,  and  more  than  200,000  acres  of  range — 
possessory  rights,  some  illegally  fenced — made  the  Bay 
State  supreme  in  the  Panhandle. 

After  the  Coad  deal  the  Bay  State  had  virtually 
exclusive  rights  to  the  south  side  of  the  North  Platte  in  the 
Nebraska  Panhandle.  On  that  wide-flung  empire  were  all 
those  landmarks  noted  by  weary  early-day  travelers  of  the 
Oregon  Trail — Chimney  Rock,  Castle  Rock,  Courthouse 
and  Jail  Rocks,  and  Scott's  Bluff,  all  in  the  vicinity  of  the 
Wildcat  Range. 

Only  the  Ogallala  Land  and  Cattle  Company  to  the 
north  of  the  Platte,  with  Billy  Irvine  as  manager,  could 
match  the  Bay  State,  still  with  John  McShane  as  manager. 
In  1885  more  small  outfits  sold  to  the  two  big  corporations. 

Near  Antelope  the  Bay  State  erected  a  ranch  house, 
a  prefabricated  mansion  shipped  from  Massachusetts. 
Containing  30  rooms,  it  had  a  bathroom.  It  is  said  that 
the  cowboys  reined  up  their  horses  on  a  nearby  hill  and 
gazed  in  amazement  at  the  huge  house  with  an  indoor 
toilet. 

The  principal  market  for  beef  raised  in  the  West  dur- 
ing the  heyday  of  the  Bay  State  was  the  government  whose 
contract  buyers  bought  not  only  beef  issue  for  the  Ogallala 
and  Brule  Sioux  but  also  for  the  military  posts — Forts 
Sidney,  Mitchell,  Laramie,  and  Robinson.  Government 
contractors  were  taking  all  the  ranchers  could  produce  for 
more  than  twice  the  Omaha  market  price.  One  saga  of 
the  times  was  the  Bay  State's  venture  in  buying  cattle  in 
Oregon  and  trailing  them  to  Fort  Robinson.  Others  did 
the  same. 


They  had  a  good  thing,  those  cattle  kings,  but  it 
couldn't  last,  and  a  number  of  events  contributed  to  their 
downfall. 

There  was  the  Homestead  Law  with  its  promise  of 
free  land,  and  in  the  early  '80s  a  few  settlers  trickled  into 
the  Panhandle.  Some  soon  gave  up,  perhaps  selling  their 
rights  to  a  big  cattleman,  usually  for  a  dollar  an  acre.  The 
Bay  State  added  more  acres  in  that  way. 

There  was  the  widely  circulated  theory,  believed  by 
many  though  untrue,  that  "rainfall  follows  the  plow." 
By  the  mid-'80s  the  trickle  had  become  a  flood — settlers 
poured  into  the  semi-arid  West  and  Cheyenne  County 
was  not  overlooked. 

The  professional  land  locators  and  railroad  land  agents 
boosted  settlement.  With  surplus  land,  ceded  to  them  by 
the  government  to  encourage  the  construction  of  rail  lines, 
the  rail  companies  pushed  the  settlement  of  the  West.  They 
advertised,  not  only  in  the  United  States,  but  in  Europe, 
extolling  the  mildness  of  the  climate,  the  richness  of  the 
soil,  the  low  prices  of  the  land.  And  the  grangers  came. 

Those  homeseekers  pushed  the  frontier  westward  and 
the  claims  with  their  sod  shanties  began  to  encroach  on 
the  baronial  ranges  of  the  cattle  kings.  At  first  the  cat- 
tlemen were  confident  that  this  invasion  of  their  realm 
couldn't  last — plowing  up  grasslands,  using  eastern  farm- 
ing methods  in  that  arid  land,  would  be  a  failure.  But  the 
farmers  plowed  up  their  quarter  sections  of  land  and  when 
one  starved  out  there  were  a  dozen  to  take  his  place. 

And,  in  Nebraska,  they  had  the  Herd  Law.  The  cat- 
tlemen hadn't  worried  much  when  the  Nebraska  legisla- 
ture passed  the  law  in  1871,  making  it  mandatory  to 
restrain  cattle  from  wandering  over  the  public  domain. 
At  their  urging  a  proviso  was  added  in  1877 — the  Herd 
Law  would  be  suspended  in  each  newly  organized  county 
until  it  was  endorsed  by  a  public  referendum.  So  the  early 


The  round-up  view,   inspecting  a  brand 

Below,  the  Saban  and  Whaley  families  are  shown  in  front  of 

the  old  log  ranch  house  on  the  Bay  State  Ranch,  Ten  Sleep  Creek. 


cowmen  of  Cheyenne  County,  the  voting  majority  in  that 
sparsely  settled  region  of  those  days,  enjoyed  free  and  open 
range. 

But  the  settlers  came  and  those  who  stayed  were  a 
hardy  lot.  In  county  after  county  the  tide  began  to  turn, 
population-wise,  and  the  grangers  found  a  legal  means 


69 


to  defend  their  rights — the  Herd  Law. 

In  Custer,  Keith,  Frontier,  and  other  counties,  a 
public  referendum  eliminated  the  proviso  of  1877,  thus 
endorsing  the  Herd  Law.  In  the  fall  of  1886,  Cheyenne 
County,  comprising  the  entire  south  half  of  the  Panhan- 
dle, found  the  votes  to  defeat  the  cattlemen.  Following 
closely  on  legislation  making  it  illegal  to  fence  the  public 
domain,  the  Herd  Law  tolled  the  death  knell  for  the  Bay 
State,  along  with  other  big  spreads. 

Enforcing  the  Herd  Law  was  not  easy  but  often  a 
rancher  was  brought  into  court  for  damages  done  by  his 
herds  to  the  waving  grain  or  the  green  corn  stalks  of  the 
settler.  Also  there  were  acts  of  violence  and  tragic  hap- 
penings. Claims  and  counter-claims  were  defended  with 
the  Winchester  and  the  six-shooter. 

Wyoming's  Maverick  Law  added  to  the  controversy. 
Beginning  in  1884  roundups  in  the  Panhandle  were  con- 
ducted by  Wyoming  Stock  Growers  Association  rules. 
Under  the  Maverick  Law  all  motherless  calves  automatic- 
ally became  the  property  of  the  association.  And  stock  with 
a  brand  not  accepted  by  the  association  inspectors  was 
classed  as  mavericks,  and  auctioned  off  for  association 
funds.  With  the  subsequent  discrimination  against  the 
owners  of  small  herds  the  enmity  between  the  big  operators 
and  the  grangers  increased,  with  more  violence. 

With  a  badly  overstocked  range — perhaps  the  chief 
cause  of  the  downfall  of  the  cattle  baron  and  one  he  himself 
had  brought  about — the  "Great  White  Ruin"  of  1885-86 
was  a  disaster.  Out  of  the  Dakotas  the  blizzard  roared, 
cattle  drifting  before  it  until  they  piled  up  in  great  heaps 
and  froze  to  death.  Pumpkin  Creek  on  Bay  State  land  was 
filled  with  carcasses  for  ten  miles  and  their  losses  were 
stupendous,  though  perhaps  not  the  100,000  estimated 
by  some. 

Reeling  from  those  losses  the  devastating  winter  of 
1886-87  hit  hard,  and  the  cattle  kings  accepted  defeat  in 
Nebraska.  They  moved  out  in  the  summer  of  1887.  Most 
of  the  cattle  were  shoved  over  the  line  into  Wyoming, 
already  overstocked,  but  with  no  Herd  Law.  Lineriders, 
with  Mike  Shonsey  as  foreman,  fought  to  keep  the  cattle 
from  heading  back  to  their  home  range. 

The  Bay  State  looked  for  something  less  crowded. 
They  herded  10,000  steers  to  Judith  Basin  in  Montana, 
but  their  "she-stuff,"  20,000  head,  was  pushed  into  the 
Big  Horn  Basin  of  north  Wyoming  where  the  corpora- 
tion, through  John  McShane,  had  bought  a  ranch. 

The  move  was  well  organized  with  each  herd  of  5,000 
under  a  foreman  with  a  crew  of  20  to  30  men.  Percy 
Braziel  was  one  foreman,  S.  J.  Robb  another.  Both  later 
returned  to  Nebraska.  Among  the  riders  was  Nick  Ray, 
good-looking,  proficient  with  horse  and  rope,  whose  life 
would  end  in  a  hail  of  bullets  at  the  K  C  ranchhouse  dur- 
ing the  Johnson  County  Invasion  of  1892.  Another  was 
Morrell  Wyman  who  stayed  in  Wyoming,  and  another 
was  Ed  Eaton  who  was  later  involved  in  the  last  cattle  and 
sheep  war  of  the  West. 


With  the  bawling,  horn  tossing,  hoof  clacking  clamor 
of  the  last  herd  of  Bay  State  stock  growing  fainter  up  the 
Platte  the  spectacular  years  of  the  Bay  State  in  Nebraska 
drew  to  a  close.  The  Bay  State  as  a  corporation  would 
survive  only  a  few  more  years  but  the  name  of  Bay  State 
for  a  ranch  still  lives  on. 

Only  after  the  other  areas  of  Wyoming  were  over- 
stocked had  eyes  turned  to  the  Big  Horn  Basin  of  north 
central  Wyoming.  Here  was  virgin  land,  but  encircled  by 
mountains  and  far  from  market.  Only  necessity  pushed 
the  cattlemen  over  that  barrier,  and  it  was  more  than  a 
decade  after  Iliff  shipped  his  first  beef  from  Cheyenne 
before  any  cattle  nosed  their  way  into  the  Basin. 

The  cattle  kings  came  in  a  rush  from  1879  to  1881, 
with  many  foreign  holdings  in  the  Cody  country  in  the 
northwest  corner.  The  first  to  reach  the  southeast  was 
W.  P.  Noble,  who  called  the  Basin  a  cowman's  paradise. 
He  set  up  headquarters  on  Ten  Sleep  Creek  on  the  west 
slope  of  the  Big  Horn  Mountains — this  would  become  the 
Bay  State. 

Noble  soon  had  neighbors,  among  them  the  adjoin- 
ing Bar  X  Bar,  established  by  the  English  company  of 
Moreton  Frewen,  already  on  the  Powder  River,  and  the 
Shield,  managed  by  Beckwith  and  Quinn,  on  the  Upper 
No  Wood  to  the  south.  Within  two  years  the  entire  Basin 
was  stocked  with  cattle. 

In  1886  the  Bay  State  Land  and  Cattle  Company 
bought  the  Noble  spread,  preparing  for  the  move  from 
the  Nebraska  Panhandle. 

The  cattle  barons  of  the  Big  Horn  Basin  had  sole  use 
of  this  wide  open  range  for  less  than  a  decade.  In  1885 
the  first  "nester"  family  trailed  into  this  last  frontier  of 
the  nation.  Between  1885  and  1893  they  streamed  across 
the  rugged  mountains,  taking  up  the  choice  lands  along 
the  creeks  that  rollicked  their  way  down  the  mountain- 
sides. 

The  homesteaders — "nesters"  or  worse  to  the  cattle- 
men— threw  up  their  log  cabins  and  built  their  barbed 
wire  fences.  This  was  Wyoming  and  the  public  domain 
was  free  range.  With  no  Herd  Law  here  the  settler  had 
to  fence  out  the  cattleman's  herds — but  he  had  just  as 
much  right  to  that  range.  He  built  up  his  little  herd  of 
cattle  and  numerous  brands  appeared  on  the  free  range, 
a  burr  under  the  saddle  of  the  big  cattle  king. 

Trouble  was  brewing  when  the  hard  winter  of 
1886-87,  with  tragic  cattle  losses,  forced  many  big  cat- 
tlemen of  the  Basin,  especially  the  manager-operated 
spreads,  to  liquidate  their  holdings.  The  newly  arrived 
Bay  State  bought  out  the  Shield  outfit  and  later  acquired 
more  deeded  land  and  range  claims,  including  some  Bar 
X  Bar  holdings. 

The  cattlemen  of  the  Basin,  big  and  little,  had  learned 
that  they  must  produce  hay  to  carry  their  herds  through 
the  winter.  New  methods  of  ranching  were  developed  and 
many  a  cowhand  had  to  lay  aside  his  rope  to  ride  a  mow- 
ing machine. 


70 


By  the  early  '90s  markets  had  tumbled,  freight  and 
interest  rates  were  high,  predators  were  taking  a  big  toll, 
and  the  range,  with  dry  summers,  was  overgrazed.  The 
bonanza  times  for  the  cattlemen  were  gone  and  he  looked 
for  someone  to  bear  the  primary  blame.  He  settled  on  the 
"nester,"  for  rustlers  were  riding  the  range  and,  to  the  big 
cattleman,  the  "nester"  and  the  rustler  were  synonymous. 

To  combat  the  rusding  problem  range  detectives  were 
increasingly  active  all  over  the  state,  sent  out  by  the  Wyo- 
ming Stock  Growers  Association.  They  were  seen  in  the 
Basin — Frank  Canton,  Joe  Le  Fors,  Mike  Shonsey  and 
even  Tom  Horn.  There  were  lynchings  and  murders.  A 
spirit  of  frustration,  anger,  and  hate  rode  the  land. 

The  explosive  situation  erupted  in  the  Johnson  County 
War  of  1892,  the  invasion  by  the  big  cattlemen  into  the 
territory  on  the  Powder  River,  dotted  with  homesteaders' 
shacks  and,  the  cattlemen  declared,  most  of  them  shel- 
tered a  rustler. 

At  that  time  Johnson  County  extended  westward  over 
the  Big  Horns  to  the  Big  Horn  River,  including  the  Ten 
Sleep  country  and  the  Bay  State.  No  Big  Horn  Basin  cat- 
tlemen took  an  overt  part  in  the  Invasion  but  it  has  been 
said  that  some  big  operators  were  "very  fidgety"  that 
spring.  Some  men  who  took  part  in  the  Invasion  had  links 
to  the  Bay  State. 

Without  doubt  the  Nebraska  herds  trailing  into  Wyo- 
ming territory  to  an  already  overcrowded  range  were  some 
of  the  causes  of  the  Johnson  County  War.  Men  with  ties 
to  those  Nebraska  spreads  of  pre-1887  appeared  promi- 
nently in  the  Invasion — Bill  Guthrie,  Billy  Irvine,  Tom 
Waggoner,  Fred  Hesse  and  others. 

The  story  of  the  Johnson  County  War,  beginning  with 
the  murder  of  Nick  Ray  and  Nate  Champion,  has  been 
told  and  re-told,  with  both  sides  justifying  their  actions. 
But  changes  came,  the  homesteaders  were  there  to  stay, 
and  the  little  cattleman  replaced  the  big.  One  big  outfit, 
the  Bay  State,  struggled  to  hang  on,  with  patents  for  land 
that  became  part  of  their  holdings  showing  the  names  of 
men  involved  in  the  Invasion — Algernon  J.  Winn,  Frank 
Kemp,  Fred  Hesse,  Sutherland  and  others. 

During  the  '90s  the  Bay  State  ran  only  12  to  14,000 
head  of  cattle,  and  records  show  that  they  paid  taxes  on 
but  300  in  1897 — presumably  all  except  the  strays  were 
sold  off  in  1896.  Those  were  the  twilight  years.  In  1898 
the  Bay  State  Land  and  Cattle  Company  was  closed  out 
by  Judge  Woolworth  of  Omaha. 

Roe  Emery  acquired  the  ranch,  still  called  the  Bay 
State,  and  operated  it  until  1908.  George  Saban,  a  former 
Rough  Rider  with  Col.  Torrey,  but  later  a  family  man, 
was  the  next  owner. 

For  years  another  problem  had  "itched  the  skin"  of 
the  cattleman — the  coming  of  the  sheepman.  Certain  that 
sheep  would  despoil  the  range  the  cattlemen  throughout 
the  West  sometimes  reacted  with  violence.  But  the  sheep- 
men were  a  stubborn  lot — the  flocks  stayed  and  more 
came. 


It  was  some  years  before  they  edged  into  the  Ten  Sleep 
country.  When  they  did  the  catdemen  posted  "dead 
lines."  Joe  Emge  and  Joe  Allemand  refused  to  honor  the 
dead  lines,  with  tragic  results. 

Masked  men  swooped  down  on  the  sheep  camp  on 
Spring  Creek  on  April  2,  1909,  and  left  three  men  dead, 
dogs  killed,  sheep  slaughtered  and  wagons  burned. 

This  was  the  Spring  Creek  Raid,  last  of  the  cattle- 
sheep  wars  of  the  West.  Five  catdemen — after  two  others 
had  turned  state's  evidence  in  return  for  a  promise  of  no 
prosecution — were  tried.  Ed  Eaton,  the  cowhand  who  had 
come  from  Nebraska  with  the  Bay  State  cattle  in  1887, 
was  one  who  was  found  guilty  of  arson.  George  Saban, 
owner  of  the  Bay  State,  was  one  who  was  found  guilty 
of  second  degree  murder. 

Saban  turned  all  his  assets,  the  Bay  State  Ranch,  cat- 
de,  horses,  and  machinery  over  to  his  father-in-law,  W.  T. 
Whaley.  The  Saban  family  continued  to  live  on  the  ranch 
until  Whaley  sold  to  William  Spratt  in  1916.  The  Spratts 
held  the  place  until  1945. 

Those  were  years  of  change  in  ranch  operations.  On 
the  Bay  State  tractor  powered  machinery  replaced  the 
horse  drawn  mowers  and  rakes.  Cattle  strains  were 
improved — there  were  no  traces  of  the  old  Texas  long- 
horns.  A  big  new  barn  overshadowed  the  old  log  sheds. 
In  1943  fire  took  the  original  rambling  log  ranch  house 
on  the  Ten  Sleep  and  a  new  modern  home  was  built. 

In  Nebraska,  too,  reminders  of  the  Bay  State  were 
erased  with  the  razing  of  the  old  mansion.  Did  the  ghosts 
of  those  cowboys  sitting  on  the  hill  marveling  at  such  a 
thing  as  an  indoor  toilet,  watch  its  passing?  Perhaps  they 
wondered  at  other  new  ways. 

There  were  changes  in  ranch  management.  The  For- 
est Reserves,  the  Taylor  Grazing  Act,  the  Bureau  of  Land 
Management — the  cattlemen  faced  them  all  and,  with  the 
same  ingrained  stubbornness  of  those  old  cattle  barons, 
he  made  a  howl  of  protest  at  each  change,  but  he  adjusted. 
He  battled  drought  and  blizzards,  high  interest,  taxes,  and 
freight  rates,  depressed  markets  and  labor  shortages. 
Along  with  the  others  the  Bay  State  hung  on,  owned  now 
by  Clair  Lyman. 

Certainly  the  cattle  business  of  today  has  little  resem- 
blance to  that  of  early  times.  That  great  exciting  era  of 
the  big  cattle  spreads  was  truly  a  phenomenon,  a  last  fling 
of  the  American  frontier.  It  couldn't  have  happened  before 
the  railroad  touched  the  fringes  of  that  wide-spreading 
rangeland.  For  a  time  there  were  none  to  vie  with  the  cattle 
interests,  but  it  had  to  be  a  passing,  short-lived  era,  for 
the  rapid  building  of  the  railroads  made  those  lands 
accessible  to  the  grangers  and  settlement  of  them  was 
inevitable. 

It  all  happened  so  quickly,  it  was  such  a  short,  wonder- 
ful, terrible,  and  amazing  kind  of  time.  But  the  glamor 
and  adventure  of  that  brief  era  has  made  a  lasting  place 
in  history  that  will  never  be  erased — a  history  which  the 
Bay  State  helped  to  write. 


71 


BOOK  REVIEWS 


Artifacts  and  the  American  Past.  By  Thomas  J. 
Schlereth.  (Nashville,  Tennessee:  American 
Association  for  State  and  Local  History,  1980). 
Index.  Bib.  Appendix.  294  pp.  Cloth,  $13.95. 
Paper,  $10.50. 

Learning  about  our  past  should  be  an  exciting, 
challenging  and  rewarding  experience  for  everyone.  Un- 
fortunately, many  times  our  initial  introduction  to 
historical  inquiries,  usually  in  the  classroom,  reading  from 
an  outdated  text,  memorizing  the  important  names,  events 
and  dates  which  are  usually  promptly  forgotten,  tends  to 
turn  off  rather  than  turn  on  the  majority  of  students. 
However,  as  Thomas  J.  Schlereth  mentions  in  the  intro- 
duction of  his  book.  Artifacts  and  the  American  Past,  during 
the  past  two  decades  new  techniques  for  the  teaching  of 
history  have  gradually  been  developed.  These  techniques 
strive  to  include  the  student  in  the  investigative  and 
research  process  of  history.  Through  cross-disciplinary 
studies,  the  emphasis  of  these  new  techniques  is  on  "learn- 
ing as  intellectual  inquiry  rather  than  rote  memorization." 

In  the  ten  essays  which  make  up  Artifacts  and  the 
American  Past,  Schlereth  offers  the  teacher,  museum 
educator  and  researcher  an  interesting  assortment  of 
methods,  techniques  and  ideas  which  incorporate  material 
culture  artifacts  into  the  teaching  and  research  process. 
The  museum,  historical  society  and  library  are  invited 
to  become  partners  in  this  exciting  adventure. 

Artifacts  and  the  American  Past  is  divided  into  four  topical 
sections:  graphics  as  artifacts;  historic  sites  as  artifacts; 
landscapes  as  artifacts  and  a  final  essay  which  examines 
our  perceptions  of  American  history.  Within  each  section, 
three  essays,  each  dealing  with  one  aspect  of  the  main 
theme,  are  presented.  Extensive  notes  and  bibliographic 
information  are  provided  for  each  essay. 

Section  I,  graphics  as  Artifacts,  concentrates  on  the 
uses  of  photography,  maU  order  catalogs  and  cartographic 
materials  as  teaching  tools  and  research  materials.  Using 


examples  taken  from  his  own  teaching  experiences, 
Schlereth  explains  how  an  ordinary  snapshot,  a  Sears, 
Roebuck  catalog  or  a  city  map  can  become  a  focal  point 
for  an  investigation  into  the  cultural,  social  and  economic 
history  of  a  specific  time,  place  or  group. 

Although  the  uses  the  author  suggests  for  graphics 
may  not  come  as  a  surprise  to  many,  the  wide  variety 
presented  may  be  the  spark  needed  to  ignite  a  new  ex- 
citing program  in  your  classroom  or  museum.  But  ideas 
and  techniques  are  not  the  only  information  to  be  found 
here.  Schlereth  also  gives  good  advice  on  the  pitfalls 
associated  with  the  uses  of  graphics,  particularly  the  abuses 
of  historic  photographs  when  used  as  historical  evidence. 
He  also  incorporates  a  brief  history  of  the  development 
of  each  form  of  graphic  resource,  while  his  bibliographical 
citations  compose  a  historiography  of  research  in  each  of 
the  three  areas. 

Whereas  Section  I  offers  insightful  reading  for  almost 
anyone  interested  in  historical  research  and  teaching.  Sec- 
tion II  will  appeal  most  to  museum  professionals  and 
teachers.  In  this  section,  Schlereth  identifies  seven  teaching 
approaches,  which  turn  the  historic  house  museum  or 
historic  village  setting  into  a  "cross-disciplinary  labor- 
atory . ' '  For  each  approach  the  author  identifies  the  topic 
of  inquiry,  student  projects  and  a  listing  of  bibliographical 
resources.  One  of  the  more  fascinating  approaches  is  the 
interior  space  concepts,  where  the  student  is  encouraged 
to  acquire  a  personal  experience  with  the  house  and 
thereby  begins  to  understand  the  relationships  between 
artifacts,  house  design  and  interpersonal  relationships,  and 
then  translate  this  understanding  into  a  broader  knowledge 
of  the  social  history  of  a  given  time  and  place.  The  final 
essay  in  this  section  uses  the  artifacts  from  the  1876 
Centennial  Exhibition  as  a  springboard  for  a  study  of  19th 
century  cultural  history. 

Section  III  presents  perhaps  the  best  example  of 
Schlereth 's  use  of  cross-disciplinary  studies.  Incorporating 
the  work  of  architects,  botanists,  urban  planners  and  land- 


72 


scape  architects  the  author  attempts  to  show  how  building 
shapes,  vegetation,  street  placement,  and  the  layout  of 
a  garden  can  be  used  as  artifacts  in  and  of  themselves. 
In  one  example  the  author  explains  how  the  study  of  tree 
variety  and  placement  can  indicate  settlement  patterns,, 
be  the  clues  to  ethnic  origins  in  specific  neighborhoods 
and  visual  folk  art.  In  another  essay  he  examines  the  use 
of  the  Chicago  Model  as  an  example  of  regional  studies 
which  describe  the  investigating  of  a  single  city  as  a 
microcosm  for  the  study  of  social  and  economic  trends 
present  in  the  nation  during  a  specific  time  period. 

In  the  final  section,  Schlereth  acts  as  a  "devil's  advo- 
cate" by  defining  six  "historical  fallacies"  which  he  hopes 
will  help  the  reader  "evaluate  our  attitudes  toward,  our 
distortion  about  and  our  uses  of  the  American  past, ' '  and 
three  suggestions  which  he  proposes  may  correct  these 
fallacies  in  our  methods  as  teachers,  museum  curators  and 
educators  and  researchers. 

As  a  final  assessment  of  this  book,  several  reserva- 
tions must  be  mentioned.  First,  this  book  isn't  easy  to 
read;  the  style  is  laborious  and  the  content  tends  toward 
redundancy.  Although  it  contains  some  valuable  ideas  and 
concepts,  they  are  a  struggle  to  dig  out.  Second,  the  ma- 
jority of  teaching  strategies  are  geared  toward  use  in  a 
university  seminar  setting,  few  can  be  applied  to  the 
elementary,  junior  or  senior  high  school  or  museum 
education  program  without  a  great  deal  of  adjustment. 
And  finally,  if  you  are  looking  for  a  book  which  will  give 
you  step  by  step  guidelines  on  the  uses  of  specific  material 
culture  artifacts,  look  elsewhere.  Artifacts  and  the  American 
Past  is  an  idea  book,  not  a  teaching  manual. 

Michael  Kelly 


The  reviewer  is  the  historian  at  the  Buffalo  Bill  Historical  Center,    Cody, 
Wyoming. 


Butterflies  of  the  Rocky  Mountain  States.  Edited  with 
an  introduction  by  Clifford  D.  Ferris  and  Mar- 
tin Brown.  (Norman:  University  of  Oklahoma 
Press,  1981).  Glossary.  Color  Plates.  Photos. 
Maps.  Checklist  of  Species.  442  pp.  Paper, 
$15.95.  Cloth,  $35. 

In  his  book  The  Forest  and  the  Sea  Marston  Bates  begins 
with  an  interesting  anecdote  concerning  the  study  of  life: 
"People  often  come  to  me  with  some  strange  animal  they 
have  found.  'What  is  it?'  they  ask.  .  .  .  'Oh,'  I  say 
brightly,  'that  is  a  swallowtail  butterfly,  Papilio 
cresphontes.'  It  is  curious  how  happy  people  are  to  have 
a  name  for  something,  for  an  animal  or  plant,  even  though 
they  know  nothing  about  it  beyond  the  name. ' '  Bates  goes 
on  to  describe  how  other  questions  about  the  specimen 
invariably  follow  including  "almost  inevitably"  the  ques- 


tion, "What  good  is  it?"  He  states  he  has  never  learned 
how  to  deal  with  this  question  and  often  his  reaction  is 
to  ask  in  turn  "What  good  are  you?"  Finally,  he  says 
that  the  question  should  not  be,  "What  good  is  it?"  but, 
"What  is  its  role  in  the  economy  of  nature?"  It  is  not 
surprising  that  Bates  should  setde  on  this  question  because 
he  was  an  ecologist  and  ecology  is  the  science  and  study 
of  the  economy  of  nature. 

Butterflies  of  the  Rocky  Mountain  States  is  a  book  designed 
to  answer  the  question.  What  is  it?,  when  it  comes  to  but- 
terflies. Primarily  a  reference  book,  it  is  different  than 
standard  manuals.  The  emphasis  is  more  ecological  and 
its  style  is  more  readable  than  most  manuals  used  main- 
ly for  identification.  In  its  favor,  it  does  these  things 
without  sacrificing  scientific  validity  and  comprehen- 
siveness. It  covers  the  subject.  As  an  ecologist,  I  found 
this  approach  more  appealing,  and  the  book  more  useful 
in  determining  the  role  of  butterflies  in  "the  economy  of 
nature."  The  book  is  a  collective  effort  with  eight  con- 
tributors including  the  editors. 

There  are  over  500  entries  in  the  checklist  of  but- 
terflies in  the  back  of  the  book  and,  to  aid  in  identifica- 
tion, four  color  plates  representing  73  species  and  102 
specimens.  The  cost  of  showing  every  species  in  color 
would  have  been  prohibitive.  Besides  the  authors  agreed 
that  90  percent  of  our  butterflies  could  be  identified  from 
black  and  white  illustrations. 

The  book  starts  out  on  a  historical  continuity  with  the 
past,  by  mentioning  15  early  butterfly  collectors  in  the 
Rocky  Mountain  region.  The  main  part  of  the  book  is 
divided  into  three  sections:  five  chapters  of  introductory 
material;  five  chapters  of  species-group  entries  and  ap- 
pended materials. 

The  question,  "What  is  its  role  in  the  economy  of 
nature?"  can  be  partially  answered  by  identifying  an 
organism's  habitat  and  in  the  first  chapter  entitled 
"Biogeography,"  16  habitats  in  three  land  forms:  the 
plains,  mountain  and  plateau  river  systems  are  listed. 
Each  habitat  is  briefly  described  with  special  atten- 
tion to  its  plants  and  altitudes.  Chapter  2,  "Butterfly 
Bionomics,"  could  also  be  called  butterflies.  It  deals  with 
life-cycles,  behavior,  feeding,  diseases,  economic  aspects, 
variation,  genetics,  and  speciation.  Chapters  3,  4  and  5 
deal  with  external  anatomy,  taxonomy  and  collecting  and 
preserving  specimens.  The  second  major  section,  chapters 
6-10,  deals  with  species-group  entries.  The  appended 
materials  include  a  glossary,  a  bibliography,  maps,  col- 
lection locality  data,  checklist  of  the  butterflies  of  the  Rocky 
Mountain  states,  a  general  index,  an  index  to  butterfly 
names  and  an  index  to  butterfly  food  plants  mentioned 
in  the  text.  This  text  organization  seems  quite  logical  and 
all  inclusive  of  supporting  material  one  would  need  to 
study  butterflies. 

In  conclusion,  this  volume  is  a  worthwhile  reference. 
It  adds  to  our  understanding  not  only  of  butterflies  but 


73 


also  their  relationships  and  roles  in  their  environment. 
It  certainly  helps  a  scientist  answer,  "What  good  is 
it?" 

William  C.  Edwards 

Dt    Edwards  is  a  professor  of  science  at  Laramie  County  Community  College 
in  Cheyenne  and  a  Wyoming  state  legislator. 

A  Forty-Niner  in  Utah:  Letters  and  Journal  of  John  Hud- 
son. Edited  by  Brigham  D.  Madsen.  (Salt  Lake 
City:  University  of  Utah  Press,  1981).  Bib.  Illus. 
227  pp.  $22.50. 

"No  one  can  tell  in  what  circumstances  they  may  be 
placed  while  journeying  through  life,"  reflected  English- 
born  John  Hudson  as  he  taught  school  in  a  pioneer  Utah 
Valley  settlement  in  1850.  Within  months  of  this 
philosophic  musing,  Hudson  died  of  pneumonia  at  age 
24,  and  was  buried  in  an  unmarked  grave  in  Manti,  Utah. 
Hudson,  who  had  emigrated  to  the  United  States  in 
1848  for  business  reasons,  was  on  his  way  to  the  gold  fields 
of  Caliibrnia  in  1849  when  illness  forced  him  to  stop  in 
Salt  Lake  City.  He  had  no  intention  of  remaining  in  Utah. 
His  letters  home  made  frequent  mention  of  his  thoughts 
of  continuing  the  journey  to  California,  but  circumstances 
decreed  that  he  would  spend  the  rest  of  his  short  life  in 
the  Mormons'  newly  founded  State  of  Deseret  where  he 
labored  as  a  schoolmaster,  artist  to  Captain  Howard 
Stansbury's  Great  Salt  Lake  Expedition,  court  clerk  and 
settler  in  Manti. 

A  Forty-Niner  in  Utah,  edited  by  University  of  Utah 
history  professor,  Brigham  Madsen,  is  a  compilation  of 
letters,  journal  entries  and  drawings  produced  by  Hud- 
son from  the  time  he  started  his  journey  from  Birm- 
ingham, England,  in  August,  1848,  to  the  time  of  his  death 
in  December,  1850.  It  also  includes  an  elaborate  set  of 
explanatory  footnotes  and  biographic  commentary  by 
editor  Madsen  as  well  as  an  index  and  an  appendix  that 
reproduces  the  preamble  and  by-laws  of  a  gold  company. 
Colony  Guard,  which  Hudson  joined  in  New  York  City 
in  1849.  These  materials,  particularly  the  journal  entries 
that  cover  Hudson's  exploits  with  Captain  Stansbury, 
vividly  depict  frontier  life  in  Utah.  Hudson  had  received 
a  "solid  English  education"  which,  coupled  with  his  obser- 
vant and  cheerful  nature,  allowed  him  to  describe  his  cir- 
cumstances and  surroundings  with  a  skillfulness  that  was 
praised  by  Madsen  who  commented; 

John  Hudson  has  left  us  a  rich  treasure  of  panoramic  views 
and  sparkHng  descriptions,  an  inheritance  which  transcends 
his  unmarked  grave.  There  is  a  lih  and  an  elan  to  his  prose, 
a  dash  ol  good  humor  and  an  eagerness  to  discover  and  report 
the  scenes  which  lie  just  over  the  ne.xt  ridge. 

A  Forty-Niner  in  Utah  is  a  success.  Hudson's  experien- 
ces, personality  and  style  of  expression  elevate  the  book 
to  a  plane  that,  in  Madsen's  words,  "leaves  one  with  a 


feeling  of  pleasant  contemplation  and  serene  satisfaction." 
Madsen's  editorial  expertise  gives  the  volume's  narrative 
a  smooth-flowing,  organized  sense  of  completeness  and 
factual  accuracy  while  a  preface  by  Everett  Cooley  on  the 
purchase  of  Hudson's  papers  by  the  University  of  Utah 
(a  fine  little  story  in  itself)  establishes  a  tone  of  scholarly 
enterprise  within  the  book.  And  the  printing  of /I  Forty- 
Niner  in  Utah,  1 1th  in  a  series  of  similar  works  by  the  Tan- 
ner Trust  Fund,  is  commendable  for  the  attention  to 
details  such  as  quality  of  paper  and  binding,  selection  of 
type  and  spacing  so  that  each  page  is  aesthetically  attrac-. 
tive,  and  the  use  of  tints  to  set  off  Hudson's  artistic 
drawings. 

In  sum,  A  Forty-Niner  in  Utah  will  fit  comfortably  on 
any  shelf  where  there  are  classic  works  on  the  explora- 
tion and  settlement  of  the  Rocky  Mountain  West.  It  is 
a  rich  combination  of  primary  source  materials,  expert 
editing  and  high-quality  printing.  The  product  is  not  only 
good  reading,  but  it  is  an  effective  commentary  on  the 
value  of  recording  and  preserving  personal  experiences. 

Walter  R.  Jones 

Jones,  formerly  Uinta  County,  Wyoming,  librarian,  is  now  with  the  University 
of  Utah  Archives. 


Summer  Range.  By  Peggy  Simson  Curry.  (Story, 
Wyoming:  Dooryard  Press,  1981).  46  pp.  Cloth, 
$10.  Paper,  $5. 

Peggy  Simson  Curry  and  her  writing  are  quite  familiar 
to  Wyoming  readers.  The  author  of  four  novels,  a  creative- 
writing  text,  a  unique  poetry  volume  entitled  Red  Wind 
of  Wyoming,  and  twice  a  winner  of  Golden  Spur  Awards 
for  her  short  fiction,  Peggy  Curry  is  a  popular  figure  at 
readings  and  workshop  sessions  around  the  state.  In  1981 
she  was  named  Wyoming's  Poet  Laureate  by  the 
Legislature.  Summer  Range,  her  new  book  of  poetry,  is  a 
significant  addition  to  the  region's  literature  and  makes 
available  some  35  poems,  most  of  which  have  not  been 
collected  before. 

Many  of  the  poems  are,  however,  familiar  to  those 
who  have  enjoyed  Peggy  Curry's  readings,  and  this  makes 
the  book  doubly  welcome.  Among  many  well-known 
pieces  included  in  the  volume  are  "When  Words  First 
Spoke  to  Me,"  "Jack  Patton,"  "Driving  Down  from  the 
Big  Horns,"  and  "Someone  Left  Summer,"  which  is  both 
deceptively  simple  and  moving: 

What  .shall  we  have  when  love  is  chaff, 
Our  fields  fallow  with  frost? 

Grant  .some  small  highway  of  the  heart 
By  bundled  grass  or  grain 

Be  marked  in  all  our  snowy  traveling 
That  we  may  smile  and  say, 

"Ah.  what  a  summering  was  there!" 


74 


Several  threads  of  interest  run  through  Summer  Range. 
For  the  Wyoming  reader,  there  is  a  great  deal  of  the 
region's  past  and  present  within  these  poems,  ranging 
from  the  hardship  and  tragedy  of  early  settlement  in 
"Lower  Prairie  Dog  Creek"  to  the  modern  portrait  of 
impacted  growth  in  "Wyoming  Boom  Town." 

It  sprawls  in  kingdoms  of  rattlesnakes 

and  rape  among  the  sagebrush. 

Bars  bulge  with  cash, 

shake  to  belly-gusts  of  laughter. 

In  grocery  stores  price  soar  higher, 

unpredictable  as  January  blizzards 

stalling  traffic  for  a  hundred  miles. 

There  are  also  many  selections  in  Summer  Range  which 
effectively  present  familiar  locales,  with  "place"  usually 
becoming  a  springboard  to  deeper  implications.  Alcova 
Lake,  the  Big  Horn  Mountains,  Wind  River  Indian 
Reservation,  Bear  River  Valley,  and  Deadwood,  South 
Dakota,  are  typical  backdrops.  Other  poems  present  more 
generalized  settings,  as  in  one  of  several  love  poems  in 
the  volume,  "Lupine  Ridge,"  a  group  of  three  six-line 
stanzas  linked  by  the  repeated  initial  line  and  the  rhymed 
final  two  lines  in  each  stanza.  In  the  last  stanza,  Peggy 
Curry  moves  skillfully  to  the  implications  for  the  couple 
walking  together  on  the  lupine-covered  ridge. 

Long  after  we  are  gone, 

Summer  will  stroke  this  ridge  in  blue; 

The  hawk  still  fly  above  the  flowers. 

Thinking,  perhaps,  the  sky  has  fallen 

And  back  and  forth  forever  he  may  trace 

His  shadow  on  its  azure  face. 

Long  after  we  are  gone, 

Evening  wind  will  languish  here 

Between  the  lupine  and  the  sage 

To  die  a  little  death  upon  the  earth, 

As  though  over  the  sundown  prairies  fell 

A  requiem  from  a  bronze-tongued  bell. 

Long  after  we  are  gone. 
This  ridge  will  shape  the  night, 
Lifting  the  wine-streaked  west, 
Shouldering  the  stars.  And  always  here 
Lovers  will  walk  under  the  summer  skies 
Through  flowers  the  color  of  your  eyes. 

Here  and  in  other  of  the  poems,  a  reader  is  caught  up 
in  images  and  language  through  which  the  poet  creates 
a  sense  of  believability,  pleasure,  in  the  scene  itself,  and 
then  shapes  meaning  and  emotion  from  that  background. 

Throughout  Summer  Range,  Peggy  Curry  utilizes  her 
careful  observation  and  understanding  of  the  natural 
world.  Moreover,  she  relates  nature  to  human  feelings 
and  attitudes,  with  the  poet  both  observer  and  participant 
in  changing  scenes  and  seasons,  as  in  "Late  Spring": 

When  shall  the  willows  stir  from  sleep, 

wandering  tongues  of  water  wound 

in  lover's  knots  around  their  roots? 

When  shall  clouds  spill  first  spring  rain, 
green  begin  to  weave  through  winter  grass? 
When  by  rote  of  leaf-dream  from  the  earth 
shall  trees  predict  the  returning  of  the  birds? 


I  wait  on  weathers  of  my  own — 

thrust  of  sun  in  mind  and  heart, 

rain  where  old  dreams  sleep  in  quiet  rest, 

the  winds  that  say,  "Begin  ..." 

Another  source  of  interest  in  the  volume  is  the  inclu- 
sion of  pieces  dealing  with  the  poet's  youthful  experiences. 
Readers  familiar  with  Peggy  Curry's  fine  novel  So  Far  from 
Spring  will  enjoy  the  poems  drawing  upon,  in  personal 
terms  now,  the  North  Park  ranching  background  treated 
fictionally  in  that  novel.  Examples  are  "When  Words  First 
Spoke  to  Me,"  "Jack  Patton,"  "The  Hunt,"  and  the 
moving  portrait  of  father  and  daughter  in  "Winter 
Barns." 

In  winter  barns  of  my  childhood 

There  were  dances.  I  remember 

Danny  Boy       Shy  Ann       and  do-si-do. 

Feet  beat  mouse  dust  from  the  floorboards. 

Our  ballroom  smelled  of  harness  and  the  hay. 

Women's  skirts  swung  rainbow  bells 

In  swing  and  promenade.  Their  sweating  men 

Held  summer  buttoned  in  their  shirts 

And  never  shed  their  ties. 

Small  wallllower  rescued  by  my  father. 

The  chords  wound  round  us  in  a  waltz. 

The  fiddles  cried  my  joy  and  anguish 

As  my  father  led  my  stumbling  feet, 

His  beaming  face  my  only  sun. 

The  range  of  experience  treated  in  Peggy  Curry's 
poetry  moves  from  such  re-created  memories  up  to  the 
present,  and  this  breadth  of  subject  and  perspective 
becomes  one  of  the  collection's  strengths.  As  one  of  the 
newer  publishers  in  the  state,  Dooryard  Press  should  be 
commended  for  bringing  out  Summer  Range,  a  book  deeply 
rooted  in  Wyoming  life,  in  well-designed  cloth  and  paper- 
back editions.  The  volume  will  appeal  to  readers  who  know 
Peggy  Curry's  novels  and  the  Johnson  County  Cattle  War 
narrative  poem.  Red  Wind  of  Wyoming,  to  those  who  wish 
to  see  how  Western  material  can  be  shaped  into  sound 
poetry  by  an  excellent  author  and  writing  teacher,  and 
to  many  others  who  have  been  awaiting  the  publication 
of  a  new  collection  of  work  by  Wyoming's  first  Poet 
Laureate. 

Robert  A.  Roripaugh 

Dr    Roripaugh  is  a  professor  of  English  at  the  University  of  IVyoming. 


Indians  of  the  Pacific  Northwest.  By  Robert  H.  Ruby 
and  Robert  A.  Brown.  (Norman:  University  of 
Oklahoma  Press,  1981).  Index.  Bib.  Illus.  Photos. 
Maps.  294  pp.  $24.95. 

Indians  of  the  Pacific  Northwest  will  be  a  welcome  addi- 
tion to  the  libraries  of  both  academic  scholars  of  American 
Indian  history  and  to  the  lay  reader  seeking  to  expand 
his  understanding  of  a  complex  era  in  our  national  history. 
Targeted  for  the  general  reading  public,  the  book  never- 


75 


theless  provides  students  of  northwest  coast  history  with 
an  excellent  secondary  source  reference. 

The  authors,  concise  and  for  the  most  part  com- 
prehensive, have  provided  an  excellent  historical  narrative 
covering  White-Indian  political  relations  from  first  con- 
tacts to  the  early  20th  century.  The  geographic  area 
covered  in  the  book  includes  the  Washington  and  Oregon 
coastline  as  well  as  the  plateau  country  drained  by  the  Col- 
umbia River  system.  The  northwest  plains  and  Califor- 
nia receive  some  peripheral  treatment. 

Specific  themes  dealt  with  include  early  contact,  sea 
otter  and  other  fur  trade,  economic  relations  with  the 
native  populations,  Christianity  and  the  Protes- 
tant/Catholic fight  for  conversions  of  souls,  white  immigra- 
tion, the  military's  arrival  and  impact,  treaty  makers  and 
breakers,  revitalization  and  nativistic  movements  and  the 
reservation  system. 

From  the  point  of  view  of  historical  narrative,  the 
themes  are  comprehensively  discussed  and  given  adequate 
treatment  in  view  of  the  scope  of  subject  matter  involved. 
The  book  is  highly  informative  and  objective  in  its  presen- 
tation of  events  and  the  figures  behind  them. 

Indians  oj  the  Pacific  Northwest  is  weak  in  its  lack  of  in- 
terpretive framework.  A  synthesis  is  needed  to  provide 
the  reader  with  an  understanding  of  the  baseline  aboriginal 
culture  and  its  response  to  increasing  acculturative 
pressure  from  white  populations.  The  book  would  be 
stronger  and  more  informative  if  acculturation  and  the 
concurrent  factionalism  as  well  as  the  subsequent 
disintegration  of  social  organization,  kinship  systems, 
religion  and  subsistance  patterns  could  be  portrayed. 

Such  an  addition  would  provide  a  rationale  in  Chapter 
14  for  Kamiakin's  ultimate  failure  at  unifying  the  Plateau 
bands,  provide  a  foundation  in  Chapter  20  for  understand- 
ing the  desperation  of  Captain  Jack's  Modoc  war  and 
explain  Chapter  21  where  revitalistic  movements  are 
outlined.  Such  additions  need  not  be  extensive  and  would 
help  buttress  the  copious  information  already  provided. 
History  should  explain  cause  as  well  as  effect  and,  if  a 
second  edition  were  warranted,  such  information  should 
be  seriously  considered  for  inclusion. 

Students  of  western  history  will  find  this  book  infor- 
mative, easy  to  read  and  well  formatted.  Photographs  and 
illustrations  are  well  done  and  may  be  profitably  employed 
by  anthropologists  as  well  as  historic  archaeologists.  Indians 
of  the  Pacific  Northwest  should  be  well  received. 

W.  Michael  Gear 

Mr.  Gear  is  Priruipal  Invesligalor  for  Pronghorn  Anthropological  Associates, 
Casper.    Wyoming. 


This  book  presents  the  results  of  an  Advanced  Seminar 
in  archaeology  held  at  the  School  of  American  Research 
in  April  1976.  A  specific  topic  of  the  seminar  was  on  the 
Chan  Chan  -  Moche  project  of  1969-74.  In  a  word,  this 
volume  is  about  pre-Inca  civilization  on  the  northwest 
coast  of  Peru  and  its  sociopolitical  and  economic  systems. 
Chan  Chan  is  located  on  the  desert  coastal  plain  of  the 
Moche  Valley  approximately  340  miles  north  of  Lima, 
Peru.  Its  ruins  cover  an  area  of  over  six  square  kilometers. 
The  nucleus  of  the  site  consists  of  ten  major  rectangular 
enclosures  (ciudadelas).  Each  of  these  enclosures  was  sur- 
rounded by  30  foot-high  adobe  (sun-dried  earthen  brick) 
walls  that  protected  the  people  who  lived  inside  these 
enclosures.  Some  of  the  enclosures  are  as  large  as  400  by 
200  meters  in  extent.  Chan  Chan  is  one  of  the  most  extra- 
ordinary archaeological  sites  in  the  Americas.  The  site  of 
Chan  Chan  is  known  to  have  been  the  capital  of  the 
Chimu  kingdom  (A.D.  900-1467)  which  had  been  taken 
over  by  the  conquering  Incas. 

There  are  14  chapters  in  the  volume  which  deal  almost 
exclusively  with  socioeconomic  and/or  political  systems 
of  the  Chimu  empire  centered  at  Chan  Chan.  Most 
authors  of  the  volume  have  intensively  studied  patterns 
of  enclosures  and  structures  in  an  effort  to  depict  social, 
economic  and  political  systems  of  the  chimu  (specially 
chapters  3,  5,  6,  7  and  9).  Even  the  chronology  of  the 
Chan  Chan  was  based  upon  an  analysis  of  adobes  (chapter 
4).  Several  chapters  (8,  10,  11,  12,  13  and  14)  attempted 
to  trace  the  cultural  development  in  the  Moche  Valley 
from  the  Early  Intermediate  Period  in  order  to  understand 
the  socioeconomic  systems  of  Chan  Chan. 

Overall,  this  book  is  a  highly  specialized  publication 
on  socioeconomic  and  political  systems  of  pre-Inca  civiliza- 
tion. Major  findings  are  primarily  based  upon  the  architec- 
tures of  the  ruins  of  Chan  Chan  and  Moche  Valley.  As 
a  result,  this  volume  makes  a  significant  contribution  to 
pre-Inca  studies  as  well  as  our  understanding  of  cultural 
traditions  of  the  Inca  civilization.  Although  it  is  designed 
to  appeal  to  professional  audiences,  this  publication  will 
also  be  of  interest  to  students  of  anthropology,  archaeology 
and  history.  Any  individual  seriously  interested  in  the  New 
World  civilizations  should  have  a  copy  of  this  book  on 
their  shelves. 

Finally,  tnere  are  a  couple  of  points  I  would  like  to 
point  out  which  could  help  to  broaden  the  appeal  to 
general  audiences.  First,  a  synthesis  of  findings  of  the 
Chan  Chan  -  Moche  project  of  1969-74  would  be  a  great 
assistance  to  general  readers.  Secondly,  there  is  a  com- 
plete lack  of  artifact  illustrations.  A  few  plates  showing 
Chimu  pottery  and  other  artifacts  would  also  be  beneficial 
to  readers. 


Chan  Chan:  Andean  Desert  City.  Edited  by  Michael 
E.  Moseley  and  Kent  C.  Day.  (Albuquerque, 
University  of  New  Mexico  Press,  1982).  Glossary. 
Bib.  Index.  Illus.  349  pp.  $29.95. 


Chung  Ho  Lee 

Dr  Lee  is  an  associate  professor  of  archaeology  at  the  University  of  West  Florida, 
Pensacola. 


76 


Rodeo:  An  Anthropologist  Looks  at  the  Wild  and  the 
Tame.  By  Elizabeth  Atwood  Lawrence.  (Knox- 
villc:  University  of  Tennessee  Press,  1982).  In- 
dex. Illus.  336  pp.  $19.50. 

If  there  is  one  sport  that  embodies  and  defines  the 
myths  of  a  culture,  it  is  rodeo.  And  if  the  ethos  of  the  West 
is  individual  conquest  of  the  untamed,  then  rodeo  serves 
aptly  as  metaphor.  Using  rodeo  as  "text,"  anthropologist 
Elizabeth  Atwood  Lawrence  provides  an  analysis  of  a 
distinct  cultural  group:  the  rodeo  and  ranch  people  of  the 
American  West.  Given  that  the  heritage  of  these  people — 
pioneering,  homesteading,  moving  back  the  frontier, 
"civilizing" —  is  shared  by  many,  and  that  Lawrence  may 
be  right  when  she  suggests  that  that  heritage  may  have 
much  to  do  with  what  we  identify  as  the  American  col- 
lective consciousness,  this  book  raises  provocative  ques- 
tions about  our  relationship  with  our  environment  and 
the  living  species  with  whom  we  share  that  environment. 

Field  research  for  this  book  meant  "going  on  down 
the  road"  (following  the  rodeo  circuit).  For  three  years 
Lawrence  attended  rodeos  across  the  West.  To  achieve 
an  "insider's"  view  she  overcame  a  major  obstacle,  her 
sex,  and  gained  access  "behind  the  chutes,"  where  rarely 
a  woman  is  allowed.  Her  primary  sources  were  the  events 
of  the  rodeo,  rodeo  contestants  and  ranch  owners.  She 
interviewed  contestants  and  ranchers  at  length.  She 
listened  to  their  language  and  their  songs,  looked  at  their 
clothing,  and  examined  their  relationships  with  people  and 
other  animals.  Frequently  she  cites  historical,  literary, 
anthropological  and  sociological  sources  to  corroborate  her 
findings. 

Lawrence's  primary  thesis  is  that  rodeo  manifests  the 
two  major  dichotomies  that  form  the  warp  and  weave  of 
Western  American  consciousness:  individualism  versus 
conformity  and  nature  versus  culture.  With  the  excep- 
tion of  team  roping  and  the  wild  horse  race,  rodeo  events 
are  individual  contests:  the  lone  individual  pitted  against 
brute  force  or  the  lone  individual  demonstrating  a  fine- 
honed  skill.  In  interviewing  rodeo  contestants  and  ran- 
chers, Lawrence  found  that  most  had  internalized  the  ethos 
of  rugged  individualism.  Yet,  rodeo  and  ranch  folk  exhibit 
"considerable  inward  conformity"  as  a  group,  as  most 
visibly  shown  by  their  attire  and  language.  The  paradox 
of  the  celebration  yet  subordination  of  the  individual  is 
best  seen  in  the  structure  of  the  rodeo  itself:  the  individual 
competes  alone,  but  unless  the  rodeo  announcer  mentions 
the  best  time  or  score,  or  unless  the  fan  keeps  a  pencil 
handy  to  note  scores,  the  spectators  may  not  know  who 
won.  There  is  no  time  set  aside  during  the  rodeo  to 
acknowledge  the  individual  winners. 

Rodeo  consists  of  contests  and  displays  which  dem- 
onstrate rule  governed  patterns  of  human  domination 
(culture)  over  animals  (nature).  Saddle  bronc  riding,  for 
example,  one  of  rodeo's  most  popular  events,  is  symbolic 


of  a  contradictory  Western  response  to  nature.  Rodeo  fans 
and  the  riders  themselves  are  disappointed  if  the  bronc 
doesn't  "give  a  good  ride."  What  is  wanted  is  a  horse 
that  is  extremely  wild  and  unpredictable.  When  the  con- 
testants draw  for  their  rides,  they  all  hope  to  get  the  one 
horse  that  has  never  been  ridden.  Of  course,  that  makes 
for  better  contest  and  a  rider  will  score  more  points.  But 
in  this  event  it  is  more  the  vivid  display  of  wildness  than 
the  skill  of  the  rider  that  delights  the  rodeo  fans  and 
engenders  enthusiastic  admiration  on  the  part  of  the  rodeo 
contestants.  Still,  the  rider  must  control,  must  bring  out 
or  display  the  animal's  wildness. 

What  is  most  intriguing  and  perhaps  unique  about 
Lawrence's  analysis  is  her  thorough  investigation  of  the 
relationship  between  humans  and  animals  among  rodeo 
and  ranch  people,  and  her  investigation  of  the  male  view 
of  women  in  the  rodeo/ranch  world.  The  animals  that  are 
used  in  rodeo  and  that  are  part  of  the  daily  experience 
of  ranch  life,  horses  and  cattle,  are  objectified  as  tool  and 
product  but  also  have  symbolic  functions.  It  is  with  these 
animals  that  strength,  prowess,  individualism,  endurance 
and  aggressive  competition  can  be  demonstrated;  it  is  by 
virtue  of  these  animals  that  the  Western  male  ethos  per- 
sists. These  animals  are  perceived  as  "other,"  in  the  sense 
that  their  value  is  measured  in  terms  of  how  well  they  serve 
as  vehicles  by  which  men  can  manifest  themselves  as  the 
primary  agents  of  culture. 

Rodeo  is  primarily  a  man's  sport,  just  as  ranching 
is  a  male  domain.  And  within  this  rodeo/ranch  world, 
women  are  also  seen  as  "other."  As  Lawrence  explains, 
"good"  women  are  "kept  remote  by  exaggerated  respect" 
and  are  expected  to  perform  their  womanly  tasks  quietly. 
Women  who  do  enter  rodeo  events  are  considered  unfem- 
inine  and  somehow  aberrant,  even  those  who  participate 
only  in  the  events  relegated  to  women:  barrel  racing  and 
goat  tying.  In  her  final  chapters,  Lawrence  shows  how 
this  same  perception  of  "otherness"  extends  to  predatory 
animals,  animals  in  general,  land,  and  most  assuredly  the 
whole  of  nature.  Rodeo/ranch  men  see  themselves  as  set 
apart  from  and  pitted  against  all  else  in  the  natural  world, 
women  included. 

Rodeo  requires  patient  reading,  for  Lawrence  is  not 
a  particularly  inspired  writer.  Too  often  it  is  a  formulaic 
structure  that  carries  the  narrative  from  chapter  to  chapter. 
At  times  Lawrence  extends  her  analysis  to  absurd 
extremes.  For  example,  she  interprets  one  cowboy's 
delight  with  the  color  of  red  blood  on  a  yellow  horse  to 
be  suggestive  of  the  Crucifixion.  And  Lawrence  seems 
sometimes  too  caught  up  in  the  romantic  mystique  of  the 
West  to  be  objective,  too  willing  to  give  the  reader  the 
Marlboro  image  of  the  West.  Still,  the  value  of  the  book 
remains.  What  Lawrence  shows  us  is  a  series  of 
dichotomies  that  are  deeply  rooted  in  our  culture  and 
burden  us  as  an  albatross.  The  unstated  question  is,  if 
we  continue  to  embrace  dichotomies  which  force  concep- 
tual wedges  between  the  human  world  and  the  natural 


77 


world,  and  if  we  split  the  human  world  with  those  same 
wedges,  where  shall  we  have  our  being? 

Bernice  Harris 

The  reviewer  is  Director  of  the  Wyoming  Humanities  Resource  Center,  Laramie, 
and  Program  Associate  for  the  Wyoming  Council  for  the  Humanities 


The  Sandbar.  By  Walter  Jones  (aka  History  of  the 
Sand  Bar.  [1888-1977]  by  Walter  R.  Jones), 
(Casper:    BASO,    Inc.,    1981).    Illus.    202    pp. 

$16.95. 

This  book  displays  a  "first,"  at  least  for  this  reviewer. 
It  has  two  distinctly  different  titles.  The  cover  has  one  title 
and  author,  no  initial,  and  the  title  page  has  a  totally  dif- 
ferent title  with  the  author's  name  including  an  initial. 

Throughout  the  book  the  area  is  referred  to  as  the 
"Sand  Bar"  in  the  text  and  on  the  title  page;  the  "sand- 
bar" or  "sand  bar"  in  most  of  the  quotes  and  as  "The 
Sandbar"  on  the  cover.  None  of  the  variations  are 
explained.  "Sand  Bar"  is  chosen  for  this  review. 

Anyone  who  was  familiar  with  Casper  prior  to  the 
urban  renewal  of  the  1970s  will  be  interested  in  the  sub- 
ject of  this  book.  The  Sand  Bar  was  wh^re  locals  took  out- 
of-town  visitors.  In  its  hey-day,  it  was  an  area  of  bars, 
bordellos  and  gambling  places.  Not  that  there  was  much 
to  see  from  the  1950s  on,  except  some  dilapidated 
buildings,  cribs  turned  into  legitimate  low-income  hous- 
ing and  a  couple  of  "sporting  houses"  that  everyone  knew 
existed  but  pretended  didn't. 

The  stories  about  the  Sand  Bar  persisted.  Air  National 
Guardsmen  stationed  during  the  summer  months  at  the 
old  Casper  air  base  headed  for  the  Sand  Bar  first  chance 
they  had.  Why?  Because  it  was  "off  limits"  and  had  been 
since  WWII.  There  was  a  certain  mystique  about  it.  In 
fact,  there  were  some  Casper  residents  who  were  rather 
proud  of  its  reputation. 

The  Sand  Bar  tale  is  fascinating  and  begs  to  be  told. 
Unfortunately,  the  story  Jones  tries  to  tell  is  lost  in  the 
untidiest  job  of  publishing  this  reviewer  has  ever  seen. 

This  is  reportedly  the  first  book  published  by  BASO, 
Inc.  Perhaps  that  explains  some  of  its  difficulties.  There 
are  more  typos  than  are  normally  found  in  a  rough  draft. 
They  defy  description,  however,  one  example  is  worthy 
of  note.  On  page  183  (known  only  because  it  follows  page 
182,  but  for  some  unexplained  reason  the  pagination  was 
omitted),  is  the  following  cutline:  "One  of  the  major  con- 
cerns of  the  Urban  Renewal  Agency  was  that  the  Sand 
bar  (sic)  should  have  new  streets,  curbs,  butters  (sic), 
sidewalks  .  .  .  workmen  are  lying  (sic)  pipe  along  ..." 
Get  the  picture? 


Diagrams,  graphics  and  facsimiles  are  poorly 
reproduced  and  poorly  placed.  Ink  is  smeared,  especially 
in  reproductions  of  newspaper  articles.  In  one  instance, 
two  newspaper  articles  are  placed  so  close  together,  they 
appear  to  be  one. 

There  is  little,  if  any,  consistency  in  technical  style. 
Some  quotes  are  set  off  with  spacing  and  italics,  others 
are  within  the  regular  paragraphs  with  no  italics. 
Sometimes  the  titles  of  newspapers  following  a  quote  are 
in  italics,  other  times  they  are  in  caps.  There  are  so  many 
typographical  errors  that  the  reader  soon  stops  reading 
and  starts  looking  for  mistakes.  It  was  no  challenge. 

There  are  no  footnotes.  Sources  are  parenthetical 
following  the  quotes.  On  page  18,  there  is  reference  to 
a  footnote  in  the  text,  but  there  is  not  a  footnote  to  be 
found  anywhere.  There  is  no  other  documentation.  There 
is  no  bibliography,  no  index  and  no  dust  jacket. 

There  is  no  continuity.  The  text  jumps  around  from 
1917  to  1921  and  back  to  1917,  then  to  1937  and  back 
again.  To  add  to  the  confusion,  photos  do  not  match  the 
text.  An  ad  for  a  1946's  Sand  Bar  business  is  mixed  in 
with  text  concerning  WWI  and  the  1920s.  The  reader  gets 
the  impression  they  were  shuffled  and  tossed  in  wherever 
there  was  a  blank  spot,  regardless  of  appropriateness. 

Jones  has  done  a  lot  of  research  and  it  deserves  bet- 
ter treatment.  His  story  would  have  far-reaching  appeal 
if  the  book  had  been  edited  and  produced  differently. 

Fledgling  authors  would  do  well  to  examine  (not 
necessarily  buy)  this  book.  There  is  much  to  be  learned 
regarding  lay-out,  editing,  and  the  scholarly  design  of  a 
good  history.  Further,  it  teaches  one  respect  for  the 
printer's  craft. 

Marion  Huseas 

Mrs.  Huseas,  a  former  resident  of  Casper,  is  Curator  of  History  for  the  Wyo- 
ming State  .Museum.  She  has  lectured  and  written  extensively  on  entertainment 
in  the  frontier  West. 


American  Labor  in  the  Southwest:  The  First  One  Hun- 
dred Years.  Edited  by  James  C.  Foster.  (Tucson: 
University  of  Arizona  Press,  1982).  Index.  236 
pp.  Cloth,  $18.50.  Paper,  $9.85. 

Professor  Foster's  goal  in  putting  this  book  together 
is  laudable,  but  far  too  much  of  the  content  is  lamentable. 
He  correctly  notes  that  it  is  high  time  for  the  study  of 
western  history  to  turn  away  from  cowboys  and  Indians 
to  the  rural  and  urban  workers  of  the  20th  century  who 
built  much  of  the  economy  we  see  today.  To  achieve  this 


78 


aim,  the  editor  selected  14  papers  from  a  March,  1977, 
conference  to  represent  some  of  the  latest  scholarship  on 
this  subject. 

The  essays  are  of  uneven  quality,  as  is  so  often  the 
case  with  edited  books.  The  section  on  the  Western 
Federation  of  Miners  contains  two  pieces  by  Foster  on 
this  union,  one  for  those  interested  in  the  intricacies  of 
computerized  history  and  the  other  dealing  with  miners 
in  Arizona  and  Alaska.  D.  H.  Dinwoodie  completes  this 
section  with  a  look  at  the  rise  of  the  Mine-Hill  Union  in 
the  1930s  and  1940s,  not  arguing  convincingly  as  to  this 
organization's  effectiveness  for  its  many  Mexican 
American  members. 

Other  short  essays  deal  with  disparate  aspects  of 
unionized  labor.  There  are  two  studies  of  the  Industrial 
Workers  of  the  World,  a  seemingly  obligatory  subject  for 
a  volume  on  labor.  The  section  on  farm  workers  has  a 
valuable  essay  by  Art  Carstens  which  details  the  history 
of  California's  Agricultural  Labor  Relations  Act  of  1975. 
H.  L.  Mitchell's  piece  on  farm  workers  is  disjointed. 
Edward  D.  Beechert  treats  the  relationship  between  race 
and  unionization  in  Hawaii. 

The  section  on  Mexican  labor  has  the  most  solid  indiv- 
idual essays.  John  M.  Hart  and  Rodney  Anderson  have 
written  two  historiograpical  gems  on  the  nature  of  the 
Mexican  Liberal  Party  and  its  relation  to  organized  labor 
in  Mexico.  David  Maciel  has  given  us  a  good,  brief  over- 
view of  the  20th  century  dynamics  of  Mexican  immigra- 
tion to  the  United  States. 

"Labor  and  Politics,"  the  last  section,  shows  that 
labor  has  failed  politically  in  the  West.  This  is  highlighted 
by  two  case  studies,  one  on  Senator  Carl  Hayden's  career 
and  the  other  on  Texas  state  politics  in  the  1940s  and 
1950s.  The  book  abruptly  ends  with  a  mea  culpa  by  Mon- 
signor  Charles  O.  Rice  for  his  anti-communist  activities 
in  the  CIO. 

While  a  few  of  the  individual  essays  are  worthy  of 
attention,  my  major  quarrel  is  with  the  manner  in  which 
Professor  Foster  has  put  this  book  together.  It  leaves 
unanswered  or  inadequately  explained  far  too  many  ques- 
tions. Do  essays  now  one-half  of  a  decade  old  truly  repre- 
sent the  cutting  edge  of  scholarship?  Why  does  a  book 
entitled  American  Labor  in  the  Southwest  have  studies  on 
Alaska,  Hawaii,  and  Mexico?  Moreover,  the  editor  has 
failed  to  inform  his  reader  just  what  these  findings  indicate. 
He  does  not,  to  give  only  one  example,  explain  why 
western  labor  was  radical  and  characterized  by  charismatic 
leaders.  His  thought  that  these  are  explained  by 
"something  peculiar  indeed  with  the  sky,  the  air,  the 
water,"  or  "a  touch  of  Buffalo  Bill  Cody,  or  a  dash  of 
Jim  Bridger"  (p. 9)  is  meaningless.  Where  does  he  see 
western  labor  going  from  here?  What  issues  should  be 
explored  to  answer  the  unanswered? 

Only  those  who  feel  compelled  to  read  everything  on 
labor  in  the  West  should  bother  with  this  book.   The 


significance  of  the  latest  scholarship  on  western  labor  still 
awaits  its  interpreter. 

Lawrence  A.  Cardoso 

The  reviewer  is  an  Associate  Professor  of  History  at  the  University  of  Wyoming 
and  has  done  extensive  research  and  publishing  on  Hispanics  m  the  American  West. 


Boom  Town  Newspapers — Journalism  on  the  Rocky 
Mountain  Frontier,  1859-1881.  By  David  Fridtjof 
Halaas.  (Albuquerque:  University  of  New  Mex- 
ico Press,  1981).  Index.  Bib.  lUus.  192  pp.  $14.95. 

Since  colonial  days  in  New  England,  American 
newspapers  have  chronicled  the  growth  of  the  nation  and 
furnished  grist  for  written  histories. 

Newspapers,  then,  in  a  very  real  way  have  been  on 
the  leading  edge  of  history.  And  a  zesty  example  is 
documented  in  Boom  Town  Newspapers,  written  by  David 
Halaas  who  is  on  the  staff  of  the  Colorado  State  Historical 
Society.  In  this  book  a  genre  of  newspapers  itself  is  the 
subject  of  early  history  along  the  front  range  of  the  Rocky 
Mountains. 

Author  David  Halaas  sketches  the  role  of  journalism 
in  the  rough-and-tumble  mining  camps  from  Denver  north 
to  Montana  and  south  to  Arizona  during  the  two  decades 
following  the  1859  gold  rush  to  the  Rockies.  He  profiles 
the  men  with  derring-do  and  "shirttails  full  of  type"  who 
ventured  to  this  frontier.  And  he  portrays  the  fortunes 
as  well  as  the  failures  of  their  newspaper  enterprises  in 
a  loose-knit  narrative  woven  with  documented  vignettes 
that  span  20  years  or  so. 

These  vignettes,  many  clipped  from  the  newspapers 
themselves,  reflect  the  often  turbulent  evolution  of  boom 
towns  and  the  uncertain  destiny  of  practitioners  of  fron- 
tier journalism. 

Although  raw  and  excessive  in  tenor  at  times,  fron- 
tier journalism  is  depicted  as  having  had  a  stabilizing  influ- 
ence within  the  mining  camp  communities — even  within 
those  that  appeared  only  to  disappear.  The  newspapers 
that  endured  the  free-wheeling  frontier,  in  some  instances, 
have  grown  old  and  prominent  and  dependable — such  as 
Denver's  Rocky  Mountain  News  (1859). 

In  summary.  Boom  Town  Newspapers  reflects  an  inter- 
esting wedge  of  American  journalism.  And  the  book,  laced 
with  well-referenced  footnotes  and  a  broad  bibliography, 
is  also  a  substantive  addition  to  the  library  of  western 
history. 

Robert  C.  Warner 

The  reviewer  is  Assistant  Professor  of  Journalism  at  the  University  of  Wyoming. 


79 


The  World  Rushed  In.  The  California  Gold  Rush  Exper- 
ience. By  J.  S.  Holliday.  (New  York:  Simon  and 
Schuster,  1981).  Maps.  Illus.  Appendix.  Bib.  559 
pp.  $16.95. 

The  common  man  has  rarely  been  retrieved  more  elo- 
quently from  the  past  than  J.  S.  Holliday  has  done  in  The 
World  Rushed  In.  Based  on  the  diary  of  William  Swain, 
a  '49er  from  Niagara  County,  New  York,  Holliday's  work 
offers  an  eyewitness  account  of  a  journey  across  a  conti- 
nent, and  the  ensuing  hardships  of  life  in  the  placer 
streams  of  California. 

From  the  outset,  Holliday  makes  clear  his  intent  only 
to  serve  as  a  guide  to  Swain's  diary  and  letters.  Each 
chapter  has  a  brief  introduction  to  provide  a  context  for 
correspondences  and  diary  entries,  and  from  there  on,  the 
show  belongs  to  William  Swain. 

While  it  is  well  known  that  the  migration  to  the  Cal- 
ifornia gold  fields  attracted  its  portion  of  unsavory 
characters,  William  Swain  was  surely  not  among  them. 
Perhaps  what  is  most  significant  about  this  book,  is  that 
an  ordinary  man,  trying  to  make  a  go  of  life,  comes  off 
so  well. 

Swain  was  a  devoted  husband,  father  and  brother. 
His  trip  across  the  frontier  was  complicated  by  the 
knowledge  that  so  many  of  his  friends  and  neighbors  ques- 
tioned the  judgment  of  a  man  who  would  leave  his  fam- 
ily to  embark  on  such  a  perilous  quest.  But  Swain  had 
confidence  in  himself,  and  trusted  that  he  was  doing  the 
right  thing.  Throughout  his  absence  from  home,  he 
avoided  the  gambling,  whiskey  and  brothels  of  the  gold 
rush  country,  always  remaining  true  to  his  moral  code 
and  family. 

Swain  was  a  man  at  peace  with  himself,  and  possibly 
that  explains  the  easy  flow  of  words  and  vivid  descrip- 
tions that  so  characterize  his  diary.  The  excitement  of  the 


first  glimpse  of  Courthouse  Rock,  the  dreaded  trip  along 
the  vanishing  Humboldt,  and  the  terrible  indecision  at 
Lassen's  Cut-Off,  are  all  carefully  noted.  Everyday  Swain 
faithfully  wrote  in  his  diary,  determined  to  share  all  his 
experiences  with  family  and  friends  when  he  finally 
returned  to  New  York.  Not  even  the  trials  of  Nevada's 
Black  Rock  Desert,  or  the  frustration  brought  on  by 
searching  for  elusive  shortcuts,  prevented  Swain  from 
writing. 

Once  in  California,  Swain,  like  most  of  his  contem- 
poraries, dreamed  of  yelling  "eureka!",  and  of  return- 
ing home  with  wealth  and  a  repertoire  of  fine  tales.  But, 
like  the  majority  of  his  peers,  Swain  left  the  gold  fields 
only  with  the  tales.  The  Sierra  streams  failed  to  yield  the 
glitter  he  had  hoped  for.  El  Dorado  proved  fleeting  after 
all. 

Finally  acknowledging  defeat,  Swain  left  the  gold  fields 
for  San  Francisco  and  the  sea  voyage  home.  There  he 
joined  the  hordes  of  other  ex-miners  who  boarded  decrepit 
ships,  where  along  with  their  faded  dreams,  they  brought 
to  a  close  their  California  adventure. 

In  resurrecting  the  life  of  William  Swain,  Holliday 
demonstrates  a  master's  touch  in  combining  scholarship 
with  fine  writing.  One  finishes  the  book  with  a  warm  feel- 
ing for  Swain,  and  it  is  unquestionably  a  tribute  to  Holli- 
day's narrative  talents  that  the  reader  is  allowed  this 
pleasure.  In  1897,  46  years  after  he  had  returned  home, 
on  their  50th  wedding  anniversary,  Swain's  wife,  Sabrina, 
lovingly  raised  a  glass  and  toasted,  "to  my  '49er. "  It  was, 
after  all  those  years,  still  a  decision  that  he  was  proud  of. 

I  wish  I  had  known  him. 

AlBIN  J.  COFONE 


The  reviewer  u  a  professor  oj anthropology  at  Suffolk  Community  College,  Selden, 
New  York. 


INDEX 


Abbott,  George,  E.,  44 

Abncy,  Jack,  51 

Agricultural  Adjustment  Administration,  22 

American  Labor  in  the  Southwest:    The  First  One  Hundred   Years,   edited 

bv  James  C.  Foster,  review,  78-79 
Andersen,  Gunmar,  13 
Anderson,  Esther,  21 
Anderson,  Gertrude  Boberg,   13 
Angier,  F.J.,  8 

Artifacts  and  the  American  Past,  by  Thomas  J.  Schlereth,  resiew,  72-73 
Arvada,  Wyoming.  35 
Axford  School  (Platte  County),  photo,  17 

B 

Baird,  John  L.,  41,  44;  photo,  42 

Ballard,  Anna  Schlick,  16 

Bank  of  Glenrock,  41 

Bank  of  Moorcroft,  44 

Bank  of  Upton,  44 

Banks,  34-44 

Barthcll,  Robert,  10 

Basques,  25 

Baukhages,  F.  E.,  30 

Baxter  and  Bernard,  51 

Bay  State  Land  and  Cattle  Company,  67-71 

"Bay  State  Marked  an  Era,"  by  Vera  Saban  and  Earl  L.  Hanway, 

67-71 
Beaver  Creek  School  (Big  Horn  County),  16 
Beyer,    Keith,    "A   Young   Man   Comes   of  Age:    The    Letters   of 

Charles  Rapp,"  45-47 
Boom    Town   Newspapers — Journalism   on   the   Rocky  Mountain    Frontier, 

by  David  Fridtjof  Halaas,  review,  79 
Bostwick,  Louis  R.,  8 
Boulder,  Wyoming,  13 
Bowman,  A.  E.,  23,  25  26;  photo,  23 
Braceros,  21,  23,  25 
Braun,  Oscar,  58 
Braziel,  Percy,  70 
Brewen,  Rosalie,  16 
Brown,  Frank  H.,  27 
Brown,  H.  E.  "Stuttering",  51 
Brown,  Martin,  and  Clifford  D.  Ferris,  Butterflies  oj the  Rocky  Mountain 

States,  review,  73-74 
Brown,  Robert  A.,  and  Robert  H.  Ruby,  Indians  ojthe  Pacific  Northwest, 

rexiew,  75-76 
Bryan,  William  Jennings,  64 
Buffalo  Bill  Historical  Center,  47 
Bunker  Hill  School  (Carbon  County),  13 
Burton,  Phillip  G.,  27 
Butterflies  of  the  Rocky  Mountain  States,   edited  by  Clifford  D.   Ferris 

and  Martin  Brown,  review,  73-74 


Camp  Clarke  Bridge  (Nebraska),  68 

Card,  Harry,  50 

Cardoso,  Lawrence  A.,  review  oi American  Labor  in  the  Southwest:  The 

First  One  Hundred  Years,   78-79 
Carson,  Rosella,  13 
Caserman,  John,  29 

Central  School  (Niobrara  County),  photos,  15 
Chaffee,  T.  W.,  50 
Chan  Chan:  Andean  Desert  City,    edited  by  Michael  E.   Moseley  and 

Kent  C.  Day,  review,  76 
Cheyenne  State  Bank,  40,  41 
Christmas  programs,   14 
Citizens  National  Bank  (Cheyenne)  38,  41 
Clark,  Senator  Clarence  Don,  63 
Clarke,  Henry  S.,  Jr.,  40 
Clay,  John,  53,  54,  55 


Coad,  Mark  and  John,  68 

Coc,  Margaret  Hoglund,   14 

Coffecn.  Herbert,  4 

Cofone,  Albin,  J.,  review  of  The  World  Rushed  In:  The  California  Gold 

Rush  Experience,   80 
Collins,  R.  W.,  38 

Commercial  State  Bank  (Guernsey),  41 
Cosgriff,  Thomas  A.,  41,  44 
"Country    School    Legacy    in    Wyoming,"    by    Andrew    Gulliford, 

10-19 
Craig,  Richard  B.,  25 
Grain,  Harry,  60 
Cross.  George,  53 
Cruz.  Dellmo.  photo,  29 

Curry,  Peggy  Simson,  Summer  Range,   review,   74-75 
"Custer's  Last  Stand,"  3-9 

D 

Dancing,   17 

Daniel,  Wyoming,  13 

Dean,  Mrs.  Alverna  Markle,  53 

Dennis,  Albert  N.,  25 

Dippie,    Brian    W.,    "  'The   Thrillen'est    Fight    Ever!':    Sheridan 

Re-enacts  Custer's  Last  Stand,  "  2-9 
Dowling,  J.  E.,  35 
Draper,  Mark.  59 


Eaton,  Ed,  70 

Education,  10-19 

Edwards,  William  C,  review  of  Butterflies  of  the  Rocky  Alountam  States, 

Elk  Mountain,  Wyoming,   13 

Emery,  Roc,  71 

Evans-Jackson  Livestock  Company,  68 

Eveling,  Mrs.  Curtis,  23 

Evergreen  School  (Hot  Springs  County),  17 

Extension  Service  Club,  25 


Fair  Employment  Practices  Commission,  29,  30 

Fairview  School  (Platte  County),  photos,  12 

Ferris,  Clifford  D.,  and  Martin  Brown,  Butterflies  of  the  Rocky  Mountain 

States,   review,  73-74 
Finley,  Nina  Keslar,  14 
First  National  Bank  (Cheyenne),  38 
First  National  Bank  (Manville),  41 
First  National  Bank  (Newcastle),  41,  44 
First  National  Bank  (Torrington),  38,  40 
First  National  Bank  (Worland),  41 
Fort  Laramie  State  Bank,  40,  41 
FORTS  AND  CAMPS 

Camp  Brown,  45 

Camp  Centennial,  46 

Camp  Pepper,  45 

Cantonment  Reno,  50 

Carlin,  50 

D.  A.  Russell,  49,  50 

Fetterman,  49 

Laramie,  49,  50 
A  Forly-Niner  in   Utah:  Letters  and  Journal  of  John  Hudson,   edited  by 

Brigham  D.  Madsen,  review,  74 
Foster,  James  C,  editor,  American  Labor  in  the  Southwest:   The  First 

One  Hundred  Years,  review,  78-79 
Frackelton,  Dr.  Will,  5,  6 
Frewen,  Moreton,  70 


Garden  Spot  Pavilion  (Carbon  County),  14 

Gay,  C.  C,  27 

Gear,  W.  Michael,  review  o{  Indians  of  the  Pacific  Northwest,  15-lfi 


81 


Glafcke,  L.  B,  8 
Glendo  State  Bank,  41 
Gluessig,  Alvina,  18 
Gonzales,  Jesse  J.,  29 
Gorst,  W.  J.,  27 

Great  Western  Sugar  Company,  21;  photo,  24 
Gross,  John  E.,  21 
Grouard.  Frank,  49 

Gulliford,  Andrew,  "Country  School  Legacy  in  Wyoming,"  10-19; 
biog.,  84 

H 

Halaas,    David   Fridtjof,    Boom    Town   Newspapers — Journalism   on   the 

Rocky  Mountain  Frontier,   review,  79 
Hanna,  O.  P.,  5,  6 
Hanway,  Earl  L.,  and  Vera  Saban,  "Bay  State  Marked  an  Era," 

67-71;  biog.,  84 
Harmony  School  (Albany  County),  13 
Harris,  Bernice,  review  of  Rodeo:  An  Anthropologist  Looks  at  the  Wild 

and  the  Tame,   77-78 
Harris,  Ed,  54 
Hart,  B.  A.,  52 
Hecox,  Dorothy,  13 
Helvey,  Robert  E.,  8 
Herd  Law,  67,  69,  70 
Hesse,  Fred,  71 
Hewitt,  William  L.,  "Mexican  Workers  in  Wyoming  During  World 

War  H:  Necessity,  Discrimination  and  Protest,"  20-33 
Hillsdale,  Wyoming,  12 
Hmes,  Paul  O.,  22 
Hitchcock,  Frank  H.,  64 
Hitchcock,  Senator  Gilbert  M,  65 
Hoffman,  R.  J.,  38 
Holliday,   J.    S.,    The    World   Rushed   In:    The    California    Gold  Rush 

Experience,   review,  80 

Holliday,  Mrs. 11 

Holly  Sugar  Company,  21,  26,  27;  photo,  24 

Homer,  Bessie,  25 

Houseaux,  Joe,  50 

Hoyt,  Percy,  58 

Hunt,  Governor  Lester,  C,  22,  25,  26;  photo,  22 

Hunton,  John,  51 

Huntoon,   Peter  W.,   "The  National  Bank  Failures  in  Wyoming, 

1924,"  34-44 
Huseas,  Marion,  review  of  The  Sandbar,  78 
Huston,  Bill,  49 


Ickes,  Harold  L  ,  28 
Iliff,  John  Wesley,  67,  70 
INDIANS-CHIEFS  AND  INDIVIDUALS 

Bear  Claw,  6 

Blue  Bead,  6 

Curley,  6 

Hairy  Moccasin,  6 

Medicine  Crow,  5 

White-Man-Runs-Him,  6 
Indians  of  the  Pacific  Northwest,   by  Robert  H.   Ruby  and  Robert  A. 

Brown,  review,  75-76 
INDIANS-TRIBES 

Arapahoe,  49 

Crow,  5,  6 

Shoshone,  54 

Snake,  46 
Ingleside  School  (Laramie  County),  13 
Irvine,  Billy,  68 


Jones,  Marvin,  23 

Jones,  Robert  C,  23 

Jones,  Walter  R.,  review  of  ^  Forty-Niner  in  Utah:  Letters  and  Journal 

of  John  Hudson,   74 
Jones,  Walter  R.,  The  Sandbar,  review,  78 

K 

Kellamer,  D.  M.,  27 

Kelly,  Michael,  review  o{  Artifacts  and  the  American  Past,   72-73 

Kemp,  Frank,  71 

King,  Pete,   17 


Labor  Unions,  29,  30 
Laird,  Leroy  E.,  26 

Lake,  District  Foreman  ,  29 

Lake  Minnehaha,  48 
Lander,  Wyoming,  45 


Jelm  School  (Albany  County),  14 

Johnson,  A.  D.,  44 

Johnson,  Billy,  54 

Johnson,  C.  A.,  26 

Johnson  County  War,  71 

Johnson,  Hanna,  13 

Jones,  Gladys,  41 

82 


Lawrence,  Elizabeth  Atwood,  Rodeo:  An  Anthropologist  Looks  at  the  Wild 

and  the  Tame,   review,  77-78 
LeBaron,  F.  W.,  21 

Lee,  Chung  Ho,  review  of  Chan  Chan:  Andean  Desert  City,   76 
Lingle  State  Bank,  41 
Lira,  Salvador  Lopez,  26 
Logan.  Elizabeth  Kille,  48 
Logan,  Ernest,  48-61;  photo,  61 
Logan,  Hill,  48 

Logan,  Lizzie  Walker,  48,  55-61;  photo,  57 
Logan,  Mabel,  61;  photo.  61 
Lowrie,  Mrs.  Amasa,  52 
Lucy,  George,  18 
Lyman,  Clair,   71 

M 

Macdonald,  D.  N.,  21 

Madsen,   Brigham   D.,  A   Forly-Niner  m    Utah:  Letters  and  Journal  of 

John  Hudson,   review,  74 
Marble,  A.  H,,  44 
Martinez,  Marvin,  photo,  29 
Maverick  Law.  70 
McAlister,  May,  18 
McCarty,  Johnnie  (Shorty),  54 
McDonald,  John  T.,  38,  40,  41 
McElroy,  John  H.,  22,  23,  25.  26,  27 
McGinnis,  John,  52 
McMillan,  Grace,  13 
McNutt,  Paul  v.,  22 
McShane,  John  A..  68,  70 
Medellin,  Roberto,  25 
Mercado,  Philip,  29 

Mexican-Americans,  20-33;  photos,  20,  28,  29 
"Mexican  Workers  in  Wyoming  During  World  War  II:  Necessity 

Discrimination  and  Protest,"  by  William  L.  Hewitt,  20-33 
Mondcll,  Cong.  Franklin  W.,  63 
Moseley,  Michael  E.,  and  Kent  C.   Day,  Chan  Chan:  Andean  Desert 

City,  review,  76 
Murphy,  Paul,  23 

N 
Nash,  Thomas,  8 
"The  National  Bank  Failures  in  Wyoming,    1924,"  by  Peter  W. 

Huntoon,  34-44 
Newlin,  I.  C,  38 
Newton,  Wess,  23 
Nicholson,  W.  D.,  26 
Noble,  W.  P.,  70 

O 

O'Dell,  Professor  L.  N,  4 

Ogallala  Land  and  Cattle  Company,  68 

Olson,  Wanna  Clay,   17 

O'Mahoney,  Senator  Joseph  C,  25,  27 

Osage  State  Bank,  44 

Owen  School  (Campbell  County),  16 


Parco  (Sinclair),  Wyoming,  35 

Parker,  Jennie,  5 

Pastor,  Frederico  Gutierrez,  26,  27 

Paxton,  William,  67,  68 

Perry,  E.  P.,  40 

Phifer,  John  K.,  27 

Phillips,  Lewis,  68 

Pickert,  Charles,  29 

Pickett,  Dick,  21 

Platte  County  State  Bank,  41 

Powell  National  Bank,  35 

Powell,  Wyoming,  21 

Preston,  Lucille,  13 

Preuit,  Ruby,  10 

Pritchard,  J.   Irl,  21 

R 

RANCHES 

Bar  X  Bar,  70 

Bay  State,  67-71;  photo,  69  ' 

Bridle  Bit.  70 

Chalk  Bluffs,  51 

Diamond  A,  50 

71  Quarter  Circle,  53,  54 

Shield,  70 

Wyoming  Hereford,  51 
Rapp,  Charles,  45-47 
Ray,  Nick,  70 
Riske,  Milton,  10 
Robb,  Seymour  J.,  68,  70 
Roberts,  Homer,  48,  50 
Robertson,  Mrs.  D.  B.,  23 
Robertson,  Senator  E.  V.,  23 
Rodeo:  An  Anthropologist  Looks  at  the  Wild  and  the  Tame,  by  Elizabeth 

Atwood  Lawrence,  review,  77-78 
Rodriquez,  Paul,  Jr.,  21 
Roosevelt,  Theodore,  65 

Roripaugh,  Robert  A.,  review  o{  Summer  Range,   74-75 
Roush,  Floyd  M.,  26 
Ruby,    Robert   H.,    and   Robert   A.    Brown,    Indians   of  the  Pacific 

Northwest,  review,  75-76 
Ruch,  F.  O.,  12 


Saban,  George,  71 

Saban,  Vera,  16 

Saban,  Vera  and  Earl  L.  Hanway,  "Bay  State  Marked  an  Era," 

67-71  ;biog.,  84 
The  Sandbar,  by  Walter  R.  Jones,  review,  78 
Schaedel,  Grace  Logan,  "The  Story  of  Ernest  and  Lizzie  Logan — 

A  Frontier  Courtship,"  48-61 
Schlereth,  Thomas  J.,  Artifacts  and  the  American  Past,  review,  12-Ti 
Schlup,  Leonard,  "A  Taft  Republican:  Senator  Francis  E.  Warren 

and  National  Politics,"  62-66 
Schwartz,  Harry,  21 
Schreyvogel,  Charles,  8 
Scott,  Bill,  27 

Selig  Polyscope  Company,  8 
Selig,  William,  8 

Shawnee  School  (Converse  County),  photo,  16 
Shepard,  Eva,  45-47 
Sheridan,  Wyoming,  2-9 
Simpson,  A.  A.,  25 
Sitkoff,  Harvard,  30 
Slater  School,  photos,  10,  11 
Slater  State  Bank,  44 
Slaughter,  Johnnie,  51 
Smith,  Louise,  58 
Snodgrass,  John,  68 
Snow,  Mrs.  Tom,  52,  58,  61 
Spratt,  William,  71 


Spring  Creek  Raid,  71 

Stewart,  Senator  Arthur  Thomas,  25 

"The  Story  of  Ernest  and  Lizzie  Logan — A  Frontier  Courtship, 

by  Grace  Logan  Schaedel,  48-61 
Strikes,  labor  (cowboys),  54 
Sugar  beet  industry,  20-33 
Summer  Range,  by  Peggy  Simson  Curry,  review,  74-75 


"A   Taft    Republican:    Senator   Francis    E.    Warren    and    National 

Politics,"  by  Leonard  Schlup,  62-66 
Taft,  President  William  Howard,  62-66;  photos,  62 
Thomas,  Senator  John  W.  E.,  25 
"  'The  Thrillen'est  Fight  Ever!':  Sheridan  Re-enacts  Custer's  Last 

Stand,"  by  Brian  W.  Dippie,  2-9 
Tippets,  Neff,  26 
Tongue  River,  50 
Torrington  National  Bank,  41 
Torrington  State  Bank,  40,  41 

U 


Union  Pacific  Railroad,  28,  29,  30 

Upper  Sage  Creek  School  (Park  County),   14 


Valdez,  Bernard  J.,  26 

Vallee,  H.  W.,  27 

Van  Tassel,  Louise  Swan,  photo,  55 

Van  Wagner,  K.  D.,  23,  26 

Varner,  R.  E.,  23,  26,  27 

Veeder,  J.  S.,  22 

Voorhees,  Luke,  48,  51,  52,  53 

W 

Walker,  Ben,  14 

Walker,  Jennie,  48,  55-61;  photo,  57 

Walker,  Minnie,  58,  61 

Walker,  Thomas,  59 

Walters,  Jack,  14 

War  Food  Administration,  23,  27 

Warner,  Robert  C,  review  oi'  Boom  Town  Newspapers — Journalism  on 

the  Rocky  Mountain  Frontier,  80 
Warren,  Senator  Francis  E.,  62-66;  photo,  62 
Waurlamont,  Pete,  61 
Whaley,  W.  T.,  71 
Wickard,  Claude  R.,  21,  22 
Wilson,  James,  65 
Winn,  Algernon  J.,  71 

Woolworth,  Judge  ,  71 

Worland,  Wyoming,  21.  26 

The    World    Rushed    In:     The    California    Gold    Rush    Experience,    by 

J.  S.  Holliday,  review,  80 
Wright,  Mary  A.,  18 
Wyman,  Morrell,  70 

Wyoming  Bankers  Association,  38,  40,  41 
Wyoming  Employment  Service,  23 
Wyoming  National  Guard,  5 
Wyoming  State  Examiner,  35 
Wyoming  Stock  Growers  Association,  25,  70,  71 


Yoder,  Benjamin  Franklin,  41;  photo,  43 

"A  Young  Man  Comes  of  Age:  The  Letters  of  Charles  Rapp," 
by  Keith  Beyer,  45-47 


Zander,  Maj.  C.  Z.,  5,  6 
"Zootsuits",  20 


83 


CONTRIBUTORS 


BRIAN  W.  DIPPIE  teaches  history  at  the  University  of 
Victoria,  B.C.  He  completed  undergraduate  work  at  the 
University  of  Alberta,  and  received  his  M.A.  at  the 
University  of  Wyoming.  His  Ph.D.  is  from  the  Univer- 
sity of  Texas.  His  research  interests  center  on  the  cultural 
history  of  the  American  West  and  he  has  published 
numerous  articles  on  General  George  Armstrong  Custer. 
Dippie's  most  recent  books  include  The  Vanishing  American: 
White  Attitudes  and  the  U.S.  Indian  Policy  and  Remington  and 
Russell:  The  Sid  Richardson  Collection. 


ANDREW  GULLIFORD  is  a  teacher  at  Silt  Elementary 
School  in  Silt,  Colorado.  He  has  produced  numerous 
slide/tape  shows  including  the  acclaimed  "As  Far  As  The 
Eye  Can  See:  A  High  Plains  Documentary"  and  "The 
Years  Ahead:  Life  for  the  Aging  in  Northwest  Colorado." 
He  served  as  project  director  for  the  NEH  Public  Pro- 
grams grant  that  resulted  in  "Country  School  Legacy: 
Humanities  on  the  Frontier."  The  project  produced  a 
film,  a  traveling  exhibit,  and  volumes  of  documentary 
materials  on  the  rural  education  experience  in  seven 
western  states. 


WILLIAM  L.  HEWITT,  a  graduate  student  at  the 
University  of  Wyoming,  has  taught  Social  Studies  in 
Hoehne,  Colorado,  and  Crownpoint,  New  Mexico.  His 
undergraduate  studies  were  conducted  at  Adams  State 
College  and  the  University  of  Northern  Colorado.  He  is 
a  member  of  Phi  Alpha  Theta  and  Phi  Kappa  Phi, 
scholastic  honoraries. 


PETER  W.  HUNTOON  has  earned  B.S.,  M.S.  and 
Ph.D.  degrees  in  Hydrology  from  the  University  of 
Arizona  in  Tucson.  Since  1974,  he  has  been  associated 
with  the  Department  of  Geology  and  Geophysics  at  the 
University  of  Wyoming.  He  has  authored  numerous 
academic  papers  on  geology,  the  most  recent,  a  geologic 
map  of  Canyonlands,  Utah.  His  avocation,  collecting  bank 
notes  and  paper  money,  led  to  historical  research  on  banks 
and  banking  in  the  period  from  1863  to  1935.  One  on- 
going project  is  his  attempt  to  correlate  bank  failures  in 
Wyoming  with  rainfall's  effect  on  agricultural  production. 


KEITH  BEYER  is  an  Associate  Professor  of  English  at 
Northwest  Community  College  in  Powell.  He  has  publish- 
ed articles  in  other  Wyoming  journals  and  newsletters  and 
has  been  engaged  in  the  informal  and  formal  study  of  the 
West  and  Wyoming  for  the  past  three  years. 

GRACE  LOGAN  SCHAEDEL  is  a  Wyoming  native, 
educated  at  Cheyenne  Business  College  and  the  Univer- 
sity of  Wyoming.  She  has  taught  school  in  a  log  cabin, 
worked  for  the  Department  of  Agriculture,  and  was 
employed  as  an  advice  columnist  for  the  Wyoming  Eagle 
for  a  number  of  years.  Her  knowledge  of  Wyoming  history 
is  extensive  and  stands  her  in  good  stead  as  reporter  for 
the  Pioneer  Club,  a  group  of  ladies  descended  from  some 
of  the  state's  earliest  residents.  She  has  been  active  in  the 
Wyoming  State  Historical  Society  for  many  years. 

LEONARD  SCHLUP  is  a  professor  of  political  science 
at  the  University  of  South  Alabama.  Prior  to  his  present 
position,  he  was  an  instructor  at  UMS  Preparatory  School 
in  Mobile,  Alabama,  and  Tarleton  State  University  in 
Stephenville,  Texas.  He  has  had  50  articles  published  in 
professional  journals  and  is  presently  conducting  research 
on  a  number  of  Western  political  leaders.  He  is  now 
writing  a  biography  of  Adlai  E.  Stevenson. 

EARL  L.  HANWAY,  who  was  born  in  the  Sandhills  of 
Nebraska,  is  the  son  of  a  pioneer  railroad  man.  Hanway 
worked  as  a  cowhand  prior  to  entering  the  U.S.  Army 
in  1944.  He  served  with  the  124th  Cavalry  of  the  Mars 
Task  Force,  the  last  cavalry  trained  by  the  Army.  After 
the  war,  he  was  employed  by  the  Chicago,  Burlington  and 
Quincy  Railroad  with  Paul  Henderson,  noted  authority 
on  the  Oregon  Trail.  In  collaboration  with  Henderson, 
he  researched  and  authored  several  articles  on  the  trail. 
He  became  acquainted  with  Vera  Saban  in  1975  and  since 
then  the  two  have  worked  on  research  projects  together. 

VERA  D.  SABAN  lives  near  Greybull,  Wyoming,  where 
she  has  an  active  career  writing  historical  articles.  Her 
work  has  appeared  in  Persimmon  Hill,  American  West,  In 
Wyoming  and  many  other  publications.  She  recently  was 
given  an  award  by  the  Wyoming  State  Historical  Society 
for  her  biography  of  Judge  Percy  W.  Metz,  entitled  He 
Wore  a. Stetson.  She  has  taught  school  and  enjoys  reading, 
gardening  and  travel. 


1*7%56 


84 


WYOMING  STATE  HISTORICAL  SOCIETY 

The  Wyoming  State  Historical  Society  was  organized  in  October,  1953. 
Membership  is  open  to  anyone  interested  in  history.  County  chapters  of  the  society 
have  been  chartered  in  most  of  the  twenty-three  counties  of  Wyoming.  Past 
presidents  of  the  society  include:  Frank  Bowron,  Casper,  1953-55;  William  L. 
Marion,  Lander,  1955-56;  Dr.  DeWitt  Dominick,  Cody,  1956-57;  Dr.  T.  A.  Lar- 
son, Laramie,  1957-58;  A.  H.  MacDougall,  Rawlins,  1958-59;  Mrs.  Thelma  G. 
Condit,  Buffalo,  1959-60;  E.  A.  Littleton,  Gillette,  1960-61;  Edness  Kimball 
Wilkins,  Casper,  1961-62;  Charles  Ritter,  Cheyenne,  1962-63;  Neal  E.  Miller, 
Rawlins,  1963-65;  Mrs.  Charles  Hord,  Casper,  1965-66;  Glenn  Sweem,  Sheridan, 
1966-67;  Adrian  Reynolds,  Green  River,  1967-68;  Curtiss  Root,  Torrington, 
1968-69;  Mrs.  Hattie  Burnstad,  Worland,  1969-70;  J.  Reuel  Armstrong,  Rawlins, 
1970-71;  William  R.  Dubois,  Cheyenne,  1971-72;  Henry  F.  Chadey,  Rock  Springs, 
1972-73;  Richard  S.  Dumbrill,  Newcastle,  1973-74;  Henry  Jensen,  Casper,  1974-75; 
Jay  Brazelton,  Jackson,  1975-76;  Ray  Pendergraft,  Worland,  1976-77;  David  J. 
Wasden,  Cody,  1977-78;  Mabel  Brown,  Newcastle,  1978-79;  James  June,  Green 
River,  1979-80;  William  F.  Bragg,  Jr.,  Casper,  1980-81;  Don  Hodgson,  Torrington, 
1981-82. 

Membership  information  may  be  obtained  from  the  Executive  Headquarters, 
Wyoming  State  Historical  Society,  Barrett  Building,  Cheyenne,  Wyoming  82002. 
Dues  in  the  state  society  are: 

Life  Membership  $100 

Joint  Life  Membership  (husband  and  wife)  $150 

Annual  Membership    $5 

Joint  Annual  Membership  (two  persons  of  same  family 

at  same  address)  $7 

Institutional  Membership    $10 


1982-1983 
Officers 


President,  Clara  Jensen,  Lysite-Casper 
First  Vice  President,  Fern  Gaensslen,  Green  River 
Second  Vice  President,  Dave  Kathka,  Rock  Springs 
Secretary-Treasurer,  Ellen  Mueller,  Cheyenne